TEXT: 	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  GM’S MISCELLANY: 
  RAGING SWAN PRESS 
  WILDERNESS DRESSING 
  A SYSTEM-NEUTRAL RESOURCE 
  
  	
    
  	
    
  SUPPORT RAGING SWAN ON 
  PATREON, AND I WON’T EAT 
  YOU…PROMISE 
  
  GM’S MISCELLANY: WILDERNESS DRESSING 
  Tired	
    of	
    glossing	
    over	
    the	
    details	
    of	
    your	
    PCs’	
    overland	
    journey	
    (except	
    for	
    the	
    inevitable,	
    violent	
    random	
    encounters)?	
    Want	
    to	
    add	
    in	
    
  minor	
    features	
    of	
    interest	
    to	
    their	
    journeys?	
    Want	
    to	
    make	
    their	
    journeys	
    seem	
    more	
    “real”?	
    Then	
    GM’s	
    Miscellany:	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing	
    is	
    
  for	
    you!	
    A	
    compilation	
    of	
    the	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing	
    line,	
    each	
    instalment	
    focuses	
    on	
    a	
    different	
    type	
    of	
    wilderness	
    or	
    a	
    feature	
    therein	
    and	
    
  gives	
    the	
    harried	
    GM	
    the	
    tools	
    to	
    bring	
    such	
    features	
    to	
    life	
    with	
    interesting	
    and	
    cool	
    noteworthy	
    features.	
    	
    
  	
    
  GM’s	
    Miscellany:	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing	
    presents	
    loads	
    of	
    great	
    features	
    and	
    details	
    to	
    enliven	
    your	
    PCs’	
    travel	
    both	
    overland	
    and	
    by	
    sea.	
    
  Designed	
    to	
    be	
    used	
    both	
    during	
    preparation	
    or	
    actual	
    play,	
    GM’s	
    Miscellany:	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing	
    is	
    an	
    invaluable	
    addition	
    to	
    any	
    GM's	
    
  armoury!	
    	
    
  	
    
  Design:	
    John	
    Bennett,	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst,	
    Seamus	
    Conneely,	
    
  Brian	
     Gregory,	
     Eric	
     Hindley,	
     Greg	
     Marks,	
     Brian	
     Wiborg	
    
  Mønster,	
    David	
    Posener,	
    Josh	
    Vogt	
    and	
    Mike	
    Welham	
    
  Development:	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst	
    
  Editing:	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst	
    and	
    Aaron	
    T.	
    Huss	
    
  Cover	
    Design:	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst	
    
  Layout:	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst	
    
  Interior	
    Art:	
    John	
    Batten,	
    Herbert	
    Cole,	
    Walter	
    Crane,	
    Paul	
    Daly,	
    
  Pawet	
     Dobosz	
     (The	
     Forge	
     Studios),	
     Gary	
     Dupuis,	
     Rich	
    
  Hershey,	
     Earl	
     Geier,	
     Garth	
     Jones,	
     William	
     McAusland,	
    
  Bradley	
    K.	
    McDevitt,	
    Brittany	
    Michel,	
    Matt	
    Morrow,	
    Claudio	
    
  Pozas,	
    Arthur	
    Rackham,	
    Marc	
    Radle,	
    V	
    Shane,	
    Sylwia	
    Siwiec	
    
  (The	
     Forge	
     Studios),	
     Frank	
     Walls,	
     Jae	
     Young	
     and	
     Maciej	
    
  Zagorski	
     (The	
     Forge	
     Studios)	
     and	
     the	
     Book	
     of	
     War.	
     Some	
    
  artwork	
     copyright	
     Paul	
     Daly,	
     used	
     with	
     permission.	
     Rick	
    
  Hershey,	
    Standard	
    Stock	
    Art:	
    Issue	
    1	
    by	
    Small	
    Niche	
    Games.	
    
  Some	
     artwork	
     copyright	
     William	
     McAusland,	
     used	
     with	
    
  permission.	
     Some	
     artwork	
     copyright	
     Claudio	
     Pozas,	
     used	
    
  with	
    permission.	
    Frank	
    Walls	
    Standard	
    Stock	
    Art:	
    Issue	
    1	
    by	
    
  Empty	
    Room	
    Studios	
    Publishing.	
    Some	
    artwork	
    ©	
    2014	
    Earl	
    
  Geier,	
    used	
    with	
    permission.	
    All	
    rights	
    reserved.	
    	
    
  Thank	
    you	
    for	
    purchasing	
    GM’s	
    Miscellany:	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing;	
    
  we	
    hope	
    you	
    enjoy	
    it	
    and	
    that	
    you	
    check	
    out	
    our	
    other	
    fine	
    print	
    
  and	
    PDF	
    products.	
    	
    
  	
    
  Published	
    by	
    Raging	
    Swan	
    Press	
    
  September	
    2015	
    
  	
    
  ragingswan.com	
    
  gatekeeper@ragingswan.com	
    
  Product	
    Identity:	
    All	
    trademarks,	
    registered	
    trademarks,	
    proper	
    
  names	
    (characters,	
    deities,	
    artefacts,	
    places	
    and	
    so	
    on),	
    dialogue,	
    
  plots,	
     storylines,	
     language,	
     incidents,	
     locations,	
     characters,	
    
  artwork	
    and	
    trade	
    dress	
    are	
    product	
    identity	
    as	
    defined	
    in	
    the	
    
  Open	
    Game	
    License	
    version	
    1.0a,	
    Section	
    1(e)	
    and	
    are	
    not	
    Open	
    
  Content.	
    
  	
    
  Open	
    Content:	
    Except	
    material	
    designated	
    as	
    Product	
    Identity,	
    
  the	
    contents	
    of	
    GM’s	
    Miscellany:	
    Wilderness	
    Dressing	
    are	
    Open	
    
  Game	
     Content	
     as	
     defined	
     in	
     the	
     Open	
     Gaming	
     License	
     version	
    
  1.0a	
     Section	
     1(d).	
     No	
     portion	
     of	
     this	
     work	
     other	
     than	
     the	
    
  material	
    designated	
    as	
    Open	
    Game	
    Content	
    may	
    be	
    reproduced	
    
  in	
    any	
    form	
    without	
    written	
    permission.	
    The	
    moral	
    right	
    of	
    John	
    
  Bennett,	
     Creighton	
     Broadhurst,	
     Seamus	
     Conneely,	
     Brian	
    
  Gregory,	
    Eric	
    Hindley,	
    Greg	
    Marks,	
    Brian	
    Wiborg	
    Mønster,	
    David	
    
  Posener,	
    Josh	
    Vogt,	
    Mike	
    Welham	
    to	
    be	
    identified	
    as	
    the	
    authors	
    
  of	
    this	
    work	
    has	
    been	
    asserted	
    in	
    accordance	
    with	
    the	
    Copyright	
    
  Designs	
    and	
    Patents	
    Act	
    1988.	
    ©Raging	
    Swan	
    Press	
    2014.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  2	
    
  C O N T E N T S  
  Contents	
    .......................................................................................	
    2	
    
  About	
    The	
    Designers	
    ....................................................................	
    4	
    
  F E A T U R E S  &  E V E N T S  
  Campsite:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ...............................................................	
    8	
    
  Campsite:	
    Features	
    .....................................................................	
    10	
    
  Small	
    Castles	
    ...............................................................................	
    12	
    
  Large	
    Castles	
    ...............................................................................	
    14	
    
  Castle	
    Dressing	
    ...........................................................................	
    16	
    
  Castle	
    Names	
    ..............................................................................	
    18	
    
  Castle	
    Hooks,	
    Complications	
    &	
    Opportunities	
    ............................	
    19	
    
  Lord	
    of	
    the	
    Castle	
    .......................................................................	
    19	
    
  Small	
    Ruins	
    .................................................................................	
    20	
    
  Large	
    Ruins	
    .................................................................................	
    22	
    
  Ruins	
    Dressing	
    ............................................................................	
    24	
    
  Small	
    Caves	
    .................................................................................	
    26	
    
  Small	
    Cave	
    Dressing	
    ....................................................................	
    28	
    
  Extreme	
    Weather:	
    Rainstorms	
    ...................................................	
    30	
    
  Extreme	
    Weather:	
    Snowstorms	
    .................................................	
    32	
    
  Extreme	
    Weather:	
    Windstorms	
    ..................................................	
    34	
    
  F O L K  
  Bandit	
    Rank	
    &	
    File	
    ......................................................................	
    38	
    
  Bandit	
    Leaders	
    ............................................................................	
    39	
    
  Bandit	
    Hooks,	
    Complications	
    &	
    Opportunities	
    ...........................	
    40	
    
  Travellers:	
    Peddlers,	
    Merchants	
    &	
    Traders	
    ................................	
    42	
    
  Travellers:	
    Bards,	
    Minstrels	
    &	
    Troubadours	
    ...............................	
    44	
    
  Travellers:	
    Mercenaries,	
    Sellswords	
    &	
    Freebooters	
    ...................	
    46	
    
  B Y  L A N D  
  Borderlands:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .........................................................	
    50	
    
  Borderlands:	
    Dressing	
    .................................................................	
    52	
    
  Desert:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ..................................................................	
    54	
    
  Desert:	
    Dressing	
    .........................................................................	
    56	
    
  Farmland:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .............................................................	
    58	
    
  Farmland:	
    Farmland	
    Dressing	
    .....................................................	
    60	
    
  Forests	
    &	
    Woodlands:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ..........................................	
    62	
    
  Forests	
    &	
    Woodlands:	
    Dressing	
    .................................................	
    66	
    
  Forest(Primal):	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .....................................................	
    70	
    
  Forest	
    (Primal):	
    Dressing	
    ............................................................	
    73	
    
  Frozen	
    Lands:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .......................................................	
    75	
    
  Frozen	
    Lands:	
    Dressing	
    ...............................................................	
    78	
    
  Hills:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .....................................................................	
    80	
    
  Hills:	
    Dressing	
    .............................................................................	
    82	
    
  Mountains:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ...........................................................	
    84	
    
  Mountains:	
    Dressing	
    ..................................................................	
    86	
    
  Plains:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ...................................................................	
    88	
    
  Plains:	
    Dressing	
    ..........................................................................	
    90	
    
  Swamps	
    &	
    Marshes:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    .............................................	
    92	
    
  Swamps	
    &	
    Marshes:	
    Dressing	
    ....................................................	
    94	
    
  B Y  S E A  
  Coast:	
    Minor	
    Events	
    ...................................................................	
    98	
    
  Coast:	
    Coastal	
    Dressing	
    ............................................................	
    102	
    
  Sea	
    Voyages:	
    Shipboard	
    Events	
    ................................................	
    106	
    
  Sea	
    Voyages:	
    Omens	
    ................................................................	
    108	
    
  Sea	
    Voyages:	
    Minor	
    Encounters	
    ...............................................	
    109	
    
  Shipwrecks:	
    The	
    Wreck	
    ............................................................	
    110	
    
  Shipwrecks:	
    Shipwreck	
    Dressing	
    ..............................................	
    112	
    
  Pirate	
    Ships:	
    Designing	
    A	
    Pirate	
    Ship	
    ........................................	
    114	
    
  Pirate	
    Ships:	
    Ship’s	
    Name	
    (Subject)	
    ..........................................	
    116	
    
  Pirate	
    Ships:	
    Ship’s	
    Name	
    (Descriptor)	
    .....................................	
    117	
    
  Pirate	
    Ships:	
    Knowledge	
    ...........................................................	
    118	
    
  Pirate	
    Ships:	
    Flags	
    and	
    Figureheads	
    .........................................	
    120	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  3	
    
  	
    
  
  4	
    
  A B O U T  T H E  D E S I G N E R S  
  John	
     Bennett	
     makes	
     his	
     lair	
     in	
     the	
     tree-­‐cloaked	
     hills	
     of	
     New	
    
  Hampshire.	
    He	
    enjoys	
    heavy	
    metal,	
    beer	
    and	
    cigars	
    as	
    much	
    as	
    
  he	
    enjoys	
    playing	
    RPGs.	
    John	
    has	
    been	
    writing	
    since	
    the	
    age	
    of	
    6	
    
  when	
    he	
    would	
    narrate	
    stories	
    about	
    dinosaurs	
    and	
    robots	
    to	
    his	
    
  mother.	
    He	
    has	
    a	
    degree	
    in	
    film	
    production	
    and	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    reject	
    
  letters	
     to	
     go	
     with	
     his	
     scripts.	
     Currently,	
     he	
     is	
     pursuing	
     his	
    
  Master’s	
    degree	
    in	
    Organizational	
    Leadership.	
    He	
    is	
    also	
    striving	
    
  to	
    achieve	
    at	
    least	
    one	
    skill	
    rank	
    in	
    Perform	
    (guitar)	
    but	
    too	
    little	
    
  avail.	
     Coerced	
     into	
     playing	
     1st	
     edition	
     D&D	
     by	
     an	
     older	
     (and	
    
  bigger)	
    kid	
    in	
    the	
    neighbourhood	
    at	
    the	
    age	
    of	
    8,	
    he	
    would	
    like	
    to	
    
  take	
    a	
    moment	
    to	
    thank	
    his	
    friend,	
    Danny,	
    for	
    introducing	
    him	
    to	
    
  the	
    world	
    of	
    gaming	
    many	
    long	
    years	
    ago.	
    While	
    his	
    friends	
    and	
    
  players	
     know	
     what	
     he	
     is	
     talking	
     about,	
     John	
     has	
     been	
    
  unsuccessful	
    in	
    explaining	
    what	
    bugbears	
    are	
    to	
    his	
    family	
    and	
    
  co-­‐workers,	
    the	
    latter	
    fleeing	
    his	
    office	
    when	
    he	
    begins	
    rambling.	
    
  	
    
  Creighton	
     Broadhurst	
     lives	
     in	
     Torquay,	
     England	
     where,	
    
  apparently,	
    the	
    palm	
    trees	
    are	
    plastic	
    and	
    the	
    weather	
    is	
    warm.	
    
  He	
     shares	
     a	
     ramshackle	
     old	
     mansion	
     with	
     his	
     two	
     children	
    
  (“Genghis”	
     and	
     “Khan”)	
     and	
     his	
     patient	
     wife.	
     Famed	
     for	
     his	
    
  unending	
     love	
     affair	
     with	
     booze	
     and	
     pizza	
     he	
     is	
     an	
     enduring	
    
  GREYHAWK	
    fan.	
    
  	
    
  An	
     Ennie	
     Award	
     winning	
     designer	
     (Madness	
     At	
     Gardmore	
    
  Abbey)	
     Creighton	
     has	
     worked	
     with	
     Expeditious	
     Retreat	
     Press,	
    
  Paizo	
    and	
    Wizards	
    of	
    the	
    Coast.	
    He	
    believes	
    in	
    the	
    Open	
    Gaming	
    
  License	
    and	
    is	
    dedicated	
    to	
    making	
    his	
    games	
    as	
    fun	
    and	
    easy	
    to	
    
  enjoy	
    as	
    possible	
    for	
    all	
    participants.	
    Reducing	
    or	
    removing	
    entry	
    
  barriers,	
     simplifying	
     pre-­‐game	
     prep	
     and	
     easing	
     the	
     GM's	
    
  workload	
    are	
    the	
    key	
    underpinning	
    principles	
    of	
    the	
    products	
    he	
    
  now	
     releases	
     through	
     Raging	
     Swan	
     Press.	
     You	
     can	
     read	
     his	
    
  thoughts	
    on	
    game	
    design	
    at	
    creightonbroadhurst.com.	
    
  	
    
  Seamus	
     Conneely	
     picked	
     up	
     his	
     first	
     dice	
     and	
     character	
    
  sheet	
    on	
    a	
    whim,	
    having	
    no	
    idea	
    at	
    the	
    time	
    that	
    over	
    the	
    years	
    
  he	
    would	
    amass	
    a	
    horde	
    of	
    characters	
    and	
    a	
    library	
    of	
    stories.	
    
  Having	
    spent	
    time	
    both	
    playing	
    and	
    running	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    games	
    
  using	
     various	
     systems	
     and	
     a	
     diverse	
     lot	
     of	
     settings,	
     he's	
     now	
    
  turned	
     his	
     hand	
     towards	
     a	
     more	
     design-­‐focused	
     side	
     of	
     the	
    
  hobby.	
    He	
    has	
    play-­‐tested	
    material	
    for	
    Kobold	
    Press’s	
    “Midgard	
    
  Bestiary	
     4th	
     Edition”	
     and	
     Beer	
     Star	
     Games’s	
     Pulp!	
     the	
     RPG,	
    
  recently	
    wrote	
    “Scentia	
    Besieged	
    From	
    Within	
    and	
    Without”	
    for	
    
  Beer	
    Star’s	
    Pulp!	
    Fantasy	
    line	
    of	
    roleplaying	
    adventures,	
    and	
    has	
    
  written	
    several	
    articles	
    for	
    the	
    Gamer	
    Security	
    Agency	
    under	
    the	
    
  moniker	
     Cannibal	
     Halfling.	
     These	
     days	
     he	
     can	
     be	
     found	
     near	
    
  Boston,	
    rolling	
    dice	
    and	
    telling	
    stories	
    with	
    as	
    many	
    groups	
    as	
    he	
    
  can	
    manage.	
    
  	
    
  Brian	
     Gregory	
     is	
     an	
     old	
     school	
     gamer	
     returned	
     from	
     the	
    
  wasteland	
     of	
     real	
     life	
     with	
     a	
     passion	
     to	
     play	
     games	
     and	
     meet	
    
  people.	
    After	
    looking	
    on	
    while	
    others	
    wrote	
    for	
    publication;	
    he’s	
    
  finally	
     gotten	
     off	
     the	
     sideline.	
     As	
     a	
     model	
     builder,	
     painter	
     and	
    
  GM	
    he	
    has	
    taken	
    up	
    the	
    mission	
    to	
    add	
    writer	
    and	
    designer	
    to	
    
  his	
     list	
     of	
     credits.	
     With	
     a	
     passion	
     for	
     setting	
     the	
     scene	
     so	
     that	
    
  others	
    may	
    tell	
    the	
    story,	
    he	
    has	
    sought	
    out	
    ways	
    for	
    GMs	
    to	
    add	
    
  flavour	
    and	
    texture	
    to	
    their	
    settings.	
    	
    
  	
    
  New	
    to	
    publication	
    and	
    being	
    a	
    freelancer	
    he	
    is	
    started	
    his	
    
  long	
    journey.	
    He	
    brings	
    with	
    him	
    25	
    years	
    of	
    running	
    and	
    playing	
    
  role-­‐playing	
    games	
    of	
    various	
    genres.	
    A	
    former	
    professional	
    chef,	
    
  he	
    turns	
    his	
    ability	
    to	
    mix	
    up	
    various	
    ingredients	
    into	
    a	
    recipe	
    for	
    
  fun	
    and	
    creativity.	
    Whether	
    on	
    the	
    fly	
    or	
    in	
    a	
    planned	
    session	
    his	
    
  goal	
     is	
     to	
     make	
     developing	
     the	
     inspirational	
     details	
     more	
    
  accessible.	
    Brian	
    lives	
    in	
    Saint	
    Louis,	
    Missouri	
    and	
    is	
    grateful	
    to	
    
  have	
    the	
    four	
    wonderful	
    seasons.	
    His	
    home	
    is	
    shared	
    by	
    his	
    cat,	
    
  which	
    still	
    cannot	
    help	
    pay	
    the	
    bills.	
    Known	
    for	
    producing	
    good	
    
  food	
    and	
    brewing	
    good	
    beer;	
    he	
    loves	
    sharing	
    his	
    passion	
    for	
    life	
    
  and	
    fun	
    with	
    new	
    people.	
    
  	
    
  Eric	
    Hindley	
    is	
    a	
    proud	
    weaver	
    of	
    many	
    paths	
    and	
    an	
    expert	
    
  in	
    every	
    field	
    (or	
    at	
    least	
    a	
    jack	
    of	
    all	
    trades).	
    He	
    began	
    his	
    RPG	
    
  career	
    in	
    the	
    early	
    1990s,	
    badgering	
    his	
    friends	
    to	
    let	
    him	
    have	
    
  the	
     17	
     Cha	
     he	
     needed	
     to	
     play	
     2nd	
     edition	
     paladins	
     at	
     every	
    
  chance.	
     He	
     migrated	
     to	
     3rd	
     edition	
     in	
     2000	
     because	
     the	
     book	
    
  was	
    shiny	
    and	
    new	
    out	
    front	
    of	
    a	
    Coles	
    bookstore	
    on	
    some	
    kind	
    
  of	
     cardboard	
     display.	
     Pathfinder	
     caught	
     his	
     interest	
     almost	
    
  immediately	
     after	
     being	
     announced,	
     and	
     he	
     has	
     been	
     a	
     firm	
    
  believer	
    ever	
    since.	
    
  	
    
  He	
    began	
    GMing	
    primarily	
    to	
    force	
    other	
    people	
    to	
    play	
    with	
    
  him	
    while	
    at	
    university	
    in	
    Toronto.	
    After	
    honing	
    his	
    skills	
    picking	
    
  off	
    characters	
    in	
    the	
    far-­‐flung	
    town	
    of	
    Banff,	
    Alberta,	
    Canada,	
    he	
    
  is	
     currently	
     exploring	
     new	
     campaign	
     worlds	
     with	
     a	
     variety	
     of	
    
  groups.	
    Most	
    of	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    his	
    time	
    is	
    spent	
    painting	
    toy	
    soldiers	
    
  for	
     Warhammer	
     (both	
     fantasy	
     and	
     40k)	
     and	
     Warmachine,	
    
  working	
     in	
     the	
     entertainment	
     industry	
     as	
     a	
     technician	
     or	
    
  tormenting	
     an	
     assortment	
     of	
     cats	
     (and	
     occasionally	
     his	
     wife,	
    
  Kalyna).	
     Eric	
     was	
     a	
     competitor	
     in	
     Paizo’s	
     RPG	
     Superstar	
    
  competition	
     in	
     2010	
     and	
     2011,	
     and	
     won	
     Open	
     Design’s	
     Tin	
    
  Crown	
    in	
    2012.	
    
  	
    
  Greg	
    Marks	
    is	
    an	
    evil	
    mastermind	
    directing	
    his	
    criminal	
    army	
    
  of	
     precocious	
     felines	
     from	
     the	
     birthplace	
     of	
     gaming:	
     Lake	
    
  Geneva,	
    Wisconsin.	
    He	
    and	
    his	
    cat	
    minions	
    have	
    contributed	
    to	
    
  products	
     for	
     multiple	
     editions	
     of	
     Dungeons	
     and	
     Dragons	
    
  including	
     Complete	
     Scoundrel,	
     City	
     of	
     Stormreach,	
     Dragon	
    
  Magic,	
     and	
     Dungeon	
     Delve.	
     They	
     have	
     written	
     numerous	
    
  adventures	
    for	
    the	
    RPGA	
    along	
    with	
    administering	
    many	
    of	
    their	
    
  organized	
     play	
     campaigns	
     with	
     Living	
     Forgotten	
     Realms	
     being	
    
  the	
     most	
     recent.	
     Greg	
     and	
     his	
     cats	
     have	
     also	
     contributed	
    
  repeatedly	
    to	
    all	
    incarnations	
    of	
    Dragon	
    and	
    Dungeon	
    Magazine,	
    
  and	
     co-­‐authored	
     several	
     products	
     for	
     Fantasy	
     Flight	
     Games'	
    
  Midnight	
     setting	
     including:	
     Star	
     and	
     Shadow,	
     Hammer	
     and	
    
  Shadow,	
    Legends	
    of	
    Shadow	
    and	
    Honour	
    and	
    Shadow.	
    
  
  5	
    
  	
    
  Brian	
     Wiborg	
     Mønster	
     hails	
     from	
     Denmark	
     the	
     ancient	
    
  Viking	
     kingdom,	
     where	
     he	
     lives	
     with	
     his	
     overbearing	
     wife	
     and	
    
  two	
     young	
     sons,	
     whom	
     he	
     trains	
     to	
     be	
     wizards,	
    
  although	
     it	
     seems	
     that	
     a	
     bard	
     and	
     a	
     barbarian	
     is	
    
  most	
    likely	
    result	
    of	
    his	
    manipulation.	
    	
    
  	
    
  He	
    has	
    played	
    RPGs	
    since	
    1990	
    and	
    has	
    tried	
    a	
    
  variety	
     from	
     AD&D,	
     Call	
     of	
     Cthulhu,	
     TMNT	
     and	
    
  Star	
     Wars,	
     the	
     old	
     D6	
     version	
     mind	
     you,	
     not	
     the	
    
  modern	
     D20.	
     Today	
     it	
     is	
     Pathfinder	
     in	
     which	
     he	
    
  mainly	
    plys	
    his	
    evil	
    trade.	
    He	
    started	
    gm’ing	
    mainly	
    
  because	
     he	
     thought	
     the	
     dungeons	
     he	
    
  explored	
     were	
     built	
     by	
    
  kind-­‐hearted	
    souls,	
    he	
    was	
    convinced	
    a	
    trap	
    should	
    aim	
    to	
    kill	
    or	
    
  at	
     least	
     seriously	
     maim,	
     because	
     why	
     else	
     would	
     you	
     bother	
    
  using	
    the	
    trap	
    to	
    protect	
    your	
    precious	
    dungeon?	
    This	
    idea	
    was	
    
  sparked	
     by	
     his	
     exposure	
     to	
     Grimtooth	
     the	
     Troll	
     and	
     his	
    
  magnificent	
    traps.	
    	
    He	
    has	
    been	
    called	
    an	
    evil	
    GM	
    but	
    he	
    usually	
    
  just	
     replies,	
     “I	
     am	
     a	
     realistic	
     GM,	
     and	
     you	
     take	
     65	
     points	
     of	
    
  damage,	
     so	
     roll	
     up	
     a	
     new	
     character!”	
     Apart	
     from	
     rpgs	
     he	
     also	
    
  enjoys	
    everything	
    Sword	
    and	
    Sorcery	
    be	
    it	
    books,	
    comics,	
    RPGs,	
    
  or	
    movies,	
    especially	
    Conan.	
    
  	
    
  David	
    Posener	
    started	
    gaming	
    with	
    the	
    book	
    Grey	
    Star	
    the	
    
  Wizard,	
    circa	
    1985,	
    back	
    when	
    we	
    eschewed	
    that	
    dice	
    business	
    
  and	
    goddamn	
    STABBED	
    out	
    random	
    numbers.	
    The	
    next	
    year,	
    he	
    
  received	
     the	
     D&D	
     Basic	
     Set	
     red	
     box	
     as	
     a	
     birthday	
    
  present	
     and	
     has	
     been	
     gaming	
     ever	
    
  since.	
    His	
    GMing	
    style	
    has	
    been	
    likened	
    
  to	
     a	
     horrible	
     Frankenstein	
     combination	
     of	
    
  historical	
    epic,	
    gritty	
    survival	
    horror	
    and	
    Flight	
    
  of	
    the	
    Concords-­‐style	
    song-­‐filled	
    whimsy.	
    	
    
  	
    
  He	
    is	
    yet	
    to	
    live	
    down	
    naming	
    a	
    NPC	
    “The	
    
  Crimea	
    Reaver”.	
    	
    
  	
    
  David	
     adores	
     his	
     long-­‐suffering	
     wife	
     and	
    
  two	
     sons	
     who,	
     frankly,	
     have	
     no	
     idea	
     what	
    
  he’s	
    talking	
    about	
    most	
    of	
    the	
    time.	
    David	
    is	
    
  based	
    in	
    Sydney,	
    and	
    his	
    work	
    as	
    a	
    Logistics	
    Consultant,	
    much	
    to	
    
  his	
     disappointment,	
     contains	
     fewer	
     undead-­‐filled	
     warehouses	
    
  and	
    demon-­‐possessed	
    forklifts	
    than	
    he	
    was	
    led	
    to	
    believe.	
    
  	
    
  Mike	
    Welham	
    has	
    been	
    gaming	
    off-­‐and-­‐on	
    for	
    over	
    30	
    years.	
    
  While	
     he	
     has	
     played	
     using	
     numerous	
     game	
     systems,	
     he	
     has	
    
  always	
     had	
     a	
     fondness	
     for	
     Dungeons	
     &	
     Dragons	
     and	
     its	
    
  offshoots.	
    The	
    third	
    edition	
    of	
    Dungeons	
    &	
    Dragons	
    renewed	
    a	
    
  flagging	
     interest	
     in	
     roleplaying	
     games,	
     but	
     the	
     introduction	
     of	
    
  Pathfinder	
     sparked	
     a	
     long-­‐dormant	
     desire	
     to	
     write	
     for	
    
  roleplaying	
     games.	
     Mike	
     has	
     written	
     for	
     Clockwork	
     Gnome	
    
  Publishing,	
    Open	
    Design,	
    Paizo,	
    and	
    Rite	
    Publishing,	
    and	
    (much	
    
  to	
    his	
    surprise)	
    he	
    won	
    Paizo’s	
    RPG	
    Superstar	
    contest	
    in	
    2012.	
    
  He	
    is	
    quite	
    happy	
    with	
    the	
    prospect	
    of	
    his	
    first	
    publication	
    with	
    
  Raging	
    Swan	
    Press.	
    	
    
  	
    
  Mike	
     lives	
     in	
     Kernersville,	
     North	
     Carolina,	
     with	
     his	
     ever-­‐
  patient	
     wife,	
     two	
     roleplaying	
     game-­‐savvy	
     children	
     (one	
     has	
    
  started	
    his	
    university	
    career,	
    however),	
    a	
    puggle,	
    three	
    cats	
    and	
    
  a	
    turtle.	
    He	
    believes	
    the	
    solution	
    to	
    the	
    impending	
    empty	
    nest	
    
  syndrome	
    will	
    be	
    to	
    allow	
    more	
    creatures	
    of	
    his	
    imagination	
    to	
    
  make	
    themselves	
    at	
    home.	
    
  	
    
  Josh	
    Vogt	
    is	
    a	
    full-­‐time	
    freelance	
    writer	
    and	
    editor,	
    Josh	
    Vogt	
    
  works	
    with	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    RPG	
    developers	
    and	
    publishers,	
    and	
    has	
    
  also	
     sold	
     his	
     fiction	
     to	
     Paizo's	
     Pathfinder	
     Tales,	
     Grey	
     Matter	
    
  Press,	
    Orson	
    Scott	
    Card's	
    Intergalactic	
    Medicine	
    Show,	
    Shimmer,	
    
  and	
     Leading	
     Edge,	
     among	
     others.	
     When	
     not	
     working	
     on	
     a	
    
  fantasy	
    novel,	
    he's	
    rotating	
    through	
    an	
    array	
    of	
    odd	
    hobbies	
    to	
    
  stave	
     off	
     existential	
     despair	
     until	
     he	
     can	
     get	
     back	
     into	
     a	
     story.	
    
  You	
    
  can	
    
  find	
    
  him	
    
  at	
    JRVogt.com	
    or	
    
  Twitter	
    
  @JRVogthttps://twitter.com/JRVogt.	
    He	
    is	
    made	
    out	
    of	
    meat.	
    
  
  6	
    
  	
    
  
  7	
    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  EVENTS & FEATURES  
   
  	
    
   
  
  8	
    
  C A M P S I T E :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  Adventurers	
    often	
    camp	
    in	
    the	
    wilderness.	
    When	
    they	
    do,	
    they	
    
  typically	
    either	
    have	
    a	
    peaceful	
    night’s	
    sleep	
    or	
    are	
    attacked.	
    The	
    
  PCs	
    rarely	
    suffer	
    minor	
    events	
    that	
    may	
    disturb	
    them,	
    but	
    that	
    
  do	
    not	
    result	
    in	
    a	
    full-­‐blown	
    encounter.	
    Use	
    the	
    table	
    below	
    to	
    
  generate	
     such	
     minor	
     events,	
     modifying	
     entries	
     as	
     required	
     to	
    
  take	
    account	
    of	
    the	
    surrounding	
    terrain,	
    time	
    of	
    year	
    and	
    so	
    on.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Bushes	
     near	
     the	
     campsite	
     rustle	
     suggestively.	
    
  After	
    a	
    few	
    minutes,	
    a	
    badger,	
    accompanied	
    by	
    
  its	
    young,	
    emerges	
    and	
    wanders	
    off.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    drizzle	
    deluges	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  3	
    
  An	
    owl	
    swoops	
    low	
    overhead,	
    barely	
    missing	
    the	
    
  guard’s	
    head.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     sounds	
     of	
     wildlife	
     in	
     the	
     surrounding	
     area	
    
  inexplicably	
     (and	
     suddenly)	
     cease.	
     After	
     20	
    
  minutes,	
    they	
    slowly	
    resume.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    wolf	
    howls	
    far	
    off	
    in	
    the	
    distance.	
    Subsequent	
    
  howls	
    may	
    draw	
    nearer	
    or	
    grow	
    fainter.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
     campfire	
     burns	
     low.	
     Unless	
     the	
     guard	
    
  gathers	
    more	
    wood,	
    it	
    may	
    go	
    out.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    fox	
    sneaks	
    through	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    wind	
    plucks	
    at	
    the	
    sentry’s	
    cloak.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    guard	
    gets	
    increasingly	
    tired	
    and	
    is	
    struggling	
    
  to	
    stay	
    awake,	
    dozing	
    off	
    in	
    regular	
    intervals.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
     stars	
     seem	
     to	
     shimmer	
     and	
     shift	
     for	
     a	
    
  moment	
    before	
    returning	
    to	
    normal.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     gentle	
     breeze	
     rustles	
     the	
     surrounding	
     trees’	
    
  branches.	
    Casually	
    listening	
    to	
    it	
    reveals	
    the	
    faint	
    
  hint	
    of	
    a	
    whisper	
    upon	
    the	
    breeze.	
    
  12	
    
  Sounds	
     of	
     two	
     small	
     animals	
     fighting	
     in	
     the	
    
  undergrowth	
     reaches	
     the	
     guard’s	
     ears.	
     After	
     a	
    
  few	
    minutes,	
    the	
    sounds	
    cease.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
     next	
     morning,	
     a	
     small,	
     mundane	
     item	
     is	
    
  missing	
    from	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    burst	
    of	
    heavy	
    rain	
    deluges	
    the	
    camp,	
    
  extinguishing	
    the	
    campfire.	
    
  15	
    
  The	
     guard	
     suddenly	
     gets	
     a	
     feeling	
     of	
     being	
    
  watched.	
    After	
    a	
    few	
    minutes,	
    the	
    feeling	
    passes	
    
  but	
    may	
    return	
    later	
    in	
    the	
    night.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    burning	
    log	
    rolls	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    campfire	
    and	
    may	
    
  set	
     nearby	
     grass	
     or	
     bushes	
     on	
     fire	
     unless	
     the	
    
  guard	
    shoves	
    it	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    fire.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    rodent	
    tries	
    to	
    steal	
    a	
    small	
    item	
    of	
    food.	
    
  18	
    
  Something	
     large	
     and	
     winged	
     passes	
     in	
     front	
     of	
    
  the	
    moon.	
    
  19	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    guard’s	
    companions	
    snores	
    loudly.	
    
  20	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    guard’s	
    companions	
    sleepwalks.	
    
  21	
    
  One	
     of	
     the	
     adventurers	
     has	
     a	
     bad	
     dream	
     or	
    
  nightmare	
    and	
    wakes	
    up	
    screaming.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    owl	
    hoots	
    loudly	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  23	
    
  Two	
    pairs	
    of	
    small,	
    red	
    glowing	
    eyes	
    observe	
    the	
    
  camp	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    bush,	
    before	
    disappearing.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    branch	
    suddenly	
    falls	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    scrap	
    of	
    parchment,	
    covered	
    in	
    weathered	
    and	
    
  illegible	
    writing,	
    blows	
    through	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  26	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    party’s	
    tents	
    partially	
    collapses	
    when	
    
  several	
    of	
    their	
    guide	
    ropes	
    snap.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
    light	
    mist	
    blankets	
    the	
    area.	
    
  28	
    
  Heavy	
     clouds	
     scud	
     across	
     the	
     sky	
     and	
     blot	
     out	
    
  the	
    stars	
    and	
    the	
    moon.	
    
  29	
    
  A	
     (non-­‐venomous,	
     essentially	
     harmless)	
     snake	
    
  slithers	
    through	
    the	
    camp	
    searching	
    for	
    prey.	
    
  30	
    
  Toward	
    dawn,	
    the	
    wind	
    picks	
    up	
    blowing	
    small,	
    
  unattended	
    items	
    around.	
    
  31	
    
  Strong	
     wind	
     whistles	
     through	
     the	
     camp,	
    
  extinguishing	
    small	
    unprotected	
    flames.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
    heavy	
    mist	
    blankets	
    the	
    area.	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    distinct	
    sound	
    of	
    two	
    large	
    animals	
    fighting	
    
  nearby	
    reaches	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
     single	
     pair	
     of	
     large,	
     unblinking	
     red	
     eyes	
    
  watches	
    the	
    campsite	
    from	
    cover	
    nearby.	
    After	
    a	
    
  few	
    minutes,	
    the	
    creature	
    departs.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
    sounds	
    of	
    birds	
    calling	
    to	
    one	
    another	
    breaks	
    
  the	
     silence.	
     Basic	
     knowledge	
     of	
     nature	
     reveals	
    
  the	
    birds	
    in	
    question	
    are	
    not	
    nocturnal.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
    small	
    sinkhole	
    opens	
    in	
    the	
    ground.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  The	
     bloodied	
     body	
     of	
     a	
     deer	
     falls	
     from	
     the	
     sky	
    
  during	
    the	
    night,	
    with	
    a	
    loud	
    thump.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
     faint	
     light	
     starts	
     glowing	
     some	
     distance	
     away	
    
  from	
    the	
    camp.	
    It	
    could	
    be	
    another	
    campfire,	
    a	
    
  will-­‐o’-­‐wisp	
    and	
    so	
    on.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
     birds	
     in	
     the	
     surrounding	
     trees	
     start	
     singing	
    
  an	
     hour	
     before	
     dawn,	
     waking	
     the	
     slumbering	
    
  adventurers.	
    
  40	
    
  At	
    dawn,	
    the	
    sun	
    crests	
    the	
    horizon	
    and	
    shines	
    
  into	
    the	
    guard’s	
    eyes,	
    temporarily	
    blinding	
    him.	
    
  41	
    
  Faint	
     snatches	
     of	
     ethereal,	
     otherworldly	
     music	
    
  reach	
    the	
    guard’s	
    ears.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    thick	
    dews	
    soaks	
    blankets,	
    tents	
    and	
    clothes.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    blows	
    a	
    mass	
    of	
    rustling	
    
  leaves	
    into	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    long	
    shadow	
    darkens	
    the	
    campsite.	
    There	
    is	
    no	
    
  sign	
    of	
    what	
    causes	
    the	
    shadow.	
    
  45	
    
  Clouds	
    obscure	
    the	
    moon	
    and	
    it	
    gets	
    very	
    dark.	
    
  46	
    
  Shadows	
     seem	
     to	
     gather	
     under	
     a	
     tree	
     or	
     bush.	
    
  The	
     effect	
     is	
     simply	
     a	
     trick	
     of	
     the	
     light	
     and	
     the	
    
  guard’s	
    fatigue.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    flying	
    bird	
    splatters	
    the	
    guard	
    with	
    excrement.	
    	
    
  48	
    
  The	
     wind	
     suddenly	
     picks	
     up;	
     its	
     moan	
     is	
    
  reminiscent	
    of	
    the	
    walking	
    dead.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     something	
     heavy	
     falling	
     through	
    
  tree	
    branches	
    echoes	
    through	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  50	
    
  The	
    wind	
    suddenly	
    shifts	
    and	
    blows	
    smoke	
    from	
    
  the	
    campfire	
    into	
    the	
    guard’s	
    eyes.	
    
  51	
    
  Lightning	
    flashes	
    in	
    the	
    distance,	
    but	
    no	
    thunder	
    
  reaches	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  52	
    
  Something	
     small	
     and	
     furry	
     darts	
     through	
     the	
    
  camp,	
    not	
    pausing	
    for	
    anything.	
    
  
  9	
    
  53	
    
  The	
    moon	
    grows	
    steadily	
    brighter	
    while	
    the	
    stars	
    
  seem	
    to	
    fade	
    in	
    equal	
    measure,	
    before	
    returning	
    
  to	
    normal	
    after	
    several	
    hours.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    travelling	
    merchant	
    stops	
    and	
    asks	
    to	
    share	
    the	
    
  fire.	
    If	
    allowed,	
    he	
    stays	
    the	
    night	
    and	
    leaves	
    on	
    
  his	
    own	
    in	
    the	
    morning.	
    
  55	
    
  Laughter	
    reaches	
    the	
    guard’s	
    ears,	
    coming	
    from	
    
  multiple	
    directions	
    but	
    with	
    no	
    apparent	
    source.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    freak	
    thunderstorm	
    sweeps	
    through	
    the	
    camp,	
    
  soaking	
    it	
    and	
    waking	
    everyone.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    
  bird	
    
  swoops	
    
  down	
    
  upon	
    
  a	
    
  sleeping	
    
  adventurer’s	
    pack	
    and	
    starts	
    pecking	
    at	
    it.	
    
  58	
    
  The	
     next	
     morning	
     a	
     small,	
     mundane	
     item	
     has	
    
  been	
    added	
    to	
    someone’s	
    pack.	
    
  59	
    
  Fog	
    rolls	
    in,	
    obscuring	
    the	
    area	
    and	
    leaving	
    the	
    
  guard	
    with	
    a	
    chill.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
     dull	
     roar	
     echoes	
     through	
     the	
     night,	
     waking	
    
  anyone	
    sleeping.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    deer	
    runs	
    past	
    the	
    campsite	
    at	
    the	
    edge	
    of	
    the	
    
  firelight,	
    pursued	
    by	
    a	
    pack	
    of	
    howling	
    wolves.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    tears	
    the	
    blanket	
    off	
    of	
    a	
    
  sleeping	
    adventurer.	
    
  63	
    
  An	
     insect	
     bites	
     the	
     guard’s	
     neck,	
     causing	
     an	
    
  annoying	
    itch	
    for	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    the	
    night.	
    
  64	
    
  One	
     by	
     one	
     the	
     stars	
     turn	
     red,	
     remaining	
     that	
    
  way	
    the	
    entire	
    night.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    meteor	
    shower	
    crosses	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    of	
    fireflies	
    rises	
    from	
    the	
    grass,	
    blinking	
    
  their	
    way	
    around	
    the	
    entire	
    campsite.	
    
  67	
    
  An	
     owl	
     swoops	
     down	
     and	
     snatches	
     a	
     rodent	
    
  hiding	
    in	
    the	
    grass	
    nearby.	
    
  68	
    
  An	
    unexpected	
    lunar	
    eclipse	
    occurs.	
    Its	
    cause	
    is	
    
  unknown.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    burst	
    of	
    wind	
    scatters	
    embers	
    from	
    the	
    
  fire	
     across	
     the	
     campsite,	
     threatening	
     to	
     start	
    
  more	
    fires	
    unless	
    extinguished.	
    
  70	
    
  Sounds	
     of	
     battle	
     reach	
     the	
     campsite	
     with	
     no	
    
  apparent	
    source.	
    A	
    knowledge	
    check	
    reveals	
    the	
    
  battle	
    cries	
    belong	
    to	
    long-­‐dead	
    kingdoms.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     wild,	
     but	
     friendly,	
     dog	
     approaches	
     the	
    
  campsite	
     and	
     begs	
     for	
     scraps.	
     If	
     indulged,	
     he	
    
  might	
    follow	
    the	
    group	
    in	
    the	
    morning.	
    
  72	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    talks	
    in	
    his	
    sleep.	
    
  73	
    
  Glowing	
     runes	
     appear	
     on	
     stones	
     around	
     the	
    
  camp,	
    fading	
    without	
    trace	
    by	
    morning.	
    
  74	
    
  Several	
    booming	
    noises,	
    recognizable	
    as	
    wizards	
    
  at	
    battle,	
    echo	
    from	
    miles	
    away.	
    
  75	
    
  Lightning	
    strikes	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree	
    without	
    warning,	
    
  setting	
    it	
    aflame.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     low-­‐hanging	
     mist	
     moves	
     in	
     across	
     the	
     area,	
    
  obscuring	
    anything	
    below	
    waist	
    height.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    of	
    bats	
    emerge	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    cave	
    and	
    
  fly	
    over	
    the	
    camp,	
    screeching.	
    
  78	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     something	
     scratching	
     its	
     claws	
    
  against	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree	
    reaches	
    the	
    guard’s	
    ears.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    mole	
    pops	
    through	
    the	
    earth	
    in	
    the	
    campsite	
    
  for	
    a	
    few	
    seconds	
    before	
    returning	
    underground.	
    
  80	
    
  Growling	
     noises	
     surround	
     the	
     camp.	
     When	
    
  something	
    in	
    the	
    distance	
    roars,	
    the	
    growls	
    turn	
    
  to	
    whines	
    and	
    quickly	
    fade	
    away.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     pleasant	
     music	
     reaches	
     the	
    
  campsite	
    but	
    fades	
    away	
    as	
    dawn	
    approaches.	
    
  82	
    
  Ghostly	
    figures	
    appear	
    near	
    the	
    camp,	
    gesturing	
    
  into	
    the	
    distance	
    before	
    disappearing.	
    
  83	
    
  Something	
     snaps	
     a	
     twig	
     on	
     the	
     ground	
     just	
    
  outside	
    the	
    fire’s	
    light.	
    The	
    sound	
    of	
    something	
    
  rushing	
    off	
    into	
    the	
    distance	
    quickly	
    follows.	
    
  84	
    
  Clouds	
    sweep	
    overhead	
    and	
    thunder	
    echoes,	
    but	
    
  no	
    lightning	
    is	
    seen	
    and	
    no	
    rain	
    falls.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
     raccoon	
     waddles	
     through	
     camp,	
     seemingly	
    
  indifferent	
    to	
    the	
    occupants.	
    
  86	
    
  Insects	
     descend	
     upon	
     a	
     sleeping	
     adventurer,	
    
  waking	
    him	
    with	
    their	
    biting.	
    
  87	
    
  In	
     the	
     morning,	
     a	
     small	
     rodent	
     bursts	
     from	
     an	
    
  adventurer’s	
    pack	
    when	
    they	
    lift	
    it,	
    trying	
    to	
    flee	
    
  with	
    the	
    rations	
    it	
    hasn’t	
    already	
    eaten.	
    
  88	
    
  Another	
    group	
    of	
    travellers	
    stop	
    and	
    ask	
    to	
    share	
    
  the	
    fire.	
    If	
    allowed	
    to	
    stay,	
    one	
    plays	
    cards	
    with	
    
  the	
     guard	
     to	
     pass	
     the	
     night,	
     and	
     they	
     provide	
    
  breakfast	
    in	
    the	
    morning.	
    
  89	
    
  Dancing	
     orbs	
     of	
     lights	
     move	
     through	
     the	
    
  campsite,	
     settling	
     on	
     one	
     adventurer	
     after	
    
  another	
    with	
    no	
    apparent	
    effect	
    before	
    moving	
    
  off.	
    
  90	
    
  The	
     next	
     morning	
     footprints	
     matching	
     none	
     of	
    
  the	
     group	
     are	
     found	
     throughout	
     the	
     campsite	
    
  despite	
    the	
    guard	
    seeing	
    nothing.	
    
  91	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     something	
     jumping	
     from	
     tree	
     to	
    
  tree	
     reaches	
     the	
     camp;	
     eventually	
     it	
     moves	
    
  away.	
    
  92	
    
  Something	
     in	
     the	
     trees	
     is	
     eating	
     nuts	
     or	
     fruit;	
    
  pieces	
    keep	
    falling	
    on	
    the	
    guard.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
     guard	
     hears	
     the	
     voice	
     of	
     a	
     small	
     child	
    
  begging	
     them	
     to	
     leave	
     the	
     camp	
     and	
     help	
     the	
    
  child.	
    Investigating	
    reveals	
    no	
    source.	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     rotten	
     log	
     the	
     guard	
     is	
     sitting	
     on	
     suddenly	
    
  collapses.	
    
  95	
    
  The	
    fire	
    inexplicably	
    surges	
    for	
    several	
    moments,	
    
  the	
     flames	
     towering	
     over	
     the	
     campsite	
     before	
    
  settling	
    back	
    to	
    normal.	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     sleeping	
     adventurer	
     rolls	
     over,	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
    
  their	
    blanket	
    landing	
    in	
    the	
    fire	
    pit.	
    They’ll	
    get	
    a	
    
  rude	
    awakening	
    if	
    the	
    guard	
    doesn’t	
    act.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    leaves	
    of	
    the	
    nearby	
    trees	
    seem	
    to	
    glow	
    with	
    
  an	
    ethereal	
    light	
    from	
    dusk	
    until	
    dawn.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
     moon	
     and	
     stars	
     glow	
     unusually	
     bright,	
    
  providing	
    enough	
    light	
    to	
    see	
    clearly	
    for	
    miles.	
    
  99	
    
  Despite	
    the	
    sun	
    having	
    set,	
    twilight	
    persists	
    from	
    
  dusk	
    until	
    dawn.	
    
  100	
    
  Whistling	
     noises	
     are	
     heard	
     being	
     exchanged	
    
  throughout	
     the	
     night,	
     as	
     if	
     something	
     or	
    
  someone	
    was	
    communicating.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  10	
    
  C A M P S I T E :  F E A T U R E S  
  Adventurers	
     often	
     find	
     themselves	
     camping	
     in	
     the	
     wilderness,	
    
  but	
     sadly	
     the	
     actual	
     campsite	
     normally	
     gets	
     very	
     little	
     design	
    
  time	
     (and	
     if	
     it	
     does	
     have	
     a	
     detailed	
     description	
     the	
     PCs	
     know	
    
  something	
    is	
    going	
    to	
    happen	
    that	
    night!)	
    Use	
    the	
    table	
    below	
    to	
    
  generate	
    minor	
    points	
    of	
    interest	
    for	
    a	
    campsite,	
    but	
    take	
    into	
    
  account	
     the	
     surrounding	
     terrain,	
     time	
     of	
     year	
     and	
     so	
     on,	
     and	
    
  modify	
    the	
    entries	
    as	
    needed.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
     small	
     pool	
     of	
     fresh	
     water	
     lies	
     in	
     a	
     protected	
    
  hollow.	
    Reeds	
    grow	
    thickly	
    about	
    it.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    tumbled	
    stone	
    wall	
    –	
    perhaps	
    
  of	
    a	
    cottage	
    –	
    forms	
    one	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    cold	
    fire	
    pit	
    bares	
    mute	
    testimony	
    to	
    previous	
    
  visitors	
    to	
    the	
    area.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    large	
    ants’	
    nest	
    is	
    hidden	
    nearby.	
    At	
    night,	
    the	
    
  ants	
    emerge	
    and	
    infest	
    the	
    PCs’	
    blankets.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    large,	
    lightning-­‐blackened	
    tree	
    stands	
    nearby.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    ground	
    is	
    saturated;	
    if	
    it	
    rains	
    while	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  are	
    here,	
    the	
    area	
    quickly	
    becomes	
    boggy.	
    
  7	
    
  Three	
    large	
    badger	
    sets	
    pierce	
    a	
    wooded	
    bank;	
    at	
    
  night,	
    the	
    occupants	
    emerge.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  Inspection	
     reveals	
     that	
     a	
     shallow	
     grave	
     lies	
    
  hidden	
    beneath	
    dense	
    undergrowth.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
     thick	
     ring	
     of	
     thorn	
     bushes	
     ring	
     the	
     campsite;	
    
  there	
    is	
    but	
    one	
    way	
    through.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     20	
     ft.	
     deep	
     cave	
     pierces	
     a	
     hillside.	
     Rubble	
    
  covers	
    the	
    ground	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    the	
    entrance.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     pile	
     of	
     neatly	
     stacked	
     wood	
     stands	
     under	
     a	
    
  tarpaulin.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     winding	
     pathway	
     leads	
     away	
     from	
     the	
    
  campsite	
    to	
    a	
    bluff	
    overlooking	
    the	
    local	
    area.	
    
  13	
    
  Thick,	
     tall	
     grass	
     covers	
     the	
     area.	
     It	
     must	
     be	
    
  stamped	
    down	
    before	
    tents	
    may	
    be	
    pitched.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    sinkhole	
    pierces	
    the	
    ground;	
    a	
    small	
    cavern	
    lies	
    
  below	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     tall	
     bluff	
     along	
     one	
     end	
     of	
     the	
     campsite	
    
  provides	
    shelter	
    from	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     small,	
     steep-­‐banked	
     stream	
     runs	
     through	
     the	
    
  campsite.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  Undergrowth	
    
  hides	
    
  many	
    
  rabbit	
    
  burrows;	
    
  unwary	
    adventurers	
    may	
    twist	
    their	
    ankles.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    single	
    gigantic	
    oak	
    tree	
    stands	
    atop	
    a	
    low	
    hill,	
    
  providing	
    a	
    good	
    view	
    for	
    many	
    miles.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    stone,	
    vine-­‐covered	
    statue	
    stands	
    amid	
    a	
    thick	
    
  patch	
     of	
     weeds.	
     The	
     statue	
     was	
     once	
     well	
    
  fashioned	
    and	
    depicts	
    a	
    king	
    of	
    old.	
    
  20	
    
  Several	
    game	
    trails	
    cross	
    the	
    campsite.	
    The	
    PCs	
    
  may	
     be	
     awoken	
     during	
     the	
     night	
     by	
     badgers,	
    
  rabbits	
    and	
    so	
    on.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     low	
     burial	
     cairn	
     of	
     heaped	
     stone	
     marks	
     the	
    
  resting	
    place	
    of	
    a	
    fallen	
    traveller.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    fallen	
    tree	
    is	
    wreathed	
    in	
    moss	
    and	
    half-­‐sunk	
    
  into	
    the	
    ground;	
    it	
    makes	
    an	
    effective	
    barrier.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     still	
     smouldering	
     campfire	
     sits	
     within	
     a	
     crude	
    
  ring	
    of	
    blackened	
    stones.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     weathered	
     and	
     half-­‐collapsed	
     tent	
     stands	
    
  under	
    a	
    small	
    stand	
    of	
    trees.	
    
  25	
    
  Many	
     large	
     trees	
     throw	
     their	
     boughs	
     over	
     the	
    
  campsite.	
    Consequently,	
    the	
    site	
    is	
    in	
    perpetual	
    
  shadow,	
    but	
    is	
    protected	
    from	
    bad	
    weather.	
    
  26	
    
  Felled	
     branches	
     have	
     been	
     arranged	
     in	
     a	
     crude	
    
  wall	
    around	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  27	
    
  Tracks	
     (suitable	
     to	
     the	
     terrain)	
     crisscross	
     the	
    
  ground.	
    Some	
    are	
    very	
    fresh.	
    
  28	
    
  This	
     sheltered	
     dell	
     boasts	
     a	
     stream	
     and	
     thick,	
    
  verdant	
    vegetation.	
    
  29	
    
  The	
     ruin	
     of	
     an	
     ancient	
     watchtower	
     adorn	
     this	
    
  high,	
    craggy	
    hill.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     bog	
     of	
     low-­‐lying	
     mud	
     forms	
     one	
     edge	
     of	
     the	
    
  camp,	
    hindering	
    movement	
    in	
    that	
    direction.	
    
  31	
    
  Two	
     boulders	
     –	
     one	
     perched	
     precariously	
     atop	
    
  another	
    –	
    stand	
    nearby.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
    large	
    boulder	
    has	
    illegible,	
    timeworn	
    carvings	
    
  upon	
    it.	
    
  33	
    
  Several	
     stones	
     stand	
     about	
     the	
     campsite,	
    
  seemingly	
    marking	
    its	
    bounds.	
    
  34	
    
  The	
    partially	
    buried	
    skeleton	
    of	
    a	
    deer	
    (or	
    other	
    
  animal)	
    lie	
    amid	
    the	
    undergrowth.	
    
  35	
    
  This	
     small,	
     rounded	
     hill	
     is	
     actually	
     a	
     burial	
    
  mound.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  A	
    large	
    wasps’	
    nest	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  37	
    
  The	
     land	
     slopes	
     away	
     in	
     a	
     series	
     steep-­‐sided	
    
  terraces	
    each	
    about	
    10	
    ft.	
    wide.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
     sodden	
     heap	
     of	
     wood	
     and	
     thatch	
     marks	
     the	
    
  location	
    of	
    a	
    ruined	
    hut.	
    
  39	
    
  Two	
    large	
    trees	
    have	
    grown	
    so	
    huge	
    their	
    trunks	
    
  have	
    seemingly	
    merged.	
    
  40	
    
  Large	
    rocks	
    are	
    scattered	
    throughout	
    the	
    area.	
    
  41	
    
  Rubbish	
     –	
     the	
     detritus	
     left	
     behind	
     by	
     other	
    
  explorers	
    	
    –	
    is	
    scattered	
    about	
    the	
    area.	
    
  42	
    
  An	
    old	
    latrine	
    pit	
    lurks	
    behind	
    a	
    thick	
    bush.	
    The	
    
  area	
    surrounding	
    it	
    is	
    pungent.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  Tall	
    cliffs	
    overlook	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
     area	
     is	
     unnaturally	
     cold;	
     in	
     the	
     morning	
     a	
    
  localised	
    frost	
    has	
    formed.	
    
  45	
    
  High	
     cliffs	
     or	
     hills	
     on	
     three	
     sides	
     provide	
     a	
    
  sheltered	
     campsite,	
     but	
     sounds	
     travel	
     strangely	
    
  in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  46	
    
  Many	
    wind	
    chimes	
    hang	
    from	
    a	
    tall	
    tree.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
     cliff	
     or	
     steep-­‐sided	
     hill	
     provides	
     a	
     sheltering	
    
  overhang	
    to	
    keep	
    the	
    weather	
    at	
    bay.	
    
  48	
    
  Rusting	
    tripwires	
    surround	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  49	
    
  Forming	
     a	
     narrow,	
     torturous	
     passageway,	
     a	
    
  stream	
    flows	
    into	
    a	
    nearby	
    hillside.	
    	
    
  50	
    
  A	
    tall,	
    upright	
    stone	
    stands	
    across	
    a	
    stream	
    from	
    
  the	
    campsite.	
    The	
    stone	
    is	
    ancient,	
    and	
    lopsided.	
    
  51	
    
  Several	
     patches	
     of	
     wildflowers	
     surround	
     the	
    
  campsite	
    
  
  11	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    footprints	
    lead	
    to	
    a	
    boulder,	
    then	
    vanish.	
    
  There	
    is	
    no	
    sign	
    of	
    a	
    door,	
    arcane	
    or	
    otherwise.	
    
  53	
    
  An	
     old	
     wells	
     sits	
     at	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
     the	
     campsite,	
    
  leftover	
    from	
    some	
    homestead.	
    It	
    still	
    has	
    a	
    rope	
    
  and	
    bucket.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    rusted	
    sword	
    juts	
    from	
    a	
    mound	
    of	
    earth.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     wooden	
     post	
     has	
     signs	
     nailed	
     to	
     it,	
     detailing	
    
  distance	
    and	
    direction	
    to	
    several	
    settlements.	
    
  56	
    
  Bear	
    
  traps	
    
  are	
    
  scattered	
    
  through	
    
  the	
    
  undergrowth.	
    
  57	
    
  An	
    old	
    fire	
    pit	
    is	
    dug	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    smoke-­‐blackened	
    
  boulder.	
    
  58	
    
  An	
    abandoned	
    traveller’s	
    pack	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    bushes.	
    
  The	
    rations	
    inside	
    are	
    still	
    fresh.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    tree	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    large	
    claw	
    marks.	
    
  60	
    
  An	
    owl	
    nest	
    is	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    At	
    night	
    the	
    owl	
    
  awakens	
    and	
    flies	
    over	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    rose	
    bush,	
    clearly	
    well	
    maintained,	
    adorns	
    the	
    
  campsite.	
    There	
    is	
    no	
    trace	
    of	
    the	
    gardener.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    rotting	
    deer	
    carcass,	
    a	
    wolf	
    kill,	
    has	
    attracted	
    
  flies	
    to	
    the	
    area.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    woodsman’s	
    axe	
    is	
    embedded	
    in	
    a	
    tree	
    stump,	
    
  next	
    to	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    cut	
    firewood.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     tarp	
     is	
     stretched	
     between	
     several	
     trees,	
    
  providing	
    cover	
    from	
    the	
    rain.	
    
  65	
    
  Fresh	
    
  flowers	
    
  adorn	
    
  an	
    
  ancient-­‐looking	
    
  gravestone.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
     carved	
     wooden	
     statute	
     stands	
     under	
     a	
     giant	
    
  oak	
    tree,	
    portraying	
    a	
    nature	
    deity.	
    
  67	
    
  The	
     campsite	
     is	
     at	
     the	
     top	
     of	
     a	
     bluff,	
     giving	
     a	
    
  good	
    view	
    of	
    the	
    terrain	
    ahead.	
    
  68	
    
  Several	
    humanoid	
    skeletons	
    are	
    overgrown	
    with	
    
  ivy.	
    
  69	
    
  Several	
     rows	
     of	
     runes	
     in	
     an	
     unknown	
     tongue	
    
  cover	
    stones	
    placed	
    around	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  70	
    
  The	
    air	
    is	
    unnaturally	
    dry,	
    the	
    grass	
    dead	
    and	
    the	
    
  ground	
    cracked.	
    
  71	
    
  Names,	
     past	
     travellers	
     recording	
     their	
     passing,	
    
  are	
    carved	
    into	
    the	
    trunk	
    of	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    Some	
    
  also	
    have	
    dates,	
    while	
    others	
    do	
    not.	
    	
    
  72	
    
  An	
    old	
    target	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    Both	
    the	
    
  target	
     and	
     the	
     tree	
     have	
     several	
     arrows	
    
  embedded	
    in	
    them.	
    
  73	
    
  Sharp	
     stones	
     litter	
     the	
     area,	
     making	
     for	
    
  treacherous	
    passage	
    into	
    and	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    camp.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     boulder	
     has	
     inexplicably	
     cracked	
     in	
     half,	
     one	
    
  piece	
     tumbling	
     down	
     the	
     hill	
     to	
     lie	
     next	
     to	
     the	
    
  camp.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     small	
     bag	
     of	
     gold	
     lies	
     buried	
     underneath	
     a	
    
  large	
     tree	
     covered	
     in	
     some	
     sort	
     of	
     faded	
    
  markings.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    rope,	
    tied	
    into	
    a	
    noose,	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  tree.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    nest	
    of	
    bees	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    cut	
    logs	
    have	
    been	
    placed	
    as	
    benches	
    
  around	
    a	
    circle	
    of	
    stones;	
    the	
    ash	
    of	
    several	
    fires	
    
  lies	
    within.	
    
  79	
    
  Two	
     walls	
     of	
     a	
     log	
     cabin	
     stand	
     nearby.	
     The	
    
  others,	
     and	
     the	
     ceiling,	
     have	
     collapsed	
     and	
     are	
    
  rotting	
    away.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
    hunter’s	
    lean-­‐to,	
    a	
    bedroll	
    still	
    underneath	
    it,	
    
  stands	
    near	
    a	
    copse	
    of	
    trees.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     ring	
     of	
     tiny	
     mushrooms	
     extends	
     around	
     the	
    
  entire	
    campsite.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    fallen	
    tree	
    is	
    rotting	
    away,	
    filled	
    with	
    insects.	
    
  83	
    
  A	
     fox	
     burrow	
     is	
     nearby.	
     The	
     group	
     sometimes	
    
  spots	
    its	
    inhabitants	
    coming	
    and	
    going.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    small	
    shrine	
    to	
    some	
    unknown	
    spirit	
    or	
    deity	
    is	
    
  resting	
    in	
    the	
    hollow	
    of	
    a	
    tree.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  Fallen	
    branches	
    lie	
    all	
    about	
    the	
    camp,	
    providing	
    
  plentiful	
    firewood.	
    
  86	
    
  Small,	
    well-­‐rounded	
    stones	
    have	
    been	
    set	
    in	
    little	
    
  piles	
    all	
    about	
    the	
    area.	
    
  87	
    
  The	
     nearby	
     marsh	
     plays	
     host	
     to	
     all	
     sorts	
     of	
    
  annoying	
    insects.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    hawk’s	
    nest	
    rests	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    The	
    group	
    
  see	
    the	
    occupant	
    hunting	
    from	
    time	
    to	
    time.	
    
  89	
    
  An	
     old	
     stone	
     statue	
     is	
     missing	
     its	
     face.	
     The	
    
  damage	
    is	
    clearly	
    deliberate.	
    
  90	
    
  An	
     abandoned	
     tower,	
     collapsed	
     on	
     one	
     side,	
    
  overlooks	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  91	
    
  An	
     old	
     helm	
     has	
     been	
     left	
     upon	
     a	
     boulder,	
    
  seemingly	
    
  forgotten	
    
  rather	
    
  than	
    
  marking	
    
  anything.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     battleaxe	
     is	
     embedded	
     in	
     a	
     tree	
     which	
     bears	
    
  markings	
    of	
    many	
    such	
    attacks.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
     area	
     is	
     strangely	
     barren,	
     with	
     little	
    
  vegetation	
    growing	
    and	
    scarce	
    sign	
    of	
    any	
    living	
    
  creature.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    small	
    pool	
    of	
    startlingly	
    clear	
    water	
    lies	
    at	
    the	
    
  base	
     of	
     a	
     tree.	
     It	
     has	
     no	
     obvious	
     source	
     and	
     is	
    
  very	
    refreshing.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    number	
    of	
    pickaxes	
    litter	
    the	
    ground	
    near	
    the	
    
  base	
     of	
     a	
     small	
     cliff,	
     which	
     carry	
     clear	
     signs	
     of	
    
  digging	
    efforts.	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     small	
     cave	
     pierces	
     a	
     hill.	
     At	
     the	
     very	
     back,	
    
  covered	
    in	
    stones,	
    is	
    the	
    grave	
    of	
    an	
    explorer.	
    
  97	
    
  A	
    crude	
    map	
    of	
    the	
    surrounding	
    region	
    has	
    been	
    
  carved	
    into	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
     grass	
     around	
     the	
     campsite	
     is	
     nearly	
     chest-­‐
  height,	
     providing	
     good	
     concealment	
     but	
     poor	
    
  visibility	
    for	
    guards.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    farm,	
    its	
    crops	
    having	
    gone	
    wild	
    
  and	
    spread,	
    stands	
    near	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
     songbird’s	
     nest	
     lies	
     among	
     the	
     branches	
     of	
     a	
    
  nearby	
    tree.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  12	
    
  S M A L L  C A S T L E S  
  Many	
    small	
    castles	
    and	
    other	
    fortifications	
    dot	
    the	
    countryside.	
    
  Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    determine	
    what	
    the	
    PCs	
    discover.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  A	
    stone	
    tower	
    with	
    an	
    ironclad	
    door	
    keeps	
    watch	
    
  over	
     fields	
     of	
     wheat.	
     A	
     few	
     windows	
     show	
     a	
    
  spiral	
    staircase	
    circles	
    the	
    interior.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  A	
     fortified	
     wooden	
     wall	
     surrounds	
     a	
     rather	
    
  ordinary-­‐looking	
     farmhouse	
     which	
     is	
     the	
     only	
    
  indication	
    this	
    serves	
    as	
    a	
    defensible	
    position.	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  The	
     shattered	
     remnants	
     of	
     a	
     wall	
     surround	
     a	
    
  small,	
    but	
    sturdy,	
    keep;	
    rust	
    coats	
    its	
    ironworks.	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  A	
     portcullis	
     and	
     drawbridge	
     over	
     a	
     moat	
     deny	
    
  access	
     to	
     this	
     otherwise	
     innocuous,	
     though	
    
  massive,	
    stone	
    windmill.	
    	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  A	
    precarious	
    wooden	
    tower,	
    tilted	
    at	
    an	
    obscene	
    
  angle,	
    reaches	
    improbably	
    high	
    into	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  This	
    shell	
    keep,	
    with	
    a	
    crenulated	
    widow’s	
    walk	
    
  surrounding	
    the	
    upper	
    floor,	
    is	
    in	
    good	
    condition.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Heavily	
     reinforced	
     walls	
     with	
     ornately	
     sculpted	
    
  buttresses	
     protect	
     this	
     otherwise	
     innocent	
    
  looking	
    barn.	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  A	
    solid	
    gatehouse	
    flanked	
    with	
    towers	
    stands	
    at	
    
  each	
     end	
     of	
     this	
     massive	
     oaken	
     bridge,	
     daring	
    
  travellers	
    to	
    approach.	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  A	
     reinforced	
     gateway	
     straddles	
     a	
     road	
     leading	
    
  through	
    a	
    densely	
    wooded	
    region.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  A	
    stout	
    stone	
    wall	
    surrounds	
    this	
    small	
    but	
    well-­‐
  kept	
    chapel,	
    devoted	
    to	
    a	
    local	
    god	
    of	
    protection.	
    
  Its	
    bell	
    tower	
    provides	
    an	
    unimpeded	
    view	
    of	
    the	
    
  surrounds.	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  A	
    solidly	
    built	
    tree	
    house	
    nestles	
    in	
    the	
    bows	
    of	
    
  an	
     ancient	
     elm;	
     no	
     means	
     of	
     entry	
     are	
     visible,	
    
  though	
    its	
    walls	
    are	
    riddled	
    with	
    arrow	
    slits.	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  A	
    single	
    lonely	
    spire	
    made	
    of	
    black	
    stone	
    rises	
    to	
    
  form	
    a	
    solitary	
    tower.	
    No	
    windows	
    or	
    entrances	
    
  are	
    visible	
    from	
    the	
    outside.	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  The	
    battlements	
    of	
    this	
    small	
    castle	
    are	
    crumbled	
    
  and	
     broken	
     in	
     places	
     and	
     have	
     been	
     replaced	
    
  with	
    wooden	
    hoardings.	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  A	
     wooden	
     keep	
     built	
     to	
     resemble	
     a	
     horse	
     with	
    
  articulated	
     legs	
     stands	
     immobile.	
     A	
     small	
    
  trapdoor	
    provides	
    access	
    from	
    the	
    rear.	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Four	
     gibbets	
     hang	
     from	
     the	
     battlements	
     of	
     this	
    
  squat	
    
  tower	
    
  keep.	
    
  From	
    
  each	
    
  hangs	
    
  a	
    
  decomposing	
    body.	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  This	
     small	
     but	
     solid-­‐looking	
     building	
     sits	
     at	
     the	
    
  heart	
    of	
    a	
    deep	
    crater,	
    looking	
    almost	
    as	
    though	
    
  it	
    had	
    been	
    dropped	
    there	
    from	
    a	
    great	
    height.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  The	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    fortified	
    manor	
    are	
    riddled	
    with	
    
  pockmarks,	
    as	
    though	
    it	
    had	
    been	
    the	
    subject	
    of	
    
  a	
    siege	
    –	
    or	
    particularly	
    nasty	
    weather.	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  This	
    fortress	
    has	
    been	
    raised	
    up	
    on	
    stilts	
    as	
    if	
    to	
    
  keep	
     it	
     safe	
     from	
     flooding,	
     though	
     the	
     ground	
    
  below	
    looks	
    to	
    be	
    solid	
    and	
    dry.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  This	
     elaborate	
     mansion	
     looks	
     to	
     be	
     made	
    
  completely	
     of	
     ice;	
     it	
     is	
     cold	
     to	
     the	
     touch,	
     but	
    
  shows	
     no	
     sign	
     of	
     melting,	
     even	
     in	
     places	
     that	
    
  taper	
    to	
    delicate	
    points.	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  The	
     half-­‐buried	
     carapace	
     of	
     an	
     enormous	
     crab	
    
  has	
    been	
    hollowed	
    out	
    to	
    form	
    the	
    bulk	
    of	
    this	
    
  seaside	
    keep.	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  The	
    skull	
    of	
    a	
    massive	
    creature	
    provides	
    the	
    basis	
    
  for	
     the	
     armature	
     of	
     the	
     keep	
     for	
     this	
     small	
    
  fortress;	
    its	
    massive	
    fangs	
    acting	
    as	
    pillars.	
    	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     dragon	
     skeleton	
     with	
     wings	
    
  outstretched	
     provides	
     a	
     roof	
     over	
     the	
     porch	
     of	
    
  this	
    decadent,	
    fortified	
    inn.	
    	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Criss-­‐crossing	
    roads	
    terminate	
    at	
    an	
    extravagant	
    
  watchtower;	
     the	
     upper	
     level	
     hovers	
     about	
     50	
    
  feet	
    above	
    where	
    it	
    ought	
    to	
    stand.	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  A	
    small	
    round	
    door	
    and	
    a	
    miniature	
    chimney	
    are	
    
  the	
    only	
    visible	
    parts	
    of	
    this	
    maze-­‐like	
    warren	
    of	
    
  underground	
    tunnels.	
    	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  The	
     walls	
     of	
     this	
     stone	
     keep	
     are	
     covered	
     in	
    
  friezes	
     depicting	
     a	
     band	
     of	
     local	
     heroes	
    
  overcoming	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    challenges	
    while	
    saving	
    
  the	
    world	
    from	
    an	
    ancient	
    threat.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  An	
    
  enormous	
    
  hollowed	
    
  out	
    
  mushroom	
    
  comprises	
    the	
    body	
    of	
    this	
    bizarre	
    tower.	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Woven	
     tree	
     trunks	
     provide	
     an	
     almost	
     nest-­‐like	
    
  small	
    outpost.	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  The	
     walls	
     of	
     this	
     large	
     house	
     are	
     made	
     from	
    
  finely	
     painted	
     canvas	
     stretched	
     over	
     wooden	
    
  frames.	
    Any	
    damage	
    seals	
    itself	
    instantly.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  A	
     wall	
     of	
     shields	
     has	
     been	
     bolted	
     together	
     to	
    
  provide	
    reinforcement	
    for	
    the	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    lonely	
    
  manor	
    house.	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  This	
     large,	
     round	
     stone	
     building	
     rests	
     at	
     the	
    
  mouth	
     of	
     a	
     large	
     river,	
     providing	
     a	
     defensible	
    
  lookout	
    against	
    any	
    invaders.	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Magical	
    fires	
    burn	
    at	
    the	
    apex	
    of	
    this	
    tall,	
    slender	
    
  tower.	
    The	
    tower	
    itself	
    is	
    of	
    smooth,	
    black	
    stone.	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Heaped	
     skulls	
     slathered	
     in	
     mortar	
     form	
     a	
     low	
    
  wall	
     around	
     this	
     ominous	
     black	
     tower.	
     At	
    
  midnight,	
    a	
    bell	
    tolls	
    menacingly,	
    though	
    no	
    signs	
    
  of	
    movement	
    are	
    visible.	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  The	
     ditch	
     surrounding	
     this	
     run-­‐down	
     wooden	
    
  fortress	
     is	
     filled	
     with	
     the	
     skeletons	
     of	
     vicious	
    
  aquatic	
    life.	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  At	
     the	
     centre	
     of	
     this	
     small	
     lake,	
     a	
     magnificent	
    
  manor	
     house	
     carved	
     from	
     coral	
     thrusts	
     above	
    
  the	
    water,	
    although	
    more	
    obviously	
    lies	
    beneath	
    
  the	
    waves.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Armoured	
    towers	
    provide	
    defensive	
    positions	
    on	
    
  either	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     aquatic	
     gateway	
     to	
     this	
    
  secluded	
    harbour.	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     iron	
     sentinel	
     statue	
     is	
     actually	
    
  hollow,	
    with	
    an	
    observatory	
    in	
    its	
    head	
    providing	
    
  a	
    clear	
    view	
    for	
    miles.	
    
  
  13	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  A	
     massive	
     natural	
     stone	
     shard	
     has	
     been	
    
  hollowed	
    out	
    to	
    provide	
    the	
    core	
    of	
    an	
    fortress	
    
  that	
    also	
    extends	
    underground.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  A	
     squat	
     sphinx-­‐like	
     monument	
     straddles	
     the	
    
  paved	
    path	
    on	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    this	
    desert	
    region,	
    
  a	
    brass	
    gate	
    swings	
    between	
    its	
    fore	
    legs.	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    catwalks	
    connect	
    tree-­‐borne	
    fighting	
    
  platforms	
     in	
     this	
     swamp	
     fortress.	
     Retractable	
    
  rope	
    ladders	
    provide	
    access	
    to	
    otherwise	
    difficult	
    
  to	
    access	
    levels.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  The	
    roof	
    of	
    each	
    level	
    of	
    this	
    many-­‐layered,	
    star-­‐
  shaped	
    fortress	
    comes	
    to	
    a	
    rising	
    point	
    at	
    each	
    of	
    
  its	
    vertices.	
    Elaborate	
    dragon	
    and	
    tiger	
    carvings	
    
  on	
     decorative	
     trim	
     break	
     up	
     otherwise	
     solid	
    
  white	
    walls.	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  The	
     entire	
     structure	
     of	
     this	
     fortress	
     has	
     been	
    
  formed	
     from	
     carefully,	
     possibly	
     magically,	
    
  cultivated	
    trees	
    and	
    bushes,	
    providing	
    a	
    natural	
    
  camouflage	
    in	
    its	
    forest	
    environment.	
    	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  What	
     appears	
     at	
     first	
     to	
     simply	
     be	
     a	
     large	
    
  pavilion	
    tent	
    is	
    actually	
    canvas	
    nailed	
    over	
    solid	
    
  wooden	
    walls	
    to	
    form	
    this	
    deceptive	
    checkpoint.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Huge	
     slabs	
     of	
     grey	
     stone	
     have	
     been	
     crudely	
    
  stacked	
     to	
     form	
     a	
     series	
     of	
     small	
     buildings	
     and	
    
  walls.	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  This	
    incredibly	
    elaborate	
    cathedral	
    dedicated	
    to	
    
  a	
     local	
     saint	
     provides	
     a	
     refuge.	
     Its	
     walls	
     and	
    
  windows	
    depict	
    the	
    saint	
    vanquishing	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    
  monsters	
    and	
    villains.	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Brass	
    trim	
    frames	
    the	
    black	
    and	
    crimson	
    walls	
    of	
    
  this	
     ugly,	
     squat	
     building.	
     Wrought-­‐iron	
     fences	
    
  topped	
     with	
     sharp	
     pikes	
     are	
     adorned	
     with	
     the	
    
  heads	
    of	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    humanoid	
    creatures.	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Vibrant	
     colours	
     daubed	
     in	
     dazzling	
     patterns	
     on	
    
  the	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    large	
    house	
    make	
    it	
    look	
    more	
    
  like	
    a	
    dance	
    hall	
    than	
    a	
    defensive	
    structure.	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  This	
     abandoned	
     prison	
     has	
     been	
     retrofitted	
     to	
    
  make	
    it	
    a	
    more	
    amenable	
    position	
    for	
    long-­‐term	
    
  habitation.	
     Its	
     walls	
     and	
     barred	
     doors	
     and	
    
  windows	
    are	
    in	
    excellent	
    condition.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  The	
     stonework	
     of	
     this	
     small,	
     squat	
     keep	
     is	
    
  scorched	
    and	
    blackened	
    as	
    if	
    it	
    has	
    been	
    exposed	
    
  to	
    a	
    great	
    fire.	
    The	
    ground	
    about	
    the	
    fortification	
    
  is	
    similarly	
    scorched.	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  This	
    large,	
    round	
    tower	
    seems	
    like	
    it	
    might	
    once	
    
  have	
    been	
    part	
    of	
    a	
    larger	
    structure,	
    though	
    all	
    
  that	
     remains	
     of	
     any	
     other	
     buildings	
     are	
     a	
     few	
    
  heaps	
    of	
    rubble.	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  This	
    towering	
    stone	
    lighthouse	
    provides	
    the	
    only	
    
  landmark	
    within	
    miles,	
    though	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    body	
    
  of	
    water	
    nearby.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  14	
    
  L A R G E  C A S T L E S  
  Large	
    castles	
    stand	
    at	
    strategic	
    sites	
    across	
    the	
    countryside.	
    Use	
    
  this	
    table	
    to	
    determine	
    what	
    the	
    PCs	
    come	
    across.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Crenulated	
    walls	
    punctuated	
    with	
    solid	
    towers	
    at	
    
  the	
     corners	
     surround	
     this	
     large,	
     square	
     stone	
    
  keep.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  An	
    unusual	
    octagonal-­‐shaped	
    keep	
    stands	
    inside	
    
  walls	
     with	
     tall	
     slender	
     towers	
     at	
     each	
     of	
     their	
    
  eight	
    points.	
    	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  This	
     enormous,	
     sprawling	
     castle	
     seems	
     to	
     be	
    
  made	
    of	
    glass	
    or	
    crystal,	
    though	
    remains	
    as	
    solid	
    
  as	
    stone	
    against	
    any	
    attacks.	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  A	
     massive	
     stone	
     castle	
     is	
     seamlessly	
     built	
     into	
    
  the	
    face	
    of	
    a	
    cliff,	
    as	
    though	
    hewn	
    from	
    the	
    living	
    
  stone	
    itself.	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  This	
     black	
     stone	
     castle	
     is	
     surrounded	
     by	
     what	
    
  appears	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    moat	
    of	
    fire.	
    A	
    glass	
    drawbridge,	
    
  providing	
    the	
    only	
    egress,	
    arches	
    elegantly	
    over	
    
  the	
    flames.	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  A	
    huge	
    gothic	
    mausoleum	
    stands	
    where	
    the	
    keep	
    
  should	
    be	
    in	
    the	
    walled	
    courtyard	
    of	
    this	
    grand	
    
  castle-­‐graveyard.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Stained	
     glass	
     in	
     quatrefoil	
     windows	
     depicts	
     the	
    
  heroic	
    deeds	
    of	
    a	
    saint	
    in	
    this	
    fortified	
    fortress-­‐
  cathedral.	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  The	
     curtain	
     wall	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     is	
     made	
     of	
     huge	
    
  stones	
     roughly	
     arranged	
     as	
     if	
     placed	
     by	
     giant,	
    
  clumsy	
    hands.	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Forcing	
    entry	
    through	
    its	
    open	
    mouth,	
    the	
    front	
    
  gate	
    of	
    this	
    imposing	
    castle	
    is	
    carved	
    to	
    resemble	
    
  an	
    enormous	
    skull.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Golden-­‐coloured	
     onion	
     domes	
     decorate	
     the	
    
  tower	
    tops	
    of	
    this	
    predominantly	
    brass	
    fortress.	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  A	
     half-­‐sized	
     castle	
     seems	
     almost	
     like	
     a	
     model,	
    
  complex	
     machinery	
     makes	
     the	
     automated	
    
  operation	
     of	
     gates	
     and	
     portcullises	
     appear	
    
  almost	
    magical.	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  White	
     walls	
     with	
     silver	
     tracery	
     cause	
     this	
    
  sprawling	
     stone	
     complex	
     to	
     gleam	
     visibly	
     from	
    
  miles	
    away.	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  The	
     gates	
     in	
     the	
     concentric	
     walls	
     around	
     this	
    
  bailey	
    all	
    lock	
    from	
    the	
    outside,	
    as	
    though	
    it	
    were	
    
  designed	
    to	
    keep	
    something	
    in.	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  The	
    layers	
    of	
    defence	
    in	
    this	
    towering	
    castle	
    are	
    
  separated	
     by	
     deep	
     chasms,	
     and	
     all	
     doors	
     are	
     a	
    
  hundred	
    feet	
    above	
    the	
    ground.	
    	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Even	
    the	
    crenulations	
    on	
    the	
    battlements	
    of	
    this	
    
  forbiddingly	
    chain-­‐	
    and	
    spike-­‐covered	
    castle	
    are	
    
  razor	
     sharp.	
     The	
     castle	
     squats	
     atop	
     a	
     hill	
     like	
     a	
    
  malevolent	
    beast.	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  This	
    enormous	
    stone	
    castle	
    has	
    been	
    sculpted	
    so	
    
  that	
     its	
     keep	
     is	
     a	
     huge	
     stone	
     head,	
     its	
     curtain	
    
  walls	
    enormous	
    arms	
    and	
    the	
    gates	
    giant	
    hands,	
    
  funnelling	
    visitors	
    into	
    its	
    gaping	
    maw.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  The	
    angles	
    of	
    the	
    keep	
    and	
    towers	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    
  taper	
     inward	
     toward	
     a	
     point	
     some	
     distance	
    
  above	
    it,	
    as	
    if	
    it	
    was	
    built	
    to	
    match	
    a	
    perspective	
    
  drawing.	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  A	
    deceptively	
    primitive	
    wall	
    of	
    sharpened	
    stakes	
    
  surrounds	
     an	
     incredibly	
     elaborate	
     keep	
     with	
    
  automated	
    doors	
    and	
    other	
    cunning	
    defences.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  The	
     steel	
     walls	
     of	
     a	
     massive	
     fortress	
     show	
     no	
    
  signs	
    of	
    tooling	
    or	
    fastening,	
    displaying	
    a	
    level	
    of	
    
  workmanship	
     that	
     seems	
     beyond	
     any	
     available	
    
  on	
    this	
    world.	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  This	
     vast	
     castle	
     looks	
     to	
     have	
     been	
     built	
     for	
    
  creatures	
     much	
     larger	
     than	
     human,	
     though	
     the	
    
  doorknobs	
    and	
    accoutrements	
    are	
    oddly	
    human	
    
  sized.	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  This	
    castle	
    sits	
    perched	
    atop	
    a	
    rise	
    of	
    rock	
    that	
    
  seems	
     to	
     float	
     above	
     the	
     ground.	
     A	
     precarious	
    
  winding	
    path	
    weaves	
    a	
    sole	
    route	
    of	
    entry.	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  An	
     oversized	
     gatehouse	
     and	
     curtain	
     wall	
    
  suggests	
     this	
     keep	
     may	
     have	
     been	
     built	
     by	
     a	
    
  different	
    sized	
    race	
    than	
    the	
    current	
    occupants.	
    
  It	
    is	
    obviously	
    very	
    old.	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Each	
     tower	
     top	
     and	
     the	
     facade	
     of	
     the	
     keep	
     of	
    
  this	
     cliffside	
     castle	
     have	
     been	
     sculpted	
     to	
    
  resemble	
    vicious	
    birds	
    of	
    prey.	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  The	
    
  beachside	
    
  castle	
    
  before	
    
  you	
    
  seems	
    
  impossible,	
     finely	
     crafted	
     from	
     sand;	
     a	
     child’s	
    
  sandcastle	
    blown	
    up	
    to	
    actual	
    size.	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  The	
     castle’s	
     walls	
     are	
     covered	
     in	
     tiles	
     creating	
    
  mosaics	
     depicting	
     a	
     vast	
     array	
     of	
     monsters—	
    
  both	
    real	
    and	
    imaginary.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Heaped	
    corpses	
    make	
    up	
    the	
    outer	
    wall	
    of	
    this	
    
  fortress,	
     some	
     kind	
     of	
     lingering	
     necromancy	
    
  causes	
     them	
     to	
     twitch	
     and	
     writhe	
     in	
     an	
    
  unsettling	
    manner.	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  The	
    buildings	
    and	
    wall	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    seem	
    to	
    be	
    
  formed	
     of	
     molten	
     lava	
     cascading	
     down	
     from	
     a	
    
  central	
    core	
    of	
    volcanic	
    rock.	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  A	
     grey	
     stone	
     castle	
     with	
     solid	
     oaken	
     entries	
    
  looms	
    ominously	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    hilltop;	
    well-­‐armed	
    
  towers	
    guard	
    its	
    corners.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  The	
    curtain	
    wall	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    slopes	
    disturbingly	
    
  outward,	
     making	
     it	
     an	
     excellent	
     vantage	
     point	
    
  from	
    which	
    to	
    repel	
    any	
    besieging	
    forces.	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  This	
    heavy	
    stone-­‐walled	
    brewery	
    has	
    an	
    array	
    of	
    
  vents	
     that	
     can	
     release	
     beer	
     steam	
     at	
     any	
    
  attackers.	
     Its	
     walls	
     are	
     thick	
     and	
     the	
     smell	
     of	
    
  hops	
    hangs	
    heavily	
    in	
    the	
    air.	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Tall	
    towers	
    wrapped	
    in	
    coils	
    of	
    wire	
    crackle	
    with	
    
  electric	
    energy	
    that	
    brightens	
    the	
    night	
    sky	
    about	
    
  this	
    otherwise	
    mundane	
    hilltop	
    castle.	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  A	
    grandiose	
    castle	
    with	
    soaring	
    towers	
    seems	
    to	
    
  be	
    torn	
    from	
    a	
    children’s	
    storybook	
    and	
    placed	
    
  at	
     the	
     mouth	
     of	
     this	
     river.	
     A	
     nearby	
     waterfall	
    
  even	
    provides	
    mist	
    at	
    dawn.	
    
  
  15	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Enormous	
     visible	
     gears	
     and	
     springs	
     inside	
     the	
    
  walls	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     grind	
     slowly,	
     providing	
     the	
    
  means	
    of	
    operation	
    for	
    a	
    series	
    of	
    slowly	
    turning	
    
  walkways	
     that	
     allow	
     access	
     from	
     the	
     outer	
    
  courtyard	
    to	
    the	
    inner	
    reaches.	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  An	
     army	
     of	
     stone	
     soldiers,	
     each	
     10-­‐foot	
     tall,	
    
  stand	
     shoulder	
     to	
     shoulder	
     to	
     form	
     the	
     outer	
    
  wall	
    of	
    this	
    castle.	
    In	
    stark	
    contrast,	
    the	
    buildings	
    
  inside	
    are	
    plain,	
    but	
    sturdy.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Staked	
    to	
    the	
    outer	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    massive	
    castle	
    
  are	
    the	
    bodies	
    of	
    countless	
    marauding	
    monsters	
    
  in	
    various	
    states	
    of	
    decay	
    –	
    some	
    are	
    still	
    fresh	
    
  whiles	
    others	
    have	
    long	
    since	
    turned	
    skeletal.	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Flowering	
     ivy	
     has	
     grown	
     so	
     dense	
     on	
     the	
     walls	
    
  and	
     buildings	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     that	
     it	
     is	
     nearly	
    
  impossible	
     to	
     tell	
     if	
     there	
     is	
     actually	
     anything	
    
  underneath,	
    never	
    mind	
    if	
    it’s	
    wood	
    or	
    stone.	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Something	
     in	
     the	
     angles	
     of	
     construction	
     of	
     this	
    
  massive	
    fortress	
    seem	
    to	
    defy	
    logic—	
    staring	
    at	
    
  its	
     architecture	
     for	
     longer	
     than	
     a	
     minute	
     or	
     so	
    
  tends	
    to	
    give	
    the	
    viewer	
    headaches.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  A	
     latticework	
     of	
     walkways	
     connect	
     haphazardly	
    
  placed	
     towers	
     to	
     create	
     a	
     castle	
     that	
     actually	
    
  appears	
    to	
    be	
    more	
    air	
    than	
    solid	
    material,	
    held	
    
  in	
     place	
     by	
     cunning	
     design	
     that	
     defies	
     mortal	
    
  logic.	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  The	
     buildings	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     interlock	
     like	
     puzzle	
    
  pieces,	
    though	
    this	
    is	
    only	
    obvious	
    when	
    viewed	
    
  from	
    above.	
    Narrow	
    alleyways	
    run	
    between	
    the	
    
  tightly	
    intertwined	
    buildings.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  A	
    large	
    dome	
    tops	
    the	
    central	
    keep	
    of	
    this	
    castle;	
    
  while	
     spire-­‐topped	
     towers	
     supported	
     by	
     flying	
    
  buttresses	
    crest	
    each	
    corner	
    of	
    its	
    outer	
    wall.	
    A	
    
  crenulated	
    walkway	
    provides	
    access	
    all	
    around.	
    	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Though	
    it	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    little	
    more	
    than	
    tumble-­‐
  down	
    ruin,	
    this	
    castle	
    is	
    actually	
    designed	
    to	
    be	
    
  inconspicuous,	
     piles	
     of	
     “rubble”	
     are	
     actually	
    
  hollowed	
    out	
    to	
    act	
    as	
    buildings	
    and	
    hallways.	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  A	
    grand	
    pyramid	
    serves	
    as	
    the	
    keep	
    for	
    this	
    odd	
    
  castle.	
    Though	
    no	
    visible	
    walls	
    exist,	
    a	
    series	
    of	
    
  monoliths	
     rain	
     fire	
     down	
     on	
     anyone	
     who	
     dares	
    
  to	
    cross	
    their	
    threshold.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Polished	
     silver	
     coats	
     every	
     surface	
     of	
     this	
    
  magnificent	
    castle,	
    reflecting	
    sunlight	
    to	
    act	
    as	
    a	
    
  beacon	
    for	
    miles.	
    	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Red	
    brick	
    with	
    white	
    mortar	
    has	
    been	
    used	
    in	
    the	
    
  construction	
     of	
     this	
     unorthodox	
     castle,	
     in	
     stark	
    
  contrast	
     with	
     the	
     usual	
     grey	
     stone	
     that	
    
  permeates	
    the	
    region.	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Powerful	
     illusionary	
     walls	
     made	
     of	
     gold	
     repel	
    
  invaders	
     from	
     this	
     castle	
     as	
     well	
     as	
     any	
    
  conventional	
    defences	
    could.	
    	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  At	
     the	
     confluence	
     of	
     two	
     rivers	
     stands	
     a	
     castle	
    
  that	
    sprawls	
    over	
    and	
    around	
    the	
    entirety	
    of	
    the	
    
  waterways;	
    
  cunningly	
    
  constructed	
    
  walls	
    
  providing	
     shelter	
     for	
     water-­‐wheel	
     powered	
    
  buildings	
    within.	
    	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Fire	
     spouts	
     from	
     the	
     towers	
     of	
     this	
     grandiose	
    
  brass	
     citadel,	
     which	
     seems	
     like	
     it	
     might	
     be	
    
  displaced	
    from	
    the	
    elemental	
    plane	
    of	
    fire.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  The	
    graceful,	
    sweeping	
    architecture	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    
  belies	
    its	
    true	
    strength—	
    a	
    web-­‐like	
    latticework	
    
  woven	
    into	
    its	
    walls	
    force	
    energy	
    to	
    be	
    dispersed	
    
  in	
    a	
    way	
    that	
    makes	
    the	
    walls	
    stronger	
    than	
    they	
    
  look.	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  This	
    seaside	
    castle	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    made	
    of	
    sand,	
    
  though	
    it	
    shows	
    no	
    sign	
    of	
    weathering	
    despite	
    its	
    
  odd	
    construction	
    material.	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  This	
     large	
     stone	
     castle	
     seems	
     to	
     be	
     of	
     normal	
    
  construction,	
    but	
    a	
    thick	
    mist	
    hides	
    the	
    fact	
    that	
    
  it	
    is	
    hovering	
    about	
    a	
    foot	
    off	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  16	
    
  C A S T L E  D R E S S I N G  
  Castles	
    have	
    many	
    minor	
    features	
    of	
    interest.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    
  generate	
    such	
    features.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     bones	
     of	
     hundreds	
     of	
     humanoids	
     litter	
     the	
    
  fields	
    surrounding	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  2	
    
  Eldritch	
    glyphs	
    have	
    been	
    painted	
    in	
    crimson	
    on	
    
  every	
    surface	
    of	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    massive	
    hole	
    pierces	
    one	
    wall	
    of	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    stone	
    tied	
    to	
    the	
    end	
    of	
    a	
    tree	
    trunk,	
    grows	
    in	
    
  the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    castle’s	
    courtyard.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    tangle	
    of	
    briars	
    has	
    been	
    carefully	
    cultivated	
    to	
    
  grow	
    over	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    entire	
    keep	
    has	
    been	
    painted	
    bright	
    blue.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    roof	
    has	
    been	
    shingled	
    in	
    copper	
    that	
    long-­‐
  ago	
    oxidized	
    to	
    a	
    brilliant	
    green.	
    
  8	
    
  Rows	
     of	
     decaying	
     bodies	
     have	
     been	
     staked	
    
  outside	
    the	
    gates.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    keep	
    is	
    made	
    from	
    an	
    unusual	
    stone,	
    which	
    
  is	
    not	
    available	
    locally.	
    
  10	
    
  Intricately	
    sculpted	
    caryatid	
    columns	
    support	
    the	
    
  entrance	
    to	
    the	
    keep.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  Topiary	
    
  monsters	
    
  decorate	
    
  an	
    
  elaborate	
    
  courtyard	
    garden.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    vast	
    array	
    of	
    various	
    nations’	
    flags	
    flutter	
    atop	
    
  the	
    castle.	
    
  13	
    
  Long	
     abandoned,	
     but	
     still	
     mostly	
     intact,	
     siege	
    
  equipment	
    lays	
    scattered	
    nearby.	
    
  14	
    
  Rows	
     of	
     abandoned	
     pavises	
     stand	
     facing	
     the	
    
  walls	
    of	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     crucified	
     skeleton	
     stands	
     outside	
     the	
     walls,	
     a	
    
  sign	
    around	
    its	
    neck	
    reads	
    “Heretic.”	
    
  16	
    
  Ornately	
     decorated	
     flying	
     buttresses	
     depict	
     a	
    
  variety	
    of	
    terrifying	
    monsters.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     sculpted	
     name	
     over	
     the	
     entrance	
     has	
     been	
    
  hastily	
     scraped	
     away;	
     a	
     new	
     name	
     is	
     daubed	
    
  overtop	
    in	
    fresh	
    paint.	
    
  18	
    
  The	
    tallest	
    tower	
    has	
    become	
    the	
    nesting	
    place	
    
  of	
    a	
    storm	
    of	
    semi-­‐domesticated	
    stirges.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    dried	
    up	
    moat	
    surrounds	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    circle	
    of	
    standing	
    stones	
    surrounds	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     statues,	
     cast	
     in	
     perfect	
     glass,	
     adorn	
    
  the	
    walls.	
    
  22	
    
  Scrawled	
     graffiti	
     covers	
     every	
     surface	
     of	
     the	
    
  castle	
    with	
    blasphemies.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
    variety	
    of	
    rare	
    birds’	
    bodies	
    have	
    been	
    nailed	
    
  to	
    every	
    wall.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     menagerie	
     of	
     inanimate	
     gargoyles	
     provide	
    
  perfect	
     cover	
     for	
     their	
     monstrous	
     living	
     cousins	
    
  atop	
    the	
    castle’s	
    walls.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
     wall	
     burned	
     and	
     damaged	
     by	
     lightning	
     has	
    
  never	
    been	
    repaired.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    large	
    drums	
    allows	
    for	
    communications	
    
  within	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  27	
    
  The	
    gates	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    have	
    been	
    painted	
    with	
    
  black	
    and	
    orange	
    tiger	
    stripes.	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     black	
     tar-­‐like	
     substance	
     seems	
     to	
     be	
     slowly	
    
  spreading	
    across	
    the	
    surfaces	
    of	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  29	
    
  A	
     bird-­‐dropping-­‐coated	
     statue	
     depicts	
     the	
    
  founder	
    of	
    this	
    defensive	
    site.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     tiny	
     shrine	
     provides	
     the	
     cornerstone	
     of	
     the	
    
  foundation	
    for	
    this	
    keep.	
    
  31	
    
  Dozens	
     of	
     crows’	
     nest	
     atop	
     the	
     castle’s	
     main	
    
  gateway.	
    
  32	
    
  Most	
     of	
     the	
     courtyard	
     is	
     filled	
     with	
     brightly	
    
  coloured	
    butterflies.	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    foundation	
    of	
    a	
    stout	
    tower	
    with	
    a	
    staircase	
    
  has	
    been	
    built	
    nearby.	
    
  34	
    
  An	
    enormous	
    stone,	
    probably	
    hurled	
    by	
    catapult	
    
  or	
    giant,	
    is	
    embedded	
    in	
    the	
    castle’s	
    wall.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     vast	
     assortment	
     of	
     brightly	
     coloured	
     shields	
    
  hangs	
    from	
    a	
    large	
    tree	
    outside	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     golden	
     statue	
     of	
     the	
     castle’s	
     founder	
     stands	
    
  proudly	
    in	
    the	
    central	
    courtyard.	
    
  37	
    
  Petrified	
     birds	
     are	
     scattered	
     throughout	
     the	
    
  courtyard,	
    as	
    if	
    they	
    dropped	
    from	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  38	
    
  An	
     orange	
     grove	
     dominates	
     much	
     of	
     the	
     area	
    
  around	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  39	
    
  Exquisite	
     tapestries	
     depict	
     the	
     founding	
     of	
     the	
    
  castle	
    as	
    an	
    almost	
    legendary	
    event.	
    
  40	
    
  All	
     of	
     the	
     doors	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     are	
     made	
     of	
    
  magically	
    reinforced	
    glass.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
     pair	
     of	
     stuffed	
     and	
     magically	
     preserved	
    
  owlbears	
    flank	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    the	
    keep.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     recently	
     sprung	
     pit-­‐trap	
     stands	
     open	
     outside	
    
  the	
    castle’s	
    gateway.	
    
  43	
    
  Thick	
    clouds	
    of	
    swirling	
    blue	
    smoke	
    surround	
    the	
    
  castle.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    rainbow	
    pours	
    out	
    of	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    upper	
    window	
    
  and	
    pools	
    at	
    the	
    castle’s	
    base.	
    
  45	
    
  Massive	
    ballistae	
    sit	
    ready	
    at	
    each	
    of	
    the	
    castle’s	
    
  towers.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
     rusty	
     portcullis	
     sits	
     discarded	
     beside	
     the	
    
  castle’s	
    main	
    gate.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
     massive	
     bas	
     relief	
     of	
     a	
     grim	
     reaper	
     has	
     been	
    
  carved	
    above	
    every	
    door	
    in	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  48	
    
  The	
    skeleton	
    of	
    a	
    hydra	
    lays	
    impaled	
    on	
    a	
    lance	
    
  in	
    the	
    courtyard.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     strange	
     mausoleum,	
     bearing	
     the	
     name	
     of	
     an	
    
  ancient	
    hero,	
    stands	
    unopened	
    nearby.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
    deep	
    pit	
    has	
    been	
    dug	
    just	
    outside	
    the	
    castle	
    
  walls.	
    It	
    is	
    old	
    and	
    is	
    now	
    partially	
    full	
    of	
    rubbish	
    
  and	
    detritus.	
    	
    
  51	
    
  Columns	
     made	
     of	
     delicate-­‐looking	
     marble	
     hold	
    
  up	
    the	
    ceiling	
    of	
    the	
    castle’s	
    great	
    hall.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  Ornate	
     leafy	
     faces	
     have	
     been	
     carved	
     into	
     the	
    
  keystones	
    of	
    every	
    archway.	
    
  53	
    
  Coloured	
    
  tiles	
    
  form	
    
  a	
    
  red	
    
  and	
    
  white	
    
  checkerboard	
    pattern	
    on	
    the	
    gatehouse.	
    
  
  17	
    
  54	
    
  All	
     of	
     the	
     statuary	
     of	
     the	
     castle	
     seem	
    to	
    slowly	
    
  change	
    position	
    over	
    time.	
    
  55	
    
  Hundreds	
    
  of	
    
  lanterns	
    
  hang	
    
  from	
    
  every	
    
  conceivable	
    position	
    within	
    the	
    castle	
    walls.	
    
  56	
    
  Semi-­‐tame	
    peacocks	
    wander	
    the	
    castle	
    grounds.	
    
  57	
    
  An	
     ornate	
     bell	
     crowns	
     the	
     central	
     tower	
     of	
     the	
    
  keep.	
    
  58	
    
  Despite	
     the	
     climate,	
     a	
     sandy	
     garden	
     complete	
    
  with	
    palm	
    trees	
    is	
    growing	
    within	
    the	
    courtyard.	
    
  59	
    
  Delicately	
     painted	
     details	
     cover	
     the	
     ceilings	
    
  inside	
    the	
    keep	
    and	
    chapel.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
     massive	
     chandelier	
     is	
     suspended	
     in	
     mid-­‐air	
    
  within	
     the	
     castle	
     with	
     no	
     visible	
     means	
     of	
    
  support.	
    
  61	
    
  All	
    of	
    the	
    buildings	
    in	
    this	
    castle	
    have	
    transparent	
    
  glass	
    roofs.	
    
  62	
    
  This	
     castle	
     has	
     a	
     rarity	
     —	
     cleverly	
     fashioned	
    
  running	
    water	
    and	
    plumbing.	
    
  63	
    
  Buried	
    crypts	
    from	
    an	
    older	
    building	
    exist	
    under	
    
  the	
    castle.	
    
  64	
    
  Gorgeous	
     twisted	
     columns	
     denote	
     the	
     main	
    
  entry	
    to	
    the	
    keep.	
    
  65	
    
  Fist-­‐sized	
    worthless	
    gems	
    litter	
    the	
    courtyard.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    well-­‐maintained	
    herb	
    garden	
    provides	
    a	
    focus	
    
  for	
    the	
    inner	
    court.	
    
  67	
    
  Suits	
     of	
     gleaming	
     armour	
     stand	
     vigil	
     at	
     every	
    
  doorway	
    of	
    this	
    well-­‐defended	
    castle.	
    
  68	
    
  The	
     walls	
     of	
     the	
     castle	
     are	
     streaked	
     with	
     bird	
    
  excrement.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     large	
     telescope	
     in	
     the	
     tower	
     serves	
     as	
     an	
    
  observatory.	
    
  70	
    
  Broken	
    glass,	
    as	
    though	
    from	
    bottles	
    hurled	
    from	
    
  a	
     window,	
     lie	
     at	
     the	
     base	
     of	
     the	
     gatehouse’s	
    
  towers.	
    
  71	
    
  Terrifying	
    shrieks	
    emerge	
    from	
    deep	
    beneath	
    the	
    
  castle.	
    
  72	
    
  The	
    stench	
    of	
    decay	
    fills	
    the	
    air	
    of	
    the	
    courtyard;	
    
  its	
    source	
    is	
    indeterminate,	
    however.	
    
  73	
    
  Darkness,	
    seemingly	
    a	
    physical	
    thing	
    that	
    fills	
    the	
    
  air,	
    pours	
    from	
    the	
    windows	
    of	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  74	
    
  Phosphorous	
    
  moss	
    
  grows	
    
  on	
    
  the	
    
  castle,	
    
  illuminating	
    it	
    at	
    night.	
    	
    
  75	
    
  Thick	
     clouds	
     cling	
     to	
     the	
     upper	
     reaches	
     of	
     the	
    
  castle’s	
    towers.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     doors	
     of	
     this	
     castle	
     are	
     mirrors	
     that	
     ripple	
    
  like	
    water	
    when	
    passed	
    through.	
    
  77	
    
  Vats	
    of	
    acid	
    are	
    mostly	
    buried	
    in	
    the	
    courtyard;	
    
  the	
    remains	
    of	
    small	
    animals	
    lie	
    nearby.	
    
  78	
    
  Thick	
    black	
    smoke	
    pours	
    from	
    a	
    chimney	
    in	
    the	
    
  central	
    keep,	
    filling	
    the	
    air	
    with	
    the	
    acrid	
    smell	
    of	
    
  burnt	
    flesh.	
    
  79	
    
  Poisonous	
    fruit-­‐bearing	
    vines	
    grow	
    on	
    the	
    sides	
    
  of	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  80	
    
  Thousands	
     of	
     discarded	
     arrowheads	
     litter	
     the	
    
  ground	
    around	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  81	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     crater	
     complete	
     with	
     glowing	
    
  stone	
     meteorite	
     mars	
     the	
     castle’s	
     otherwise	
    
  pristine	
    condition.	
    
  82	
    
  Scorch	
     marks	
     attest	
     to	
     the	
     fact	
     that	
     at	
     some	
    
  point	
     an	
     attempt	
     to	
     burn	
     down	
     the	
     castle	
     was	
    
  made.	
    
  83	
    
  The	
    castle	
    stands	
    upon	
    an	
    island	
    in	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    
  an	
    artificial	
    lake.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    complete	
    dragon’s	
    skeleton	
    has	
    been	
    wired	
    in	
    
  a	
    rearing	
    pose	
    over	
    the	
    castle’	
    gates.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
     hoof	
     prints	
     of	
     hundreds	
     of	
     horses	
     mar	
     the	
    
  dust	
    around	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  86	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    castle’s	
    towers	
    collapses	
    every	
    night	
    
  at	
    dusk,	
    only	
    to	
    be	
    reformed	
    by	
    dawn’s	
    first	
    light.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     carpet	
     of	
     red	
     poppies	
     dominates	
     the	
     fields	
    
  surrounding	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  88	
    
  The	
    dried	
    out	
    husk	
    of	
    a	
    giant	
    octopus	
    is	
    wrapped	
    
  around	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    castle’s	
    towers.	
    
  89	
    
  All	
    of	
    the	
    doors	
    in	
    this	
    castle	
    have	
    been	
    closed	
    
  with	
    massive	
    chains	
    and	
    padlocks.	
    
  90	
    
  All	
     of	
     the	
     glass	
     from	
     the	
     windows	
     of	
     this	
     keep	
    
  have	
    been	
    blown	
    out.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     rope	
     circle	
     on	
     the	
     ground	
     forms	
     an	
     ad-­‐hoc	
    
  fighting	
     area	
     in	
     this	
     castle’s	
     courtyard,	
     but	
    
  whether	
    it	
    is	
    for	
    humans	
    or	
    animals	
    is	
    unknown.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     troupe	
     of	
     performers	
     puts	
     on	
     a	
     ghastly	
     dark	
    
  comedy	
    outside	
    the	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  93	
    
  All	
    of	
    the	
    windows	
    of	
    this	
    castle	
    have	
    heavy	
    bars	
    
  across	
    them	
    that	
    can	
    swing	
    open,	
    though	
    many	
    
  are	
    rusted	
    shut.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
     pristine	
     guillotine	
     is	
     prominently	
     displayed	
     in	
    
  the	
    courtyard.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    pit	
    full	
    of	
    skulls	
    has	
    been	
    dug	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    gates	
    
  of	
    this	
    castle.	
    
  96	
    
  Wild	
    cats	
    patrol	
    the	
    walls	
    of	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  97	
    
  Brightly	
    coloured	
    exotic	
    feathers	
    tumble	
    through	
    
  the	
    air	
    around	
    this	
    castle,	
    discarded	
    from	
    a	
    high	
    
  aerie.	
    
  98	
    
  A	
    statue	
    fashioned	
    from	
    what	
    seems	
    like	
    a	
    single	
    
  enormous	
    diamond	
    depicts	
    a	
    bird	
    in	
    flight	
    over	
    
  the	
    main	
    gates.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    castle’s	
    gates	
    stand	
    open	
    and	
    at	
    first	
    glance	
    
  the	
    place	
    seems	
    abandoned.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  The	
     castle	
     walls	
     and	
     towers	
     have	
     been	
    
  whitewashed;	
     in	
     the	
     sun	
     they	
     reflect	
     the	
     light	
    
  and	
    the	
    castle	
    literally	
    glows	
    as	
    a	
    result.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  18	
    
  C A S T L E  N A M E S  
  Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    determine	
    the	
    name	
    of	
    the	
    castle	
    the	
    PCs	
    find.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Stonehaven	
    Keep	
    
  2	
    
  Castle	
    Invictus	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    Black	
    Spires	
    
  4	
    
  Fort	
    Hilhurst	
    
  5	
    
  Iron	
    Widow	
    
  6	
    
  Castle	
    Redbrykk	
    
  7	
    
  Gravehurst	
    Manor	
    
  8	
    
  Schloss	
    Frinzene	
    
  9	
    
  Chateau	
    Lyon-­‐Sur-­‐Lac	
    
  10	
    
  Palace	
    of	
    Fallen	
    Leaves	
    
  11	
    
  Manticore	
    Keep	
    
  12	
    
  The	
     Legacy	
     of	
     Sir	
     Guillaume,	
     Defender	
     of	
     the	
    
  Land	
    
  13	
    
  Canderburre	
    
  14	
    
  Castle	
    of	
    the	
    Seven	
    Gates	
    
  15	
    
  Heaven’s	
    Barrier	
    
  16	
    
  Crossroads	
    Castle	
    
  17	
    
  The	
    Keep	
    
  18	
    
  The	
    Victor’s	
    Circle	
    
  19	
    
  Barimus’	
    Regret	
    
  20	
    
  Palace	
    of	
    the	
    Six	
    Broken	
    Hearts	
    
  21	
    
  The	
    Sleeping	
    Phoenix	
    
  22	
    
  Crumbledown	
    Keep	
    
  23	
    
  The	
    Falling	
    Fortress	
    
  24	
    
  Obsidian	
    Armageddon	
    
  25	
    
  Hangman’s	
    Tribute	
    
  26	
    
  Keep	
    of	
    the	
    Red	
    
  27	
    
  Flight	
    of	
    Fancy	
    
  28	
    
  Brookside	
    Manor	
    
  29	
    
  Tower	
    on	
    the	
    Coast	
    
  30	
    
  Imperious	
    
  31	
    
  Caer	
    Syllan	
    
  32	
    
  The	
    Safe	
    House	
    
  33	
    
  Everac	
    
  34	
    
  Unassailable	
    
  35	
    
  Castle	
    Neverfallen	
    
  36	
    
  Morgrymor	
    Keep	
    
  37	
    
  Al	
    Rahaj’s	
    Revenge	
    
  38	
    
  The	
    Deadly	
    Keep	
    of	
    Doctor	
    Morimus	
    Von	
    Draak	
    
  39	
    
  Hell’s	
    Gate	
    
  40	
    
  The	
    Spires	
    at	
    Sindaloo	
    
  41	
    
  Duke’s	
    Folly	
    
  42	
    
  Asylum	
    
  43	
    
  Gryndalore-­‐on-­‐Meridus	
    
  44	
    
  Slumbering	
    Castle	
    
  45	
    
  Forsaken	
    House	
    
  46	
    
  Warlord’s	
    Vigil	
    
  47	
    
  Solace-­‐in-­‐Turmoil	
    
  48	
    
  Fortress	
    Black	
    
  49	
    
  Castle	
    Renadau	
    
  50	
    
  Gryphon	
    Keep	
    
  51	
    
  Protean’s	
    Gamble	
    
  52	
    
  The	
    Final	
    Testament	
    
  53	
    
  Saint’s	
    Respite	
    
  54	
    
  The	
    Cleft	
    Tower	
    
  55	
    
  The	
    Skykeep	
    
  56	
    
  The	
    Grande	
    Estates	
    of	
    the	
    Great	
    Baron	
    Armonde,	
    
  Protector	
    of	
    the	
    Worthy	
    
  57	
    
  Humble	
    Beginnings	
    
  58	
    
  Victorius	
    Imperialus	
    
  59	
    
  Lonely	
    Tower	
    
  60	
    
  Lastskull	
    Manor	
    
  61	
    
  Whitebrick	
    Castle	
    
  62	
    
  The	
    Slain	
    Dragon	
    
  63	
    
  Den	
    of	
    the	
    Last	
    True	
    Lion	
    
  64	
    
  Feragar	
    Point	
    
  65	
    
  Survival’s	
    Hope	
    
  66	
    
  River’s	
    Edge	
    Keep	
    
  67	
    
  Golden	
    Valley	
    Manor	
    
  68	
    
  The	
    Walls	
    of	
    Eternity	
    
  69	
    
  Savage	
    Keep	
    of	
    the	
    Man-­‐Lizards	
    
  70	
    
  Hericho’s	
    Walls	
    
  71	
    
  Forestwall	
    Castle	
    
  72	
    
  Blackchasm	
    Keep	
    
  73	
    
  Ilthuryn	
    Fortress	
    
  74	
    
  The	
    Thrice-­‐Fated	
    Keep	
    of	
    the	
    Lord	
    of	
    Atherbury	
    
  75	
    
  The	
    Solitary	
    Tower	
    of	
    the	
    Bandit	
    King	
    
  76	
    
  Fort	
    Brjekivk	
    
  77	
    
  Blackstone	
    House	
    
  78	
    
  The	
    Black	
    Lord’s	
    Castle	
    
  79	
    
  Refuge	
    from	
    Darkness	
    
  80	
    
  Sea	
    Devil’s	
    Bane	
    
  81	
    
  The	
    Wall	
    at	
    the	
    Edge	
    of	
    the	
    World	
    
  82	
    
  Holdout	
    Against	
    Savagery	
    
  83	
    
  Castle	
    Morraine	
    
  84	
    
  The	
    Gates	
    at	
    River	
    Blood	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    Stone	
    Hold	
    of	
    Clan	
    Jorgundragrmir	
    
  86	
    
  The	
    Midnight	
    Palisade	
    
  87	
    
  The	
    Old	
    Stones	
    of	
    Marlborough	
    Forest	
    
  88	
    
  Castle	
    Kranquist	
    
  89	
    
  Peacock	
    Keep	
    
  90	
    
  The	
    Legendary	
    Fortress	
    of	
    the	
    Iron	
    Tsar	
    
  91	
    
  Bluethrush	
    Hold	
    
  92	
    
  Thorton	
    Stronghold	
    
  93	
    
  The	
    Iron	
    Walls	
    of	
    the	
    Brass	
    Sultan	
    
  94	
    
  Briaredge	
    Fortress	
    
  95	
    
  Eagle’s	
    Eye	
    Tower	
    
  96	
    
  Grim	
    Abbey	
    
  97	
    
  Fortress	
    of	
    the	
    Last	
    Stand	
    
  98	
    
  Royal	
    Keep	
    of	
    the	
    Silver	
    Prince	
    
  99	
    
  Sapphire	
    Hold	
    
  100	
    
  Chateau	
    Miserable	
    
  	
    
  
  19	
    
  C A S T L E  H O O K S ,  C O M P L I C A T I O N S  &  O P P O R T U N I T I E S  
  D12	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  When	
     the	
     PCs	
     arrive	
     at	
     the	
     castle,	
     they	
     find	
     it	
    
  abandoned.	
    Investigating,	
    they	
    discover	
    signs	
    of	
    
  obvious	
     battle,	
     although	
     no	
     corpses	
     remain.	
    
  Almost	
    everything	
    of	
    value	
    has	
    been	
    looted,	
    but	
    
  inspection	
    uncovers	
    a	
    level-­‐appropriate	
    amount	
    
  of	
    overlooked	
    treasure.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
     member	
     of	
     the	
     castle’s	
     garrison	
     has	
     been	
    
  found	
    guilty	
    of	
    treason	
    –	
    perhaps	
    he	
    was	
    stealing	
    
  from	
    the	
    lord,	
    had	
    seduced	
    the	
    lord’s	
    daughter	
    
  or	
    was	
    working	
    with	
    local	
    bandits	
    or	
    marauders.	
    
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    arrive,	
    the	
    garrison	
    are	
    preparing	
    
  for	
    this	
    execution;	
    a	
    gibbet	
    hangs	
    out	
    from	
    a	
    high	
    
  tower	
    and	
    single,	
    doleful	
    drum	
    is	
    sounding.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    lord	
    of	
    the	
    castle	
    is	
    out	
    hunting;	
    as	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  approach	
     the	
     fortification	
     his	
     hunting	
     party	
    
  emerges	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    wood	
    and	
    approach	
    the	
    
  party	
    at	
    a	
    gallop.	
    He	
    reins	
    in	
    and	
    questions	
    them	
    
  extensively	
    about	
    the	
    reason	
    for	
    their	
    presence	
    
  near	
    to	
    his	
    home.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     castle	
     gates	
     are	
     shut	
     and	
     the	
     party	
     cannot	
    
  gain	
    admittance.	
    Possible	
    reasons	
    for	
    this	
    include	
    
  the	
     lord’s	
     bizarre	
     command,	
     fear	
     of	
     infected	
    
  travellers	
     and	
     so	
     on.	
     Alternatively,	
     a	
     plague	
     or	
    
  other	
     disease	
     may	
     be	
     savaging	
     the	
     castle	
    
  garrison	
    and	
    they	
    are	
    trying	
    to	
    contain	
    it	
    within.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    castle’s	
    lord	
    has	
    a	
    problem	
    and	
    the	
    party’s	
    
  arrival	
     is	
     serendipitous.	
     It	
     transpires	
     a	
     large	
    
  group	
    of	
    humanoids	
    or	
    bandits	
    has	
    been	
    seen	
    in	
    
  the	
     locality	
     –	
     they	
     have	
     not	
     yet	
     attacked	
     the	
    
  castle,	
    but	
    the	
    lord	
    is	
    desperate	
    for	
    news	
    of	
    their	
    
  lair	
    and	
    intentions.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    castle	
    is	
    having	
    building	
    or	
    repair	
    work	
    done.	
    
  Scaffolding	
     festoons	
     certain	
     parts	
     of	
     the	
    
  structure	
     and	
     labourers	
     are	
     busy	
     at	
     work.	
     Dust	
    
  coats	
     everything	
     and	
     the	
     folk	
     therein	
     are	
     very	
    
  busy	
    and	
    have	
    little	
    time	
    for	
    adventurers.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     large	
     flying	
     creature	
     such	
     as	
     a	
     dragon,	
     or	
    
  perhaps	
     a	
     small	
     flock	
     of	
     lesser	
     beasts	
     such	
     as	
    
  wyverns	
    or	
    manticores,	
    are	
    attacking	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
     inhabitants	
     of	
     the	
     castle	
     are	
     celebrating	
     a	
    
  local	
    festival	
    or	
    an	
    event	
    of	
    significance	
    such	
    as	
    a	
    
  wedding	
     or	
     birth.	
     The	
     party	
     are	
     welcomed	
     and	
    
  encouraged	
    to	
    enjoy	
    the	
    festivities.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    lord	
    of	
    the	
    castle	
    loves	
    hearing	
    the	
    tales	
    of	
    
  brave	
     adventurers.	
     When	
     the	
     party	
     arrive	
     he	
    
  quickly	
    hears	
    of	
    it	
    and	
    invites	
    them	
    to	
    dinner	
    in	
    
  the	
     great	
     hall.	
     They	
     are	
     expected	
     to	
     regale	
     the	
    
  assembled	
    diners	
    with	
    tales	
    of	
    their	
    heroics.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    castle	
    is	
    on	
    fire;	
    perhaps	
    an	
    accident	
    in	
    the	
    
  kitchen	
    caused	
    the	
    conflagration	
    or	
    alternatively,	
    
  it	
     could	
     be	
     the	
     result	
     of	
     sabotage	
     or	
     deliberate	
    
  attack.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  The	
    castle	
    has	
    just	
    been	
    attacked.	
    The	
    defenders	
    
  repelled	
    the	
    attack	
    and	
    the	
    bodies	
    of	
    the	
    fallen	
    
  lie	
     scattered	
     about	
     its	
     walls.	
     The	
     defenders	
     are	
    
  busy	
    tending	
    to	
    their	
    wounded	
    and	
    so	
    on	
    and	
    are	
    
  suspicious	
    of	
    the	
    party.	
    
  12	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    approach	
    the	
    castle,	
    an	
    alarm	
    bell	
    
  rings	
    and	
    the	
    main	
    gates	
    swing	
    shut.	
    Defenders	
    
  are	
    seen	
    massing	
    on	
    the	
    walls.	
    It	
    transpires	
    the	
    
  PCs	
     resemble	
     a	
     band	
     of	
     evil	
     marauders	
     that	
    
  recently	
    attacked	
    the	
    castle.	
    
  	
    
   
  L O R D  O F  T H E  C A S T L E  
  This	
    table	
    lists	
    the	
    basic	
    details	
    of	
    20	
    lords	
    and	
    ladies.	
    The	
    rest	
    of	
    
  their	
     details	
     are	
     left	
     for	
     the	
     GM	
     to	
     improvise	
     –	
     after	
     all	
     it	
     is	
    
  unlikely	
     (hopefully)	
     the	
     party	
     will	
     get	
     into	
     combat	
     with	
     the	
    
  castle’s	
    lord.	
    The	
    GM	
    should	
    improvise	
    such	
    details	
    as	
    the	
    lord’s	
    
  personality	
     and	
     exact	
     title	
     (although	
     lords	
     dwelling	
     in	
     the	
    
  borderland	
     areas	
     favoured	
     by	
     adventurers	
     are	
     often	
     minor	
    
  members	
    of	
    the	
    nobility).	
    
  § 
  Minor	
    Titles:	
    Lord,	
    Lady,	
    Baron,	
    Baroness,	
    Warden,	
    Protector,	
    
  Marshall.	
    
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Aaro	
    Laitnen	
    (male	
    human	
    fighter)	
    
  2	
    
  Agis	
    the	
    Good	
    (male	
    human	
    fighter/cleric)	
    
  3	
    
  Ati	
    Buto	
    (female	
    human	
    paladin)	
    
  4	
    
  Azakial	
    Myloneir	
    (male	
    half-­‐elf	
    wizard)	
    
  5	
    
  Baki	
    Lahum	
    (male	
    human	
    monk)	
    
  6	
    
  Coel	
    Frewer	
    (male	
    human	
    fighter)	
    
  7	
    
  Daela	
    Orrick	
    (male	
    human	
    ranger/rogue)	
    
  8	
    
  Eadith	
    Montier	
    (female	
    human	
    cleric)	
    
  9	
    
  Eriulf	
    the	
    Scourge(male	
    human	
    fighter)	
    
  10	
    
  Etana	
    Agade	
    (male	
    human	
    cleric/paladin)	
    
  11	
    
  Gislin	
    Fosi	
    (male	
    human	
    bard/fighter)	
    
  12	
    
  Gunda	
    Manimi	
    (female	
    human	
    fighter)	
    
  13	
    
  Holg	
    the	
    Destroyer	
    (male	
    half-­‐orc	
    fighter)	
    
  14	
    
  Irja	
    Outila	
    (female	
    human	
    sorcerer)	
    
  15	
    
  Lothair	
    Omer	
    (male	
    human	
    wizard)	
    
  16	
    
  Osswith	
    Burch	
    (female	
    human	
    fighter)	
    
  17	
    
  Perork	
    the	
    Pitiless	
    (female	
    half-­‐orc	
    fighter)	
    
  18	
    
  Rhea	
    the	
    Swift	
    (female	
    human	
    fighter/rogue)	
    
  19	
    
  Sauli	
    Purho	
    (male	
    human	
    barbarian)	
    
  20	
    
  Willithar	
    Friisond	
    (female	
    half-­‐elf	
    wizard/rogue)	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  20	
    
  S M A L L  R U I N S  
  Many	
     small	
     ruins	
     dot	
     the	
     countryside.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
    
  determine	
    what	
    the	
    PCs	
    stumble	
    upon.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  A	
    neglected	
    10	
    ft.	
    by	
    10	
    ft.	
    shrine	
    sits	
    by	
    the	
    side	
    
  of	
    the	
    road,	
    its	
    interior	
    choked	
    with	
    weeds.	
    A	
    3	
    
  ft.	
    tall	
    statue	
    rests	
    in	
    an	
    alcove	
    in	
    the	
    far	
    end,	
    its	
    
  features	
    too	
    weathered	
    to	
    identify.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     short,	
     crumbling	
     stone	
     walls	
     stretch	
    
  east	
     to	
     west.	
     They	
     are	
     evenly	
     spaced	
     as	
     if	
    
  denoting	
    property	
    lines.	
    Rocks	
    and	
    bits	
    of	
    rotted	
    
  wood	
    fill	
    a	
    hole	
    between	
    the	
    walls	
    in	
    what	
    was	
    
  once	
    the	
    cellar	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    farmhouse.	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  A	
    mud	
    hut,	
    its	
    mouldy	
    thatch	
    roof	
    caved	
    in,	
    sags	
    
  forlornly	
     near	
     a	
     collapsed	
     cow	
     barn.	
     Dense	
    
  cobwebs	
    stretch	
    between	
    the	
    hut	
    and	
    barn.	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  The	
     charred	
     beam	
     and	
     pillar	
     framework	
     of	
     this	
    
  former	
    inn	
    stand	
    like	
    a	
    blackened	
    skeleton.	
    Soot	
    
  and	
     ash	
     cover	
     the	
     ground	
     and	
     not	
     even	
     weeds	
    
  find	
    purchase	
    in	
    the	
    ashen	
    soil.	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Cracked	
     stone	
     steps	
     ascend	
     to	
     a	
     small	
     circular	
    
  platform	
     beneath	
     a	
     series	
     of	
     worn,	
     broken	
    
  pillars.	
     Broken	
     mosaic	
     tiles	
     on	
     the	
     platform	
    
  depict	
    a	
    demonic	
    face.	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  An	
    octagonal	
    wooden	
    fence,	
    missing	
    most	
    of	
    its	
    
  planks,	
    encloses	
    ground	
    empty	
    except	
    for	
    a	
    small	
    
  stone	
    plinth.	
    A	
    deep	
    furrow	
    runs	
    from	
    the	
    plinth	
    
  to	
     a	
     broken	
     down	
     section	
     of	
     fence	
     as	
     if	
    
  something	
    large	
    and	
    heavy	
    was	
    dragged	
    away.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Debris	
    surrounds	
    a	
    tumbled	
    brick	
    chimney	
    set	
    in	
    
  the	
    jagged	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    stone	
    wall.	
    Burnt	
    table	
    
  legs	
    and	
    a	
    decayed	
    blanket	
    rest	
    in	
    the	
    chimney’s	
    
  open	
    mouth.	
    	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  The	
     shattered	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     farmhouse	
     lie	
     in	
     a	
    
  small	
     hole.	
     It	
     appears	
     the	
     farmhouse	
     was	
    
  uprooted	
    and	
    then	
    dropped	
    viciously	
    on	
    its	
    roof.	
    	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  A	
    dusty	
    streambed	
    runs	
    past	
    an	
    ancient	
    but	
    still	
    
  sturdy-­‐looking	
     wood	
     and	
     stone	
     mill.	
     Only	
    
  cobwebs	
    and	
    ivy	
    call	
    the	
    empty	
    interior	
    home.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Wind	
    whistles	
    through	
    gaping	
    holes	
    in	
    a	
    wooden	
    
  barn	
     leaning	
     haphazardly	
     to	
     one	
     side.	
     A	
     rickety	
    
  wooden	
    ladder	
    leads	
    up	
    to	
    a	
    rotten	
    upper	
    floor.	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Three	
    copper	
    mash	
    tuns	
    rust	
    in	
    an	
    exposed	
    stone	
    
  basement;	
     a	
     faint	
     smell	
     of	
     malt	
     fills	
     the	
     air.	
     A	
    
  family	
    of	
    raccoons	
    sleeps	
    in	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    tuns.	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Pieces	
     of	
     stone	
     denote	
     the	
     foundations	
     of	
     a	
    
  small	
     manor	
     house.	
     A	
     well	
     rests	
     nearby,	
     its	
    
  interior	
     pushed	
     outward	
     and	
     distorted	
     as	
     if	
    
  something	
    huge	
    slithered	
    out.	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  A	
     collection	
     of	
     large,	
     rectangular	
     moss	
     covered	
    
  stones	
     form	
     a	
     40	
     ft.	
     diameter	
     circle.	
     Inspection	
    
  reveals	
     the	
     stones	
     were	
     once	
     caravan	
     wagons.	
    
  Brightly	
     coloured	
     birds	
     nest	
     in	
     the	
     petrified	
    
  interiors.	
    Magical	
    inspection	
    may	
    notice	
    that	
    the	
    
  stones	
    have	
    been	
    magically	
    transmuted.	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  A	
     worn	
     brick	
     domed	
     house	
     now	
     serves	
     as	
     the	
    
  home	
     of	
     a	
     predator.	
     There	
     is	
     a	
     50%	
     it	
     is	
     out	
    
  hunting.	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  A	
     faded	
     gravestone	
     stands	
     in	
     an	
     unused	
     sheep	
    
  pen.	
     The	
     dirt	
     around	
     the	
     grave	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
    
  recently	
    disturbed.	
    	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  A	
     boulder	
     rests	
     in	
     the	
     smashed	
     top	
     floor	
     of	
     a	
    
  three-­‐storey	
    stout,	
    stone	
    watchtower.	
    A	
    nearby	
    
  rotting	
     catapult	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     the	
     culprit.	
     The	
    
  remains	
     of	
     a	
     thick,	
     reinforced	
     wooden	
     door	
     lie	
    
  scattered	
    on	
    the	
    wide,	
    stone	
    steps	
    leading	
    up	
    to	
    
  the	
     entrance.	
     Bits	
     of	
     broken	
     weapons	
     and	
    
  armour	
    litter	
    the	
    otherwise	
    intact	
    interior.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Hieroglyphs	
     decorate	
     a	
     12	
     ft.	
     tall	
     sandstone	
    
  archway.	
     Bits	
     of	
     sandstone	
     scattered	
     about	
    
  suggest	
    the	
    archway	
    was	
    once	
    part	
    of	
    a	
    massive	
    
  wall.	
     Vultures	
     squat	
     on	
     the	
     top	
     of	
     the	
     wall,	
    
  eyeing	
    travellers	
    hungrily.	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Noxious	
     fumes	
     still	
     emanate	
     from	
     a	
     two-­‐storey	
    
  fire-­‐gutted	
     tower.	
     Bits	
     of	
     glass	
     and	
     various	
    
  alchemical	
    instruments	
    lie	
    among	
    the	
    debris.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  The	
    bell	
    of	
    an	
    empty	
    chapel	
    has	
    crashed	
    through	
    
  the	
     roof	
     leaving	
     a	
     large,	
     gaping	
     hole.	
     Wood	
    
  boards	
     cover	
     the	
     chapel’s	
     large	
     windows.	
    
  Swarms	
    of	
    bats	
    inhabit	
    the	
    lofty	
    interior.	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  A	
     rickety	
     wooden	
     fence	
     meanders	
     for	
     50	
     ft.	
    
  Every	
    5	
    ft.	
    the	
    skull	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    animal	
    adorns	
    the	
    
  top	
    of	
    a	
    post	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Four	
    20	
    ft.	
    tall	
    obsidian	
    pillars	
    lean	
    at	
    impossible	
    
  angles	
     as	
     if	
     about	
     to	
     fall	
     over.	
     Arcane	
     symbols	
    
  crawl	
    along	
    their	
    cracked	
    lengths.	
    Large	
    claw	
    and	
    
  bite	
    marks	
    scar	
    the	
    tops	
    of	
    the	
    pillars.	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  A	
     wooden	
     cottage	
     sits	
     half-­‐sunk	
     in	
     the	
     ground.	
    
  Inspection	
    reveals	
    a	
    stairway	
    leading	
    into	
    a	
    small	
    
  dirt	
     basement	
     supported	
     by	
     rotting	
     beams.	
     A	
    
  badly	
    scrawled	
    summoning	
    circle	
    is	
    traced	
    in	
    the	
    
  dirt	
    floor.	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  One	
     side	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     wood	
     and	
     stone	
     church	
    
  slumps	
    into	
    a	
    small	
    adjoining	
    cemetery,	
    crushing	
    
  most	
     of	
     the	
     gravestones.	
     The	
     door	
     to	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  mausoleum	
     stands	
     ominously	
     open,	
     its	
     interior	
    
  shrouded	
    in	
    darkness.	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  A	
     scaffold	
     looms	
     over	
     a	
     crossroads	
     next	
     to	
     an	
    
  abandoned	
    hut.	
    A	
    humanoid	
    skeleton	
    grins	
    from	
    
  a	
    rusty	
    cage	
    dangling	
    from	
    the	
    scaffold.	
    Another	
    
  cage	
     lies	
     broken	
     on	
     the	
     nearby	
     ground,	
     its	
    
  skeletal	
    occupant	
    scattered	
    in	
    pieces.	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     fire-­‐scorched	
     stone	
     archways,	
     10	
     ft.	
    
  high	
     are	
     all	
     that	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     manor	
    
  house.	
    A	
    few	
    recently	
    unearthed	
    skulls	
    grin,	
    half-­‐
  buried	
    in	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  The	
    broken	
    stubs	
    of	
    marble	
    pillars	
    surround	
    a	
    3	
    
  ft.	
     deep	
     pool	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     bathhouse.	
     Cracked	
    
  mosaics	
    on	
    the	
    pool	
    bottom,	
    covered	
    in	
    sludge,	
    
  depict	
    fantastical	
    sea	
    creatures.	
    
  
  21	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  A	
     large,	
     flat	
     rock	
     sits	
     surrounded	
     by	
     eight	
    
  polished	
     stone	
     pillars	
     10	
     ft.	
     high,	
     alternating	
    
  between	
     pale	
     granite	
     and	
     obsidian,	
     in	
     a	
     small	
    
  circle.	
    Nature	
    symbols	
    decorate	
    the	
    pillars.	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  A	
     circular,	
     three-­‐storey	
     high	
     tower	
     is	
     all	
     that	
    
  remains	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     keep	
     ringed	
     by	
     only	
     a	
     few	
    
  boulders.	
    The	
    ivy	
    choked	
    tower	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    in	
    
  relatively	
    good	
    shape.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  This	
     small	
     farmhouse	
     is	
     strangely	
     deserted.	
    
  Plates	
    of	
    mouldy	
    food	
    lie	
    on	
    a	
    table	
    and	
    rotting	
    
  clothes	
    are	
    strung	
    out	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    laundry	
    line.	
    
  No	
     sign	
     of	
     a	
     struggle	
     can	
     be	
     found.	
     Either	
     the	
    
  former	
     inhabitants	
     fled	
     in	
     a	
     hurry	
     or	
     they	
    
  vanished.	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Two	
     jagged	
     stone	
     walls	
     meet,	
     rising	
     15	
     ft.	
     in	
    
  height.	
    A	
    gaping	
    arched	
    hole	
    in	
    each	
    wall	
    5	
    ft.	
    up	
    
  suggests	
     they	
     once	
     held	
     windows.	
     A	
     few	
     large	
    
  chunks	
    of	
    masonry	
    litter	
    the	
    nearby	
    area.	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Wooden	
     boards	
     cover	
     the	
     windows	
     of	
     a	
     small	
    
  cottage	
     with	
     a	
     smashed	
     front	
     door.	
     Closer	
    
  examination	
     reveals	
     deep	
     claw	
     marks	
     in	
     the	
    
  wooden	
     boards.	
     Inspection	
     reveals	
     the	
     marks	
    
  belong	
    to	
    a	
    dire	
    animal	
    (GM’s	
    choice).	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  A	
    small	
    aqueduct,	
    slick	
    with	
    slime,	
    arches	
    over	
    a	
    
  mostly	
    empty	
    riverbed	
    except	
    for	
    a	
    small	
    trickle	
    
  of	
    foul,	
    brown	
    water.	
    Anyone	
    drinking	
    the	
    water	
    
  may	
    contract	
    filth	
    fever.	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  The	
     wood	
     frame	
     of	
     a	
     large	
     barn	
     groans	
    
  ominously	
    in	
    the	
    wind.	
    Abandoned,	
    rusted	
    tools	
    
  lie	
    in	
    one	
    corner	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    unused	
    lumber.	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  A	
     few	
     low	
     stone	
     walls	
     trace	
     the	
     outline	
     of	
     a	
    
  former	
     small	
     church.	
     A	
     single	
     tall	
     humanoid	
    
  statue	
    stands	
    on	
    a	
    pedestal	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    the	
    
  ruins,	
    its	
    features	
    smoothed	
    by	
    the	
    rain.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Wind	
    whistles	
    through	
    a	
    small	
    circular	
    structure	
    
  built	
    from	
    giant	
    bones.	
    A	
    skull,	
    with	
    most	
    of	
    its	
    
  teeth	
     knocked	
     out,	
     serves	
     as	
     the	
     entrance.	
    
  Inside,	
     thousands	
     of	
     burnt	
     bones,	
     mostly	
    
  humanoid,	
    are	
    piled	
    around	
    a	
    black	
    stone	
    altar.	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  A	
     high,	
     crenulated	
     wall	
     surrounds	
     a	
     small	
    
  cemetery.	
     Tombstones	
     lie	
     in	
     open	
     graves	
    
  amongst	
     the	
     splintered	
     remains	
     of	
     the	
     coffins.	
    
  Graffiti	
     decorates	
     the	
     interior	
     of	
     its	
     one	
    
  mausoleum.	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  A	
     fence	
     built	
     from	
     skeletal	
     arms	
     zigs	
     and	
     zags	
    
  erratically.	
     Grinning	
     humanoid	
     skulls,	
     stacked	
    
  atop	
    each	
    other,	
    appear	
    every	
    5	
    ft.	
    in	
    the	
    wall.	
    
  Smaller	
    hanging	
    bones	
    rattle	
    in	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  A	
     roadside	
     inn	
     shows	
     heavy	
     damage	
     from	
     an	
    
  attack.	
     Scorch	
     marks	
     mar	
     the	
     walls	
     while	
    
  numerous	
     arrowheads	
     litter	
     the	
     ground.	
     Dried	
    
  blood	
    stains	
    nearly	
    every	
    surface	
    of	
    its	
    interior.	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Symbols,	
    painted	
    in	
    blood,	
    decorate	
    the	
    outside	
    
  walls	
     of	
     a	
     small,	
     simple	
     wooden	
     chapel.	
     The	
    
  skeletal	
     remains	
     of	
     the	
     clergy	
     lie	
     within	
     the	
    
  desecrated	
    interior.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Fluted	
     pillars,	
     entangled	
     in	
     ivy,	
     support	
     the	
    
  cracked	
    and	
    sagging	
    roof	
    of	
    a	
    small,	
    rectangular	
    
  shrine.	
     A	
     vacant	
     pedestal	
     rests	
     in	
     the	
     middle.	
    
  Faded,	
    moth	
    eaten	
    tapestries	
    depict	
    a	
    hero’s	
    rise	
    
  to	
    fame.	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  This	
     farmhouse	
     looks	
     fine	
     at	
     a	
     distance	
     but	
     as	
    
  soon	
     as	
     someone	
     gets	
     close,	
     he	
     notices	
     it	
    
  appears	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    split	
    vertically	
    in	
    two	
    as	
    if	
    
  struck	
     by	
     a	
     massive	
     axe	
     or	
     sword.	
     The	
     cut	
     is	
    
  perfect,	
    like	
    a	
    hot	
    knife	
    through	
    butter.	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  The	
    half-­‐collapsed	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    smithy	
    lie	
    next	
    to	
    
  the	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    burned	
    out	
    building.	
    A	
    
  few	
    wisps	
    of	
    smoke	
    and	
    smouldering	
    spots	
    in	
    the	
    
  building	
    infer	
    that	
    there	
    was	
    a	
    recent	
    fire.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Debris	
    fills	
    the	
    broken	
    shell	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    stone	
    
  watchtower.	
    Careful	
    inspection	
    over	
    10	
    minutes	
    
  of	
     digging	
     reveals	
     a	
     trapdoor	
     under	
     the	
     rubble	
    
  leading	
    to	
    an	
    intact	
    basement.	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  A	
    tall,	
    weathered	
    bell	
    tower	
    stands	
    alone	
    above	
    
  low,	
    crumbling	
    stone	
    walls.	
    A	
    creaking,	
    unstable	
    
  staircase	
     leads	
     up	
     to	
     a	
     large,	
     yet	
     serviceable	
    
  metal	
     bell.	
     If	
     sounded,	
     the	
     bell	
     lets	
     out	
     a	
    
  plaintive	
    peal.	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  A	
     rotting	
     cattle	
     barn	
     stands	
     half	
     submerged	
     in	
    
  the	
    muck.	
    Water	
    from	
    a	
    recent	
    rainstorm	
    lies	
    a	
    
  couple	
    of	
    inches	
    deep	
    in	
    the	
    interior	
    where	
    small	
    
  slimes	
    and	
    oozes	
    slither	
    about	
    brightly	
    coloured	
    
  mushrooms.	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Weathered	
     brick	
     steps	
     lead	
     to	
     a	
     small	
     domed	
    
  crypt.	
     Inside,	
     the	
     skeletons	
     of	
     humanoids	
     lie	
    
  fused	
     in	
     the	
     walls.	
     A	
     large,	
     ornate	
     sarcophagus	
    
  rests	
    at	
    the	
    far	
    end,	
    its	
    lid	
    tilted	
    slightly	
    open.	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  The	
    roof	
    sags	
    on	
    a	
    small	
    hunter’s	
    cottage.	
    Musty	
    
  and	
    mouldering	
    animal	
    skins	
    and	
    heads	
    decorate	
    
  the	
     interior.	
     Its	
     wooden	
     floorboards	
     creak	
    
  alarmingly,	
     making	
     silent	
     movement	
     much	
    
  harder.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  The	
    water	
    wheel	
    of	
    a	
    tumbled	
    mill	
    dams	
    a	
    small	
    
  stream.	
    A	
    door	
    hanging	
    on	
    its	
    hinges	
    opens	
    into	
    
  the	
    mill’s	
    interior,	
    revealing	
    a	
    small	
    room;	
    rubble	
    
  blocks	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    the	
    interior.	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  The	
    carcass	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    beast	
    fills	
    the	
    interior	
    of	
    a	
    
  small	
     hut.	
     Its	
     putrid	
     scent	
     attracts	
     carrion	
     birds	
    
  and	
    characters	
    within	
    the	
    hut	
    must	
    have	
    a	
    strong	
    
  stomach	
    to	
    avoid	
    retching.	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  Brick	
    walls	
    support	
    a	
    partially	
    collapsed	
    wooden	
    
  roof	
    of	
    a	
    former	
    inn.	
    Mould	
    and	
    mildew	
    cover	
    a	
    
  large	
     bar	
     area.	
     Water	
     leaks	
     from	
     somewhere	
    
  onto	
    rotting	
    straw	
    beds.	
    Casks	
    of	
    stale	
    wine	
    and	
    
  beer	
    fill	
    a	
    storage	
    room	
    next	
    to	
    maggot	
    infested	
    
  food	
    stores.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  22	
    
  L A R G E  R U I N S  
  Many	
     large	
     ruins	
     dot	
     the	
     countryside.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
    
  determine	
    what	
    the	
    PCs	
    stumble	
    upon.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Massive	
     stone	
     archways	
     lean	
     haphazardly	
     over	
    
  weed	
    choked	
    stone	
    boulevards	
    and	
    plazas.	
    Only	
    
  a	
    few	
    crumbling	
    walls	
    denote	
    former	
    houses.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  A	
     crumbling	
     moat	
     tower,	
     overgrown	
     with	
     ivy,	
    
  protects	
     a	
     castle,	
     half	
     sunk	
     into	
     the	
     ground,	
     its	
    
  interior	
    exposed	
    to	
    the	
    elements.	
    Broken	
    towers	
    
  lean	
    against	
    the	
    castle’s	
    keep.	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Three	
    massive	
    stone	
    pyramids	
    sit	
    in	
    a	
    line,	
    steep	
    
  steeps	
    leading	
    to	
    large	
    fire	
    pits	
    carved	
    into	
    their	
    
  flat	
    tops.	
    A	
    single	
    door	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    each	
    leads	
    
  into	
    a	
    labyrinthine	
    interior.	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  The	
    burned	
    out	
    husks	
    of	
    wood	
    and	
    thatch	
    long	
    
  houses	
     clutter	
     around	
     a	
     single	
     stone	
     well	
     filled	
    
  with	
    debris.	
    The	
    smell	
    of	
    death	
    lingers	
    in	
    the	
    air.	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Four	
     great	
     towers	
     rise	
     50	
     ft.	
     into	
     the	
     air,	
     their	
    
  tops	
    shattered.	
    Thin,	
    cracked	
    stone	
    bridges	
    criss-­‐
  cross	
     between	
     the	
     towers.	
     Broken	
     staircases	
    
  spiral	
     the	
     insides	
     of	
     the	
     hollow	
     towers,	
     jutting	
    
  bits	
     of	
     stone	
     evidence	
     of	
     former	
     rooms	
     and	
    
  floors.	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Broken	
     statues	
     line	
     a	
     stone	
     pathway	
     up	
     to	
     a	
    
  large	
    marble	
    pillared	
    building.	
    Water	
    floods	
    the	
    
  interior	
     from	
     an	
     exposed	
     underground	
     spring	
    
  that	
     has	
     broken	
     through	
     the	
     floor	
     at	
     the	
    
  building’s	
    centre.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Ivy	
     and	
     moss	
     cover	
     nearly	
     every	
     surface	
     of	
     a	
    
  stout	
     stone	
     keep.	
     Mould	
     and	
     mildew	
     coat	
     the	
    
  keep’s	
     interior	
     which	
     is	
     home	
     to	
     rats,	
     bats	
     and	
    
  very	
    large	
    spiders.	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  A	
     collection	
     of	
     rotting	
     ships,	
     some	
     as	
     large	
     as	
    
  galleys,	
    lie	
    upturned	
    next	
    to	
    large	
    slabs	
    of	
    stone	
    
  set	
     in	
     the	
     ground,	
     the	
     former	
     remains	
     of	
     what	
    
  appears	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     wharf,	
     now	
     almost	
     totally	
    
  buried.	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Scattered	
    blocks	
    of	
    obsidian,	
    inscribed	
    with	
    the	
    
  iconography	
     of	
     an	
     evil	
     deity,	
     surround	
     the	
    
  foundations	
     of	
     a	
     once	
     proud	
     temple.	
     A	
     few	
    
  outlying	
     buildings	
     remain	
     relatively	
     intact.	
     At	
    
  night,	
     a	
     mist	
     arises	
     bringing	
     with	
     it	
     a	
     foul	
    
  presence.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Wind	
    and	
    rain	
    eroded	
    archways	
    frame	
    the	
    ruins	
    
  of	
     a	
     once	
     grand	
     building,	
     most	
     of	
     its	
     roof	
     now	
    
  caved	
     in.	
     A	
     few	
     rooms	
     remain	
     intact,	
     crowded	
    
  with	
    fungus	
    and	
    a	
    strange,	
    silver	
    glowing	
    moss.	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  A	
    collapsed	
    tower	
    guards	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    a	
    stone	
    
  keep.	
     One	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     keep	
     is	
     open	
     to	
     the	
    
  elements	
    but	
    its	
    interior	
    floors	
    remain	
    stable.	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Marble	
    and	
    stone	
    intertwine	
    into	
    slender	
    pillars	
    
  surrounding	
     a	
     sprawling,	
     overgrown	
     building.	
    
  Statues	
     of	
     a	
     forgotten	
     humanoid	
     deity	
     sit	
     in	
    
  alcoves	
    throughout	
    the	
    complex.	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  A	
    massive	
    gaping	
    hole	
    in	
    a	
    stone	
    wall	
    leads	
    to	
    a	
    
  courtyard	
     cluttered	
     with	
     bones	
     and	
     the	
     fire	
    
  scorched	
    skeleton	
    of	
    a	
    castle	
    keep.	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  A	
     smashed	
     iron	
     portcullis	
     rests	
     in	
     a	
     giant	
    
  gatehouse	
    set	
    in	
    a	
    circular	
    wall	
    around	
    a	
    leaning	
    
  sandstone	
    tower	
    the	
    colour	
    of	
    dried	
    blood.	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Crumbling	
    stone	
    walls	
    form	
    the	
    shells	
    of	
    halfling-­‐
  sized	
    buildings	
    arrayed	
    like	
    spokes	
    in	
    a	
    wheel.	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Jagged	
     stone	
     walls	
     rise	
     between	
     the	
     ribs	
     of	
     a	
    
  dragon’s	
     skeleton.	
     Hundreds	
     of	
     arrowheads	
     fill	
    
  deep	
    claw	
    gouges	
    in	
    the	
    cracked	
    marble	
    floors.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  A	
     noisome	
     green	
     mist	
     flows	
     from	
     the	
     open	
    
  windows	
    of	
    a	
    forlorn	
    looking	
    cathedral.	
    The	
    mist	
    
  originates	
    from	
    a	
    desecrated	
    altar	
    in	
    the	
    interior.	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  A	
    giant-­‐sized,	
    massive	
    marble	
    stair	
    spirals	
    150	
    ft.	
    
  into	
     the	
     air	
     before	
     ending	
     in	
     a	
     large,	
     broken	
    
  platform	
     that	
     miraculously	
     stays	
     aloft.	
     Arcane	
    
  runes	
    decorate	
    the	
    stairs	
    and	
    the	
    platform.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     25	
     ft.	
     tall	
     gothic	
     archways	
     form	
     a	
    
  cross	
    pattern.	
    Collapsing	
    walls	
    link	
    a	
    few	
    of	
    the	
    
  archways	
    but	
    grass	
    covers	
    the	
    ground	
    now.	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Wind	
    whistling	
    from	
    the	
    mouth	
    of	
    a	
    100	
    ft.	
    tall	
    
  pitted,	
     copper	
     lion	
     roars	
     over	
     the	
     surrounding	
    
  landscape.	
    Rungs	
    set	
    in	
    one	
    of	
    its	
    rear	
    legs	
    leads	
    
  up	
    to	
    hatch	
    set	
    in	
    the	
    statue’s	
    belly	
    that	
    opens	
    
  into	
    the	
    darkened	
    interior.	
    	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Ivory,	
     gold	
     cupolaed	
     buildings	
     20	
     ft.	
     in	
     height	
    
  form	
    orderly	
    rows.	
    Narrow,	
    darkened	
    doors	
    and	
    
  windows	
     grace	
     the	
     circular	
     buildings.	
     Large	
    
  cracks	
    leave	
    some	
    of	
    the	
    interiors	
    open.	
    Bits	
    of	
    
  ancient	
    pottery	
    lie	
    scattered	
    about.	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Three	
     concentric	
     crenulated	
     walls,	
     each	
     one	
    
  successively	
    
  higher	
    
  and	
    
  with	
    
  their	
    
  own	
    
  gatehouse,	
     enclose	
     the	
     exposed	
     basement	
     of	
     a	
    
  former	
    keep.	
    A	
    second	
    intact	
    basement	
    level	
    lies	
    
  beneath	
    the	
    first.	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Narrow,	
     rusting	
     metal	
     pillars	
     twist	
     and	
     turn,	
    
  creating	
    a	
    menagerie	
    of	
    fantastic	
    creatures	
    in	
    a	
    
  200	
    ft.	
    area	
    encircled	
    by	
    a	
    high	
    wall	
    of	
    magically	
    
  hardened	
    wood.	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Stones	
     denote	
     the	
     remains	
     a	
     former	
     church	
    
  surrounded	
     by	
     many	
     towering	
     mausoleums	
     in	
    
  various	
    states	
    of	
    decay.	
    Most	
    have	
    been	
    looted	
    
  but	
    a	
    few	
    remain	
    locked	
    by	
    magical	
    means.	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Twin	
    fortresses	
    guard	
    a	
    long,	
    grand	
    stone	
    bridge	
    
  rising	
    over	
    a	
    dried	
    riverbed.	
    One	
    fortress	
    appears	
    
  unharmed	
     while	
     its	
     twin	
     has	
     suffered	
     massive	
    
  damage	
    to	
    its	
    walls	
    from	
    an	
    ancient	
    assault.	
    An	
    
  unnatural	
    darkness	
    fills	
    the	
    unharmed	
    fortress.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  A	
    cracked	
    dome	
    of	
    glass	
    encloses	
    the	
    crumbling	
    
  remains	
    of	
    stone	
    houses	
    clustered	
    together.	
    The	
    
  glass	
    has	
    been	
    magically	
    treated	
    to	
    be	
    as	
    strong	
    
  as	
    iron.	
    A	
    wide	
    entrance	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    doom	
    
  serves	
     as	
     entry	
     to	
     the	
     collection	
     of	
     empty,	
    
  abandoned	
    buildings.	
    
  
  23	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  These	
     two	
     three-­‐storey	
     crooked	
     towers	
     are	
     all	
    
  that	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     once	
     grand	
     keep.	
     Ivy	
     covers	
    
  everything	
     and	
     water	
     collects	
     in	
     shallow	
     pools	
    
  within	
    the	
    interior.	
    Narrow,	
    slippery	
    stone	
    steps	
    
  lead	
    to	
    the	
    top	
    of	
    the	
    towers.	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  Two	
     concentric	
     rings	
     of	
     fluted	
     pillars	
     stand	
     in	
    
  various	
     states	
     of	
     disrepair	
     around	
     a	
     tall,	
     lean	
    
  tower	
    missing	
    its	
    top	
    half.	
    A	
    recent	
    fire	
    cleared	
    
  out	
    the	
    tower’s	
    interior,	
    so	
    its	
    floors,	
    stairs	
    and	
    
  walls	
    are	
    now	
    unstable	
    and	
    prone	
    to	
    collapse.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Overgrown	
     shrubbery	
     spills	
     onto	
     a	
     cracked,	
    
  stone	
    courtyard	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    a	
    burnt	
    down	
    manor	
    
  house.	
    A	
    nearby	
    slightly	
    charred	
    carriage	
    house	
    
  stands	
    intact	
    and	
    houses	
    a	
    rotting	
    carriage.	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  A	
     high	
     stone	
     wall,	
     sections	
     of	
     it	
     collapsed	
     in	
    
  several	
     places,	
     encircles	
     four	
     tumbled	
     wooden	
    
  barracks	
     and	
     a	
     pile	
     of	
     rubble	
     that	
     was	
     once	
     a	
    
  small	
    tower.	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  The	
    low	
    foundations	
    of	
    numerous	
    former	
    stone	
    
  buildings	
    radiate	
    outwards	
    for	
    thousands	
    of	
    feet.	
    
  Covered	
     mostly	
     by	
     tall	
     grass,	
     bits	
     of	
     ancient	
    
  pottery	
     hide	
     in	
     the	
     soil.	
     An	
     occasional	
     ruined	
    
  wall,	
    no	
    more	
    than	
    4	
    ft.	
    high	
    peeks	
    up	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    
  grass,	
    here	
    and	
    there.	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  The	
    top	
    storey	
    of	
    a	
    massive	
    black	
    edifice,	
    almost	
    
  a	
     mile	
     in	
     length	
     and	
     width,	
     rises	
     out	
     of	
     the	
    
  ground	
     into	
     which	
     it	
     has	
     sunk.	
     Open	
     windows	
    
  lead	
    
  into	
    
  a	
    
  huge	
    
  interior	
    
  of	
    
  cavernous	
    
  boulevards,	
     arcades,	
     chambers	
     and	
     winding	
    
  stairways	
    and	
    hallways.	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Six	
     domed	
     buildings	
     attach	
     to	
     a	
     larger	
     domed	
    
  structure,	
    forming	
    a	
    hexagon.	
    Most	
    of	
    the	
    domes	
    
  are	
     cracked,	
     the	
     interiors	
     supporting	
     a	
     vibrant	
    
  ecosystem	
     of	
     animals,	
     fish	
     and	
     plants.	
     The	
    
  broken	
    remains	
    of	
    an	
    astronomer’s	
    lab	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    
  central	
    dome.	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  The	
     stone	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     colossal	
     stone	
     arena	
    
  dominate	
     the	
     landscape.	
     Collapsed	
     sections	
     of	
    
  the	
     walls	
     spill	
     onto	
     the	
     arena’s	
     grass	
     covered	
    
  floor.	
     The	
     hypogeum	
     below	
     the	
     arena	
     floor	
     is	
    
  free	
    of	
    debris	
    and	
    shows	
    signs	
    of	
    habitation.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Half	
    of	
    a	
    wide	
    stone	
    bridge	
    spans	
    a	
    dried	
    moat.	
    
  Beyond	
     its	
     jagged	
     remains,	
     a	
     rusted	
     portcullis	
    
  bars	
    entry	
    to	
    a	
    shadow	
    haunted	
    keep	
    crouched	
    
  behind	
    high,	
    ivy	
    covered	
    crumbling	
    walls.	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Two	
    four-­‐storey	
    spiralling	
    obsidian	
    towers	
    flank	
    a	
    
  single	
     seven-­‐storey	
     pure	
     white	
     marble	
     tower.	
    
  Cracks	
    run	
    the	
    length	
    of	
    the	
    towers	
    and	
    ooze	
    a	
    
  translucent	
    slime.	
    The	
    only	
    entrance	
    appears	
    to	
    
  be	
    a	
    window	
    five	
    stories	
    up	
    on	
    the	
    central	
    tower.	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Moss	
     covered	
     boulders	
     lie	
     under	
     the	
     skeletal	
    
  arches	
     of	
    a	
    once	
    grand	
    cathedral.	
    A	
    few	
    rooms	
    
  near	
     the	
     interior	
     remain	
     intact,	
     their	
     doors	
    
  recently	
    repaired	
    and	
    barred	
    from	
    within.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Mouldy	
     thatch	
     covers	
     these	
     mud	
     brick	
     huts	
    
  crowded	
    behind	
    a	
    low	
    wooden	
    palisade.	
    A	
    single	
    
  one-­‐storey	
     stone	
     building	
     sits	
     in	
     the	
     middle	
     of	
    
  the	
    forlorn	
    huts,	
    its	
    windows	
    boarded	
    over.	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Giant,	
    gray	
    stone	
    slabs	
    30	
    ft.	
    in	
    height	
    thrust	
    out	
    
  of	
     the	
     ground	
     10	
     ft.	
     apart	
     over	
     a	
     200	
     ft.	
     wide	
    
  area,	
     forming	
     a	
     giant	
     eight-­‐pointed	
     star.	
     A	
    
  weathered	
     altar	
     still	
     bears	
     faint	
     traces	
     of	
     dried	
    
  blood.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  The	
    fire	
    blackened	
    remains	
    of	
    siege	
    engines	
    litter	
    
  the	
    area	
    around	
    the	
    debris	
    of	
    a	
    once	
    formidable	
    
  stone	
    wall	
    guarding	
    a	
    keep	
    that	
    is	
    no	
    more	
    than	
    
  a	
    scattered	
    pile	
    of	
    rubble.	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Broken	
     marble	
     statues	
     litter	
     a	
     broad	
     stone	
    
  causeway	
     leading	
     to	
     four	
     crumbling	
     arcades	
    
  surrounding	
     a	
     large,	
     low	
     stone	
     building	
     whose	
    
  roof	
    through	
    which	
    has	
    burst	
    a	
    massive	
    tree.	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  Abandoned	
    tents	
    and	
    digging	
    equipment	
    cluster	
    
  near	
     a	
     group	
     of	
     grassy	
     hillocks.	
     The	
     earth	
     has	
    
  been	
     cleared	
     away	
     from	
     one,	
     revealing	
     a	
     stone	
    
  archway	
    leading	
    into	
    a	
    buried	
    structure	
    running	
    
  under	
    the	
    hillocks.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Partial	
    stone	
    walls	
    of	
    several	
    homes	
    stretch	
    out	
    
  before	
     the	
     broken	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     three-­‐storey	
    
  manor	
    house,	
    its	
    western	
    wing	
    in	
    complete	
    ruin.	
    
  Its	
    eastern	
    wing	
    still	
    stands,	
    but	
    its	
    western	
    wall	
    
  has	
    collapsed.	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  A	
    steep-­‐sided,	
    sandstone	
    pyramid	
    sits	
    half	
    buried	
    
  in	
    the	
    ground.	
    Bas	
    reliefs	
    of	
    fantastical	
    creatures	
    
  slither	
    and	
    fly	
    along	
    its	
    surface.	
    Rubble	
    lies	
    at	
    its	
    
  base	
    near	
    a	
    small	
    hole	
    leading	
    into	
    the	
    interior.	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  A	
     smooth	
     granite	
     wall	
     reaches	
     50	
     ft.	
     in	
     height	
    
  and	
     stretches	
     thousands	
     of	
     feet	
     in	
     either	
    
  direction.	
     Partial	
     remains	
     of	
     attached	
     watch	
    
  towers	
    are	
    spaced	
    every	
    500	
    ft.	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  The	
    top	
    half	
    of	
    a	
    gigantic	
    statue	
    of	
    an	
    armoured	
    
  warrior	
    lies	
    face	
    down	
    next	
    to	
    its	
    75	
    ft.	
    tall	
    lower	
    
  half.	
    Casual	
    inspection	
    	
    finds	
    an	
    entrance	
    into	
    the	
    
  statue’s	
    body	
    hidden	
    behind	
    overhanging	
    vines.	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Wide,	
    arched	
    bridges,	
    mostly	
    broken	
    now,	
    feebly	
    
  attempt	
     to	
     connect	
     a	
     series	
     of	
     five	
     towers	
     of	
    
  differing	
     heights	
     seemingly	
     laid	
     out	
     at	
     random.	
    
  Each	
     tower’s	
     entrance	
     is	
     at	
     a	
     different	
     height;	
    
  the	
     shortest	
     tower	
     is	
     the	
     only	
     one	
     to	
     have	
     a	
    
  ground-­‐level	
    entrance.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  This	
    four-­‐storey	
    stone	
    keep	
    sports	
    a	
    gaping	
    hole	
    
  through	
    its	
    front,	
    as	
    if	
    punched	
    by	
    an	
    impossibly	
    
  large	
    fist.	
    Otherwise,	
    it	
    appears	
    undamaged.	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Geysers	
    of	
    steam	
    erupt	
    from	
    the	
    ground	
    through	
    
  the	
     blackened	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     temple.	
    
  Statues	
     of	
     a	
     good	
     aligned	
     deity	
     still	
     stand	
     in	
    
  alcoves	
    in	
    the	
    few	
    remaining	
    walls,	
    but	
    they	
    bear	
    
  horrifying	
    claw	
    marks	
    across	
    their	
    countenances.	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  The	
    yellowed	
    bones	
    of	
    a	
    colossal	
    dragon	
    form	
    a	
    
  bridge	
    leading	
    into	
    its	
    skull	
    which	
    once	
    served	
    as	
    
  an	
     entrance	
     into	
     a	
     fortress	
     that	
     is	
     now	
     nothing	
    
  but	
    a	
    tumbled	
    pile	
    of	
    boulders.	
    A	
    few	
    rocks	
    have	
    
  been	
    recently	
    cleared	
    away	
    to	
    reveal	
    a	
    staircase	
    
  leading	
    into	
    a	
    sprawling	
    basement	
    complex.	
    
  	
    
   
  
  24	
    
  R U I N S  D R E S S I N G  
  Ruins	
     have	
     many	
     minor	
     features	
     of	
     interest.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
    
  generate	
    such	
    features,	
    as	
    appropriate.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     walls	
     glow	
     with	
     a	
     strange	
     luminescence,	
    
  shedding	
    light	
    in	
    a	
    5	
    ft.	
    radius.	
    
  2	
    
  Thick	
     cobwebs	
     clog	
     the	
     ruins,	
     making	
     each	
    
  square	
    of	
    movement	
    count	
    as	
    difficult	
    terrain.	
    
  3	
    
  In	
    a	
    sheltered	
    part	
    of	
    the	
    ruins,	
    the	
    embers	
    still	
    
  burn	
    from	
    a	
    recent	
    campfire.	
    
  4	
    
  An	
     unnatural	
     keening	
     moan	
     fills	
     the	
     ruins,	
    
  making	
    audible	
    means	
    of	
    perception	
    unreliable.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     thick	
     layer	
     of	
     soot	
     covers	
     everything,	
     which	
    
  counts	
    as	
    soft	
    ground	
    for	
    tracking.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    air	
    is	
    charged	
    with	
    arcane	
    energy,	
     allowing	
    
  magic	
    users	
    to	
    more	
    easily	
    penetrate	
    defences.	
    
  7	
    
  An	
    ivy	
    with	
    a	
    sick,	
    yellow	
    appearance	
    covers	
    the	
    
  ruins.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    large	
    number	
    of	
    small	
    animal	
    bones	
    litter	
    the	
    
  ruins.	
    
  9	
    
  Some	
     of	
     the	
     ruin’s	
     features	
     (walls,	
     floor,	
     etc.)	
    
  warp	
    and	
    bend	
    at	
    unnatural	
    angles.	
    
  10	
    
  Local	
    humanoids	
    from	
    an	
    indigenous	
    tribe	
    have	
    
  daubed	
    graffiti	
    crude	
    drawings	
    on	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     message,	
     written	
     in	
     day’s	
     old	
     blood,	
     warns	
    
  people	
    to	
    stay	
    away	
    or	
    befall	
    a	
    dire	
    fate.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     rotted	
     wooden	
     spear	
     impales	
     a	
     skeleton	
     in	
    
  rusted	
     ceremonial	
     armour	
     at	
     the	
     centre	
     of	
     the	
    
  ruins.	
    
  13	
    
  Loose	
     bits	
     of	
     debris	
     occasionally	
     come	
     loose,	
    
  tumbling	
    down	
    with	
    a	
    clatter.	
    
  14	
    
  At	
     night,	
     when	
     the	
     stars	
     are	
     out,	
     casual	
    
  inspection	
     reveals	
     they	
     are	
     in	
     the	
     wrong	
    
  positions.	
    
  15	
    
  Twilight	
    seems	
    to	
    last	
    an	
    extra	
    hour	
    in	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  16	
    
  Bits	
    of	
    ancient,	
    broken	
    armour	
    and	
    weapons	
    lie	
    
  scattered	
    about.	
    
  17	
    
  Experts	
    in	
    magical	
    lore	
    may	
    determine	
    that	
    large	
    
  cracks	
    in	
    the	
    ruin’s	
    walls	
    form	
    words	
    of	
    magical	
    
  power.	
     Arcane	
     spells	
     cast	
     within	
     the	
     ruins	
    
  function	
    at	
    an	
    increased	
    potency.	
    
  18	
    
  An	
     unusual	
     number	
     of	
     fireflies	
     flit	
     about	
     the	
    
  ruins,	
    providing	
    a	
    dim	
    source	
    of	
    light.	
    
  19	
    
  Casual	
     inspection	
     finds	
     a	
     crumpled	
     piece	
     of	
    
  parchment	
     under	
     a	
     rock	
     that	
     contains	
     a	
     rough	
    
  sketch	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  20	
    
  Thick	
     fog	
     fills	
     the	
     ruins,	
     obscuring	
     anything	
    
  further	
    than	
    5	
    ft.	
    away.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  The	
     ruins	
     have	
     a	
     half	
     melted	
     appearance	
     as	
     if	
    
  bathed	
    in	
    acid.	
    
  22	
    
  The	
     smashed,	
     yellowed	
     skeleton	
     of	
     some	
    
  gargantuan	
    beast	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  23	
    
  An	
     unnatural	
     darkness	
     clings	
     to	
     the	
     ruins,	
    
  reducing	
    nonmagical	
    flames	
    to	
    a	
    dim	
    light.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  The	
    ruins	
    sway	
    and	
    creak	
    alarmingly.	
    
  25	
    
  Moulds	
    
  and	
    
  fungi	
    
  grow	
    
  in	
    
  abundance	
    
  everywhere.	
    
  26	
    
  Small	
     red	
     eyes	
     glare	
     from	
     the	
     dark	
     corners	
     but	
    
  disappear	
    when	
    anyone	
    approaches.	
    
  27	
    
  Ghostly	
     balls	
     of	
     light,	
     like	
     will-­‐o’-­‐wisps,	
     follow	
    
  explorers	
    around.	
    
  28	
    
  The	
     wind	
     echoing	
     through	
     the	
     ruins	
     creates	
     a	
    
  constant	
    cacophonous	
    din.	
    
  29	
    
  Rotting	
     scaffolding	
     surrounds	
     the	
     ruins	
     as	
     if	
    
  someone	
    attempted	
    to	
    rebuild	
    but	
    gave	
    up.	
    
  30	
    
  Abandoned	
     makeshift	
     shelters	
     crowd	
     parts	
     of	
    
  the	
    ruins.	
    
  31	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     roaring	
     flames	
     can	
     still	
     be	
     heard,	
    
  enhancing	
    fire-­‐based	
    magic.	
    
  32	
    
  Humanoid	
     faces	
     stare	
     forlornly	
     from	
     within	
     the	
    
  walls	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  33	
    
  Every	
    now	
    and	
    then,	
    a	
    mad	
    cackle	
    drifts	
    through	
    
  the	
    air,	
    always	
    from	
    a	
    different	
    spot.	
    
  34	
    
  Rats	
    crawl	
    from	
    seemingly	
    everywhere,	
    creating	
    
  nonaggressive	
    swarms	
    of	
    rats.	
    
  35	
    
  Biting	
     insects	
     swarm	
     the	
     ruins,	
     requiring	
     a	
    
  concentration	
     check	
     to	
     cast	
     any	
     spells	
     as	
     if	
    
  casting	
    defensively.	
    
  36	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    running	
    water	
    can	
    be	
    heard.	
    
  37	
    
  Dark	
    brown	
    spots	
    stain	
    the	
    ruins	
    floors	
    and	
    walls.	
    
  38	
    
  The	
    holy	
    symbol	
    of	
    an	
    evil	
    deity	
    is	
    carved	
    into	
    a	
    
  floor	
    or	
    wall	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  39	
    
  Broken	
    statues,	
    appearing	
    as	
    people	
    going	
    about	
    
  their	
    day	
    to	
    day	
    business,	
    decorate	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
    broken	
    lamp	
    lies	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    bloody,	
    limbless	
    
  torso	
    of	
    a	
    recently	
    dead	
    humanoid.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    cry	
    of	
    pain	
    echoes	
    through	
    the	
    ruins,	
    
  abruptly	
    cut	
    short.	
    Laughter	
    follows	
    the	
    cry.	
    
  42	
    
  The	
    interior	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    is	
    entirely	
    swept	
    free	
    of	
    
  dust,	
    debris	
    and	
    cobwebs.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    blanket	
    lies	
    stretched	
    on	
    the	
    floor	
    with	
    enough	
    
  water	
    and	
    food	
    laid	
    out	
    for	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  44	
    
  Features	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    crumble	
    at	
    the	
    touch.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     viscous,	
     but	
     harmless,	
     black	
     slime	
     covers	
    
  everything	
    and	
    exudes	
    a	
    foul	
    stench.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  Flowering	
     clumps	
     of	
     gorse	
     fill	
     the	
     ruins,	
    
  rendering	
     each	
     square	
     of	
     movement	
     difficult	
    
  terrain.	
    
  47	
    
  Hundreds	
    of	
    small,	
    non-­‐poisonous	
    snakes	
    slither	
    
  about	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  48	
    
  The	
     walls	
     feature	
     perfectly	
     small	
     holes	
     bored	
    
  into	
    them	
    seemingly	
    at	
    random.	
    
  49	
    
  The	
    burnt	
    remains	
    of	
    many	
    forbidden	
    books	
    lie	
    
  piled	
    in	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    One	
    hour	
    spent	
    
  scavenging	
    through	
    the	
    books	
    finds	
    remnants	
    of	
    
  dark,	
    necromantic	
    lore.	
    (GM’s	
    choice)	
    
  50	
    
  Peeling	
    blue	
    paint	
    covers	
    the	
    interior	
    walls	
    of	
    the	
    
  ruins.	
    Casual	
    inspection	
    reveals	
    the	
    paint	
    covers	
    
  many	
    ancient,	
    evil	
    symbols	
    that	
    even	
    current	
    day	
    
  necromancers	
    rarely	
    dare	
    to	
    use.	
    
  
  25	
    
  51	
    
  Cultists	
     conducted	
     foul	
     rites	
     here.	
     An	
     evil	
    
  outsider	
     of	
     the	
     same	
     strength	
     as	
     the	
     party	
    
  inhabits	
    these	
    ruins	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    layer	
    of	
    ice,	
    resistant	
    to	
    nonmagical	
    fire,	
    coats	
    
  the	
    ruins.	
    
  53	
    
  Anyone	
     exploring	
     the	
     ruins	
     sees	
     ghostly	
     figures	
    
  out	
    of	
    the	
    corner	
    of	
    his	
    eyes.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
     natural	
     spring	
     creates	
     a	
     pool	
     of	
     water	
     six	
    
  inches	
    deep	
    throughout	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  55	
    
  Every	
    hour,	
    the	
    ruins	
    violently	
    shake	
    as	
    if	
    by	
    an	
    
  earthquake.	
     Characters	
     must	
     take	
     heed	
     or	
     fall	
    
  prone.	
    
  56	
    
  Veins	
     of	
     a	
     strange	
     red	
     substance	
     flow	
     and	
    
  pulsate	
    within	
    the	
    walls	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    small	
    armoury	
    lies	
    within	
    the	
    ruins,	
    containing	
    
  mostly	
     brittle	
     weapons	
     and	
     rotted	
     armour.	
    
  However,	
     a	
     suit	
     of	
     masterwork	
     armour	
     and	
     a	
    
  masterwork	
    weapon	
    (GM’s	
    choice)	
    still	
    remain.	
    
  58	
    
  Swathes	
    of	
    fungus	
    cover	
    the	
    floor	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  59	
    
  The	
     half-­‐eaten	
     remains	
     of	
     various	
     animals	
     lie	
    
  scattered	
    about	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  60	
    
  Thousands	
    of	
    tiny	
    insects	
    buzz	
    around	
    the	
    ruins,	
    
  distracting	
    anyone	
    on	
    the	
    lookout.	
    
  61	
    
  Parts	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    are	
    prone	
    to	
    sudden	
    collapse.	
    
  Good	
     reflexes	
     are	
     required	
     to	
     avoid	
     debris	
     and	
    
  unstable	
    floors..	
    
  62	
    
  Night	
    in	
    the	
    ruins	
    lasts	
    twice	
    as	
    long	
    as	
    normal.	
    
  63	
    
  The	
     ghostly	
     sound	
     of	
     raging	
     fire	
     is	
     heard.	
     Fire	
    
  magic	
     is	
     greatly	
     hampered	
     within	
     the	
     ruin's	
    
  confines.	
    	
    
  64	
    
  Faded	
    tapestries	
    depicting	
    a	
    long	
    ago	
    important	
    
  but	
    forgotten	
    event	
    hang	
    on	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  65	
    
  Small	
    pools	
    of	
    hissing	
    acid	
    dot	
    the	
    floors	
    of	
    the	
    
  ruins,	
     presenting	
     a	
     significant	
     hazard	
     for	
     the	
    
  careless.	
    
  66	
    
  Closely	
     listening	
     characters	
     may	
     hear	
     ghostly	
    
  voices	
    crying	
    out	
    in	
    fear	
    and	
    pain.	
    
  67	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     brightly	
     coloured	
     butterflies	
     flit	
    
  about	
    the	
    ruins	
    but	
    do	
    not	
    leave	
    its	
    confines.	
    
  68	
    
  Bent	
     and	
     chipped	
     copper	
     coins	
     surround	
     the	
    
  obsidian	
    statue	
    of	
    a	
    truly	
    alien	
    looking	
    creature.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     skeleton	
     of	
     a	
     former	
     explorer	
     lies	
     crushed	
    
  underneath	
    rubble.	
    
  70	
    
  Careful	
    inspection	
    finds	
    an	
    old	
    diary	
    in	
    the	
    ruins	
    
  detailing	
    its	
    last	
    days.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     trophy	
     collection	
     of	
     the	
     skeletal	
     heads	
     of	
    
  magical	
    beasts	
    adorns	
    one	
    section	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  72	
    
  An	
     unnatural	
     chill	
     fills	
     the	
     ruins,	
     making	
     life-­‐
  draining	
    magic	
    harder	
    to	
    resist.	
    
  73	
    
  Five	
     giant	
     misshapen	
     humanoid	
     skeletons	
     lie	
    
  throughout	
    the	
    interior	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  74	
    
  Vines	
     sprouting	
     an	
     unknown	
     vivid	
     red	
     flower	
    
  cover	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  75	
    
  Claw	
     marks	
     score	
     the	
     features	
     of	
     the	
     ruins,	
    
  leaving	
    deep	
    gouges	
    in	
    the	
    walls	
    and	
    floors.	
    
  76	
    
  In	
    the	
    corners	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    rests	
    roughly	
    carved	
    
  stone	
    statuettes	
    of	
    an	
    evil	
    deity.	
    
  77	
    
  Magical	
     lights	
     within	
     the	
     ruins	
     flare	
     up	
     when	
    
  creatures	
    enter	
    certain	
    sections.	
    
  78	
    
  Four	
    empty,	
    torn	
    and	
    blood-­‐covered	
    bedrolls	
    lie	
    
  in	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  79	
    
  An	
     aura	
     of	
     electricity	
     thrums	
     in	
     the	
     air.	
    
  Electricity-­‐based	
     magical	
     effects	
     are	
     slightly	
    
  amplified.	
    
  80	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     large	
     footsteps	
     follows	
     anyone	
    
  exploring	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
    damaged	
    painting	
    or	
    tapestry	
    of	
    a	
    great	
    hero	
    
  hangs	
    askew	
    on	
    a	
    wall.	
    
  82	
    
  Dried	
     skin	
     of	
     many	
     humanoids	
     hangs	
     from	
     the	
    
  walls	
    and	
    carpets	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  83	
    
  The	
    walls	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    continuously	
    weep	
    water.	
    
  84	
    
  Nonmagical	
    light	
    sources	
    brought	
    into	
    the	
    ruins	
    
  suddenly	
    wink	
    out	
    and	
    refuse	
    to	
    be	
    relit.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
     tracker	
     may	
     finds	
     the	
     recent	
     tracks	
     of	
     a	
    
  particularly	
    large	
    creature	
    (GM’s	
    choice).	
    
  86	
    
  A	
    steady	
    wind	
    blows,	
    causing	
    the	
    ruins	
    to	
    groan	
    
  alarmingly.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    severed	
    head	
    sits	
    atop	
    a	
    wooden	
    sign	
    advising	
    
  against	
    trespassing	
    in	
    crudely	
    written	
    Common.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
     broken	
     marble	
     statue	
     lies	
     on	
     its	
     side.	
     Its	
     eye	
    
  sockets,	
    once	
    containing	
    gemstones,	
    are	
    empty.	
    
  89	
    
  The	
    interior	
    dimensions	
    of	
    the	
    ruins	
    appear	
    twice	
    
  as	
    large	
    as	
    from	
    the	
    outside.	
    
  90	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     sickly	
     looking	
     rats	
     scurry	
     about,	
    
  avoiding	
    any	
    light	
    source.	
    
  91	
    
  Unusual	
     humanlike	
     shadows	
     crawl	
     across	
     the	
    
  walls	
    and	
    floors	
    but	
    are	
    harmless.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     large	
     circle	
     with	
     arcane	
     runes	
     has	
     been	
    
  engraved	
     into	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     floors.	
     Creatures	
    
  summoned	
    forth	
    within	
    have	
    a	
    chance	
    of	
    turning	
    
  upon	
    their	
    conjurors.	
    
  93	
    
  Broken	
     bits	
     of	
     pottery	
     and	
     smashed	
     furniture	
    
  crowd	
    the	
    interior	
    of	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    ghostly	
    voice	
    randomly	
    calls	
    out	
    the	
    name	
    of	
    
  one	
    of	
    the	
    creatures	
    exploring	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  95	
    
  An	
    altar	
    hidden	
    in	
    the	
    ruins	
    serves	
    as	
    a	
    font	
    of	
    
  evil,	
    casting	
    an	
    unholy	
    pall	
    over	
    the	
    whole	
    ruins.	
    
  96	
    
  Humanoid	
    skulls	
    rest	
    in	
    niches	
    on	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  97	
    
  Small,	
    harmless	
    oozes	
    slither	
    about	
    on	
    the	
    walls,	
    
  floors	
    and	
    ceilings.	
    
  98	
    
  In	
     one	
     section	
     of	
     the	
     ruins,	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
     closed	
    
  sarcophagi	
    rests.	
    
  99	
    
  Fresh	
    blood	
    smears	
    the	
    entrance	
    into	
    the	
    ruins.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
     stench	
     of	
     blood	
     and	
     decay	
     lingers	
     strongly	
    
  on	
    the	
    air.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  26	
    
  S M A L L  C A V E S  
  As	
     well	
     as	
     full-­‐blown	
     cave	
     systems,	
     adventurers	
     travelling	
    
  through	
     the	
     wilderness	
     often	
     encounter	
     much	
     smaller	
     caves.	
    
  Such	
    locations	
    can	
    be	
    used	
    as	
    a	
    campsite,	
    as	
    a	
    place	
    to	
    wait	
    out	
    
  inclement	
    weather	
    or	
    as	
    somewhere	
    to	
    hide.	
    Others	
    can	
    be	
    used	
    
  as	
     an	
     animal	
     or	
     monster’s	
     den.	
     Still	
     others	
     might	
     contain	
    
  forgotten,	
     hidden	
     treasures.	
     Use	
     the	
     caves	
     detailed	
     here	
     to	
    
  describe	
    such	
    locales.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    boulder	
    has	
    fallen	
    from	
    the	
    cliff	
    face	
    exposing	
    
  a	
    five-­‐foot	
    hollow.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    zigzag	
    cleft	
    pierces	
    the	
    rock	
    bluff	
    all	
    the	
    way	
    to	
    
  its	
    top.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     long	
     diagonal	
     crack	
     provides	
     shelter	
     but	
     no	
    
  level	
    surface	
    for	
    lying	
    down.	
    
  4	
    
  Slabs	
    of	
    rock	
    have	
    broken	
    away	
    from	
    the	
    walls	
    of	
    
  this	
    crevasse	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    peaked	
    roof.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    roots	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    pine	
    tree	
    have	
    split	
    the	
    rock,	
    
  exposing	
    a	
    large	
    fissure	
    beneath.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
    now	
    dead	
    fir-­‐tree	
    lies	
    near	
    a	
    cliff;	
    when	
    it	
    fell	
    
  its	
    roots	
    gouged	
    a	
    large	
    hole	
    in	
    the	
    earth.	
    
  7	
    
  Massive	
    layers	
    of	
    rock	
    form	
    jutting	
    overhangs.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    change	
    in	
    the	
    river	
    has	
    left	
    a	
    dry	
    shallow	
    cave	
    
  carved	
    in	
    a	
    rock	
    bluff.	
    
  9	
    
  This	
    tall	
    rock	
    face	
    extends	
    outwards	
    providing	
    a	
    
  curved	
    crease	
    for	
    shelter	
    at	
    its	
    base.	
    
  10	
    
  An	
     angular	
     jutting	
     rock	
     formation	
     forms	
     a	
     low	
    
  roof	
    atop	
    an	
    outwash	
    of	
    rubble.	
    
  11	
    
  Water	
     erosion	
     has	
     formed	
     several	
     sheltered	
    
  shallow	
    caves	
    slick	
    with	
    moisture.	
    
  12	
    
  At	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    this	
    large	
    rock	
    sheet	
    is	
    a	
    shallow,	
    
  naturally	
    arched	
    shallow	
    cave.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     shallow	
     opening	
     under	
     two	
     low	
     hanging	
     ewe	
    
  bushes	
    provides	
    shelter	
    and	
    shade.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    split	
    in	
    the	
    cliff	
    top	
    has	
    opened	
    a	
    downward-­‐
  sloped	
    ramp	
    that	
    leads	
    to	
    a	
    small	
    chamber.	
    
  15	
    
  Staggered	
    layers	
    of	
    rock	
    overhang	
    a	
    shallow	
    flat	
    
  ledge.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  Rocky	
    slabs	
    stacked	
    neatly	
    into	
    a	
    tall	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    
  bluff	
     form	
     a	
     covered	
     entrance	
     leading	
     to	
     a	
    
  cavern	
    large	
    enough	
    for	
    four	
    people	
    to	
    lie	
    down.	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     jagged	
     edge	
     of	
     a	
     rocky	
     outcrop	
     provides	
    
  deep	
    overhangs	
    protected	
    by	
    tumbled	
    stones.	
    
  18	
    
  Several	
     cracks	
     form	
     layered	
     fissures	
     in	
     the	
     rock	
    
  face;	
    Small	
    and	
    larger	
    creatures	
    can	
    just	
    squeeze	
    
  inside.	
    
  19	
    
  Rushing	
     water	
     has	
     cut	
     several	
     ledges	
     and	
     small	
    
  chambers	
    in	
    a	
    sluice-­‐like	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    limestone.	
    
  20	
    
  Though	
    steeply	
    sloped,	
    a	
    cylindrical	
    curve	
    of	
    rock	
    
  forms	
    a	
    tall	
    cave	
    opening.	
    
  21	
    
  Four	
    arch-­‐shaped	
    chambers	
    pierce	
    the	
    shore	
    of	
    a	
    
  small	
    lake.	
    
  22	
    
  Rising	
     fifteen	
     feet	
     up	
     the	
     rock	
     face	
     a	
     chimney	
    
  crack	
    forms	
    a	
    narrow	
    sheltered	
    vault.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     small	
     cavern	
     lurks	
     at	
     the	
     base	
     of	
     a	
     rocky	
    
  crevasse.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    jagged	
    cave	
    mouth	
    leads	
    to	
    a	
    small	
    chamber.	
    
  25	
    
  Earth	
    has	
    washed	
    out	
    from	
    under	
    a	
    large	
    slab	
    of	
    
  rock.	
    A	
    tall	
    oak	
    grows	
    over	
    the	
    opening.	
    
  26	
    
  Narrow	
    gaps	
    open	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    tall	
    bluff.	
    
  27	
    
  Concealed	
     by	
     three	
     twisted	
     pines	
     an	
     earthy	
    
  hollow	
    opens	
    among	
    the	
    trees’	
    roots.	
    
  28	
    
  Limestone	
     ledges	
     line	
     the	
     walls	
     of	
     a	
     river-­‐cut	
    
  vault	
    in	
    the	
    rock	
    wall.	
    
  29	
    
  This	
    cave	
    mouth	
    faces	
    into	
    the	
    rising	
    sun	
    of	
    the	
    
  early	
    morning.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     sloping	
     overhang	
     of	
     limestone	
     shelters	
     this	
    
  twenty-­‐foot	
    long	
    area	
    of	
    flat	
    earth.	
    
  31	
    
  Small	
    holes	
    in	
    the	
    rock	
    allow	
    for	
    an	
    easy	
    climb	
    to	
    
  a	
    cave	
    ledge	
    ten	
    feet	
    above	
    the	
    ground.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  A	
    two-­‐foot	
    wide	
    footpath	
    leads	
    up	
    to	
    a	
    narrow	
    
  ledge	
    cave.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    small,	
    shallow	
    chamber	
    pierces	
    the	
    bank	
    of	
    a	
    
  turgid	
    stream.	
    
  34	
    
  Arching	
    
  chambers	
    
  pierce	
    
  pumice	
    
  bluffs	
    
  pockmarked	
    by	
    wind	
    and	
    water.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
     hollow	
     half	
     bowl	
     shape	
     of	
     stone	
     forms	
     a	
    
  natural	
    cup	
    in	
    the	
    rock.	
    
  36	
    
  Octagonal	
    columns	
    of	
    tight-­‐fitting	
    stone	
    topped	
    
  by	
    volcanic	
    pumice	
    form	
    a	
    short	
    colonnade.	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     short	
     downward-­‐sloped	
     man-­‐sized	
     tunnel	
    
  opens	
    into	
    an	
    abandoned	
    bear	
    den.	
    
  38	
    
  Woven	
     tree	
     roots	
     form	
     ropes	
     leading	
     to	
     an	
    
  opening	
    25	
    feet	
    down	
    a	
    steep	
    hill	
    slope.	
    
  39	
    
  Clumps	
     of	
     sticky	
     red	
     and	
     grey	
     clay	
     have	
     fallen	
    
  leaving	
    a	
    deep,	
    and	
    slick	
    sheltered	
    hollow.	
    
  40	
    
  Wedged	
    under	
    a	
    forty-­‐foot	
    slab	
    of	
    limestone,	
    a	
    
  smaller	
    six-­‐foot	
    tall	
    boulder	
    forms	
    a	
    rock	
    shelter.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    dry	
    sandy	
    nook	
    has	
    formed	
    below	
    a	
    limestone	
    
  outcropping.	
    
  42	
    
  Sharp	
    fragments	
    of	
    granite	
    line	
    the	
    floor	
    of	
    this	
    
  low	
    chamber.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    narrow	
    sinkhole	
    has	
    breached	
    a	
    small,	
    natural	
    
  cavern	
    dominated	
    by	
    a	
    small	
    pool	
    of	
    water.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
     half-­‐conical	
     crack	
     spirals	
     into	
     the	
     rock	
     face	
    
  giving	
    the	
    impression	
    of	
    being	
    inside	
    a	
    snail-­‐shell.	
    
  45	
    
  This	
    ten-­‐foot	
    tall	
    sandstone	
    cave	
    lies	
    at	
    the	
    end	
    
  of	
    a	
    low	
    crawl	
    space.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    wall	
    of	
    scattered	
    rock	
    provides	
    shelter	
    at	
    the	
    
  base	
    of	
    a	
    cliff.	
    Moss	
    and	
    small	
    shrubs	
    grow	
    about	
    
  and	
    in	
    the	
    wall.	
    
  47	
    
  The	
     sculpted	
     form	
     of	
     two	
     intertwined	
     serpents	
    
  ring	
    the	
    mouth	
    of	
    a	
    polished	
    smooth	
    overhang.	
    
  48	
    
  An	
     uneven,	
     natural	
     20-­‐foot	
     long	
     stairway	
     leads	
    
  up	
    to	
    a	
    shallow	
    limestone	
    cave.	
    
  49	
    
  The	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    small	
    cave	
    have	
    been	
    faced	
    with	
    
  now	
    rotten	
    wood	
    panelling.	
    
  50	
    
  Limestone	
    pillars	
    form	
    the	
    supports	
    for	
    a	
    jutting	
    
  limestone	
    slab	
    eight	
    feet	
    off	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  
  27	
    
  51	
    
  This	
     shallow	
     crevasse	
     has	
     a	
     “V”	
     shaped	
     mouth	
    
  that	
    narrows	
    quickly	
    into	
    a	
    rising	
    crack.	
    
  52	
    
  The	
     cave	
     mouth	
     faces	
     into	
     the	
     setting	
     sun	
     and	
    
  has	
    sweeping	
    views	
    of	
    the	
    surrounds.	
    
  53	
    
  An	
    eroded,	
    ancient	
    lava	
    flow	
    is	
    pierced	
    by	
    many	
    
  scattered	
    shallow	
    chambers.	
    
  54	
    
  This	
    solitary,	
    monstrous	
    rock	
    has	
    a	
    low,	
    rounded	
    
  tunnel	
    at	
    its	
    base.	
    
  55	
    
  This	
    rocky	
    ledge	
    drops	
    into	
    a	
    six-­‐foot	
    deep	
    hole	
    
  which	
    curves	
    into	
    a	
    small,	
    sheltered	
    hollow.	
    
  56	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    lava	
    flow	
    drapes	
    over	
    a	
    cliff	
    to	
    form	
    
  curtained	
    alcoves.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    single	
    moss-­‐covered	
    limestone	
    boulder	
    covers	
    
  a	
    shallow	
    partially	
    exposed	
    pit.	
    
  58	
    
  This	
    low	
    passage	
    slowly	
    slopes	
    down	
    to	
    a	
    fifteen-­‐
  foot	
    wide	
    low	
    cavern.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     narrow	
     gap	
     between	
     two	
     sixty-­‐foot	
     tall	
    
  boulders	
    provides	
    enough	
    space	
    to	
    lie	
    down.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
     ramp	
     approaching	
     this	
     five-­‐foot	
     wide	
    
  opening	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    rubble.	
    
  61	
    
  Smooth,	
     wave-­‐like	
     rock	
     ramps	
     have	
     shallow	
    
  ledges	
    below	
    them.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  Five	
     interconnected	
     narrow	
     cracks	
     form	
     a	
    
  shallow	
    cave	
    complex.	
    
  63	
    
  The	
    cave	
    mouth	
    faces	
    towards	
    the	
    northern	
    star.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     low	
     rock	
     wall,	
     obviously	
     of	
     hand-­‐stacked	
    
  stones,	
    protects	
    this	
    cave	
    mouth.	
    	
    
  65	
    
  Large	
     flat	
     slabs	
     have	
     tumbled	
     down	
     to	
     form	
     a	
    
  roof	
    over	
    a	
    small	
    six-­‐foot	
    deep	
    clay	
    pit.	
    
  66	
    
  This	
    triangular-­‐shaped	
    short	
    hall	
    extends	
    for	
    only	
    
  nine	
    feet.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     deep	
     crystal	
     clear	
     pool	
     of	
     rain	
     water	
     has	
    
  formed	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    cave.	
    
  68	
    
  At	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    deep	
    hollow,	
    shadow	
    cloaks	
    this	
    
  cave	
    mouth	
    covered	
    in	
    a	
    thin	
    layer	
    of	
    ice.	
    
  69	
    
  Stacks	
    of	
    broken	
    blocks	
    lies	
    outside	
    an	
    obviously	
    
  abandoned	
    quarry.	
    
  70	
    
  This	
     natural	
     amphitheatre	
     of	
     rock	
     only	
     extends	
    
  ten-­‐foot	
    into	
    the	
    rock	
    wall.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     two-­‐person	
     half-­‐dome	
     chamber	
     has	
     formed	
    
  amid	
    pitted	
    pumice	
    stone.	
    
  72	
    
  Concealed	
    by	
    tall	
    clump	
    grass	
    and	
    deep	
    weeds	
    a	
    
  muddy	
    pool	
    protects	
    this	
    shallow	
    cave.	
    
  73	
    
  This	
    cave	
    lies	
    amid	
    a	
    tangled	
    briar	
    of	
    thorns	
    and	
    
  brambles.	
    
  74	
    
  Near	
     the	
     cavern	
     ceiling	
     the	
     gills	
     of	
     small	
    
  mushrooms	
    emit	
    a	
    light	
    green	
    glow.	
    	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     smooth	
     tunnel	
     runs	
     straight	
     down	
     into	
     the	
    
  rock;	
    it	
    ends	
    in	
    a	
    blank	
    wall.	
    
  76	
    
  Thick	
     vines	
     hang	
     down	
     over	
     this	
     chamber’s	
    
  entrance.	
    
  77	
    
  At	
     the	
     bottom	
     of	
     a	
     deep-­‐sloped	
     hollow	
     lies	
     a	
    
  roughly	
    spherical	
    hand-­‐carved	
    cave.	
    
  78	
    
  This	
    cave	
    mouth	
    is	
    partly	
    protected	
    by	
    a	
    curtain	
    
  of	
    hanging	
    moss.	
    
  79	
    
  The	
     slow-­‐moving	
     fresh	
     spring	
     exiting	
     this	
     small	
    
  cave	
    is	
    home	
    to	
    an	
    abundance	
    of	
    crayfish.	
    
  80	
    
  Arching	
    over	
    a	
    three-­‐foot	
    freshwater	
    spring;	
    the	
    
  cave	
    extends	
    only	
    a	
    few	
    feet	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    rock.	
    
  81	
    
  Strips	
     of	
     coloured	
     cloth	
     tied	
     to	
     dangling	
     roots	
    
  mark	
    the	
    location	
    of	
    this	
    small	
    cave.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  Twenty-­‐foot	
     up	
     the	
     cliff	
     face	
     is	
     a	
     horizontal	
     slit	
    
  leading	
    to	
    a	
    dry,	
    shallow	
    cave.	
    
  83	
    
  Vines	
    and	
    thorn	
    bushes	
    conceal	
    a	
    narrow	
    fissure	
    
  large	
    enough	
    for	
    three	
    human-­‐sized	
    creatures.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    towering	
    hawthorn’s	
    roots	
    hug	
    a	
    stone	
    rimmed	
    
  muddy	
    opening	
    that	
    descends	
    about	
    fifteen	
    feet.	
    
  85	
    
  This	
     low	
     ovoid	
     opening	
     descends	
     into	
     an	
    
  abandoned	
    wolf	
    den.	
    
  86	
    
  A	
     pockmarked	
     basalt	
     formation	
     of	
     hollow	
    
  bubbles	
     and	
     overhangs	
     provides	
     a	
     tangled	
    
  shelter.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     water-­‐eroded	
     smooth	
     hole	
     lies	
     behind	
     the	
    
  course	
    of	
    a	
    now	
    dry	
    waterfall.	
    
  88	
    
  Thick	
    vines	
    cover	
    this	
    steeply	
    floored	
    fissure.	
    
  89	
    
  This	
    shallow	
    cave	
    mouth	
    is	
    carved	
    in	
    the	
    form	
    of	
    
  a	
    yawing	
    demon	
    mouth;	
    dried	
    blood	
    covers	
    the	
    
  floor.	
    
  90	
    
  Arching	
    only	
    eight	
    feet	
    at	
    its	
    highest	
    point,	
    a	
    long	
    
  35-­‐foot	
     vault	
     of	
     curved	
     limestone	
     forms	
     a	
    
  shallow	
    hollow.	
    
  91	
    
  The	
    wide	
    mouth	
    of	
    this	
    shallow	
    chamber	
    pierces	
    
  the	
    hillside	
    between	
    tall	
    pine	
    trees.	
    
  92	
    
  Two	
     flat	
     leafs	
     of	
     rock	
     three	
     feet	
     thick	
     fan	
     out	
    
  from	
    the	
    cliff	
    side.	
    
  93	
    
  An	
     octagonal	
     opening	
     leads	
     to	
     a	
     large	
     open	
     air	
    
  hollow	
    covered	
    in	
    moss	
    and	
    low	
    grass.	
    
  94	
    
  Halfway	
     up	
     a	
     steep	
     slope,	
     a	
     large	
     slab	
     of	
     rock	
    
  protrudes	
    over	
    the	
    path;	
    a	
    small	
    chamber	
    pierces	
    
  the	
    hill.	
    
  95	
    
  The	
    roof	
    of	
    this	
    short,	
    twisted	
    hall	
    of	
    sandstone	
    
  has	
     a	
     hole	
     through	
     which	
     light	
     enters	
     the	
    
  chamber.	
    
  96	
    
  Stratified	
     layers	
     of	
     shale	
     and	
     soil	
     form	
     a	
     wave-­‐
  like	
    wall;	
    its	
    undulations	
    provide	
    shelter.	
    
  97	
    
  A	
    jagged	
    hole	
    in	
    the	
    rock	
    pierces	
    the	
    cliff	
    fifteen	
    
  feet	
    from	
    the	
    main	
    trail.	
    
  98	
    
  Filled	
     with	
     water,	
     another	
     passage	
     extends	
    
  below	
    its	
    surface	
    to	
    a	
    small	
    hidden	
    chamber.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
    natural	
    stair	
    leads	
    up	
    a	
    narrow	
    chimney	
    in	
    the	
    
  rock,	
     which	
     connects	
     with	
     a	
     long,	
     low	
     and	
     dry	
    
  chamber.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  During	
     heavy	
     rain,	
     this	
     cave	
     quickly	
     floods	
     as	
    
  water	
    inundates	
    the	
    cavern	
    through	
    many	
    small	
    
  holes	
    piercing	
    its	
    lofty	
    ceiling.	
    
   
   
   
   
  
  28	
    
  S M A L L  C A V E  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     cavern	
     in	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     shelter	
     should	
     not	
     be	
     devoid	
     of	
    
  interesting	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Jagged	
    rocks	
    hang	
    dangerously	
    from	
    the	
    ceiling,	
    
  like	
    rotten	
    teeth.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    crushed	
    wooden	
    chest,	
    a	
    few	
    green	
    coloured	
    
  copper	
     coins	
     left	
     within,	
     lies	
     corroding	
     in	
     the	
    
  moist	
    earth.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    crudely	
    carved	
    stature	
    of	
    a	
    cross-­‐legged	
    figure	
    
  in	
    meditation	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  4	
    
  Snake	
    skins	
    completely	
    cover	
    the	
    floor	
    in	
    a	
    semi-­‐
  transparent	
    paper-­‐like	
    mass.	
    
  5	
    
  Rough	
     depictions	
     of	
     a	
     hunting	
     party	
     fighting	
     a	
    
  massive	
     winged	
     creature	
     with	
     reptile	
     like	
    
  features	
    decorate	
    the	
    cave	
    walls.	
    
  6	
    
  In	
     the	
     thin	
     roof	
     of	
     the	
     cave	
     a	
     hole	
     frames	
     the	
    
  lunar	
    eclipse	
    at	
    various	
    times	
    of	
    the	
    year.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
     back	
     of	
     this	
     cave	
     has	
     collapsed	
     completely	
    
  and	
    is	
    impassable.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    cave	
    is	
    damp,	
    muddy	
    and	
    humid.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     shallow	
     root-­‐filled	
     cave	
     is	
     the	
     breeding	
    
  ground	
    of	
    dozens	
    of	
    (harmless)	
    spiders.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    dried	
    and	
    desiccated	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    campsite	
    
  long	
    abandoned	
    lie	
    in	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  11	
    
  Partly	
    covered	
    in	
    dust	
    and	
    dirt	
    a	
    brass	
    locket	
    lies	
    
  near	
    the	
    cavern	
    entrance.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     chain	
     curtain	
     in	
     the	
     pattern	
     of	
     a	
     spider	
     web	
    
  blocks	
    access	
    to	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
    floor	
    rises	
    up	
    in	
    natural	
    stairs	
    to	
    a	
    dais-­‐like	
    
  formation	
    at	
    the	
    back	
    of	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  14	
    
  Three	
    large	
    feathers,	
    the	
    length	
    of	
    a	
    grown	
    man	
    
  litters	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  15	
    
  Carved	
    into	
    the	
    wall	
    is	
    the	
    near	
    formless	
    effigy	
    of	
    
  an	
    unidentifiable	
    deity.	
    
  16	
    
  Tufts	
    of	
    musky	
    hair	
    fill	
    a	
    narrow	
    cleft	
    in	
    the	
    cave	
    
  wall	
    -­‐	
    they	
    may	
    be	
    identified	
    easily	
    as	
    wolverine	
    
  fur	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     caver	
     is	
     dry,	
     dusty	
     and	
     filled	
     with	
     old	
    
  cobwebs.	
    	
    
  18	
    
  A	
     swirling	
     pattern	
     covers	
     the	
     floor	
     in	
     a	
     whirl	
    
  pool-­‐like	
    pattern	
    terminating	
    in	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    
  chamber.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
     cave	
     smells	
     of	
     wet	
     dog	
     (or	
     possibly	
     wolf).	
    
  Gnawed	
    bones	
    cover	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    shallow	
    pit	
    in	
    the	
    dirt	
    floor	
    holds	
    the	
    remains	
    
  of	
    a	
    recent	
    campfire.	
    
  21	
    
  The	
     cave	
     mouth	
     has	
     an	
     uprooted	
     oak	
     tree	
    
  stuffed	
    into	
    it;	
    broken	
    branches	
    and	
    dried	
    leaves	
    
  are	
    scattered	
    everywhere.	
    	
    
  22	
    
  Dark	
     brown	
     cave	
     salamanders	
     scurry	
     into	
     the	
    
  cracks	
    in	
    the	
    walls	
    when	
    approached.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    overlapping	
    circles	
    with	
    arcane	
    sigils	
    
  at	
    their	
    edges	
    decorate	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     stagnant	
     pool	
     in	
     the	
     chamber's	
     floor	
     is	
     the	
    
  breeding	
    ground	
    for	
    hundreds	
    of	
    insects.	
    
  25	
    
  Dozens	
    of	
    crushed	
    and	
    broken	
    four-­‐inch	
    tall	
    clay	
    
  effigies	
    of	
    bears	
    lie	
    scattered	
    on	
    the	
    floor.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  Scattered	
    on	
    the	
    floor	
    are	
    the	
    blackened	
    bones	
    
  of	
    three	
    humanoid	
    creatures.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  Randomly	
     made	
     piles	
     of	
     edible	
     tree	
     nuts	
     fill	
    
  several	
    niches	
    in	
    the	
    cavern’s	
    walls.	
    
  28	
    
  Cave	
    crickets’	
    songs	
    echo	
    throughout	
    this	
    small	
    
  chamber.	
    	
    
  29	
    
  A	
     narrow	
     tunnel	
     eight	
     inches	
     wide	
     forms	
     a	
    
  natural	
    chimney	
    against	
    the	
    eastern	
    wall.	
    
  30	
    
  The	
    loose	
    earth	
    and	
    piled	
    rock	
    near	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    
  the	
    cave	
    floor	
    marks	
    a	
    burial	
    site.	
    
  31	
    
  A	
     trail	
     of	
     black	
     ants	
     bustles	
     back	
     and	
     forth	
    
  between	
    three	
    earth-­‐filled	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    wall	
    and	
    a	
    
  dead	
    wolf.	
    
  32	
    
  Piles	
     of	
     seashells	
     placed	
     at	
     cardinal	
     compass	
    
  points	
    decorate	
    the	
    cave	
    floor.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    slick	
    ledge	
    leads	
    behind	
    a	
    towering	
    waterfall	
    to	
    
  a	
    sheltered	
    undercut.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    roof	
    frames	
    the	
    solar	
    equinox	
    at	
    
  the	
    proper	
    time.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
    cave	
    is	
    stuffed	
    full	
    with	
    broken	
    wood	
    planks,	
    
  cracked	
     barrels,	
     furniture	
     and	
     other	
     building	
    
  debris.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
    slow	
    trickle	
    of	
    fresh	
    water	
    runs	
    out	
    of	
    one	
    wall,	
    
  then	
     into	
     a	
     long	
     crack	
     in	
     the	
     floor	
     near	
     the	
    
  entrance.	
    
  37	
    
  Wooden	
    supports	
    hold	
    up	
    the	
    cracked	
    ceiling	
    of	
    
  this	
    cavern.	
    
  38	
    
  Chipmunks	
     have	
     made	
     their	
     homes	
     in	
     the	
    
  tumbled	
    rocks	
    lining	
    the	
    chamber	
    walls.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
     fossilised	
     remains	
     of	
     seashells	
     and	
     strange	
    
  fish	
    decorate	
    the	
    walls	
    and	
    ceiling	
    of	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  40	
    
  The	
    mummified	
    remains	
    of	
    four	
    human	
    bodies	
    in	
    
  a	
    crouching	
    position	
    lean	
    against	
    the	
    back	
    wall.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
     wide	
     crack	
     in	
     the	
     floor	
     has	
     four	
     wooden	
    
  platforms	
     tied	
     together	
     with	
     vines	
     and	
     crude	
    
  ropes	
    across	
    its	
    width.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    long	
    abandoned	
    charcoal	
    pit	
    pierces	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  43	
    
  Filled	
    with	
    dried	
    leaves	
    and	
    blown	
    vegetation	
    the	
    
  cave	
    smells	
    of	
    dry	
    earth.	
    
  44	
    
  Chiselled	
    stone	
    arrow	
    and	
    spearheads	
    litter	
    the	
    
  floor.	
    
  45	
    
  Etched	
    shapes	
    of	
    migrating	
    bison	
    cover	
    one	
    wall	
    
  from	
    floor	
    to	
    ceiling.	
    
  46	
    
  Carved	
     into	
     the	
     rocks	
     just	
     outside	
     the	
     cave	
    
  mouth	
    are	
    dire	
    warnings	
    in	
    Goblin	
    not	
    to	
    enter.	
    
  47	
    
  Bundles	
    of	
    tied	
    canvas	
    are	
    piled	
    in	
    the	
    cave.	
    They	
    
  contain	
    dried	
    grass	
    and	
    tiny	
    humanoid	
    skeletons.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
     dusty	
     collection	
     of	
     old	
     useless	
     weapons,	
    
  armour	
    and	
    shields	
    fills	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  
  29	
    
  49	
    
  The	
    cave	
    is	
    dry	
    and	
    comfortable.	
    The	
    floor	
    is	
    of	
    
  soft	
    sand.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
    small	
    cave	
    pond	
    in	
    which	
    blind	
    white	
    cave	
    fish	
    
  gather	
    near	
    a	
    fresh	
    spring	
    fills	
    much	
    of	
    the	
    cave.	
    
  51	
    
  Six	
     bowl-­‐shaped	
     indents	
     pierce	
     a	
     rock	
     shelf;	
    
  smooth	
    round	
    stones	
    rest	
    in	
    two	
    of	
    them.	
    
  52	
    
  Cut	
    alcoves	
    in	
    the	
    walls	
    contain	
    Coptic	
    jars	
    filled	
    
  with	
    desiccated	
    bodily	
    remains.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     skeleton	
     left	
     in	
     a	
     kneeling	
     position,	
     sword	
    
  through	
     its	
     midsection	
     and	
     head	
     cut	
     off	
     leans	
    
  against	
    one	
    wall.	
    
  54	
    
  In	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    floor	
    lies	
    a	
    fist-­‐sized	
    lead	
    cast	
    
  of	
    a	
    spider	
    crouched	
    on	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  55	
    
  Soot	
    stains	
    the	
    cave	
    ceiling	
    above	
    the	
    remains	
    of	
    
  a	
    campfire.	
    
  56	
    
  Two	
     crumbling	
     leather	
     bags	
     holding	
     several	
    
  stamped	
     clay	
     tokens,	
     crumble	
     to	
     powder	
     when	
    
  picked	
    up.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  The	
     cave	
     is	
     abnormally	
     cold;	
     a	
     thin	
     layer	
     of	
    
  hoarfrost	
    forms	
    on	
    its	
    features	
    every	
    morning.	
    
  58	
    
  Half-­‐way	
     into	
     the	
     cave	
     its	
     narrow	
     opening	
     is	
    
  partly	
    blocked	
    by	
    stacked	
    stones	
    
  59	
    
  An	
     eerily	
     realistic	
     sculpture	
     of	
     a	
     female	
     half-­‐elf	
    
  protrudes	
     as	
     if	
     partially	
     trapped	
     from	
     one	
     cave	
    
  wall.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    red	
    ochre	
    splashes	
    outline	
    handprints	
    
  over	
    the	
    walls.	
    
  61	
    
  The	
     interior	
     of	
     the	
     cave	
     isa	
     contortion	
     of"S"	
    
  curves;	
    ledges	
    line	
    every	
    wall.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  The	
     low	
     cavern	
     ceiling	
     has	
     been	
     blackened	
     and	
    
  cracked	
    by	
    many	
    previous	
    campfires.	
    
  63	
    
  Rusty	
    manacles	
    dangle	
    from	
    an	
    iron	
    spike	
    driven	
    
  into	
    the	
    ceiling.	
    
  64	
    
  The	
    walls	
    turn	
    from	
    dusty	
    orange	
    to	
    sandy	
    yellow	
    
  stone	
     then	
     to	
     milky	
     quartz	
     studded	
     brown	
    
  ceiling.	
    
  65	
    
  Thick	
     black	
     dust	
     covers	
     the	
     carved	
     furniture	
    
  sculpted	
    from	
    the	
    cave’s	
    walls	
    and	
    floor.	
    	
    
  66	
    
  Old	
     cave	
     birds’	
     nests	
     and	
     droppings	
     cover	
     the	
    
  cavern	
    floor.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  Millipedes	
    feast	
    on	
    two	
    dead	
    small	
    bats.	
    
  68	
    
  The	
    broken	
    statue	
    of	
    a	
    maiden	
    lies	
    scattered	
    on	
    
  the	
    cave	
    floor.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  2d10	
    pear-­‐shaped	
    rocks	
    of	
    smooth	
    granite	
    have	
    
  the	
    etching	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    flower	
    upon	
    their	
    surface.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
     decomposing	
     corpse	
     of	
     a	
     dwarf	
     lies	
     near	
     the	
    
  back	
    of	
    the	
    cave;	
    gaping	
    wounds	
    pierce	
    its	
    back.	
    
  71	
    
  Clay	
    jars	
    containing	
    dried	
    ochre	
    are	
    set	
    beneath	
    
  an	
    unfinished	
    image	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    reptile.	
    
  72	
    
  Hundreds	
    of	
    broken	
    nut	
    and	
    seed	
    shells	
    litter	
    the	
    
  floor.	
    
  73	
    
  Four	
    carven	
    empty	
    stone	
    basins	
    each	
    capable	
    of	
    
  holding	
    two	
    gallons	
    pierce	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  74	
    
  The	
     sparkling	
     chamber	
     walls	
     are	
     crisscrossed	
    
  with	
    mica	
    formations.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     small	
     series	
     of	
     copper	
     tablets,	
     with	
     arcane	
    
  writing	
    bound	
    with	
    iron	
    rings,	
    lie	
    amid	
    a	
    rubble	
    
  pile.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     shredded	
     backpack	
     containing	
     mouldering	
    
  food	
    lie	
    forgotten	
    amid	
    dust	
    and	
    rubble.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     palm-­‐sized	
     brown	
     cave	
     spider	
     is	
     covering	
     a	
    
  large	
    white	
    moth	
    in	
    cobwebs.	
    
  78	
    
  Scattered	
     half	
     eaten	
     carcasses	
     of	
     rabbits,	
    
  squirrels	
    and	
    moles	
    cover	
    the	
    floor.	
    
  79	
    
  The	
    legs	
    of	
    a	
    humanoid	
    skeleton	
    protrude	
    from	
    a	
    
  narrow	
    crack	
    between	
    the	
    wall	
    and	
    floor.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  Three	
     dusty	
     straw	
     mats	
     cover	
     piles	
     of	
     dried	
    
  leaves	
    near	
    the	
    back	
    of	
    the	
    chamber.	
    
  81	
    
  Slow	
    drips	
    of	
    water	
    fall	
    from	
    the	
    ceiling	
    making	
    
  the	
    cave	
    floor	
    slick.	
    
  82	
    
  Musty	
    air	
    blows	
    through	
    cracks	
    in	
    the	
    back	
    of	
    the	
    
  cave	
    in	
    a	
    slow	
    stale	
    draft.	
    
  83	
    
  The	
     cave	
     is	
     barren	
     except	
     for	
     a	
     single	
     carved	
    
  stone	
    slab	
    bench.	
    
  84	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     animal	
     skulls	
     stacked	
     in	
     neat	
    
  pyramids	
    line	
    every	
    wall.	
    
  85	
    
  Just	
     three	
     feet	
     inside,	
     this	
     shallow	
     cave	
     is	
    
  blocked	
    by	
    thick,	
    rusty	
    iron	
    bars.	
    
  86	
    
  A	
     single	
     melon-­‐sized	
     broken	
     egg	
     lies	
     in	
     the	
    
  cavern	
    entrance.	
    
  87	
    
  When	
    lit	
    by	
    fire	
    the	
    cave	
    walls	
    crawl	
    with	
    ghostly	
    
  shadows.	
    
  88	
    
  Shards	
     of	
     broken	
     clay	
     tablets	
     litter	
     the	
     floor;	
    
  empty	
    broken	
    pots	
    stand	
    against	
    the	
    west	
    wall.	
    
  89	
    
  Six	
    carved	
    green	
    jade	
    disks	
    of	
    curled	
    dragons	
    are	
    
  imbedded	
    in	
    the	
    cavern	
    walls.	
    
  90	
    
  One	
     entire	
     wall	
     is	
     covered	
     by	
     the	
     primitive	
    
  depiction	
    of	
    a	
    village	
    being	
    sacked.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    leather	
    scroll	
    case	
    and	
    sheets	
    of	
    mouldy	
    paper	
    
  lie	
    partly	
    buried	
    amid	
    the	
    cave’s	
    earthen	
    floor.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  Hand	
    tools,	
    the	
    scattered	
    remnant	
    of	
    mining,	
    lie	
    
  on	
    the	
    floor	
    as	
    if	
    abandoned	
    in	
    a	
    hurry.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
    smell	
    of	
    rotten	
    and	
    decaying	
    meat	
    emanate	
    
  from	
    a	
    narrow	
    twisting	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    basalt	
    rock.	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     floor	
     is	
     covered	
     in	
     loose	
     dirt;	
     tiny	
     red	
    
  earthworms	
    dwell	
    within.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    pyramid	
    of	
    skulls	
    sits	
    opposite	
    the	
    cave	
    mouth.	
    
  They	
    seem	
    to	
    grin	
    at	
    all	
    who	
    enter.	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    walls	
    and	
    floor	
    are	
    streaked	
    with	
    bat	
    guano;	
    
  cockroaches	
    scurry	
    about	
    the	
    floor.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  The	
     cave	
     mouth	
     is	
     lined	
     with	
     quartz	
     rock	
     that	
    
  glows	
    in	
    light.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    leafy	
    detritus	
    crackles	
    with	
    movement	
    from	
    
  a	
    large	
    cave	
    snail’s	
    slow	
    migration.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    decomposing	
    carcass	
    of	
    a	
    fox	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    
  mould	
    and	
    insects.	
    
  100	
    
  Mummified	
    animal	
    heads	
    tied	
    to	
    exposed	
    roots	
    
  dangle	
    from	
    the	
    ceiling.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  30	
    
  E X T R E M E  W E A T H E R :  R A I N S T O R M S  
  Rainstorms	
    range	
    from	
    gentle	
    and	
    short	
    summer	
    rains	
    to	
    brutal	
    
  squalls	
    that	
    produce	
    several	
    inches	
    of	
    rain	
    in	
    an	
    hour,	
    generate	
    
  powerful	
     strokes	
     of	
     lightning,	
     drop	
     fist-­‐sized	
     (or	
     larger)	
    
  hailstones	
     and	
     spawn	
     incredible	
     tornadoes.	
     A	
     rainstorm	
     can	
    
  make	
    for	
    an	
    exciting	
    encounter	
    in	
    its	
    own	
    right,	
    or	
    it	
    can	
    provide	
    
  a	
    new	
    dimension	
    of	
    danger	
    to	
    a	
    combat	
    encounter.	
    
  R A I N S T O R M  D E S C R I P T I O N  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    storm	
    starts	
    as	
    a	
    gentle	
    rain,	
    slowly	
    builds	
    to	
    
  a	
    steady	
    downpour	
    and	
    then	
    gradually	
    returns	
    to	
    
  a	
    drizzle.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    storm’s	
    clouds	
    have	
    a	
    green	
    hue,	
    and	
    they	
    
  swirl	
    in	
    a	
    clockwise	
    direction.	
    
  3	
    
  Beyond	
     the	
     storm’s	
     edge	
     trails	
     an	
     enormous	
    
  rainbow	
    with	
    wide	
    bands	
    of	
    individual	
    colours.	
    
  4	
    
  Sheets	
     of	
     lightning	
     rage	
     at	
     the	
     storm’s	
     centre;	
    
  less	
    than	
    a	
    second	
    later,	
    the	
    ground	
    shakes	
    with	
    
  the	
    sound	
    of	
    thunder.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    entire	
    storm	
    front	
    comprises	
    sheets	
    of	
    rain,	
    
  significantly	
    hampering	
    sight,	
    but	
    the	
    rain	
    settles	
    
  to	
    a	
    normal	
    downpour	
    after	
    1	
    minute.	
    
  6	
    
  Heavy	
    rain	
    gives	
    way	
    to	
    a	
    downpour	
    of	
    tiny	
    bits	
    
  of	
    hail	
    that	
    carpet	
    the	
    ground	
    an	
    inch	
    thick.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    massive	
    thunderhead	
    builds	
    over	
    the	
    course	
    of	
    
  the	
    afternoon;	
    it	
    reaches	
    two	
    miles	
    from	
    top	
    to	
    
  bottom,	
    and	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    see	
    lightning	
    within	
    the	
    
  enormous	
     cloud—lightning	
     that	
     does	
     not	
     strike	
    
  the	
    ground	
    at	
    the	
    moment.	
    
  8	
    
  Ominous	
     black	
     clouds	
     suddenly	
     gather	
     and	
     spit	
    
  stinging	
    rain	
    in	
    the	
    area	
    they	
    cover.	
    
  9	
    
  This	
     storm	
     has	
     light	
     rain	
     at	
     its	
     edges;	
     the	
     rain	
    
  intensifies	
    towards	
    the	
    storm’s	
    centre,	
    a	
    20-­‐foot	
    
  diameter	
    column	
    of	
    nigh	
    impenetrable	
    rain.	
    
  10	
    
  Multi-­‐coloured	
     lightning	
     streaks	
     along	
     the	
    
  storm’s	
    edges	
    and	
    illuminates	
    the	
    rain.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    miles-­‐wide	
    storm	
    has	
    dozens	
    of	
    funnel	
    clouds	
    
  scattered	
     throughout	
     it;	
     several	
     funnels	
     touch	
    
  down	
    and	
    unleash	
    destruction.	
    
  12	
    
  This	
     single	
     100-­‐foot-­‐diameter	
     cloud	
     produces	
     a	
    
  considerable	
    amount	
    of	
    rain.	
    
  13	
    
  Two	
    storm	
    clouds	
    collide	
    with	
    each	
    other;	
    where	
    
  the	
    clouds	
    meet,	
    the	
    rain	
    and	
    wind	
    intensifies.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    sunset	
    illuminates	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    the	
    storm	
    
  clouds,	
    giving	
    them	
    an	
    eerie	
    red	
    glow.	
    
  15	
    
  The	
     sun	
     shines	
     brightly	
     during	
     a	
     cloudburst	
    
  produced	
    by	
    a	
    single	
    storm	
    cloud;	
    several	
    more	
    
  clouds	
    drench	
    the	
    land	
    in	
    scattered	
    patches.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    thundercloud	
    rests	
    over	
    a	
    large	
    body	
    of	
    water,	
    
  from	
     which	
     moisture	
     visibly	
     fills	
     the	
     cloud;	
    
  several	
    minutes	
    later	
    a	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    pushes	
    the	
    
  rain-­‐burdened	
    cloud	
    in	
    the	
    PCs’	
    direction.	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     tall	
     clouds	
     bearing	
     down	
     on	
     the	
     party	
     are	
    
  reminiscent	
    of	
    angry,	
    shouting	
    faces.	
    
  18	
    
  This	
     storm	
     produces	
     occasional	
     sheets	
     of	
     rain;	
    
  thunder	
    booms	
    without	
    any	
    preceding	
    lightning	
    
  strikes.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
    storm’s	
    rain	
    creates	
    a	
    drumming	
    sound	
    as	
    it	
    
  strikes	
    the	
    ground	
    or	
    structures;	
    a	
    rare	
    flash	
    of	
    
  lightning	
    precedes	
    a	
    burst	
    of	
    thunder.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     large	
     flock	
     of	
     birds	
     travels	
     in	
     front	
     of	
     a	
     fast-­‐
  moving,	
    powerful	
    storm;	
    the	
    flock	
    creates	
    a	
    thick	
    
  cloud	
    of	
    its	
    own.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  R A I N S T O R M  E V E N T S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Lightning	
    strikes	
    a	
    tree	
    and	
    causes	
    it	
    to	
    topple;	
    
  the	
     tree	
     falls	
     on	
     one	
     or	
     more	
     of	
     the	
     PCs	
     with	
    
  deadly	
    force.	
    
  2	
    
  While	
    the	
    PCs	
    battle	
    their	
    opponents	
    beneath	
    an	
    
  overcast	
     sky,	
     the	
     clouds	
     finally	
     release	
     their	
    
  watery	
    burden.	
    
  3	
    
  Lightning	
     cascades	
     overhead	
     and	
     spells	
     out	
     an	
    
  ominous	
     warning—or	
     runes	
     that	
     match	
     those	
    
  the	
    party	
    later	
    encounters.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    storm	
    produces	
    a	
    foot	
    of	
    water	
    which	
    has	
    its	
    
  own	
    eddies	
    and	
    currents	
    (and	
    causes	
    the	
    terrain	
    
  to	
     become	
     difficult	
     terrain);	
     a	
     kitten	
     (or	
     other	
    
  helpless	
     animal)	
     cries	
     plaintively	
     for	
     help	
     as	
     it	
    
  drifts	
    by	
    on	
    a	
    bit	
    of	
    flotsam.	
    
  5	
    
  Unusually	
    large	
    chunks	
    of	
    hail	
    fall	
    from	
    the	
    sky;	
    
  for	
    five	
    rounds,	
    each	
    PC	
    must	
    take	
    shelter	
    or	
    risk	
    
  a	
    painful,	
    potentially	
    lethal	
    pummelling.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
     rain	
     from	
     this	
     storm	
     strikes	
     hot	
     ground,	
    
  creating	
     a	
     fog	
     that	
     further	
     reduces	
     visibility,	
    
  making	
    it	
    hard	
    to	
    properly	
    hit	
    targets.	
    
  7	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    cross	
    a	
    bridge	
    during	
    a	
    storm,	
    the	
    
  rain-­‐swollen	
    river	
    surges	
    and	
    threatens	
    to	
    knock	
    
  them	
    into	
    the	
    river	
    with	
    massive	
    force.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    of	
    rats	
    erupts	
    from	
    its	
    underground	
    lair	
    
  in	
     an	
     attempt	
     to	
     escape	
     flooding;	
     the	
     swarm	
    
  attacks	
    any	
    PCs	
    in	
    their	
    path,	
    but	
    only	
    if	
    the	
    party	
    
  actively	
    detains	
    the	
    swarm.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    cascade	
    of	
    lightning	
    forms	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  and	
     persists	
     for	
     a	
     couple	
     of	
     seconds	
     -­‐	
     anyone	
    
  foolish	
     enough	
     to	
     enter	
     is	
     struck	
     for	
     massive	
    
  damage.	
    
  10	
    
  While	
    the	
    PCs	
    camp,	
    a	
    sudden	
    rainstorm	
    arises;	
    
  outdoorsmen	
    in	
    the	
    party	
    have	
    three	
    rounds	
    to	
    
  prepare	
     before	
     the	
     storm	
     develops	
     into	
     a	
    
  thunderstorm.	
    
  11	
    
  Lightning	
    strikes	
    near	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    mounts	
    (or	
    an	
    
  animal	
     companion),	
     dealing	
     no	
     damage	
     but	
    
  threatening	
     to	
     spook	
     the	
     animal,	
     requiring	
     skill	
    
  to	
    bring	
    the	
    animal	
    back	
    under	
    control.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
     storm	
     produces	
     a	
     steady	
     rain,	
     except	
     with	
    
  respect	
    to	
    one	
    PC,	
    who	
    experiences	
    a	
    downpour	
    
  that	
    follows	
    the	
    PC.	
    
  
  31	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    powerful	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    at	
    ground	
    level	
    pushes	
    
  the	
    storm’s	
    rainfall	
    in	
    a	
    horizontal	
    direction;	
    PCs	
    
  who	
     do	
     not	
     close	
     their	
     eyes	
     must	
     take	
     care	
     to	
    
  avoid	
    being	
    temporarily	
    fazed	
    by	
    the	
    flashes.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    mother	
    duck	
    and	
    her	
    flock	
    of	
    ducklings	
    paddle	
    
  around	
    in	
    large	
    puddles	
    formed	
    by	
    the	
    storm.	
    
  15	
    
  The	
     rain	
     from	
     this	
     storm	
     falls	
     on	
     parched	
     land,	
    
  which	
     absorbs	
     the	
     moisture	
     and	
     leaves	
     no	
    
  evidence	
    of	
    the	
    precipitation.	
    
  16	
    
  During	
     a	
     thunderstorm,	
     the	
     wind	
     and	
     rain	
     die	
    
  down,	
     indicating	
     to	
     novice	
     outdoorsmen	
     that	
     a	
    
  tornado	
     is	
     forming	
     above	
     the	
     PCs;	
     two	
     rounds	
    
  later	
    the	
    funnel	
    touches	
    down.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    bolt	
    of	
    lightning	
    strikes	
    an	
    area	
    10	
    feet	
    from	
    a	
    
  PC;	
     Careful	
     inspection	
     notes	
     that	
     soon	
     later	
    
  another	
    bolt	
    strikes	
    the	
    same	
    spot..	
    
  18	
    
  Frogs	
    rain	
    from	
    the	
    clouds,	
    dealing	
    no	
    damage	
    to	
    
  the	
    PCs;	
    a	
    nearby	
    tornado	
    picked	
    up	
    the	
    animals	
    
  and	
    hurled	
    them	
    in	
    the	
    party’s	
    direction.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
    storm	
    reduces	
    the	
    ground	
    to	
    mud,	
    creating	
    a	
    
  sticky	
    field	
    for	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  20	
    
  Lightning	
     strikes	
     multiple	
     locations,	
     setting	
    
  flammable	
     material	
     alight;	
     the	
     fire	
     threatens	
     to	
    
  spread	
    despite	
    the	
    rain.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   H O O K S  &  C O M P L I C A T I O N S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  After	
     a	
     powerful	
     rainstorm,	
     the	
     eroded	
     ground	
    
  reveals	
     access	
     to	
     a	
     previously	
     undiscovered	
    
  underground	
    area.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    long-­‐lasting,	
    stationary	
    rainstorm	
    results	
    from	
    
  a	
    curse;	
    the	
    afflicted	
    residents	
    implore	
    the	
    PCs	
    to	
    
  end	
    the	
    curse	
    before	
    their	
    homes	
    and	
    livelihoods	
    
  are	
    washed	
    away.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
     party	
     must	
     conduct	
     an	
     hour-­‐long	
     ritual	
     to	
    
  bring	
    welcome	
    rain	
    to	
    a	
    desert	
    area,	
    but	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  must	
    stay	
    under	
    the	
    rainstorm	
    during	
    the	
    ritual.	
    
  4	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    overhears	
    snippets	
    of	
    discussion	
    
  about	
     a	
     planned	
     raid	
     timed	
     to	
     occur	
     during	
     a	
    
  rainstorm	
    three	
    days	
    hence.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     contact	
     the	
     PCs	
     expect	
     to	
     meet	
     becomes	
    
  spooked	
    by	
    a	
    sudden	
    rainstorm	
    and	
    runs	
    off	
    (or	
    
  rides	
    away)	
    into	
    the	
    storm.	
    The	
    PCs	
    must	
    catch	
    
  and	
    calm	
    their	
    contact	
    to	
    gain	
    the	
    information	
    he	
    
  carries.	
    	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     days-­‐long	
     rainstorm	
     prompts	
     superstitious	
    
  villagers	
    to	
    construct	
    an	
    ark	
    on	
    which	
    they	
    plan	
    
  to	
    reside	
    until	
    the	
    storm	
    abates.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  During	
    a	
    particularly	
    violent	
    storm,	
    lightning	
    sets	
    
  fire	
    to	
    a	
    safe	
    house	
    or	
    storage	
    location	
    belonging	
    
  to	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     PCs;	
     they	
     are	
     nearby	
     when	
     this	
    
  occurs.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     string	
     of	
     unnatural	
     and	
     deadly	
     storms	
     strikes	
    
  several	
     villages	
     along	
     a	
     predictable	
     path;	
     the	
    
  party	
     may	
     learn	
     of	
     the	
     pattern	
     as	
     they	
     travel	
    
  through	
    the	
    devastated	
    communities.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    territorial	
    battle	
    between	
    an	
    air	
    elemental	
    and	
    
  a	
     water	
     elemental	
     generates	
     a	
     terrible	
     storm	
    
  that	
    threatens	
    everything	
    in	
    a	
    randomly	
    moving	
    
  100-­‐foot	
    radius	
    (while	
    the	
    battle	
    rages).	
    
  10	
    
  A	
    strong	
    storm	
    delays	
    the	
    party’s	
    transportation	
    
  out	
     of	
     town	
     (via	
     caravan,	
     boat,	
     etc.);	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  must	
     convince	
     the	
     person	
     who	
     holds	
     up	
     their	
    
  travel	
    to	
    brave	
    the	
    storm.	
    
  11	
    
  The	
     current	
     deluge	
     of	
     rain	
     along	
     a	
     mountain	
    
  range’s	
     windward	
     side	
     creates	
     a	
     mudslide	
     that	
    
  threatens	
    villages	
    at	
    the	
    mountain’s	
    base.	
    
  12	
    
  While	
    the	
    party	
    tracks	
    an	
    escaped	
    foe,	
    a	
    sudden	
    
  storm	
     strikes	
     and	
     obliterates	
     all	
     trace	
     of	
     the	
    
  opponent’s	
     travel,	
     which	
     forces	
     them	
     to	
     find	
    
  another	
    means	
    to	
    regain	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
     party	
     arrives	
     at	
     a	
     village	
     suffering	
     under	
     a	
    
  long-­‐lasting	
     rainstorm;	
     some	
     villagers	
     quietly	
    
  approach	
    the	
    PCs	
    to	
    ask	
    them	
    to	
    stop	
    the	
    storm,	
    
  but	
     the	
     village	
     elder	
     contends	
     the	
     storm	
     must	
    
  continue	
    for	
    an	
    undetermined	
    period.	
    
  14	
    
  Enough	
     rain	
     has	
     fallen	
     that	
     a	
     nearby	
     river	
     has	
    
  swollen	
    and	
    threatens	
    a	
    town	
    situated	
    along	
    its	
    
  bank;	
     town	
     residents	
     have	
     built	
     a	
     number	
     of	
    
  impromptu	
    levees	
    to	
    contain	
    the	
    river.	
    
  15	
    
  Thieves	
    steal	
    a	
    vital	
    document	
    or	
    other	
    treasure	
    
  under	
    the	
    cover	
    of	
    a	
    driving	
    rainstorm;	
    evidence	
    
  points	
     to	
     one	
     of	
     their	
     number	
     possessing	
     the	
    
  ability	
    to	
    manipulate	
    the	
    weather.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     storm	
     causes	
     flooding	
     in	
     a	
     localized	
     area	
     but	
    
  also	
     completely	
     fills	
     a	
     deep	
     pit	
     with	
     water,	
    
  waking	
     an	
     aquatic	
     horror	
     that	
     had	
     previously	
    
  hibernated	
    in	
    the	
    mud	
    at	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    the	
    pit.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    woman	
    travels	
    from	
    town	
    to	
    town	
    claiming	
    she	
    
  can	
    bring	
    rain	
    to	
    end	
    their	
    drought;	
    after	
    gaining	
    
  most	
     of	
     the	
     town’s	
     wealth,	
     she	
     keeps	
     her	
    
  promise,	
    but	
    the	
    rain	
    never	
    stops	
    and	
    gradually	
    
  increases	
    in	
    intensity.	
    
  18	
    
  Steady	
     downpours	
     disrupt	
     the	
     completion	
     of	
     a	
    
  highway	
    vital	
    to	
    a	
    kingdom	
    at	
    war;	
    without	
    the	
    
  highway,	
    the	
    kingdom	
    expects	
    week-­‐long	
    delays	
    
  in	
    troop	
    and	
    supply	
    delivery.	
    
  19	
    
  Flooding	
    
  erodes	
    
  ground	
    
  that	
    
  previously	
    
  concealed	
    a	
    collection	
    of	
    mausoleums;	
    rumours	
    
  suggest	
     undead	
     creatures	
     have	
     emerged	
     from	
    
  their	
    newly	
    uncovered	
    crypts.	
    
  20	
    
  An	
     angry	
     storm	
     giant	
     threatens	
     a	
     town	
     with	
    
  severe	
    rainstorms	
    until	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    townspeople	
    
  returns	
    something	
    he	
    stole	
    from	
    the	
    giant.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  32	
    
  E X T R E M E  W E A T H E R :  S N O W S T O R M S  
  A	
    snowstorm	
    can	
    feature	
    gently,	
    steadily	
    falling	
    snow,	
    or	
    wind	
    
  can	
     accompany	
     the	
     storm,	
     reducing	
     visibility	
     and	
     stinging	
    
  exposed	
    eyes	
    and	
    skin.	
    While	
    many	
    think	
    of	
    snow	
    as	
    beautiful,	
    
  PCs	
     confronted	
     with	
     inches	
     or	
     feet	
     of	
     snow	
     that	
     they	
     must	
    
  trudge	
    through	
    may	
    beg	
    to	
    differ	
    with	
    that	
    assessment.	
    
  S N O W S T O R M  D E S C R I P T I O N  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Leaden	
     clouds	
     dump	
     a	
     steady	
     stream	
     of	
     tiny	
    
  snowflakes	
    that	
    melt	
    when	
    they	
    hit	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  Soon	
    the	
    resultant	
    mud	
    hampers	
    movement.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    snow	
    pours	
    down	
    in	
    large	
    flakes	
    that	
    splatter	
    
  on	
    hard	
    surfaces	
    when	
    they	
    hit;	
    the	
    flakes	
    cling	
    
  to	
    the	
    PCs’	
    clothing.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    sun	
    cuts	
    through	
    gaps	
    in	
    the	
    clouds	
    while	
    it	
    
  snows;	
     sunlight	
     catches	
     on	
     individual	
     flakes,	
    
  giving	
    them	
    a	
    firefly-­‐like	
    appearance.	
    
  4	
    
  Steady,	
    strong	
    winds	
    blow	
    falling	
    snow	
    such	
    that	
    
  they	
     catch	
     the	
     snow	
     and	
     push	
     it	
     in	
     a	
     nearly	
    
  horizontal	
     direction;	
     this	
     makes	
     sight	
     less	
    
  reliable..	
    
  5	
    
  The	
     snow	
     falls	
     in	
     heavy	
     flakes,	
     which	
     make	
     a	
    
  whispering	
    sound	
    as	
    they	
    fall	
    to	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  6	
    
  Wind	
    gusts	
    pick	
    up	
    the	
    snow	
    and	
    swirl	
    it	
    around	
    
  in	
    tiny	
    funnels	
    which	
    quickly	
    break	
    apart.	
    
  7	
    
  An	
    occasional	
    flash	
    of	
    lightning	
    and	
    the	
    rumble	
    
  of	
    thunder	
    accompany	
    the	
    steady	
    snowfall.	
    
  8	
    
  As	
     the	
     snow	
     falls	
     on	
     warm	
     ground,	
     it	
     melts	
    
  quickly	
    and	
    generates	
    fog	
    that	
    only	
    reaches	
    four	
    
  feet	
    above	
    ground	
    level	
    before	
    dissipating.	
    
  9	
    
  Dry	
    snow	
    falls	
    and	
    barely	
    sticks	
    to	
    the	
    surfaces	
    it	
    
  hits;	
     the	
     wind	
     pushes	
     ribbons	
     of	
     snow	
     across	
    
  smooth	
    surfaces.	
    
  10	
    
  Rather	
    than	
    snow,	
    the	
    storm	
    produces	
    a	
    steady	
    
  stream	
    of	
    freezing	
    rain;	
    icicles	
    form	
    immediately	
    
  on	
    trees	
    and	
    overhangs,	
    and,	
    after	
    an	
    hour,	
    the	
    
  longest	
    measure	
    one	
    foot.	
    
  11	
    
  Snow	
     falls	
     at	
     night,	
     illuminated	
     by	
     a	
     full	
     moon	
    
  that	
    penetrates	
    the	
    cloud	
    cover	
    the	
    scene	
    has	
    an	
    
  ethereal	
    quality.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     driving	
     snow	
     renders	
     everything	
     white;	
     at	
    
  short	
    distances,	
    a	
    PC	
    can	
    make	
    out	
    dark	
    shapes	
    
  representing	
    trees	
    and	
    structures.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
    storm	
    has	
    passed,	
    but	
    the	
    wind	
    carries	
    dry	
    
  snow	
    so	
    that	
    it	
    seems	
    like	
    the	
    storm	
    continues;	
    
  sunlight	
    reflects	
    off	
    the	
    windblown	
    snow	
    making	
    
  visibility	
    worse	
    than	
    even	
    before.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    snowflakes	
    from	
    this	
    storm	
    are	
    large	
    enough	
    
  that	
     an	
     observer	
     can	
     discern	
     the	
     snowflakes’	
    
  individual	
    crystalline	
    shapes.	
    
  15	
    
  Due	
    to	
    some	
    pollutant	
    in	
    the	
    air,	
    the	
    snow	
    in	
    this	
    
  storm	
     is	
     grey	
     in	
     colour	
     rather	
     than	
     its	
     normal	
    
  colour;	
     the	
     discoloured	
     snow	
     has	
     no	
     apparent	
    
  adverse	
    effect.	
    
  16	
    
  Ominously	
    dark	
    clouds	
    roll	
    in	
    and	
    unload	
    snow,	
    
  which	
    falls	
    lightly	
    at	
    first,	
    but	
    soon	
    turns	
    into	
    a	
    
  veritable	
    downpour	
    of	
    snow	
    that	
    lasts	
    for	
    hours.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     clouds	
     unloads	
     snow	
     on	
     the	
     area,	
    
  each	
     for	
     an	
     hour	
     before	
     the	
     sun	
     emerges	
     and	
    
  reflects	
    off	
    the	
    fallen	
    snow	
    without	
    melting	
    it.	
    
  18	
    
  Snow	
     falls	
     heavily	
     on	
     the	
     upper	
     parts	
     of	
     a	
    
  mountain	
     range,	
     and	
     the	
     snow	
     cascades	
     down	
    
  the	
    mountains	
    into	
    the	
    valleys	
    below.	
    
  19	
    
  Sleet	
     mixes	
     with	
     the	
     snow	
     and	
     stings	
     exposed	
    
  flesh	
     when	
     it	
     lands;	
     while	
     this	
     causes	
     some	
    
  discomfort,	
    it	
    deals	
    no	
    damage.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    distant	
    snowstorm	
    moving	
    in	
    the	
    PCs’	
    direction	
    
  looks	
    like	
    a	
    white	
    sheet	
    extending	
    from	
    high	
    up	
    
  in	
    the	
    sky	
    to	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  S N O W S T O R M  E V E N T S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Casual	
    inspection	
    notes	
    that	
    a	
    lynx	
    emerges	
    from	
    
  the	
     swirling	
     snow	
     and	
     regards	
     the	
     PCs	
     before	
    
  leaping	
    away	
    from	
    them.	
    
  2	
    
  Snow	
     has	
     melted	
     and	
     refrozen	
     on	
     the	
     ground,	
    
  while	
     fresh	
     snow	
     covers	
     the	
     slippery	
     area;	
    
  anyone	
     passing	
     through	
     the	
     area	
     must	
     make	
     a	
    
  take	
    care	
    to	
    avoid	
    falling.	
    
  3	
    
  As	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    passes	
    under	
    or	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    tree	
    
  laden	
    with	
    snow,	
    the	
    snow	
    falls	
    on	
    her;	
    if	
    the	
    PC	
    
  is	
    not	
    agile	
    enough,	
    painful	
    amounts	
    of	
    snow	
    hit.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    snowfall	
    conceals	
    a	
    stream;	
    a	
    PC	
    or	
    mount	
    
  weighing	
     more	
     than	
     150	
     pounds	
     falls	
     through	
    
  the	
    snow	
    and	
    must	
    take	
    care	
    to	
    avoid	
    falling	
    into	
    
  the	
    stream.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     drove	
     of	
     snowshoe	
     hares	
     bound	
     along	
     the	
    
  fallen	
     snow’s	
     surface	
     and	
     divert	
     their	
     paths	
     to	
    
  avoid	
    the	
    party.	
    
  6	
    
  Children	
    playfully	
    throw	
    snowballs	
    at	
    each	
    other	
    
  and	
     at	
     passing	
     PCs;	
     they	
     “attack”	
     the	
     PCs	
     with	
    
  surprising	
    accuracy.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    large	
    snowflake	
    grabs	
    the	
    attention	
    of	
    one	
    of	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     and	
     leads	
     him	
     to	
     an	
     important	
     clue	
     he	
    
  may	
    have	
    missed	
    in	
    the	
    storm.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     dagger-­‐like	
     icicle	
     breaks	
     free	
     and	
     plummets	
    
  toward	
    a	
    PC.	
    
  9	
    
  Wolves	
     howl	
     in	
     the	
     distance	
     as	
     they	
     hunt	
     their	
    
  quarry	
    in	
    the	
    snowstorm.	
    
  10	
    
  While	
    looking	
    for	
    shelter	
    from	
    a	
    snowstorm,	
    the	
    
  PCs	
     find	
     a	
     cave	
     that	
     seems	
     to	
     offer	
     protection	
    
  from	
    the	
    storm.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     snowy	
     owl	
     surprises	
     the	
     PCs	
     (keen	
     eyes	
    
  required	
    to	
    spot	
    before)	
    as	
    it	
    silently	
    swoops	
    by	
    
  and	
    snatches	
    a	
    vole	
    struggling	
    in	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
    weight	
    of	
    ice	
    and	
    snow	
    proves	
    too	
    much	
    for	
    
  a	
    tree’s	
    largest	
    branch,	
    which	
    breaks	
    and	
    falls	
    a	
    
  few	
    feet	
    from	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  
  33	
    
  13	
    
  Someone	
    has	
    built	
    a	
    snowman	
    during	
    the	
    storm,	
    
  complete	
    with	
    tree	
    limbs	
    for	
    arms,	
    a	
    carrot	
    for	
    a	
    
  nose,	
     black	
     buttons	
     for	
     eyes	
     and	
     a	
     top	
     hat;	
     a	
    
  muffled	
    sound	
    emerges	
    from	
    within.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    black	
    bear,	
    annoyed	
    by	
    the	
    falling	
    snow,	
    passes	
    
  within	
     yards	
     of	
     the	
     PC	
     and	
     growls	
     menacingly;	
    
  however	
     the	
     animal	
     does	
     not	
     attack	
     except	
     in	
    
  self-­‐defence.	
    	
    
  15	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    encounter	
    a	
    ranger	
    traversing	
    the	
    snow	
    
  on	
     snowshoes;	
     she	
     offers	
     to	
     sell	
     them	
     and	
    
  another	
    pair	
    she	
    owns	
    to	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    blows	
    snow	
    directly	
    into	
    the	
    PCs’	
    
  faces;	
    those	
    who	
    fail	
    to	
    close	
    their	
    eyes	
    in	
    time	
    
  are	
    blinded	
    for	
    a	
    few	
    seconds.	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     snow-­‐blanketed	
     land’s	
     silence	
     is	
     broken	
    
  when	
     icicles	
     caught	
     in	
     a	
     breeze	
     strike	
     one	
    
  another,	
    sounding	
    like	
    wind	
    chimes.	
    
  18	
    
  In	
    an	
    area	
    covered	
    by	
    three	
    to	
    four	
    feet	
    of	
    snow,	
    
  the	
    party	
    spots	
    a	
    depression,	
    which	
    outlines	
    a	
    pit	
    
  or	
    an	
    underground	
    area’s	
    entrance.	
    
  19	
    
  During	
     a	
     storm,	
     the	
     temperature	
     suddenly	
    
  increases,	
     transforming	
     the	
     falling	
     snow	
     into	
    
  rain;	
     additionally,	
     snow	
     on	
     the	
     ground	
     melts,	
    
  creating	
    a	
    muddy	
    mess.	
    
  20	
    
  After	
    an	
    hour	
    of	
    steady	
    snow,	
    the	
    sky	
    clears	
    and	
    
  gives	
    the	
    PCs	
    a	
    short	
    respite	
    from	
    the	
    storm;	
    a	
    
  Trackers	
    note	
    that	
    another	
    group	
    of	
    clouds	
    will	
    
  arrive	
    in	
    a	
    half	
    hour.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   H O O K S  &  C O M P L I C A T I O N S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    surprise	
    late	
    spring	
    snowstorm	
    closes	
    the	
    pass	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    needed	
    to	
    travel	
    through,	
    requiring	
    them	
    
  to	
    wait	
    or	
    discover	
    another	
    means	
    to	
    cross	
    to	
    the	
    
  other	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    mountains.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    recent	
    blizzard	
    piled	
    six	
    feet	
    of	
    snow	
    in	
    a	
    two-­‐
  mile-­‐square	
     patch	
     of	
     land;	
     the	
     accumulated	
    
  snow	
    blocks	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    a	
    dungeon	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  planned	
    to	
    explore.	
    
  3	
    
  An	
     NPC	
     the	
     PCs	
     had	
     been	
     tracking	
     escaped	
    
  during	
     a	
     heavy	
     snowstorm;	
     while	
     the	
     snow	
    
  obscured	
    the	
    NPC’s	
    initial	
    set	
    of	
    tracks,	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  easily	
    pick	
    up	
    the	
    NPC’s	
    trail	
    later.	
    However,	
    as	
    
  the	
    party	
    sets	
    out,	
    the	
    storm	
    intensifies.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     party	
     finds	
     itself	
     far	
     from	
     any	
     settlement	
    
  when	
     a	
     sudden	
     snowstorm	
     arrives;	
     solid	
    
  survivalist	
    knowledge	
    allows	
    the	
    PCs	
    an	
    hour	
    to	
    
  set	
    up	
    shelter.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    meet	
    a	
    lone	
    druid	
    who	
    warns	
    them	
    of	
    an	
    
  impending	
    snowstorm	
    that	
    threatens	
    to	
    dump	
    a	
    
  foot	
    of	
    snow	
    in	
    the	
    region.	
    The	
    druid	
    knows	
    of	
    a	
    
  cave	
    in	
    which	
    they	
    can	
    shelter	
    and	
    if	
    the	
    PCs	
    are	
    
  respectful	
    he	
    shows	
    them	
    its	
    location.	
    
  6	
    
  In	
    a	
    southern	
    area,	
    the	
    PCs’	
    arrival	
    precedes	
    an	
    
  unexpected	
    snowstorm;	
    a	
    primitive	
    tribe	
    regards	
    
  them	
     as	
     gods	
     or	
     demons	
     that	
     herald	
     wintry	
    
  destruction.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     gnome	
     offers	
     the	
     party	
     a	
     small	
     treasure	
     for	
    
  procuring	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
     snowflakes	
     based	
     on	
     his	
    
  specifications.	
    
  8	
    
  In	
     a	
     blizzard-­‐beset	
     village,	
     a	
     child	
     goes	
     missing;	
    
  frantic	
    villagers	
    beg	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    find	
    her.	
    
  9	
    
  Snow	
     delays	
     an	
     army	
     battalion	
     preparing	
     to	
    
  launch	
     an	
     offensive	
     the	
     next	
     morning;	
     the	
    
  commander	
    asks	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    help	
    clear	
    the	
    way.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  Tunnels	
    honeycomb	
    a	
    large	
    area	
    of	
    drifted	
    snow;	
    
  the	
    tunnels	
    are	
    large	
    enough	
    for	
    a	
    Small	
    creature	
    
  to	
     move	
     comfortably,	
     and	
     ice	
     formations	
    
  buttress	
    the	
    tunnels	
    to	
    prevent	
    their	
    collapse.	
    
  11	
    
  During	
     a	
     pitched	
     battle	
     under	
     dark	
     clouds,	
     the	
    
  clouds	
     unload	
     their	
     snowy	
     burden,	
     drastically	
    
  changing	
    the	
    battlefield	
    for	
    both	
    sides.	
    
  12	
    
  Under	
    the	
    cover	
    of	
    an	
    intense	
    blizzard,	
    inmates	
    
  escape	
     an	
     otherwise	
     inescapable	
     prison;	
     the	
    
  party	
     may	
     encounter	
     escapees	
     or	
     the	
     warden	
    
  may	
    ask	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    track	
    them	
    down.	
    
  13	
    
  In	
    
  anticipation	
    
  of	
    
  an	
    
  approaching	
    
  major	
    
  snowstorm,	
    a	
    town’s	
    markets	
    increase	
    prices	
    on	
    
  vital	
    perishables	
    and	
    supplies	
    threefold.	
    
  14	
    
  Rumours	
    persist	
    the	
    heart	
    of	
    a	
    blizzard	
    that	
    has	
    
  raged	
     for	
     several	
     days	
     leads	
     to	
     an	
     extraplanar	
    
  realm	
    populated	
    by	
    evil	
    creatures.	
    
  15	
    
  Recent	
     and	
     continuing	
     snowfall	
     renders	
     a	
    
  previously	
     dangerous	
     or	
     impassable	
     area	
     safer	
    
  and	
     easier	
     to	
     cross,	
     provided	
     the	
     PCs	
     can	
     stay	
    
  atop	
    the	
    fallen	
    snow.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    lumber	
    company	
    asks	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    help	
    rescue	
    
  a	
     team	
     of	
     loggers	
     stranded	
     by	
     a	
     late	
     autumn	
    
  snowstorm	
    in	
    a	
    stand	
    of	
    trees	
    several	
    miles	
    away	
    
  from	
    civilization.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     mysterious	
     elderly	
     man	
     approaches	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  and	
    asks	
    they	
    provide	
    light	
    for	
    him	
    as	
    he	
    delivers	
    
  a	
     number	
     of	
     packages	
     to	
     what	
     he	
     considers	
    
  deserving	
    recipients.	
    
  18	
    
  Something	
     has	
     poisoned	
     the	
     water	
     comprising	
    
  the	
    snowfall,	
    which	
    poses	
    no	
    problem	
    for	
    those	
    
  affected	
     by	
     the	
     snow...until	
     it	
     melts;	
     survival	
    
  experts	
    determine	
    that	
    the	
    snow	
    is	
    poisoned.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    barge	
    finishing	
    its	
    last	
    trip	
    upriver	
    before	
    the	
    
  crew	
    retires	
    for	
    the	
    winter	
    becomes	
    stranded	
    as	
    
  a	
     sudden	
     snowstorm	
     ices	
     over	
     the	
     river	
     and	
    
  makes	
    it	
    impassable	
    for	
    the	
    boat.	
    
  20	
    
  An	
     annual	
     dog	
     sledding	
     competition	
     has	
    
  increased	
    difficulty	
    due	
    to	
    a	
    recent	
    blizzard	
    that	
    
  struck	
     the	
     area;	
     the	
     organizers	
     refuse	
     to	
    
  reschedule	
    the	
    gruelling,	
    multi-­‐week	
    event.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  34	
    
  E X T R E M E  W E A T H E R :  W I N D S T O R M S  
  Windstorms	
    can	
    accompany	
    rain-­‐	
    or	
    snowstorms	
    or	
    they	
    can	
    be	
    
  events	
    in	
    their	
    own	
    right.	
    In	
    the	
    desert,	
    wind	
    very	
    rarely	
    occurs	
    
  with	
     precipitation	
     and	
     instead	
     creates	
     massive	
     sheets	
     of	
     sand	
    
  that	
    devastate	
    travellers.	
    A	
    thunderstorm	
    can	
    spawn	
    a	
    tornado	
    
  more	
    powerful	
    than	
    any	
    creature	
    the	
    PCs	
    have	
    fought.	
    Finally,	
    in	
    
  coastal	
     areas	
     during	
     the	
     summer,	
     hurricanes	
     bring	
     sustained	
    
  winds	
    and	
    rain	
    that	
    render	
    adventuring	
    virtually	
    impossible.	
    	
    
  W I N D S T O R M  D E S C R I P T I O N  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    straight-­‐line	
    wind	
    at	
    the	
    edge	
    of	
    a	
    line	
    of	
    black	
    
  clouds	
    bends	
    trees	
    and	
    throws	
    stinging	
    debris.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    funnel	
    cloud	
    drops	
    from	
    the	
    dark	
    sky,	
    followed	
    
  by	
     an	
     additional	
     funnel	
     every	
     30	
     seconds,	
     until	
    
  five	
    of	
    them	
    touch	
    down.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
     wind	
     does	
     not	
     reach	
     all	
     the	
     way	
     to	
     the	
    
  ground,	
    so	
    it	
    picks	
    up	
    nothing;	
    however,	
    the	
    air	
    
  visibly	
    ripples	
    with	
    the	
    gusts.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    400-­‐foot-­‐tall	
    tan	
    wall	
    erupts	
    from	
    the	
    surface	
    
  as	
    powerful	
    winds	
    blast	
    desert	
    sands.	
    
  5	
    
  White	
     clouds	
     streaked	
     with	
     grey	
     take	
     on	
     the	
    
  shape	
     of	
     a	
     hand	
     fan	
     and	
     undulate	
     gently	
     such	
    
  that	
    they	
    appear	
    to	
    generate	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  6	
    
  Millions	
    of	
    flying	
    insects	
    comprise	
    the	
    yellow,	
    red	
    
  and	
     black	
     forefront	
     of	
     this	
     windstorm;	
     one	
     can	
    
  hear	
    their	
    droning	
    over	
    the	
    winds’	
    howling.	
    
  7	
    
  Black	
     clouds	
     blot	
     out	
     the	
     sun,	
     and	
     screaming	
    
  winds	
    eliminate	
    all	
    non-­‐magical	
    light,	
    turning	
    day	
    
  into	
     night;	
     no	
     sound	
     penetrates	
     the	
     screeching	
    
  winds,	
     which	
     seems	
     to	
     come	
     from	
     every	
    
  direction	
    at	
    once.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
     wind	
     seems	
     stratified	
     such	
     that	
     the	
     most	
    
  severe	
    wind	
    blows	
    at	
    ground	
    level,	
    and	
    up	
    to	
    100	
    
  feet	
     above,	
     and	
     gradually	
     diminishes	
     every	
    
  couple	
    hundred	
    feet.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    mile-­‐wide	
    funnel	
    cloud	
    descends	
    on	
    a	
    village,	
    
  churning	
    up	
    the	
    ground	
    and	
    throwing	
    splintered	
    
  wood,	
     other	
     debris,	
     livestock	
     and	
     unfortunates	
    
  caught	
     in	
     the	
     funnel’s	
     path	
     hundreds	
     of	
     feet	
     in	
    
  every	
    direction.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
    hurricane	
    makes	
    landfall	
    at	
    night	
    blocking	
    out	
    
  the	
     full	
     moon’s	
     light,	
     with	
     the	
     exception	
     of	
     the	
    
  hurricane’s	
     eye;	
     the	
     moonlight	
     filters	
     through	
    
  the	
    eye’s	
    wall	
    in	
    a	
    crimson	
    colour.	
    
  11	
    
  The	
     wind	
     suddenly	
     calms	
     as	
     the	
     clouds	
     turn	
     a	
    
  sickly	
    green	
    and	
    begin	
    to	
    rotate	
    clockwise.	
    
  12	
    
  As	
    the	
    wind	
    blows	
    across	
    a	
    lake’s	
    surface,	
    it	
    picks	
    
  up	
     several	
     gallons	
     of	
     water	
     from	
     the	
     lake	
     and	
    
  sprays	
    it	
    up	
    to	
    a	
    mile	
    ahead,	
    creating	
    a	
    de	
    facto	
    
  rainstorm.	
    
  13	
    
  In	
     an	
     apparent	
     trick	
     of	
     light,	
     the	
     sandstorm	
    
  blasting	
     across	
     the	
     desert	
     takes	
     the	
     shape	
     of	
     a	
    
  screaming	
     face	
     with	
     glowing	
     red	
     eyes,	
     while	
     a	
    
  sand	
    geyser	
    shoots	
    from	
    its	
    “mouth.”	
    
  14	
    
  Gritty	
    clouds	
    that	
    rival	
    the	
    tallest	
    thunderheads	
    
  billow	
    up	
    from	
    the	
    ground	
    as	
    the	
    wind	
    strikes	
    the	
    
  sand	
    and	
    whips	
    it	
    into	
    ominous	
    shapes.	
    
  15	
    
  As	
    the	
    hurricane’s	
    eye	
    passes,	
    calm	
    descends	
    on	
    
  the	
     scene;	
     however,	
     the	
     oncoming	
     maelstrom	
    
  mirrors	
    the	
    one	
    just	
    experienced.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    mighty	
    surge	
    of	
    wind	
    picks	
    up	
    dirt	
    and	
    debris	
    
  that	
    creates	
    a	
    towering	
    grey	
    wall,	
    through	
    which	
    
  glints	
    of	
    sunlight	
    pass.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     gust	
     of	
     wind	
     catches	
     a	
     flock	
     of	
     geese	
     in	
     its	
    
  path;	
    the	
    birds	
    tumble	
    out	
    of	
    control	
    in	
    the	
    wind	
    
  and	
    some	
    plummet	
    to	
    the	
    ground.	
    	
    
  18	
    
  Wind	
     accompanying	
     a	
     storm	
     sweeps	
     through	
     a	
    
  grove	
     of	
     trees	
     and	
     shears	
     the	
     tops	
     off	
     all	
     the	
    
  trees	
    except	
    for	
    one.	
    
  19	
    
  Wind	
    blows	
    through	
    tall	
    grasses,	
    flattening	
    most	
    
  of	
    them	
    and	
    uprooting	
    the	
    rest;	
    when	
    the	
    wind	
    
  stops	
    gusting,	
    the	
    grass	
    remains	
    flat.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     powerful	
     windstorm	
     picks	
     up	
     thousands	
     of	
    
  loose	
     pebbles	
     and	
     creates	
     a	
     moving	
     wall	
     of	
    
  churning	
    stone	
    in	
    its	
    wake.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  W I N D S T O R M  E V E N T S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     powerful	
     wind	
     turns	
     a	
     handful	
     of	
     branches	
    
  into	
     deadly	
     weapons	
     that	
     attack	
     each	
     PC	
     with	
    
  extreme	
    accuracy.	
    
  2	
    
  As	
    the	
    wind	
    strengthens,	
    it	
    spooks	
    one	
    or	
    more	
    
  of	
     the	
     PCs’	
     mounts,	
     requiring	
     some	
     skill	
     to	
     get	
    
  the	
    animal	
    back	
    under	
    control.	
    
  3	
    
  An	
     infant’s	
     cry	
     barely	
     pierces	
     the	
     screaming	
    
  tempest	
    surrounding	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    surge	
    of	
    wind	
    picks	
    up	
    loose	
    soil	
    and	
    blasts	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    with	
    it;	
    PCs	
    failing	
    to	
    close	
    their	
    eyes	
    in	
    time	
    
  are	
    blinded	
    for	
    a	
    few	
    seconds.	
    
  5	
    
  Lightning	
    strikes	
    the	
    ground	
    and	
    starts	
    a	
    fire	
    just	
    
  as	
     gusts	
     of	
     wind	
     pick	
     up	
     embers	
     and	
     scatter	
    
  them	
    about	
    threatening	
    to	
    create	
    an	
    inferno.	
    
  6	
    
  After	
    one-­‐inch-­‐diameter	
    hailstones	
    fall	
    from	
    the	
    
  sky,	
    a	
    gale	
    picks	
    them	
    up	
    and	
    sprays	
    them	
    in	
    all	
    
  directions;	
     fortunately,	
     this	
     does	
     not	
     deal	
     any	
    
  damage	
    to	
    those	
    in	
    range.	
    
  7	
    
  As	
     gusts	
     blow	
     around	
     the	
     party,	
     they	
     hear	
    
  unmistakable	
     sounds	
     of	
     anguish,	
     despair	
     and	
    
  rage	
    from	
    the	
    gusts.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
     wind	
     catches	
     an	
     enormous	
     flying	
     creature	
    
  and	
    flings	
    it	
    to	
    the	
    ground	
    200	
    yards	
    away	
    from	
    
  the	
    party.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    windstorm	
    sweeps	
    up	
    a	
    colony	
    of	
    ants	
    into	
    
  the	
    party’s	
    path;	
    agitated,	
    the	
    ants	
    attack	
    all	
    PCs	
    
  in	
     a	
     10-­‐by-­‐10	
     space	
     and	
     cause	
     distraction	
     as	
     a	
    
  swarm.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  35	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     pole	
     with	
     a	
     standard	
     attached	
     lands	
    
  precariously	
     close	
     to	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     PCs;	
     the	
    
  standard	
     comes	
     from	
     a	
     tribe	
     whose	
     territory	
     is	
    
  dozens	
    of	
    miles	
    away.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     tornado	
     suddenly	
     touches	
     down,	
     and,	
     in	
     the	
    
  scramble	
    to	
    find	
    low	
    ground	
    in	
    which	
    to	
    escape	
    
  the	
    spout,	
    the	
    PCs	
    find	
    a	
    20-­‐foot-­‐deep	
    ravine;	
    a	
    
  PC	
     trying	
     to	
     scale	
     the	
     ravine	
     without	
     falling	
    
  needs	
    to	
    be	
    moderately	
    competent	
    at	
    climbing.	
    
  12	
    
  Casual	
    inspection	
    spots	
    a	
    person	
    floating	
    on	
    the	
    
  strong	
     winds	
     using	
     a	
     billowing	
     cape;	
     the	
     figure	
    
  drops	
    below	
    the	
    tree	
    line	
    after	
    travelling	
    half	
    a	
    
  mile.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     burst	
     of	
     wind	
     strikes	
     while	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  climb	
     a	
     cliff	
     face	
     or	
     other	
     structure;	
     the	
     wind	
    
  makes	
    climbing	
    very	
    difficult.	
    
  14	
    
  As	
     the	
     PCs	
     push	
     against	
     a	
     sudden	
     storm,	
     the	
    
  wind	
    uproots	
    a	
    tree,	
    which	
    falls	
    on	
    some	
    of	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    for	
    significant	
    damage.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     powerful	
     gust	
     strikes	
     the	
     outer	
     wall	
     of	
     the	
    
  building	
    the	
    PCs	
    currently	
    inhabit;	
    it	
    collapses	
    in	
    
  two	
     rounds,	
     dealing	
     massive	
     damage	
     to	
     those	
    
  trapped	
    within.	
    Engineers	
    and	
    inspection	
    notices	
    
  this	
    beforehand.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     cow	
     and	
     several	
     chickens	
     drop	
     from	
     the	
     sky,	
    
  unharmed;	
    the	
    PCs	
    recognize	
    the	
    livestock	
    from	
    
  a	
    farm	
    they	
    passed	
    an	
    hour	
    previously.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    woman	
    on	
    horseback	
    bursts	
    from	
    a	
    thicket	
    and	
    
  charges	
     at	
     the	
     wind	
     with	
     a	
     lance,	
     but	
     the	
     gale	
    
  merely	
    knocks	
    her	
    off	
    her	
    horse.	
    
  18	
    
  Powerful	
     winds	
     knock	
     down	
     several	
     branches	
    
  that	
    shower	
    the	
    party	
    for	
    minor	
    damage..	
    
  19	
    
  The	
    wind	
    picks	
    up	
    a	
    dilapidated	
    shack	
    and	
    flings	
    
  it	
    50	
    feet,	
    and	
    the	
    shack	
    crumples	
    into	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    
  rotting	
    wood	
    at	
    the	
    terminus.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     strong	
     wind	
     gust	
     takes	
     the	
     party	
     by	
     surprise	
    
  and	
    catapults	
    each	
    PC	
    forward	
    as	
    they	
    reach	
    the	
    
  top	
    of	
    a	
    steep	
    slope.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   H O O K S  &  C O M P L I C A T I O N S  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    tornado	
    blasts	
    open	
    a	
    hole	
    in	
    the	
    earth	
    a	
    mile	
    
  away	
     from	
     a	
     town	
     and	
     reveals	
     a	
     previously	
    
  undiscovered	
    underground	
    complex.	
    
  2	
    
  During	
    a	
    particularly	
    strong	
    storm,	
    a	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    
  slaps	
    a	
    piece	
    of	
    paper	
    over	
    a	
    PCs’	
    face;	
    the	
    paper	
    
  is	
     a	
     wanted	
     poster	
     from	
     an	
     unknown	
     country	
    
  showing	
    a	
    portrait	
    of	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  3	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    pursue	
    a	
    thief	
    who	
    stole	
    one	
    of	
    their	
    
  items	
    or	
    an	
    object	
    of	
    equal	
    importance,	
    the	
    thief	
    
  heads	
     straight	
     for	
     an	
     oncoming	
     storm,	
     which	
    
  spawns	
    a	
    tornado;	
    the	
    tornado	
    throws	
    the	
    man	
    
  in	
    a	
    random	
    direction	
    a	
    mile	
    away.	
    
  4	
    
  An	
    oncoming	
    hurricane	
    threatens	
    to	
    stop	
    a	
    fleet	
    
  of	
    ships	
    necessary	
    for	
    the	
    delivery	
    of	
    important	
    
  items	
    to	
    a	
    neighbouring	
    land.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     natural	
     feature	
     of	
     a	
     deep	
     canyon,	
     frequent	
    
  windstorms	
     prevent	
     much	
     travel	
     along	
     the	
    
  canyon’s	
     floor,	
     but	
     the	
     PCs	
     must	
     retrieve	
    
  something	
    from	
    the	
    canyon.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     dust	
     storm	
     piles	
     several	
     feet	
     of	
     sand	
     over	
     a	
    
  structure	
    the	
    PCs	
    needed	
    to	
    enter;	
    they	
    must	
    dig	
    
  through	
    the	
    sand	
    or	
    find	
    another	
    entrance	
    to	
    the	
    
  building.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     windstorm	
     threatens	
     a	
     midsummer	
     festival;	
    
  those	
     in	
     attendance	
     insist	
     on	
     keeping	
     the	
    
  decorations,	
    tents	
    and	
    other	
    items	
    from	
    blowing	
    
  away	
    without	
    regard	
    for	
    their	
    own	
    safety.	
    
  8	
    
  Rumours	
    tell	
    of	
    a	
    tornado	
    that	
    recurs	
    daily	
    in	
    a	
    
  wasteland	
     roughly	
     two	
     day’s	
     travel	
     from	
     the	
    
  nearest	
     settlement;	
     the	
     tornado	
     could	
     lead	
     to	
    
  other	
    realms	
    or	
    to	
    one’s	
    doom.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    village	
    has	
    a	
    run	
    of	
    bad	
    luck	
    with	
    its	
    crops,	
    as	
    
  an	
    annual	
    windstorm	
    wipes	
    out	
    three-­‐fourths	
    of	
    
  the	
    plants	
    just	
    prior	
    to	
    harvesting.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     recent	
     windstorm	
     uprooted	
     a	
     settlement’s	
    
  sacred	
    tree,	
    but	
    the	
    local	
    druid	
    believes	
    the	
    tree	
    
  will	
    survive	
    if	
    replanted	
    within	
    24	
    hours.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    rider	
    approaches	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    to	
    inform	
    him	
    
  or	
     her	
     a	
     hurricane	
     devastated	
     the	
     PC’s	
     home	
    
  location;	
     the	
     rider	
     has	
     no	
     word	
     regarding	
    
  surviving	
    friends	
    or	
    family.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     wizard	
     claims	
     to	
     have	
     imprisoned	
     a	
     powerful	
    
  air	
    elemental	
    and	
    intends	
    to	
    release	
    it	
    to	
    inflict	
    
  devastating	
     windstorms	
     unless	
     his	
     ransom	
    
  demands	
    are	
    met.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     windstorm	
     scours	
     ages-­‐old	
     dirt	
     from	
     a	
     cliff	
    
  face,	
    revealing	
    ancient	
    glyphs.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    tornado	
    has	
    destroyed	
    a	
    bridge	
    that	
    spanned	
    a	
    
  turbulent	
     river;	
     the	
     nearest	
     ford	
     is	
     two	
     day’s	
    
  travel	
    away.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    scroll	
    inscribed	
    with	
    an	
    unusual	
    ritual	
    flutters	
    
  into	
     party’s	
     possession	
     as	
     a	
     result	
     of	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  windstorm;	
     the	
     scroll’s	
     owner	
     searches	
     for	
     the	
    
  scroll	
    and	
    tracks	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    regain	
    it.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     windstorm	
     diverted	
     a	
     messenger	
     pigeon	
    
  bearing	
     vital	
     information	
     from	
     its	
     course	
     (or	
    
  killed	
    the	
    bird).	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     seemingly	
     sentient	
     wall	
     of	
     wind	
     has	
     scoured	
    
  the	
     land	
     for	
     days	
     and	
     does	
     not	
     stop	
     until	
    
  someone	
    convinces	
    it	
    to	
    do	
    so.	
    
  18	
    
  One	
     PC	
     has	
     a	
     dream	
     about	
     a	
     three-­‐tailed	
     black	
    
  cat;	
     the	
     dream	
     portends	
     a	
     devastating	
     trio	
     of	
    
  tornadoes.	
    
  19	
    
  According	
     to	
     rumour,	
     a	
     hurricane’s	
     eye	
     holds	
     a	
    
  fabulous	
    treasure	
    for	
    those	
    braving	
    the	
    storm.	
    	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    tornado	
    that	
    devastated	
    a	
    town	
    also	
    exposed	
    a	
    
  vein	
    of	
    precious	
    ore.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  36	
    
  
  37	
    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  FOLK 
   
  	
    
   
  
  38	
    
  B A N D I T S   
  Bandit	
    gangs	
    comprise	
    many	
    diverse	
    folk.	
    Use	
    the	
    individuals	
    on	
    
  the	
    tables	
    below	
    to	
    quickly	
    generate	
    a	
    few	
    personas	
    in	
    a	
    bandit	
    
  group.	
     Also	
     included	
     are	
     four	
     stat	
     blocks	
     a	
     GM	
     can	
     use	
     to	
    
  represent	
     rank	
     and	
     file	
     bandits	
     either	
     during	
     negotiations	
     or	
    
  combat.	
    
  H U M A N  B A N D I T S  
  Use	
     these	
     NPC	
     bios	
     to	
     portray	
     the	
     human	
     bandits	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  encounter.	
    
  D10	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Eohric	
     Frewer	
     was	
     a	
     peaceful	
     woodsman	
     until	
    
  goblins	
     burned	
     down	
     his	
     house.	
     Left	
     with	
    
  nothing,	
     he	
     has	
     turned	
     to	
     banditry	
     to	
     feed	
     his	
    
  family.	
     Wracked	
     by	
     guilt,	
     he	
     apologises	
     while	
    
  collecting	
    travellers’	
    tolls.	
    
  2	
    
  Osred	
     Burch	
     is	
     well-­‐used	
     to	
     scavenging	
     and	
    
  thievery.	
    A	
    thug-­‐for-­‐hire	
    until	
    recently,	
    he	
    fled	
    a	
    
  nearby	
     town	
     to	
     escape	
     (true)	
     accusations	
     of	
    
  murder.	
    He	
    is	
    an	
    odious	
    individual.	
    He	
    wears	
    his	
    
  black	
    hair	
    cut	
    extremely	
    short.	
    
  3	
    
  Avel	
    the	
    Jolly	
    is	
    an	
    immensely	
    fat	
    individual.	
    He	
    is	
    
  a	
    coward	
    and	
    flees	
    combat	
    if	
    injured.	
    Avel	
    is	
    an	
    
  excellent	
    
  cook	
    
  and	
    
  wears	
    
  food-­‐splattered	
    
  clothing.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  Kaia	
     the	
     Proud	
     is	
     a	
     middle-­‐aged	
     woman	
     who	
    
  possesses	
    an	
    iron	
    will.	
    Forced	
    from	
    her	
    home	
    by	
    
  a	
    petty,	
    wealth-­‐obsessed	
    landlord	
    she	
    exacts	
    her	
    
  revenge	
    on	
    any	
    travellers	
    of	
    means	
    crossing	
    her	
    
  path.	
    Expletives	
    riddle	
    her	
    speech.	
    
  5	
    
  Akana	
    Khmun	
    is	
    a	
    young,	
    impulsive	
    woman	
    who	
    
  dreams	
     of	
     becoming	
     an	
     adventurer.	
     When	
     she	
    
  meets	
    the	
    PCs,	
    she	
    makes	
    a	
    snap	
    decision	
    to	
    join	
    
  them.	
    She	
    tries	
    to	
    act	
    as	
    a	
    mediator	
    between	
    her	
    
  fellow	
    bandits	
    and	
    the	
    party,	
    to	
    avoid	
    bloodshed.	
    
  6	
    
  Adjo	
     was	
     forced	
     to	
     take	
     to	
     the	
     woods	
     after	
     he	
    
  was	
     caught	
     gutting	
     a	
     deer	
     he	
     had	
     slain.	
     He	
     is	
    
  dirty	
     and	
     coarse.	
     Personal	
     hygiene	
     is	
     a	
     mystery	
    
  to	
    Adjo.	
    He	
    wears	
    a	
    patchwork	
    rabbit	
    skin	
    cloak.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  Ibba	
    was	
    a	
    man-­‐at-­‐arms	
    who	
    fell	
    catastrophically	
    
  out	
     of	
     favour	
     after	
     his	
     liege	
     discovered	
     him	
    
  dallying	
    with	
    his	
    lady.	
    Forced	
    to	
    flee,	
    he	
    took	
    to	
    
  the	
    woods.	
    Ibba	
    is	
    a	
    romantic	
    and	
    handsome	
    in	
    a	
    
  rough	
    and	
    ready	
    sort	
    of	
    way.	
    
  8	
    
  Adalvert	
    
  Dol	
    
  is	
    
  unimaginative	
    
  and	
    
  lazy.	
    
  Convinced	
    he	
    is	
    special	
    and	
    the	
    world	
    owes	
    him	
    
  a	
     living,	
     he	
     delights	
     in	
     terrorising	
     travellers.	
    
  Adalvert	
    is	
    a	
    bully,	
    and	
    quickly	
    backs	
    down	
    from	
    
  confrontations	
    with	
    adventurers	
    and	
    the	
    like.	
    
  9	
    
  Kebi	
     Edfu	
     believes	
     she	
     should	
     lead	
     the	
     bandit	
    
  group	
     and	
     constantly	
     works	
     to	
     undermine	
     the	
    
  current	
    leader.	
    She	
    makes	
    snide	
    comments	
    and	
    
  rarely	
    acts	
    for	
    the	
    good	
    of	
    the	
    group.	
    She	
    is	
    blind	
    
  to	
    her	
    own	
    faults	
    and	
    has	
    few	
    friends.	
    
  10	
    
  Eadith	
     Gorze	
     is	
     a	
     genuinely	
     nice	
     person	
     forced	
    
  into	
    a	
    life	
    of	
    banditry	
    by	
    circumstances	
    of	
    birth.	
    
  She	
    is	
    heavily	
    pregnant	
    and	
    could	
    go	
    into	
    labour	
    
  during	
    the	
    encounter.	
    She	
    desperately	
    wants	
    to	
    
  change	
     her	
     life	
     for	
     the	
     better	
     and	
     takes	
     any	
    
  opportunity	
    presenting	
    itself.	
    She	
    is	
    loyal	
    to	
    her	
    
  friends	
    and	
    never	
    forgets	
    a	
    favour	
    (or	
    slight).	
    
   
  H A L F - E L F  B A N D I T  
  Half-­‐elves	
     are	
     often	
     outcasts,	
     doomed	
     to	
     be	
     ostracised	
     and	
    
  scorned	
     as	
     nothing	
     more	
     than	
     mongrels.	
     Such	
     individuals	
    
  frequently	
    drift	
    into	
    a	
    life	
    of	
    banditry,	
    finding	
    acceptance	
    among	
    
  society’s	
    flotsam.	
    Use	
    these	
    NPC	
    bios	
    to	
    portray	
    half-­‐elf	
    bandits	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    encounter.	
    
  D4	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Dulannis	
     Aldarrae	
     is	
     a	
     troubled	
     young	
     man,	
    
  thrown	
    out	
    of	
    his	
    sylvan	
    home	
    after	
    being	
    found	
    
  torturing	
     birds	
     and	
     other	
     small	
     woodland	
    
  animals.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  Ilasual	
    Evdrearn	
    was	
    abandoned	
    as	
    an	
    infant	
    and	
    
  –	
     remarkably	
     –	
     was	
     taken	
     in	
     by	
     a	
     goblin	
     tribe.	
    
  This	
    spiteful	
    youth	
    learnt	
    much	
    from	
    his	
    adoptive	
    
  brethren	
    and	
    yet	
    has	
    friends	
    among	
    them.	
    They	
    
  in	
    turn	
    use	
    him	
    as	
    a	
    spy.	
    
  3	
    
  Naillae	
     Sehiateir	
     has	
     long	
     pale	
     golden	
     hair	
     and	
    
  overly	
    large	
    luminescent	
    eyes.	
    She	
    has	
    known	
    no	
    
  other	
    life	
    than	
    banditry	
    and	
    is	
    comfortable	
    in	
    the	
    
  wilderness.	
    
  4	
    
  Tahlys	
     Aralivar	
     is	
     an	
     emotional	
     wreck.	
     Her	
    
  mother	
    recently	
    told	
    her	
    she	
    regretted	
    having	
    a	
    
  half-­‐elven	
    baby.	
    Since	
    then,	
    she	
    has	
    been	
    taking	
    
  greater	
    and	
    greater	
    risks.	
    	
    
   
  	
    
   
  
  39	
    
  H A L F - O R C  B A N D I T  
  Half-­‐orcs	
    often	
    become	
    bandits	
    –	
    the	
    race’s	
    natural	
    tendency	
    to	
    
  violence	
     makes	
     them	
     a	
     perfect	
     fit	
     for	
     the	
     bandit	
     lifestyle.	
     Use	
    
  these	
     NPC	
     bios	
     to	
     portray	
     the	
     half-­‐orc	
     bandits	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  encounter.	
    
  D10	
    
  	
    
  1-­‐2	
    
  Ausk	
     Life-­‐Taker	
     is	
     a	
     swift,	
     savage	
     warrior.	
     He	
    
  cares	
    nothing	
    for	
    anyone	
    but	
    himself	
    and	
    enjoys	
    
  painting	
     sigils	
     on	
     his	
     face	
     using	
     his	
     foe’s	
    
  lifeblood.	
    His	
    fellows	
    fear	
    him.	
    He	
    has	
    no	
    friends.	
    
  3-­‐4	
    
  Ignen	
     Swift-­‐Strike	
     has	
     a	
     pockmarked	
     face	
     and	
    
  lank	
    blank	
    hair.	
    She	
    hisses	
    when	
    angry	
    or	
    upset	
    
  and	
     glares	
     angrily	
     at	
     everyone	
     she	
     meets.	
     She	
    
  finds	
    it	
    very	
    hard	
    to	
    trust	
    anyone.	
    
  5-­‐6	
    
  Narka	
    the	
    Ugly	
    was	
    lucky;	
    she	
    grew	
    up	
    loved	
    by	
    
  her	
    parents,	
    but	
    her	
    orc	
    mother	
    was	
    lynched	
    and	
    
  her	
     father	
     slain	
     while	
     trying	
     to	
     rescue	
     his	
     wife.	
    
  Narka	
     escaped	
     but	
     her	
     mother’s	
     screams	
     yet	
    
  haunt	
    her.	
    She	
    is	
    gaunt	
    and	
    pale-­‐skinned.	
    
  7-­‐8	
    
  Silug	
     the	
     Rampant	
     considers	
     himself	
     a	
     great	
    
  warrior	
     and	
     lover.	
     In	
     truth,	
     he	
     is	
     a	
     passable	
    
  warrior	
    and	
    women	
    terrify	
    him.	
    He	
    attempts	
    to	
    
  be	
    chivalrous,	
    but	
    comes	
    across	
    as	
    patronising.	
    
  9-­‐10	
    
  Uzfug	
     the	
     Terror	
     has	
     a	
     mouth	
     full	
     of	
     broken,	
    
  blackened	
    teeth	
    and	
    terrifyingly	
    bad	
    breath.	
    He	
    
  screams	
     terrible	
     curses	
     in	
     battle,	
     but	
     in	
     rare	
    
  moments	
    of	
    peace	
    pampers	
    his	
    beloved	
    pet	
    cat.	
    
   
  B A N D I T  L E A D E R S  
  Unsurprisingly,	
     bandit	
     leaders	
     are	
     normally	
     a	
     cut	
     above	
     their	
    
  rank	
    and	
    file	
    brethren.	
    Perhaps	
    driven	
    by	
    greater	
    need	
    or	
    greater	
    
  greed	
     they	
     have	
     developed	
     abilities	
     their	
     foot	
     soldiers	
     cannot	
    
  hope	
    to	
    emulate.	
    This	
    table	
    presents	
    basic	
    details	
    of	
    eight	
    such	
    
  individuals.	
    	
    
  	
    
  Their	
    details	
    have	
    been	
    kept	
    relatively	
    generic	
    to	
    enable	
    the	
    
  GM	
     to	
     apply	
     the	
     selected	
     personality	
     to	
     any	
     of	
     the	
     four	
     stat	
    
  blocks	
    presented	
    below.	
    	
    
  D8	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Cheron	
     has	
     big	
     plans	
     for	
     his	
     bandit	
     band.	
     He	
    
  recently	
    wiped	
    out	
    a	
    goblin	
    tribe	
    and	
    has	
    taken	
    
  their	
     lair	
     as	
     his	
     own.	
     From	
     here,	
     he	
     plans	
     to	
    
  control	
    the	
    entire	
    local	
    area.	
    Cheron	
    thinks	
    big,	
    
  but	
    lacks	
    attention	
    to	
    detail.	
    He	
    is	
    lucky,	
    though,	
    
  and	
    that	
    has	
    served	
    him	
    well	
    to	
    date.	
    
  2	
    
  Ati	
    Buto	
    is	
    at	
    home	
    in	
    the	
    wilderness	
    and	
    does	
    
  not	
     like	
     killing	
     travellers.	
     She’d	
     much	
     rather	
    
  negotiate	
    a	
    toll	
    and	
    avoid	
    bloodshed.	
    This	
    tactic	
    
  has	
     kept	
     her	
     band	
     alive	
     and	
     well-­‐fed	
     but	
     has	
    
  resulted	
     in	
     a	
     dearth	
     of	
     treasure.	
     Some	
     of	
     the	
    
  bandits	
     mutter	
     that	
     she	
     is	
     soft.	
     Soon	
     they	
     will	
    
  move	
    against	
    her;	
    she	
    has	
    an	
    inkling	
    of	
    this	
    and	
    
  desperately	
    needs	
    a	
    big	
    score.	
    
  3	
    
  An	
    outcast	
    for	
    much	
    of	
    his	
    life,	
    Hannu	
    Eronen	
    is	
    
  accustomed	
    to	
    taking	
    what	
    he	
    wants	
    and	
    killing	
    
  anyone	
     who	
     stops	
     him.	
     His	
     followers	
     fear	
     his	
    
  anger	
    and	
    brutality,	
    but	
    follow	
    him	
    loyally	
    for	
    he	
    
  has	
    made	
    them	
    rich.	
    Hannu	
    likes	
    defeating	
    foes	
    
  in	
    single	
    combat.	
    
  4	
    
  Pia	
    Keto’s	
    appearance	
    is	
    deceptive.	
    Youthful	
    and	
    
  pretty,	
     few	
     would	
     guess	
     at	
     the	
     black	
     depths	
    
  lurking	
    within	
    her	
    breast.	
    She	
    has	
    an	
    inferiority	
    
  complex	
    and	
    loves	
    making	
    travellers	
    grovel	
    and	
    
  beg	
    to	
    be	
    allowed	
    to	
    pass.	
    She	
    is	
    very	
    dangerous	
    
  if	
    threatened	
    or	
    backed	
    into	
    a	
    corner.	
    
  5	
    
  Felix	
     Drusus	
     is	
     a	
     cad	
     and	
     very	
     attracted	
     to	
    
  women	
     –	
     particularly	
     those	
     who	
     clearly	
     dislike	
    
  him.	
     He	
     fancies	
     himself	
     a	
     knight	
     and	
     assumes	
    
  courtly	
     mannerisms	
     when	
     trying	
     to	
     impress	
     a	
    
  lady.	
     He	
     is	
     brutal	
     and	
     violent;	
     his	
     captives	
     are	
    
  often	
    savagely	
    beaten.	
    
  6	
    
  Veli	
     Leino	
     is	
     noble	
     born.	
     The	
     brother	
     of	
     the	
    
  current	
    local	
    lord,	
    he	
    was	
    forced	
    to	
    flee	
    his	
    home	
    
  when	
     his	
     brother	
     tried	
     to	
     murder	
     him.	
     He	
     now	
    
  lurks	
    in	
    the	
    countryside,	
    striking	
    at	
    his	
    brother’s	
    
  interests.	
     He	
     has	
     no	
     desire	
     to	
     hurt	
     innocent	
    
  travellers,	
    but	
    levies	
    tolls	
    nonetheless	
    to	
    fund	
    his	
    
  private	
    war.	
    Many	
    of	
    his	
    band	
    are	
    loyal	
    men-­‐at-­‐
  arms	
    who	
    followed	
    him	
    into	
    exile	
    
  7	
    
  Osgar	
    Elphee	
    is	
    consumed	
    by	
    his	
    lust	
    for	
    wealth.	
    
  He	
     believes	
     an	
     ancient	
     wizard’s	
     tower	
     lies	
    
  somewhere	
     in	
     the	
     locality	
     and	
     uses	
     his	
     men	
     to	
    
  search	
     for	
     it.	
     Banditry	
     is	
     his	
     way	
     of	
     keeping	
    
  everyone	
     away	
     from	
     “his”	
     treasure.	
     He	
     is	
    
  obsessed	
    with	
    the	
    legend	
    and	
    closely	
    questions	
    
  any	
     obviously	
     educated	
     adventurers	
     falling	
     into	
    
  his	
    clutches.	
    
  8	
    
  Alaviv	
    the	
    Hunter	
    was	
    once	
    a	
    skilled	
    huntsman,	
    
  but	
     now	
     he	
     preys	
     on	
     travellers.	
     He	
     blames	
     the	
    
  local	
     lord	
     for	
     failing	
     to	
     protect	
     his	
     family	
     from	
    
  marauding	
     raiders	
     while	
     he	
     was	
     away	
     hunting.	
    
  Consumed	
    with	
    grief	
    he	
    metes	
    out	
    suffering	
    on	
    
  all	
     he	
     meets.	
     PCs	
     expressing	
     sorrow	
     for	
     his	
    
  situation	
     –	
     and	
     offering	
     practical	
     help	
     to	
     the	
    
  band	
    –	
    earn	
    his	
    friendship.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  40	
    
  B A N D I T  H O O K S ,  C O M P L I C A T I O N S  &  O P P O R T U N I T I E S  
  The	
    classic	
    bandit	
    encounter	
    occurs	
    in	
    the	
    wilderness	
    when	
    the	
    
  band	
     waylays	
     the	
     PCs	
     in	
     hopes	
     of	
     securing	
     gold	
     and	
     other	
    
  treasures.	
    The	
    bandits	
    may	
    try	
    to	
    extract	
    a	
    toll	
    without	
    forcing	
    
  the	
    issue	
    through	
    force	
    of	
    arms,	
    but	
    often	
    battle	
    results.	
    Use	
    this	
    
  table	
    to	
    customise	
    the	
    encounter.	
    	
    
  D12	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     bandits	
     have	
     felled	
     trees	
     to	
     block	
     the	
     trail	
    
  and	
     driven	
     stakes	
     into	
     the	
     ground	
     in	
     front	
     to	
    
  breakup	
    charges.	
    A	
    narrow	
    trail	
    leads	
    around	
    the	
    
  blockade.	
     The	
     bandits	
     have	
     also	
     rigged	
     some	
    
  trees	
    to	
    fall	
    behind	
    travellers.	
    If	
    the	
    party	
    seems	
    
  belligerent,	
     the	
     bandits	
     fell	
     the	
     trees,	
     trapping	
    
  their	
    prey.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
     bandits	
     try	
     to	
     extract	
     a	
     toll	
     from	
     the	
     PCs,	
    
  using	
     threats.	
     If	
     the	
     PCs	
     force	
     the	
     matter,	
     the	
    
  bandits	
    flee	
    without	
    offering	
    battle.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  The	
     bandits	
     are	
     starving	
     and	
     ask	
     for	
     food,	
     not	
    
  gold.	
     If	
     battle	
     ensues,	
     the	
     bandits	
     are	
     sick	
     and	
    
  not	
     as	
     efficient	
     as	
     usual.	
     If	
     the	
     PCs	
     give	
     the	
    
  bandits	
     food,	
     or	
     offer	
     them	
     other	
     aid,	
     some	
    
  interesting	
    roleplaying	
    may	
    ensue.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     bandits	
     are	
     particularly	
     inept	
     (or	
     unlucky)	
    
  and	
    have	
    badly	
    set	
    their	
    ambush.	
    (Perhaps	
    their	
    
  tracks	
    are	
    obvious,	
    one	
    of	
    their	
    number	
    wears	
    a	
    
  brightly-­‐coloured	
    tunic	
    and	
    so	
    on).	
    The	
    PCs	
    have	
    
  a	
    slightly	
    easier	
    time	
    to	
    spot	
    the	
    ambush.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     arrive	
     at	
     the	
     ambush	
     point,	
     as	
     the	
    
  bandits	
     are	
     threatening	
     another	
     band	
     of	
    
  travellers.	
    This	
    forewarns	
    the	
    PCs,	
    but	
    the	
    other	
    
  group	
    immediately	
    begs	
    for	
    help.	
    (Alternatively,	
    
  this	
    could	
    be	
    an	
    elaborate	
    trap	
    and	
    both	
    groups	
    
  could	
    be	
    bandits;	
    when	
    the	
    PCs	
    rush	
    forward	
    to	
    
  help,	
    they	
    spring	
    the	
    trap).	
    	
    
  6	
    
  The	
     bandits	
     have	
     taken	
     great	
     care	
     in	
     preparing	
    
  their	
     ambush.	
     The	
     PCs	
     have	
     a	
     slightly	
     harder	
    
  time	
    to	
    spot	
    them.	
    In	
    addition,	
    the	
    bandits	
    have	
    
  sited	
    their	
    hides	
    so	
    they	
    see	
    the	
    PCs	
    approaching	
    
  from	
    some	
    distance.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    approach	
    on	
    the	
    
  trail,	
     it	
     is	
     virtually	
     impossible	
     to	
     surprise	
     the	
    
  bandits.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
     bodies	
     of	
     bandits	
     lie	
     scattered	
     about	
     the	
    
  ambush	
    location.	
    Most	
    are	
    dead,	
    but	
    a	
    few	
    yet	
    
  cling	
    to	
    life	
    (but	
    are	
    unconscious).	
    Survivors	
    tell	
    
  of	
    an	
    adventuring	
    party	
    that	
    merrily	
    slaughtered	
    
  them	
    and	
    even	
    tortured	
    a	
    few	
    captured	
    bandits	
    
  before	
     continuing	
     on	
     their	
     way.	
     The	
     party	
    
  resembles	
    a	
    party	
    of	
    evil	
    marauders	
    the	
    PCs	
    have	
    
  heard	
     about	
     recently.	
     Dealing	
     with	
     them	
     could	
    
  form	
    an	
    interesting	
    subplot	
    in	
    the	
    campaign.	
    
  8	
    
  During	
     a	
     fight	
     with	
     bandits,	
     screams	
     suddenly	
    
  breakout	
    from	
    the	
    nearby	
    trees.	
    Moments	
    later,	
    
  the	
    bandits’	
    women	
    and	
    children	
    rush	
    onto	
    the	
    
  battlefield	
    –	
    intent	
    on	
    saving	
    fallen	
    bandits	
    and	
    
  stopping	
     the	
     PCs	
     slaughtering	
     their	
     menfolk.	
    
  They	
     don’t	
     attack	
     the	
     PCs,	
     but	
     beg	
     for	
     mercy,	
    
  interpose	
     themselves	
     between	
     the	
     bandits	
     and	
    
  PCs	
     and	
     so	
     on.	
     PCs	
     slaughtering	
     the	
     unarmed	
    
  women	
     and	
     children	
     experience	
     alignment	
    
  issues.	
     Similarly,	
     sparing	
     the	
     bandits	
     likely	
    
  spawns	
    some	
    interesting	
    roleplaying.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    bandits	
    are	
    led	
    by	
    a	
    leader	
    who	
    sees	
    himself	
    
  as	
    a	
    freedom	
    fighter	
    struggling	
    against	
    the	
    local	
    
  noble	
     (or	
     other	
     landholder).	
     He	
     asks	
     for	
     a	
    
  donation	
    to	
    the	
    cause	
    and	
    promises	
    to	
    use	
    it	
    to	
    
  overthrow	
    his	
    enemy.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     lone	
     bandit	
     watches	
     the	
     road.	
     When	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  arrive,	
     he	
     shouts	
     a	
     demand	
     for	
     a	
     toll	
     and	
     even	
    
  shoots	
     a	
     warning	
     shot	
     from	
     his	
     bow.	
     His	
    
  companions	
     are	
     off	
     hunting	
     and	
     arrive	
     shortly	
    
  thereafter.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    arrive,	
    the	
    sounds	
    of	
    a	
    brawl	
    echo	
    
  through	
     the	
     trees.	
     Two	
     bandits	
     are	
     settling	
     a	
    
  disagreement	
    with	
    a	
    fistfight	
    and	
    their	
    distracted	
    
  companions	
     are	
     enjoying	
     the	
     entertainment,	
    
  making	
    them	
    less	
    than	
    alert.	
    The	
    PCs	
    can	
    likely	
    
  surprise	
    the	
    would-­‐be	
    attackers	
    or	
    sneak	
    past.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
    bandits	
    have	
    discovered	
    a	
    treasure	
    map	
    and	
    
  want	
    to	
    recruit	
    adventurers	
    to	
    help	
    them	
    recover	
    
  the	
     hoard.	
     They	
     offer	
     half	
     the	
     treasure	
     to	
     the	
    
  PCs.	
     The	
     bandits	
     may	
     –	
     or	
     may	
     not	
     –	
     be	
    
  trustworthy.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  41	
    
  	
    
  
  42	
    
  T R A V E L L E R S :  P E D D L E R S ,  M E R C H A N T S  &  T R A D E R S  
  Compared	
     to	
     the	
     average	
     peasant,	
     most	
     adventurers	
     are	
    
  fantastically	
    wealthy.	
    Thus,	
    they	
    attract	
    the	
    attentions	
    of	
    many	
    
  traders	
     and	
     pedlars	
     during	
     their	
     travels.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
    
  determine	
    who	
    they	
    meet.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐04	
    
  Anith	
     Chuckleberry	
     is	
     a	
     local	
     halfling	
     washer	
    
  woman	
     on	
     her	
     way	
     to	
     get	
     fresh	
     water	
     for	
     her	
    
  work.	
     Dressed	
     plainly	
     and	
     carrying	
     four	
     empty	
    
  buckets	
    on	
    a	
    long	
    stick,	
    the	
    plump,	
    middle-­‐aged	
    
  halfling	
    woman	
    is	
    cheerful,	
    friendly	
    and	
    happy	
    to	
    
  offer	
     directions	
     to	
     travellers.	
     It	
     is	
     likely	
     her	
    
  sleeves	
    are	
    wet	
    and	
    her	
    fingers	
    pruned	
    if	
    she	
    has	
    
  already	
    started	
    today’s	
    work.	
    	
    
  05-­‐08	
    
  Migar	
    
  Wafelbuttin	
    
  is	
    
  a	
    
  travelling	
    
  gnome	
    
  salesman	
     pushing	
     a	
     cart	
     filled	
     with	
     clockwork	
    
  toys.	
     This	
     chaotically	
     dressed,	
     bespectacled	
    
  gnome	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    tools,	
    gear	
    and	
    splashes	
    of	
    
  paint	
    from	
    the	
    toys	
    he	
    has	
    recently	
    completed.	
    
  He	
    tries	
    to	
    sell	
    to	
    other	
    travellers,	
    but	
    especially	
    
  loves	
     children	
     and	
     anyone	
     with	
     a	
     sense	
     of	
    
  curiosity.	
    	
    
  09-­‐12	
    
  Tharni	
    is	
    a	
    half-­‐elven	
    tanner’s	
    daughter	
    with	
    dark	
    
  raven	
    tresses	
    and	
    ice	
    blue	
    eyes,	
    hungering	
    for	
    a	
    
  better	
    station.	
    She	
    is	
    angrily	
    jealous	
    of	
    high-­‐born	
    
  travellers	
    and	
    curses	
    the	
    fate	
    that	
    left	
    her	
    alone	
    
  with	
     her	
     poor	
     human	
     father	
     (who	
     trudges	
    
  alongside	
    her)	
    
  13-­‐16	
    
  Professor	
     Anganthaniel	
     Trinklewurtonburg	
     is	
     on	
    
  his	
     way	
     to	
     his	
     next	
     sale	
     with	
     a	
     host	
     of	
     small	
    
  exotic	
     animals.	
     This	
     gnome	
     is	
     surrounded	
     by	
    
  small	
    creatures	
    that	
    flit,	
    slither	
    or	
    crawl	
    and	
    he	
    
  rarely	
     bothers	
     to	
     cage	
     them;	
     leaving	
     them	
     to	
    
  wander	
    the	
    vicinity,	
    including	
    investigating	
    other	
    
  traveller’s	
     belongings.	
     While	
     his	
     specialty	
     is	
    
  exotic	
    pets,	
    Professor	
    Trinklewurtonburg	
    is	
    quite	
    
  knowledgeable	
    about	
    animals	
    and	
    monsters	
    and	
    
  might	
     be	
     of	
     use	
     to	
     PCs	
     in	
     search	
     of	
     such	
    
  information.	
    	
    
  17-­‐20	
    
  Brother	
     Molentar	
     is	
     clearly	
     inebriated,	
     and	
     has	
    
  sweat	
    and	
    vomit	
    stains	
    on	
    his	
    brown	
    robes.	
    He	
    is	
    
  selling	
     all	
     manner	
     of	
     bones	
     and	
     knickknacks	
     he	
    
  claims	
    are	
    holy	
    relics	
    of	
    whatever	
    faith	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  appear	
     to	
     follow.	
     In	
     addition	
     to	
     forgeries	
     and	
    
  lies,	
     the	
     balding	
     priest	
     Brother	
     Molentar	
     offers	
    
  spellcasting	
    services	
    for	
    normal	
    fees,	
    but	
    getting	
    
  him	
     sober	
     enough	
     to	
     cast	
     spells	
     is	
     another	
    
  matter	
    entirely.	
    	
    
  21-­‐24	
    
  Jervin	
    is	
    a	
    gnomish	
    rat	
    catcher	
    and	
    entrepreneur.	
    
  Pushing	
     a	
     grill	
     cart	
     selling	
     “beef	
     kabobs”	
     and	
    
  small	
    leather	
    pouches	
    covered	
    in	
    short	
    grey	
    fur;	
    
  he	
    swears	
    his	
    products	
    are	
    unrelated	
    to	
    his	
    other	
    
  job	
     as	
     a	
     rat	
     catcher,	
     though	
     if	
     hired	
     for	
     those	
    
  services,	
    his	
    ability	
    to	
    keep	
    any	
    rats	
    he	
    catches	
    is	
    
  part	
    of	
    the	
    deal.	
    	
    
  25-­‐28	
    
  Tarnel	
    Zith	
    is	
    an	
    oily,	
    untrustworthy	
    jeweller	
    with	
    
  sunken	
     eyes	
     who	
     wears	
     warm,	
     regal	
     purple	
    
  clothing.	
    The	
    elf	
    has	
    a	
    knack	
    for	
    making	
    enemies	
    
  and	
     a	
     valise	
     filled	
     with	
     valuables,	
     he	
     is	
     usually	
    
  accompanied	
     by	
     three	
     bodyguards	
     all	
     of	
     whom	
    
  glower	
     at	
     anyone	
     daring	
     to	
     speak	
     with	
     their	
    
  charge.	
    
  29-­‐32	
    
  Celifess	
    wears	
    black	
    leather	
    armour	
    with	
    a	
    deep,	
    
  dark	
    cowl.	
    His	
    cloak	
    has	
    several	
    hidden	
    pockets	
    
  containing	
     mind-­‐altering	
     drugs	
     and	
     poisons	
    
  which	
     he	
     sells	
     to	
     discerning	
     customers.	
     The	
    
  dwarven	
    rogue	
    avoids	
    confrontations	
    and	
    walks	
    
  away	
    if	
    a	
    deal	
    goes	
    sour.	
    	
    
  33-­‐36	
    
  Stennith	
     “Kegs”	
     Alhauser	
     is	
     a	
     hulking	
     middle-­‐
  aged	
     man	
     wearing	
     workman’s	
     clothing	
     that	
    
  smells	
     strongly	
     of	
     yeast.	
     While	
     he	
     bakes	
     the	
    
  occasional	
    loaf	
    of	
    bread	
    to	
    sell,	
    his	
    true	
    passion	
    is	
    
  brewing.	
    He	
    is	
    currently	
    taking	
    several	
    kegs	
    of	
    his	
    
  latest	
    batch	
    to	
    market	
    and	
    can	
    be	
    persuaded	
    to	
    
  tap,	
    and	
    share,	
    a	
    barrel	
    if	
    the	
    PCs	
    ask.	
    It	
    is	
    a	
    high	
    
  quality	
    beverage.	
    	
    
  37-­‐40	
    
  Carnelle	
     Virogon	
     is	
     a	
     late	
     middle-­‐aged	
     woman	
    
  dressed	
     in	
     plain	
     clothes	
     who	
     wears	
     a	
     knowing	
    
  smile.	
    She	
    is	
    the	
    front	
    for	
    a	
    ring	
    that	
    traffics	
    in	
    
  slaves,	
    particularly	
    small	
    children.	
    The	
    vile	
    rogue	
    
  has	
     a	
     knack	
     for	
     sniffing	
     out	
     trouble	
     and	
     is	
    
  unlikely	
    to	
    broach	
    a	
    sale	
    unless	
    the	
    PCs	
    appear	
    
  disreputable,	
     but	
     may	
     sell	
     information	
     about	
    
  missing	
     loved	
     ones;	
     for	
     the	
     right	
     price.	
     Any	
    
  information	
    she	
    sells	
    contains	
    half-­‐truths	
    at	
    best	
    
  which	
     she	
     claims	
     to	
     have	
     heard	
     from	
     a	
     passing	
    
  traveller	
    at	
    a	
    nearby	
    inn.	
    	
    
  41-­‐44	
    
  Palis	
    
  Greenbough	
    
  is	
    
  dressed	
    
  in	
    
  ill-­‐fitting	
    
  woodsman’s	
    clothes	
    and	
    is	
    puttering	
    in	
    the	
    dirt	
    
  on	
     the	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     road.	
     It	
     is	
     clear	
     he	
     does	
     not	
    
  spend	
     much	
     time	
     in	
     the	
     field.	
     He	
     deals	
     in	
     rare	
    
  plants	
     and	
     herbs	
     and	
     is	
     looking	
     for	
     a	
     particular	
    
  specimen.	
     He	
     offers	
     the	
     PCs	
     10	
     gp	
     if	
     they	
     can	
    
  find	
     it	
     for	
     him;	
     with	
     a	
     bonus	
     for	
     any	
     additional	
    
  rare	
    plants	
    they	
    acquire.	
    He	
    prefers	
    the	
    plants	
    be	
    
  brought	
    to	
    him	
    in	
    some	
    of	
    their	
    native	
    soil	
    that	
    
  he	
    might	
    try	
    to	
    cultivate	
    them	
    for	
    future	
    sale.	
    	
    
  45-­‐48	
    
  Pyter	
    Greybeard	
    is	
    an	
    elderly	
    sage	
    on	
    his	
    way	
    to	
    
  sell	
     a	
     number	
     of	
     scrolls	
     he	
     has	
     scribed.	
     He	
    
  hobbles	
    with	
    a	
    cane	
    and	
    wears	
    thick	
    spectacles.	
    
  He	
     speaks	
     very	
     softly	
     and	
     is	
     knowledgeable	
    
  about	
     the	
     history	
     and	
     geography	
     of	
     the	
    
  surrounding	
     area.	
     He	
     loves	
     to	
     talk	
     on	
     such	
    
  matters	
    for	
    hours—particularly	
    when	
    he	
    think	
    he	
    
  might	
    be	
    able	
    to	
    make	
    a	
    sale.	
    
  49-­‐52	
    
  Miklail	
     Nortoppe	
     is	
     a	
     stern,	
     white-­‐haired	
    
  merchant	
     wearing	
     simple,	
     well-­‐made	
     but	
     not	
    
  extravagant	
    clothing.	
    From	
    a	
    wealthy	
    family,	
    he	
    
  has	
     forgone	
     his	
     family’s	
     decadence	
     for	
     his	
    
  lumber	
     business.	
     He	
     does	
     not	
     have	
     time	
     for	
    
  honeyed	
    words	
    or	
    social	
    niceties.	
    
  
  43	
    
  53-­‐56	
    
  Isah	
     Blinken	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     round,	
     friendly	
    
  family	
     man	
     complete	
     with	
     a	
     locket	
     with	
    
  miniatures	
    of	
    his	
    wife	
    and	
    young	
    daughter.	
    Isah	
    
  appears	
    be	
    on	
    his	
    way	
    to	
    sell	
    blank	
    books,	
    inks	
    
  and	
     quills	
     but	
     truthfully	
     is	
     scouting	
     for	
     likely	
    
  targets.	
    Isah	
    is	
    the	
    face	
    for	
    a	
    kidnapping	
    ring.	
    If	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    seem	
    trusting	
    and	
    within	
    the	
    capabilities	
    
  of	
    his	
    allies,	
    he	
    suggests	
    a	
    shortcut	
    to	
    wherever	
    
  the	
     party	
     are	
     headed,	
     or	
     offers	
     a	
     rumour	
     of	
     a	
    
  mystery	
    to	
    be	
    solved.	
    In	
    truth,	
    the	
    path	
    leads	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    to	
    an	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    way	
    road	
    where	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    
  the	
    ring	
    lies	
    in	
    wait.	
    	
    
  57-­‐60	
    
  Poatte	
     is	
     a	
     quiet,	
     hairy	
     woodsman	
     carting	
     an	
    
  armload	
    of	
    freshly	
    dressed	
    game	
    to	
    market.	
    His	
    
  silent	
     glare	
     may	
     initially	
     seem	
     menacing,	
     but	
    
  truthfully	
    he	
    is	
    uncomfortable	
    around	
    people.	
    He	
    
  knows	
    a	
    lot	
    about	
    the	
    nearby	
    woodlands.	
    
  61-­‐64	
    
  Barlte	
    and	
    Bitty	
    Wallenford	
    are	
    a	
    halfling	
    couple	
    
  that	
     run	
     a	
     small	
     dairy.	
     They	
     are	
     all	
     smiles	
     and	
    
  laughs	
    and	
    offer	
    samples	
    of	
    their	
    latest	
    cheeses.	
    	
    
  65-­‐68	
    
  Kaver	
    Kaynel	
    is	
    a	
    chandler	
    with	
    a	
    wide	
    selection	
    
  of	
     coloured	
     candles,	
     wicks	
     and	
     matchsticks.	
     He	
    
  has	
     a	
     fascination	
     with	
     fire,	
     things	
     that	
     burn	
     or	
    
  any	
     creature	
     tied	
     to	
     the	
     flames,	
     and	
     is	
     a	
     good	
    
  font	
    of	
    information	
    related	
    to	
    such	
    matters.	
    	
    
  69-­‐72	
    
  Lonal	
     Longlegs	
     is	
     a	
     tall,	
     spindly	
     man	
     with	
     a	
    
  patchy	
    beard.	
    He	
    trades	
    general	
    goods	
    he	
    thinks	
    
  will	
    sell	
    well	
    at	
    his	
    next	
    stop.	
    He	
    is	
    not	
    especially	
    
  good	
     at	
     his	
     trade	
     and	
     often	
     goes	
     hungry.	
     He	
    
  desperately	
    tries	
    to	
    convince	
    the	
    PCs	
    to	
    buy	
    the	
    
  venison	
    jerky	
    he	
    just	
    acquired.	
    
  73-­‐76	
    
  Wygruber	
    Motz	
    is	
    shabbily	
    dressed	
    and	
    covered	
    
  in	
    road	
    dust	
    and	
    mud.	
    With	
    a	
    slight	
    paunch	
    and	
    
  balding,	
    patchy	
    brown	
    hair,	
    Wygruber	
    trades	
    in	
    
  anything	
     he	
     thinks	
     might	
     make	
     a	
     profit,	
    
  specializing	
     in	
     the	
     unusual.	
     This	
     means	
     that	
     he	
    
  might	
     have	
     just	
     about	
     anything	
     the	
     GM	
     wants	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     to	
     find.	
     In	
     addition,	
     he	
     buys	
     just	
     about	
    
  anything	
    the	
    PCs	
    might	
    be	
    willing	
    to	
    sell:	
    parts	
    of	
    
  monsters,	
     recovered	
     jewellery	
     or	
     art	
     or	
     even	
    
  minor	
     magic	
     items.	
     Wygruber	
     is	
     not	
     especially	
    
  concerned	
    where	
    the	
    item	
    came	
    from,	
    but	
    if	
    the	
    
  deal	
     looks	
     shady,	
     he	
     does	
     not	
     pay	
     top	
     coin	
     for	
    
  the	
    item	
    and	
    tries	
    to	
    off-­‐load	
    it	
    quickly	
    (possibly	
    
  on	
    unsuspecting	
    PCs).	
    	
    
  77-­‐80	
    
  Xaczos	
     Goldenslate	
     wears	
     fine	
     clothing	
     and	
    
  keeps	
    
  his	
    
  massive	
    
  dwarven	
    
  beard	
    
  well-­‐
  manicured.	
    
  Only	
    
  his	
    
  rough	
    
  hands	
    
  and	
    
  masterwork	
    heavy	
    mace	
    suggest	
    he	
    is	
    more	
    than	
    
  a	
     simple,	
     well-­‐off	
     merchant.	
     An	
     expert	
     in	
    
  weaponry,	
    Xaczos	
    is	
    all	
    business;	
    willing	
    to	
    sell	
    to	
    
  any	
    party,	
    as	
    long	
    as	
    they	
    stick	
    to	
    the	
    terms	
    of	
    
  the	
    deal.	
    He	
    often	
    chooses	
    to	
    make	
    an	
    example	
    
  of	
     those	
     that	
     cross	
     him;	
     willing	
     to	
     spend	
     much	
    
  more	
     coin	
     than	
     was	
     lost	
     on	
     the	
     deal	
     to	
     exact	
    
  vengeance.	
    He	
    general	
    deals	
    in	
    large	
    quantities,	
    
  or	
     specially	
     made,	
     weapons,	
     and	
     most	
     of	
     his	
    
  product	
    is	
    crafted	
    by	
    his	
    large	
    extended	
    family.	
    	
    
  81-­‐84	
    
  Plintessa	
    Alsworthy	
    wears	
    a	
    blue	
    gown	
    laced	
    in	
    a	
    
  leather	
    corset,	
    and	
    carries	
    a	
    basket	
    full	
    of	
    freshly	
    
  cut	
     flowers	
     that	
     she	
     sells	
     by	
     the	
     piece.	
     With	
     a	
    
  wry	
     smile,	
     she	
     encourages	
     male	
     PCs	
     to	
     get	
    
  something	
    for	
    that	
    special	
    gal	
    in	
    their	
    life.	
    	
    
  85-­‐88	
    
  Agganette	
     Leafshallow	
     is	
     a	
     seamstress	
     who	
    
  primarily	
     makes	
     cloth	
     dolls	
     for	
     children	
     and	
    
  shawls	
     and	
     scarves	
     for	
     women.	
     She	
     wears	
     a	
    
  particularly	
    good	
    example	
    of	
    her	
    work	
    over	
    her	
    
  black	
     hair;	
     depicting	
     an	
     accurate	
     map	
     of	
     the	
    
  surrounding	
    area.	
    	
    
  89-­‐92	
    
  Vitan	
     wears	
     patched,	
     peasant	
     clothing	
     with	
     his	
    
  sandy	
     hair	
     tucked	
     up	
     under	
     a	
     shapeless	
     cap.	
    
  Vitan	
    is	
    a	
    simple,	
    half-­‐elven	
    labourer,	
    looking	
    for	
    
  work.	
    He	
    is	
    quiet,	
    doesn’t	
    speak	
    about	
    what	
    he	
    
  sees	
     and	
     does	
     just	
     about	
     any	
     menial	
     job	
     for	
     a	
    
  few	
    coins	
    or	
    a	
    meal.	
    	
    
  93-­‐96	
    
  Seber	
     Reos	
     is	
     a	
     cobbler	
     with	
     nervous	
     eyes	
     that	
    
  constantly	
    flicking	
    from	
    side	
    to	
    side	
    as	
    if	
    he	
    for	
    
  imminent	
     attack.	
     Seber	
     has	
     well-­‐tooled	
     shoes,	
    
  slippers	
    and	
    boots	
    to	
    sell.	
    If	
    asked	
    about	
    what	
    he	
    
  is	
     looking	
     for,	
     after	
     making	
     a	
     superstitious	
     sign	
    
  against	
    evil,	
    Seber	
    claims	
    he	
    is	
    afraid	
    the	
    feyfolk	
    
  will	
    sneak	
    up	
    on	
    him	
    and	
    whisk	
    him	
    away	
    to	
    their	
    
  halls	
    under	
    the	
    hills	
    to	
    craft	
    wee-­‐little	
    boots	
    for	
    
  them.	
    
  97-­‐100	
    
  Lucien	
     Goodfellow	
     is	
     dressed	
     immaculately	
     in	
    
  fine	
     robes	
     and	
     high	
     boots.	
     Lucien	
     is	
     clearly	
     a	
    
  demonblooded	
    man	
    with	
    horns	
    and	
    a	
    forked	
    tail.	
    
  He	
    cuts	
    a	
    friendly,	
    rakish	
    pose	
    and	
    it	
    is	
    easy	
    to	
    be	
    
  lulled	
     into	
     comfortable	
     conversation	
     with	
     this	
    
  dangerous	
     man	
     who	
     deals	
     in	
     secrets,	
     lies	
     and	
    
  souls.	
     Lucien	
     knows	
     the	
     answers	
     to	
     many	
    
  questions,	
    and	
    his	
    network	
    of	
    informants	
    across	
    
  the	
     planes	
     can	
     often	
     find	
     out	
     what	
     he	
     cannot.	
    
  However,	
    his	
    preferred	
    payment	
    is	
    the	
    seeker’s	
    
  soul,	
    and	
    if	
    they	
    no	
    longer	
    have	
    theirs,	
    someone	
    
  else’s.	
     Lucien	
     also	
     purchases,	
     and	
     occasionally	
    
  sells,	
     powerful	
     magical	
     items,	
     particularly	
     those	
    
  that	
    are	
    cursed	
    or	
    evilly	
    aligned.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  44	
    
  T R A V E L L E R S :  B A R D S ,  M I N S T R E L S  &  T R O U B A D O U R S  
  Bards,	
     minstrels	
     and	
     troubadours	
     are	
     common	
     sights	
     on	
     many	
    
  roads	
    as	
    they	
    travel	
    in	
    search	
    of	
    audiences	
    and	
    new	
    stories.	
    Use	
    
  this	
    table	
    to	
    determine	
    who	
    the	
    PCs	
    meet.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐04	
    
  Turnen	
    Blackblade	
    is	
    a	
    spy	
    for	
    hire	
    masquerading	
    
  as	
     a	
     wandering	
     troubadour	
     strumming	
     a	
    
  mandolin	
    while	
    wearing	
    a	
    bright	
    red	
    cape	
    and	
    an	
    
  oversized,	
     feather	
     cap.	
     Depending	
     on	
     the	
     GM’s	
    
  needs,	
    he	
    can	
    either	
    have	
    useful	
    information	
    for	
    
  sale,	
     or	
     could	
     be	
     sent	
     to	
     infiltrate	
     and	
     observe	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    by	
    one	
    of	
    their	
    foes.	
    	
    
  05-­‐08	
    
  Parimae	
     and	
     Niresse	
     are	
     twin	
     elven	
     sisters.	
    
  Parimae	
     plays	
     the	
     harp	
     while	
     Niresse	
     dances.	
    
  They	
     are	
     professional	
     artists	
     who	
     have	
     honed	
    
  their	
    craft	
    for	
    many	
    years	
    and	
    are	
    used	
    to	
    playing	
    
  for	
    noble	
    crowds.	
    They	
    try	
    not	
    to	
    mingle	
    overly	
    
  much	
     with	
     common	
     travellers,	
     but	
     quickly	
    
  gravitate	
    to	
    those	
    of	
    obvious	
    means.	
    
  09-­‐12	
    
  Elion	
    Menel	
    	
    is	
    the	
    fourth	
    son	
    of	
    an	
    elven	
    noble	
    
  who	
    fancies	
    himself	
    a	
    poet.	
    Morose	
    and	
    dressed	
    
  in	
     black,	
     he	
     is	
     looking	
     to	
     emotionally	
     suffer	
     in	
    
  order	
     to	
     improve	
     his	
     art	
     and	
     he	
     finds	
     death	
    
  incredibly	
     romantic.	
     Seeing	
     adventurers	
     as	
    
  agents	
    of	
    death,	
    he	
    tries	
    to	
    follow	
    them	
    from	
    a	
    
  distance	
     that	
     he	
     might	
     draw	
     inspiration	
     from	
    
  their	
    brutal	
    actions.	
    	
    
  13-­‐16	
    
  Kalie	
     Wintrose	
     appears	
     as	
     a	
     thin	
     halfling	
     just	
    
  short	
    of	
    starving,	
    dressed	
    in	
    repeatedly	
    patched	
    
  clothing.	
    She	
    is	
    a	
    desperate	
    artist	
    with	
    a	
    spark	
    of	
    
  talent	
    who	
    draws	
    portraits	
    with	
    coloured	
    chalks	
    
  for	
    a	
    few	
    coppers.	
    If	
    someone	
    should	
    choose	
    to	
    
  sponsor	
    her,	
    she	
    has	
    the	
    potential	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    great	
    
  artist.	
    
  17-­‐20	
    
  Breela	
    Gran	
    is	
    a	
    former	
    dwarven	
    seamstress	
    who	
    
  has	
     recently	
     taken	
     on	
     the	
     life	
     of	
     a	
     travelling	
    
  songstress.	
    With	
    her	
    hair	
    in	
    golden	
    braids	
    and	
    a	
    
  selection	
    of	
    fine	
    costumes	
    made	
    herself,	
    Breela	
    
  tries	
     to	
     entertain	
     with	
     such	
     self-­‐written	
     classics	
    
  as	
     “Thimble	
     of	
     My	
     Heart”	
     and	
     “Cross-­‐stitch	
    
  Love.”	
    As	
    of	
    yet,	
    fame	
    has	
    proved	
    elusive.	
    	
    
  21-­‐24	
    
  Cup	
    is	
    an	
    orphaned	
    nine-­‐year-­‐old	
    named	
    for	
    the	
    
  copper	
    cup	
    he	
    carries	
    with	
    him.	
    He	
    tells	
    tall	
    tales	
    
  and	
     bawdy	
     stories	
     that	
     he	
     has	
     picked	
     from	
     a	
    
  short	
     lifetime	
     on	
     the	
     road	
     or	
     scavenging	
     in	
    
  taverns.	
    The	
    boy	
    is	
    an	
    excellent	
    liar	
    with	
    a	
    good	
    
  memory.	
    He	
    has	
    the	
    potential	
    to	
    become	
    a	
    bard,	
    
  rogue	
    or	
    wizard	
    if	
    properly	
    mentored.	
    	
    
  25-­‐28	
    
  Three-­‐Fingered	
     Cob	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     rough	
     spun	
    
  peasant	
     clothing	
     with	
     three	
     days	
     of	
     stubble	
     on	
    
  his	
     cheek.	
     Cob	
     nimbly	
     performs	
     sleight	
     of	
     hand	
    
  tricks	
     despite	
     missing	
     two	
     fingers	
     from	
     his	
     left	
    
  hand;	
     punishment	
     for	
     making	
     a	
     nobleman’s	
    
  purse	
     disappear.	
     Audiences	
     would	
     be	
     wise	
     to	
    
  keep	
    their	
    own	
    purses	
    well-­‐guarded.	
    	
    
  29-­‐32	
    
  Lilarose,	
     the	
     Amber	
     Lake	
     Angel	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     a	
    
  fine	
    orange	
    gown	
    with	
    attached	
    gossamer	
    wings.	
    
  A	
    renowned	
    dancer,	
    she	
    moves	
    elegantly	
    with	
    a	
    
  practiced	
     smile	
     as	
     she	
     hurries	
     to	
     her	
     next	
    
  engagement.	
     In	
     addition	
     to	
     dance,	
     Lilarose	
     is	
    
  fascinated	
     by	
     arcane	
     magic	
     and	
     sorcerers,	
    
  wizards	
     or	
     other	
     casters	
     can	
     quickly	
     win	
     her	
    
  favour	
    with	
    a	
    demonstration	
    of	
    their	
    skill.	
    	
    
  33-­‐36	
    
  Nagar	
    the	
    Mighty	
    wears	
    only	
    well-­‐worn	
    trousers.	
    
  A	
     tattoo	
     of	
     a	
     clenched	
     fist	
     covers	
     his	
     back	
     and	
    
  the	
    hulking	
    man	
    scowls	
    at	
    all	
    who	
    cross	
    his	
    path.	
    
  He	
    is	
    a	
    professional	
    pugilist,	
    who	
    performs	
    feats	
    
  of	
     strength	
     and	
     combat	
     to	
     delight	
     the	
     crowds,	
    
  while	
    emphasizing	
    a	
    rough	
    and	
    cruel	
    demeanour.	
    
  In	
     truth,	
     his	
     real	
     name	
     is	
     Lonnel	
     and	
     he	
     is	
     a	
    
  gentle	
     soul	
    who	
     paints	
     water	
     colours	
     and	
     loves	
    
  kittens.	
    	
    
  37-­‐40	
    
  Elramir	
     Elihu	
     wears	
     simply	
     clothing,	
     cut	
     to	
    
  emphasize	
    
  his	
    
  well-­‐sculpted	
    
  chest.	
    
  More	
    
  attractive	
    than	
    talented,	
    he	
    makes	
    liberal	
    use	
    of	
    
  magical	
     spells	
     to	
     improve	
     his	
     singing	
     and	
    
  storytelling	
    performances.	
    Always	
    on	
    the	
    lookout	
    
  for	
    his	
    next	
    romantic	
    conquest,	
    some	
    of	
    his	
    tales	
    
  contain	
    nuggets	
    of	
    truth	
    that	
    just	
    might	
    be	
    useful	
    
  for	
    interested	
    adventurers.	
    	
    
  41-­‐44	
    
  Sodon	
     Milt	
     wears	
     typical	
     minstrel’s	
     clothing	
    
  complete	
     with	
     feather	
     cap	
     and	
     harp.	
     He	
     plucks	
    
  his	
     harp	
     constantly,	
     unless	
     it	
     clearly	
     begins	
     to	
    
  annoy	
     his	
     patrons.	
     He	
     weaves	
     complicated	
    
  stories	
    that	
    take	
    great	
    effort	
    to	
    follow	
    and	
    likes	
    
  to	
     pair	
     with	
     pick	
     pocketing	
     rogues	
     (such	
     as	
    
  Three-­‐Fingered	
    Cob	
    above)	
    that	
    can	
    make	
    use	
    of	
    
  his	
    talent	
    for	
    distraction.	
    	
    
  45-­‐48	
    
  Scyllia	
    Snow	
    wears	
    warm	
    clothing,	
    edged	
    in	
    fur	
    
  no	
     matter	
     the	
     temperature,	
     as	
     if	
     she	
     expects	
     a	
    
  blizzard	
    any	
    moment.	
    Her	
    oracle's	
    eyes	
    hold	
    a	
    far	
    
  off	
     gaze,	
     which	
     she	
     often	
     directs	
     skyward	
     and	
    
  rarely	
    looks	
    directly	
    towards	
    those	
    around	
    her.	
    It	
    
  is	
     rumoured	
     she	
     has	
     the	
     ability	
     to	
     sing	
     up	
    
  weather,	
    fair	
    or	
    foul,	
    and	
    many	
    a	
    farmer	
    has	
    paid	
    
  her	
    to	
    bring	
    rains	
    or	
    hold	
    off	
    the	
    snows.	
    	
    
  49-­‐52	
    
  Jilnara	
     Peak	
     is	
     a	
     talented	
     singer	
     the	
     party	
    
  overhears	
     as	
     she	
     gathers	
     water	
     from	
     a	
     well	
     or	
    
  works	
    in	
    the	
    field.	
    She	
    dreams	
    of	
    running	
    away	
    
  to	
     become	
     a	
     famous	
     bard	
     but	
     so	
     far	
     has	
     been	
    
  unwilling	
     to	
     forgo	
     the	
     responsibility	
     she	
     feels	
    
  towards	
    her	
    family.	
    She	
    is	
    the	
    eldest	
    daughter	
    of	
    
  a	
    local	
    farmer	
    and	
    has	
    six	
    siblings	
    that	
    are	
    often	
    
  her	
    charge.	
    	
    
  53-­‐56	
    
  Jol	
     Stonebeard	
     wears	
     all	
     black	
     clothing	
     and	
     his	
    
  beard	
    is	
    neatly	
    braided	
    and	
    flecked	
    with	
    silver.	
    A	
    
  poet	
     with	
     a	
     throaty	
     voice,	
     he	
     is	
     prone	
     to	
    
  composing	
    romantic	
    sonnets.	
    He	
    has	
    a	
    dry	
    sense	
    
  of	
     humour	
     that	
     is	
     often	
     mistaken	
     for	
     a	
     dour	
    
  mien.	
     This	
     baffles	
     him	
     as	
     he	
     is	
     certain	
     he	
     is	
     a	
    
  witty	
    fellow.	
    
  
  45	
    
  57-­‐60	
    
  Roma	
     Be’lil	
     is	
     a	
     smirking	
     troubadour,	
     with	
     a	
    
  feathered	
    cape	
    and	
    well-­‐used	
    lute.	
    Roma	
    offers	
    a	
    
  constant	
    smile	
    and	
    chipper	
    attitude	
    to	
    attentive	
    
  crowds,	
    no	
    matter	
    if	
    they	
    appreciate	
    her	
    efforts	
    
  or	
    not.	
    She	
    knows	
    many	
    popular	
    tunes	
    and	
    plays	
    
  for	
    tips.	
    	
    
  61-­‐64	
    
  Fairweather	
     Sal	
     is	
     a	
     former	
     barmaid	
     turned	
    
  bawdy	
    singer,	
    and	
    still	
    dresses	
    the	
    part.	
    With	
    her	
    
  long	
     red	
     hair	
     and	
     ample	
     bust,	
     Sal	
     has	
     become	
    
  quite	
    a	
    good	
    comic	
    as	
    well,	
    though	
    her	
    unrefined	
    
  talents	
    will	
    never	
    find	
    their	
    way	
    to	
    a	
    noble’s	
    hall,	
    
  they	
     are	
     always	
     be	
     appreciated	
     among	
     the	
    
  common	
    folk.	
    	
    
  65-­‐68	
    
  Fidelity	
    Larent	
    is	
    a	
    shy,	
    quiet	
    flutist	
    with	
    strong	
    
  lungs	
     and	
     a	
     true	
     talent.	
     She	
     was	
     raised	
     as	
     a	
    
  travelling	
    performer	
    by	
    her	
    mother,	
    Krosta,	
    who	
    
  achieved	
     some	
     small	
     fame	
     as	
     a	
     flutist,	
     and	
     she	
    
  still	
    possesses	
    her	
    mother’s	
    cherished	
    flute.	
    She	
    
  lacks	
     her	
     mother’s	
     dynamic	
     personality	
     to	
     be	
     a	
    
  travelling	
     performer	
     and	
     might	
     do	
     better	
     in	
     a	
    
  chamber	
    orchestra.	
    	
    
  69-­‐72	
    
  Federol	
     Balderack	
     wears	
     serviceable	
     workman’s	
    
  clothes	
    and	
    would	
    not	
    appear	
    the	
    musician	
    that	
    
  he	
    is,	
    if	
    not	
    for	
    the	
    drums	
    and	
    cymbals	
    he	
    carries.	
    
  Federol	
     has	
     a	
     deep	
     gravelly	
     voice	
     and	
     a	
     good	
    
  sense	
     of	
     rhythm.	
     He	
     specializes	
     in	
     rhythmic	
    
  chants	
    and	
    beats	
    and	
    often	
    performs	
    to	
    motivate	
    
  workers	
    who	
    perform	
    repetitive	
    tasks.	
    He	
    prefers	
    
  socializing	
     with	
     working	
     folk	
     over	
     the	
     artsy	
    
  crowd.	
    	
    
  73-­‐76	
    
  Daron	
    Felwister	
    is	
    always	
    dressed	
    in	
    some	
    sort	
    of	
    
  costume	
     or	
     disguise	
     when	
     first	
     met.	
     He	
     is	
     an	
    
  expert	
     make-­‐up	
     artist	
     and	
     costumer,	
     useful	
     for	
    
  any	
     theatre	
     or	
     circus	
     and	
     usually	
     wears	
     some	
    
  prosthetic	
     to	
     look	
     unique:	
     horns,	
     large	
     nose,	
    
  hunchback	
     and	
     so	
     on.	
     He	
     enjoys	
     surprising	
    
  unsuspecting	
     observers	
     by	
     hiding	
     stage	
     devices	
    
  in	
    his	
    prosthetics	
    to	
    startle	
    them	
    with	
    loud	
    noises	
    
  or	
    gouts	
    of	
    flame.	
    	
    
  77-­‐80	
    
  Green-­‐Eyed	
    Del	
    looks	
    like	
    your	
    average	
    travelling	
    
  performer,	
    complete	
    with	
    road	
    dust	
    and	
    a	
    mud-­‐
  splattered	
    cloak.	
    Del	
    gained	
    his	
    moniker	
    from	
    his	
    
  intense	
    emerald	
    eyes,	
    which	
    stare	
    deeply	
    at	
    you	
    
  as	
     he	
     tells	
     his	
     tales.	
     He	
     prefers	
     to	
     involve	
     the	
    
  crowd	
     as	
     much	
     as	
     possible,	
     tossing	
     props	
     into	
    
  the	
    audience	
    or	
    allowing	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    details	
    to	
    
  the	
     story,	
     which	
     he	
     extemporaneously	
     blends	
    
  into	
    his	
    tale.	
    	
    
  81-­‐84	
    
  Rond	
     wears	
     plain,	
     functional	
     clothing	
     and	
     is	
    
  always	
     accompanied	
     by	
     his	
     animals.	
     He	
     trains	
    
  dogs,	
     birds	
     and	
     small	
     primates	
     in	
     a	
     variety	
     of	
    
  tricks,	
     which	
     they	
     perform	
     for	
     appreciative	
    
  crowds.	
    He	
    is	
    also	
    not	
    above	
    teaching	
    his	
    pets	
    a	
    
  few	
    useful	
    skills	
    that	
    might	
    be	
    used	
    for	
    shadier	
    
  pursuits;	
     such	
     as	
     pick-­‐pocketing	
     monkeys,	
    
  fighting	
     dogs	
     or	
     necklace-­‐snatching	
     weasels.	
    
  Thus,	
    he	
    often	
    leaves	
    town	
    in	
    a	
    hurry.	
    	
    
  85-­‐88	
    
  Sparrow	
    is	
    a	
    young	
    boy	
    with	
    wide	
    eyes.	
    Dressed	
    
  plainly	
    and	
    full	
    of	
    nervous	
    enthusiasm,	
    Sparrow	
    
  desperately	
     wants	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     famous	
     performer.	
    
  Unfortunately,	
     he’s	
     not	
     especially	
     good	
     at	
    
  anything.	
     He	
     is	
     a	
     passable	
     juggler	
     and	
     has	
     an	
    
  average	
     voice.	
     He	
     has	
     yet	
     to	
     find	
     that	
     spark	
    
  where	
     he	
     shines	
     brighter	
     than	
     others.	
     At	
     the	
    
  moment,	
    he	
    hopes	
    to	
    attach	
    himself	
    to	
    a	
    theatre	
    
  company,	
     circus	
     or	
     roaming	
     troupe	
     in	
     order	
     to	
    
  find	
    the	
    fame	
    he	
    craves.	
    
  89-­‐92	
    
  Star-­‐crossed	
     Primm	
     appears	
     as	
     an	
     average	
    
  minstrel	
     with	
     a	
     fair	
     voice	
     and	
     shiny	
     mandolin.	
    
  Unfortunately,	
     Primm	
     is	
     cursed	
     with	
     a	
     split	
    
  personality	
    that	
    murderously	
    rears	
    its	
    head	
    if	
    she	
    
  is	
     ever	
     heckled	
     by	
     children.	
     When	
     her	
     other	
    
  personality	
     takes	
     over,	
     Primm	
     executes	
     a	
    
  complicated	
     scheme	
     to	
     murder	
     the	
     badly	
    
  behaved	
     children’s	
     parents.	
     So	
     far	
     no	
     one	
     has	
    
  pinned	
    the	
    murders	
    on	
    Primm,	
    and	
    indeed	
    good-­‐
  hearted	
    
  Primm,	
    
  unaware	
    
  of	
    
  her	
    
  other	
    
  personality,	
    is	
    devastated	
    that	
    a	
    string	
    of	
    brutal	
    
  murders	
    seem	
    to	
    follow	
    her	
    wherever	
    she	
    goes.	
    	
    
  93-­‐96	
    
  Atius	
     Minch	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     an	
     old,	
     but	
     fine	
     suit	
    
  with	
    tails	
    and	
    suspenders.	
    He	
    is	
    a	
    skilled	
    orator	
    
  who	
     adopts	
     whatever	
     local	
     cause	
     is	
     at	
     hand.	
    
  Mobilizing	
    the	
    people	
    with	
    the	
    fiery	
    speeches	
    of	
    
  a	
     demagogue,	
     Atius	
     often	
     promotes	
     violence	
    
  until	
     the	
     establishment	
     pays	
     him	
     to	
     move	
     on.	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    may	
    make	
    good	
    scapegoats,	
    or	
    allies,	
    to	
    
  his	
    latest	
    cause.	
    
  97-­‐100	
    
  Tsia	
     Xianan	
     is	
     a	
     trained	
     courtier	
     and	
     expert	
     in	
    
  Ikebana.	
     Ever	
     polite,	
     and	
     dressed	
     in	
     the	
     silk	
    
  robes	
     of	
     her	
     far-­‐off	
     homeland,	
     she	
     defers	
     to	
    
  whatever	
    the	
    customer	
    wants,	
    but	
    has	
    a	
    sense	
    of	
    
  colour	
     and	
     skill	
     with	
     flower	
     arranging	
     that	
     can	
    
  evoke	
     nearly	
     any	
     desired	
     emotion	
     in	
     an	
    
  audience.	
     Indeed,	
     many	
     eateries	
     or	
     public	
    
  houses	
     catering	
     to	
     the	
     rich	
     often	
     employ	
     her	
    
  skills	
     to	
     subtly	
     influence	
     their	
     clients	
     with	
     her	
    
  near	
    magical	
    talents.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  46	
    
  T R A V E L L E R S :  M E R C E N A R I E S ,  S E L L S W O R D S  &  F R E E B O O T E R S  
  In	
    most	
    settings,	
    skill	
    with	
    a	
    blade	
    is	
    a	
    valued	
    commodity	
    and	
    as	
    
  such	
     is	
     always	
     in	
     demand.	
     The	
     PCs	
     will	
     likely	
     meet	
     many	
    
  mercenaries	
    on	
    their	
    travels	
    –	
    perhaps	
    some	
    will	
    join	
    the	
    party	
    if	
    
  the	
    pay	
    is	
    good	
    enough.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    determine	
    who	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐04	
    
  Ytor	
     Pense	
     is	
     a	
     hedge	
     knight	
     in	
     dented	
     plate,	
    
  mounted	
    on	
    a	
    barded	
    warhorse.	
    His	
    shield	
    bares	
    
  a	
    black	
    and	
    blue	
    chequy	
    with	
    a	
    large	
    yellow	
    star	
    
  in	
    the	
    upper	
    left	
    quarter.	
    Ytor	
    is	
    a	
    serious	
    man	
    
  who	
     has	
     been	
     hired	
     to	
     find	
     a	
     half-­‐orc,	
     former	
    
  soldier	
     and	
     murderer	
     named	
     Gryqo	
     (see	
     05-­‐08	
    
  below)	
     and	
     interrogates	
     the	
     PCs	
     about	
     whom	
    
  they	
    have	
    seen	
    on	
    their	
    travels.	
    	
    
  05-­‐08	
    
  Gryqo	
    is	
    a	
    former	
    soldier	
    wanted	
    for	
    the	
    murder	
    
  of	
     his	
     commanding	
     officer.	
     He	
     is	
     dirty	
     and	
    
  frightened,	
    nervously	
    looking	
    over	
    his	
    shoulder.	
    
  If	
     the	
     PCs	
     question	
     him,	
     he	
     says	
     a	
     man	
     named	
    
  Ytor	
     Pense	
     (see	
     01-­‐04	
     above)	
     murdered	
     his	
    
  family	
     and	
     is	
     now	
     after	
     him.	
     If	
     the	
     PCs	
     cross	
    
  paths	
    with	
    Ytor,	
    he	
    asks	
    they	
    not	
    reveal	
    Gryqo’s	
    
  whereabouts	
    or	
    direction	
    of	
    travel.	
    	
    
  09-­‐12	
    
  Dalat	
     Thunderock	
     is	
     a	
     dwarf	
     with	
     no	
     left	
     arm,	
    
  having	
    lost	
    it	
    at	
    the	
    elbow	
    in	
    a	
    long	
    ago	
    battle.	
    
  He	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     chain	
     armour	
     and	
     carries	
     a	
    
  many-­‐notched	
     battleaxe	
     on	
     his	
     back.	
     Dalat	
     has	
    
  no	
     sense	
     of	
     right	
     or	
     wrong	
     and	
     is	
     looking	
     for	
    
  anyway	
    to	
    get	
    ahead.	
    While	
    he	
    quickly	
    sizes	
    up	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    as	
    being	
    too	
    strong	
    for	
    him	
    to	
    attack,	
    he	
    
  offers	
    to	
    join	
    them	
    in	
    hopes	
    of	
    robbing	
    them	
    in	
    
  the	
    future.	
    	
    
  13-­‐16	
    
  Handsome	
     Fess	
     is	
     a	
     young	
     charismatic	
     archer,	
    
  and	
     sometimes	
     outlaw,	
     in	
     worn,	
     mismatched	
    
  finery.	
     He	
     is	
     a	
     good	
     singer	
     and	
     flirts	
     with	
    
  attractive	
    female	
    PCs.	
    He	
    enjoys	
    life	
    immensely	
    
  and	
    is	
    looking	
    for	
    his	
    next	
    experience,	
    and	
    some	
    
  coin	
     to	
     purchase	
     it.	
     Duc	
     died,	
     and	
     was	
     raised	
    
  from	
     the	
     dead,	
     three	
     years	
     ago	
     through	
     the	
    
  charity	
    of	
    friends.	
    PCs	
    carting	
    a	
    dead	
    friend	
    to	
    a	
    
  nearby	
    temple,	
    or	
    hoisting	
    a	
    pint	
    to	
    the	
    memory	
    
  of	
     a	
     deceased	
     friend,	
     find	
     a	
     sympathetic	
     ear	
     in	
    
  Fess	
    who	
    offers	
    to	
    contribute	
    a	
    few	
    gold	
    or	
    buy	
    
  the	
    next	
    round.	
    	
    
  17-­‐20	
    
  Dame	
     Lenailia	
     Pibnius	
     wears	
     a	
     breastplate	
    
  covered	
    in	
    a	
    tabard	
    displaying	
    her	
    colours:	
    a	
    red	
    
  dove	
    on	
    a	
    field	
    of	
    blue.	
    Her	
    short	
    brown	
    hair	
    is	
    
  held	
     in	
     tight	
     braids	
     such	
     that	
     she	
     can	
     wear	
     a	
    
  great	
     helm	
     without	
     problem.	
     Lenailia	
     is	
     a	
     loyal	
    
  soldier	
    to	
    whatever	
    country	
    or	
    lord	
    whose	
    lands	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    through	
    and	
    is	
    of	
    noble	
    birth,	
    with	
    
  her	
     family	
     having	
     a	
     long	
     history	
     of	
     martial	
    
  service.	
     She	
     carries	
     her	
     father’s	
     masterwork	
    
  longsword	
    known	
    as	
    Unyielding	
    Fidelity,	
    and	
    it	
    is	
    
  never	
    far	
    from	
    her	
    side.	
    	
    
  21-­‐24	
    
  Brithe	
    is	
    dressed	
    as	
    a	
    postal	
    rider	
    or	
    courier	
    rides	
    
  a	
    skittish	
    bay	
    mare.	
    Brithe	
    is	
    nervous	
    as	
    this	
    is	
    his	
    
  first	
    solo	
    ride	
    and	
    he	
    tries	
    to	
    avoid	
    the	
    PCs	
    unless	
    
  they	
     hail	
     him.	
     If	
     he	
     is	
     approached,	
     he	
     tries	
     to	
    
  keep	
    a	
    few	
    yards	
    of	
    space	
    between	
    himself	
    and	
    
  the	
     nearest	
     PC,	
     in	
     case	
     he	
     should	
     have	
     to	
     run.	
    
  Brithe	
     is	
     unarmed	
     and	
     has	
     a	
     satchel	
     full	
     of	
    
  letters.	
    	
    
  25-­‐28	
    
  Captain	
    Millibom	
    Darkwater	
    	
    is	
    dressed	
    in	
    a	
    long	
    
  blue	
    coat	
    with	
    gleaming	
    brass	
    buttons.	
    A	
    bright	
    
  red	
     sash	
     belts	
     around	
     his	
     waist	
     and	
     large	
     hat	
    
  tops	
    his	
    head.	
    The	
    leader	
    of	
    a	
    band	
    of	
    pint-­‐sized	
    
  smugglers,	
     Captain	
     Millibom	
     is	
     a	
     gentleman’s	
    
  bandit	
    with	
    a	
    sense	
    of	
    honour.	
    He	
    has	
    no	
    wish	
    to	
    
  harm	
    
  anyone	
    
  and	
    
  prefers	
    
  to	
    
  avoid	
    
  entanglements	
    with	
    the	
    law.	
    
  29-­‐32	
    
  Bre’al	
     Speardotter	
     wears	
     a	
     fur	
     covered	
     chain	
    
  shirt	
    and	
    carries	
    a	
    masterwork	
    silvered	
    spear	
    and	
    
  a	
    shield	
    displaying	
    a	
    roaring	
    green	
    dragon’s	
    head	
    
  mounted	
     on	
     a	
     bloody	
     spear.	
     Bre’al	
     is	
     a	
     lusty	
    
  northman	
     with	
     a	
     love	
     for	
     battle,	
     song	
     and	
     ale.	
    
  She	
     mocks	
     those	
     who	
     drink	
     wine	
     as	
     weak	
    
  nursemaids	
    not	
    worthy	
    to	
    be	
    called	
    warriors.	
    	
    
  33-­‐36	
    
  Carek	
     Mallen	
     is	
     clearly	
     new	
     to	
     the	
     mercenary	
    
  life.	
     His	
     studded	
     leather	
     armour	
     looks	
     freshly	
    
  made	
     and	
     his	
     mace	
     and	
     wooden	
     shield	
     have	
    
  neither	
    device,	
    nor	
    battle	
    scars.	
    He	
    is	
    hoping	
    to	
    
  become	
     a	
     rich	
     mercenary	
     and	
     quietly	
     attaches	
    
  himself	
    to	
    more	
    experienced	
    soldiers,	
    hoping	
    to	
    
  learn	
    the	
    trade	
    by	
    observing	
    them.	
    	
    
  37-­‐40	
    
  Old	
    Pon	
    Stouthammer	
    is	
    a	
    solidly	
    built	
    dwarf	
    of	
    
  two	
     centuries.	
     The	
     veteran	
     of	
     a	
     dozen	
     conflicts	
    
  and	
     house	
     guard	
     to	
     near	
     a	
     dozen	
     different	
    
  families	
    in	
    his	
    career,	
    Pon	
    has	
    gathered	
    enough	
    
  coin	
     to	
     live	
     comfortably	
     but	
     with	
     no	
     children	
    
  seeks	
     to	
     pass	
     on	
     his	
     advice	
     and	
     legacy.	
     He	
    
  carriers	
    Skullhammer,	
    an	
    enchanted	
    graven	
    with	
    
  dwarven	
    runes	
    of	
    battle.	
    If	
    someone	
    could	
    prove	
    
  their	
    worth	
    as	
    a	
    soldier,	
    he	
    just	
    might	
    pass	
    the	
    
  weapon	
    on	
    to	
    them.	
    	
    
  41-­‐44	
    
  Lightning	
     Haln	
     Amenith	
     	
     is	
     decked	
     in	
     a	
     blacked	
    
  chain	
     shirt	
     and	
     sports	
     two	
     well-­‐used	
     short	
    
  swords.	
     Lightning	
     Haln,	
     is	
     fast	
     and	
     deadly	
     and	
    
  has	
    a	
    dislike	
    of	
    goblinfolk.	
    He	
    has	
    a	
    sly	
    grin	
    and	
    a	
    
  wicked	
     tongue,	
     but	
     can	
     be	
     stealthy	
     when	
    
  needed.	
     He	
     is	
     skilled	
     in	
     dungeoneering	
     and	
    
  murder	
    and	
    can	
    be	
    hired,	
    for	
    the	
    right	
    price.	
    He	
    
  is	
     trustworthy	
     (to	
     an	
     extent)	
     but	
     suffers	
     from	
    
  wanderlust	
    and	
    rarely	
    stays	
    in	
    one	
    place	
    long.	
    
  45-­‐48	
    
  Chelyna	
    is	
    never	
    far	
    from	
    a	
    pack	
    of	
    rambunctious	
    
  hounds	
    she	
    treats	
    as	
    family.	
    A	
    skilled	
    mistress	
    of	
    
  hounds,	
     she	
     makes	
     an	
     excellent	
     trainer	
     of	
    
  animals	
     for	
     both	
     hunting	
     and	
     war.	
     Her	
     quiet,	
    
  angry	
     personality	
     and	
     lack	
     of	
     regular	
     bathing	
    
  prevents	
     her	
     from	
     socializing	
     with	
     humanoids	
    
  much;	
    which	
    is	
    just	
    as	
    she	
    would	
    have	
    it.	
    	
    
  
  47	
    
  49-­‐52	
    
  Acelia	
    Trinkt	
    is	
    a	
    tinkerer	
    specializing	
    in	
    security.	
    
  She	
    can	
    build	
    a	
    pit	
    trap,	
    design	
    a	
    vault	
    or	
    tunnel	
    
  under	
     a	
     wall.	
     Dressed	
     for	
     work	
     in	
     small,	
     tight	
    
  dirty	
    places	
    where	
    battle	
    is	
    likely,	
    her	
    talents	
    are	
    
  in	
     demand	
     both	
     by	
     noble	
     lords	
     protecting	
     a	
    
  castle	
    and	
    generals	
    sieging	
    one.	
    With	
    large,	
    thick	
    
  glasses,	
     Acelia	
     is	
     friendly	
     and	
     used	
     to	
     the	
    
  company	
    of	
    soldiers	
    more	
    than	
    polite	
    society.	
    	
    
  53-­‐56	
    
  Alaria	
    Brightdawn	
    rides	
    forth,	
    clad	
    in	
    plate,	
    on	
    a	
    
  shining	
     white	
     destrier.	
     At	
     the	
     behest	
     of	
     her	
    
  church,	
    she	
    searches	
    for	
    a	
    group	
    of	
    prophesied	
    
  heroes	
    that	
    are	
    supposed	
    to	
    save	
    the	
    world	
    from	
    
  a	
    dire	
    threat	
    of	
    the	
    GM’s	
    choosing.	
    She	
    is	
    direct	
    
  and	
    focused	
    on	
    her	
    task.	
    	
    
  57-­‐60	
    
  Alatariel	
     skulks	
     nearby,	
     wrapped	
     in	
     a	
     shadowy	
    
  cloak.	
     She	
     is	
     a	
     contract	
     killer,	
     and	
     at	
     the	
     GM’s	
    
  discretion	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    resembles	
    her	
    target	
    or	
    
  they	
    are	
    on	
    their	
    way	
    to	
    meet	
    her	
    target.	
    	
    
  61-­‐64	
    
  Appleseed	
    Puc	
    is	
    a	
    young	
    watchman	
    walking	
    his	
    
  beat.	
    An	
    expert	
    with	
    a	
    crossbow,	
    Puc	
    earned	
    his	
    
  nickname	
    from	
    his	
    love	
    of	
    applea.	
    If	
    prodded,	
    he	
    
  entertains	
     the	
     PCs	
     by	
     tossing	
     his	
     apple	
     high	
     in	
    
  the	
    air	
    before	
    piercing	
    it	
    with	
    a	
    bolt.	
    	
    
  65-­‐68	
    
  Sir	
     Kalis	
     Angelstar	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     shining	
     plate	
    
  covered	
    in	
    a	
    white	
    tunic	
    displaying	
    his	
    device	
    of	
    
  crossed	
     swords	
     over	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
     feathered	
     wings.	
    
  Sir	
    Kalis	
    is	
    a	
    haughty	
    nobleman	
    and	
    knight	
    who	
    is	
    
  very	
    conscious	
    of	
    social	
    proprieties	
    and	
    expects	
    
  others	
    to	
    do	
    the	
    same.	
    Uncouth	
    travellers	
    draw	
    
  his	
    scorn	
    and	
    he	
    avoids	
    them	
    at	
    all	
    costs.	
    	
    
  69-­‐72	
    
  Xa	
     Ne	
     is	
     an	
     aging	
     foreigner	
     with	
     patchy	
     white	
    
  hair	
    and	
    eyes	
    clouded	
    with	
    cataracts.	
    With	
    only	
    a	
    
  simple	
    robe	
    and	
    a	
    staff	
    to	
    lean	
    upon,	
    Xa	
    Ne	
    is	
    in	
    
  search	
     of	
     a	
     student.	
     He	
     left	
     his	
     homeland	
     after	
    
  his	
     last	
     student	
     brought	
     great	
     dishonour	
     on	
     his	
    
  school	
    by	
    murdering	
    a	
    rival	
    student.	
    	
    
  73-­‐76	
    
  Duc	
    Lloliwhal	
    “the	
    Many	
    Coloured”	
    is	
    wrapped	
    in	
    
  dozens	
    of	
    different	
    coloured	
    scarves	
    and	
    sports	
    
  several	
    jewelled	
    rings,	
    necklaces	
    and	
    earrings.	
    He	
    
  uses	
    the	
    scarves	
    and	
    jewellery	
    as	
    a	
    distraction	
    to	
    
  conceal	
    many	
    different	
    blades	
    about	
    his	
    person.	
    
  Rakish	
     and	
     flamboyant,	
     Duc	
     is	
     always	
     on	
     the	
    
  lookout	
     for	
     his	
     next	
     adventure.	
     If	
     none	
     are	
     at	
    
  hand,	
    a	
    fine	
    wine	
    will	
    have	
    to	
    do.	
    	
    
  77-­‐80	
    
  Captain	
    Shiel	
    Krintz	
    	
    is	
    a	
    tired	
    watch	
    captain	
    just	
    
  coming	
     off	
     duty	
     and	
     heading	
     home.	
     If	
     he	
     sees	
    
  obvious	
     adventurers,	
     he	
     crosses	
     the	
     street	
     to	
    
  avoid	
    them,	
    as	
    he	
    knows	
    such	
    folk	
    always	
    cause	
    
  trouble	
    and	
    he	
    wants	
    nothing	
    to	
    do	
    with	
    it.	
    
  81-­‐84	
    
  Smithwhick	
    
  Vandergooggin,	
    
  Adventurer	
    
  Extraordinaire	
     is	
     actually	
     not	
     adventurous.	
     An	
    
  expert	
    in	
    locks	
    and	
    traps,	
    Smithwhick	
    prefers	
    to	
    
  have	
     safes	
     or	
     locked	
     chests	
     brought	
     to	
     him.	
     If	
    
  hired,	
    he	
    considers	
    entering	
    a	
    dungeon	
    to	
    ply	
    his	
    
  trade,	
    but	
    only	
    after	
    it	
    has	
    been	
    cleared	
    out.	
    He	
    
  owns	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    magical	
    gloves	
    that	
    give	
    him	
    the	
    
  trapfinding	
     ability	
     of	
     a	
     rogue	
     and	
     allow	
     him	
     to	
    
  disable	
    magical	
    traps.	
    	
    
  85-­‐88	
    
  Twip	
    and	
    Pip	
    Halanzo	
    are	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    identical	
    twin	
    
  brothers	
    who	
    have	
    honed	
    their	
    fighting	
    style	
    to	
    
  work	
    together.	
    To	
    confuse	
    foes,	
    they	
    dress	
    alike	
    
  and	
     wear	
     beards	
     trimmed	
     in	
     the	
     same	
     style.	
    
  They	
    wield	
    identical	
    masterwork	
    short	
    swords.	
    	
    
  89-­‐92	
    
  Watchman	
     Quarrells	
     is	
     an	
     unpleasant,	
     rotund	
    
  man	
    with	
    food	
    and	
    sweat	
    stains	
    on	
    his	
    uniform.	
    
  He	
     approaches	
     the	
     PCs	
     with	
     threats	
     of	
     jailing	
    
  them	
     for	
     fabricated	
     offenses	
     they	
     obviously	
    
  didn’t	
     commit	
     in	
     hopes	
     of	
     getting	
     a	
     bribe	
     from	
    
  rich	
    adventurers.	
    	
    
  93-­‐96	
    
  Geda	
    is	
    a	
    particularly	
    stout	
    woman	
    with	
    a	
    strong	
    
  dislike	
    for	
    elves.	
    With	
    a	
    plain	
    appearance	
    and	
    no	
    
  particular	
     vocation,	
     she	
     moves	
     from	
     inn	
     to	
     inn	
    
  earning	
     coins	
     arm-­‐wrestling	
     drunken	
     louts	
     or	
    
  winning	
    other	
    tavern	
    contests.	
    If	
    she	
    is	
    near	
    an	
    
  elf	
    during	
    a	
    barroom	
    brawl,	
    she	
    is	
    sure	
    to	
    send	
    at	
    
  least	
     one	
     stool	
     or	
     mug	
     towards	
     “the	
     pointy-­‐
  eared	
    flower	
    muncher.”	
    	
    
  97-­‐100	
    
  Beeks	
    cuts	
    a	
    distracting	
    image:	
    a	
    man-­‐sized	
    crow	
    
  dressed	
     in	
     brightly	
     coloured	
     clothing	
     decorated	
    
  with	
     hundreds	
     of	
     ribbons	
     and	
     shiny	
     baubles.	
    
  With	
     no	
     self-­‐control,	
     Beeks	
     runs	
     from	
     one	
    
  glittery	
     jewel	
     to	
     the	
     next	
     highly	
     polished	
     gold	
    
  plate;	
     all	
     of	
     which	
     he	
     tries	
     to	
     good-­‐naturedly	
    
  stuff	
    into	
    his	
    pockets.	
    Beeks	
    is	
    an	
    uncontrollable	
    
  whirlwind	
    of	
    chaos	
    and	
    thievery,	
    that	
    only	
    slows	
    
  if	
    one	
    manages	
    to	
    catch	
    him.	
    Even	
    then	
    Beeks	
    is	
    
  confused,	
     rather	
     than	
     contrite,	
     assuming	
     if	
     you	
    
  wanted	
     the	
     shiny	
     thing,	
     you	
     would	
     never	
     have	
    
  left	
    it	
    locked	
    in	
    that	
    chest,	
    inside	
    a	
    vault,	
    behind	
    
  those	
    wards,	
    where	
    he	
    could	
    so	
    easily	
    get	
    at	
    it.	
    
  When	
    encountered,	
    Beeks	
    is	
    being	
    chased	
    by	
    at	
    
  least	
    one	
    city	
    watchmen	
    (use	
    Appleseed	
    Puc	
    [61-­‐
  64]	
    or	
    Captain	
    Shiel	
    Krintz	
    [77-­‐80]	
    above).	
    
  	
    
  
  48	
    
  	
    
  
  49	
    
  	
    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  BY LAND 
   
  	
    
   
  
  50	
    
  B O R D E R L A N D S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     party	
     stumble	
     across	
     a	
     half-­‐eaten	
     deer.	
    
  Entrails	
    trail	
    off	
    into	
    the	
    underbrush.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    strange,	
    seemingly	
    endless	
    road	
    made	
    of	
    black	
    
  stone	
     cuts	
     a	
     straight	
     line	
     from	
     horizon	
     to	
    
  horizon.	
    
  3	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     wade	
     across	
     a	
     shallow	
     river,	
     they	
    
  realize	
    the	
    riverbed	
    is	
    not	
    sand	
    or	
    rock,	
    but	
    the	
    
  packed	
    skulls	
    of	
    countless	
    humanoids.	
    
  4	
    
  Each	
     time	
     the	
     party	
     get	
     within	
     a	
     few	
     strides	
     of	
    
  the	
    edge	
    of	
    the	
    forest,	
    the	
    trees	
    themselves	
    lean	
    
  towards	
    them,	
    branches	
    outstretched.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     shapeless	
     shadow	
     flashes	
     across	
     the	
     ground	
    
  and	
    over	
    the	
    party,	
    but	
    when	
    they	
    look	
    up,	
    the	
    
  skies	
    are	
    perfectly	
    clear.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     large	
     patch	
     of	
     still-­‐hot	
     and	
     charred	
     ground	
    
  appears	
    to	
    be	
    the	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    farm.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    black	
    birds	
    sit	
    in	
    the	
    nearby	
    branches,	
    
  simply	
    watching	
    passersby	
    without	
    so	
    much	
    as	
    a	
    
  caw	
    or	
    flutter	
    of	
    their	
    wings.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    snake	
    slithers	
    from	
    its	
    burrow	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    the	
    
  party,	
    spooking	
    the	
    horses.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     party	
     realize	
     a	
     vulture	
     has	
     been	
     tracking	
    
  them	
    for	
    miles	
    and	
    always	
    stays	
    just	
    overhead.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
    pack	
    of	
    wolves	
    lope	
    by	
    in	
    the	
    distance	
    briefly	
    
  before	
    disappearing	
    into	
    the	
    underbrush.	
    
  11	
    
  While	
    travelling	
    at	
    night,	
    harmless	
    little	
    bats	
    start	
    
  dive-­‐bombing	
    the	
    party.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    strange	
    screech	
    in	
    the	
    night	
    startles	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    
  party,	
     causing	
     them	
     to	
     knock	
     the	
     cooking	
     pot	
    
  and	
    its	
    contents	
    into	
    the	
    fire.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     PC’s	
     boot	
     becomes	
     lodged	
     in	
     a	
     gopher	
     hole,	
    
  and	
    he	
    falls	
    over,	
    unless	
    his	
    reflexes	
    hold	
    up.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    
  riverbank	
    
  crumbles,	
    
  sending	
    
  a	
    
  PC	
    
  somersaulting	
    into	
    the	
    chilly	
    water.	
    
  15	
    
  Amidst	
     the	
     stormy	
     weather,	
     lightning	
     strikes	
     a	
    
  nearby	
    tree,	
    setting	
    it	
    aflame.	
    
  16	
    
  As	
     they	
     pass	
     by	
     a	
     small	
     cave	
     entrance	
     in	
     the	
    
  mountainside,	
     a	
     gust	
     of	
     foul	
     wind	
     blasts	
     the	
    
  party.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    bestial	
    roar	
    thunders	
    from	
    the	
    nearby	
    woods,	
    
  and	
     birds	
     take	
     flight	
     from	
     the	
     treetops	
     as	
     it	
    
  fades.	
    
  18	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     listen	
     to	
     a	
     babbling	
     stream,	
     they	
    
  realize	
     the	
     trickling	
     and	
     burbling	
     forms	
     actual	
    
  song	
    and	
    music.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
    party	
    spot	
    a	
    ghostly	
    figure	
    traipsing	
    across	
    a	
    
  clearing	
    before	
    it	
    fades	
    from	
    sight.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     column	
     of	
     smoke	
     rises	
     in	
     the	
     distance;	
     the	
    
  breeze	
    soon	
    blows	
    the	
    smell	
    across	
    the	
    party.	
    
  21	
    
  Rocks	
     clatter	
     down	
     the	
     nearby	
     hillside,	
     though	
    
  the	
    party	
    can’t	
    spot	
    what	
    disturbed	
    them.	
    
  22	
    
  As	
    a	
    PC	
    walks	
    beneath	
    it,	
    a	
    tree	
    branch	
    crashes	
    
  to	
    the	
    ground,	
    narrowly	
    missing	
    him.	
    
  23	
    
  With	
    an	
    ominous	
    rumble	
    of	
    thunder,	
    lashing	
    rain	
    
  besets	
    the	
    party.	
    
  24	
    
  An	
    arrow	
    thuds	
    into	
    the	
    tree	
    right	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    PC,	
    
  barely	
    missing	
    his	
    ear.	
    
  25	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     rest	
     around	
     the	
     campfire,	
     a	
     twig	
    
  snaps	
    loudly	
    in	
    the	
    darkness	
    just	
    beyond	
    camp.	
    
  26	
    
  The	
    party	
    come	
    across	
    a	
    suit	
    of	
    rusting	
    studded	
    
  leather	
    armour	
    rent	
    by	
    several	
    gashes.	
    
  27	
    
  Dozens	
     of	
     panicked	
     rodents	
     stream	
     across	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    path	
    towards	
    the	
    brush,	
    obviously	
    fleeing	
    
  something.	
    
  28	
    
  As	
     the	
     rain	
     pours	
     down,	
     a	
     thunderous	
     noise	
     is	
    
  the	
     party’s	
     only	
     warning	
     before	
     a	
     flash	
     flood	
    
  sweeps	
    toward	
    them.	
    
  29	
    
  Rocks	
     crack	
     and	
     the	
     ground	
     splits	
     as	
     an	
    
  earthquake	
    shakes	
    the	
    area.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
    PC	
    shakes	
    out	
    his	
    bedroll	
    for	
    the	
    evening,	
    only	
    
  to	
    find	
    dozens	
    of	
    tiny	
    spiders	
    hiding	
    in	
    it.	
    
  31	
    
  With	
    a	
    grinding	
    noise,	
    the	
    stone	
    statue	
    the	
    party	
    
  passes	
    turns	
    its	
    head	
    to	
    watch	
    them.	
    
  32	
    
  While	
     trying	
     to	
     find	
     wood	
     for	
     a	
     campfire,	
     a	
     PC	
    
  realizes	
     the	
     recent	
     rains	
     have	
     soaked	
     every	
    
  possible	
    scrap.	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    nearby	
    field	
    of	
    wild	
    grass	
    keeps	
    rustling,	
    as	
    if	
    
  something	
    skulks	
    through	
    its	
    overgrowth.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    stride	
    through	
    a	
    field	
    of	
    wildflowers,	
    
  the	
    pollen	
    makes	
    them	
    start	
    sneezing,	
    and	
    they	
    
  don’t	
    stop	
    until	
    they	
    leave	
    the	
    field.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    strange,	
    furred	
    creature	
    screeches	
    at	
    the	
    party	
    
  from	
     atop	
     a	
     nearby	
     rock,	
     where	
     it	
     uses	
     its	
    
  prehensile	
    tail	
    to	
    fling	
    pebbles	
    at	
    them.	
    
  36	
    
  Two	
    wide-­‐set	
    eyes	
    peek	
    up	
    at	
    the	
    party	
    from	
    just	
    
  above	
    the	
    surface	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    pool.	
    
  37	
    
  While	
    descending	
    a	
    hillside,	
    a	
    PC	
    steps	
    on	
    a	
    rock;	
    
  a	
     muted	
     hissing	
     noise	
     immediately	
     comes	
     from	
    
  underneath	
    it.	
    
  38	
    
  The	
     party	
     returns	
     to	
     the	
     campsite	
     setup	
     earlier	
    
  to	
     find	
     something	
     has	
     made	
     off	
     with	
     some	
     of	
    
  their	
    provisions.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
     creak	
     of	
     wheels	
     heralds	
     the	
     approach	
     of	
     a	
    
  brightly	
    painted	
    tinker’s	
    wagon.	
    
  40	
    
  Laughter	
    and	
    the	
    flicker	
    of	
    flames	
    in	
    the	
    distance	
    
  draw	
     the	
     party	
     towards	
     a	
     glade	
     filled	
     with	
    
  dancing	
    shadows.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
     high	
     wind	
     whips	
     the	
     darkening	
     clouds	
     into	
     a	
    
  spiralling	
    cone	
    that	
    touches	
    the	
    earth	
    nearby.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     PC	
     spots	
     a	
     bear	
     lumbering	
     by,	
     with	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
    
  cubs	
    trailing.	
    The	
    mother	
    growls	
    at	
    the	
    party	
    in	
    
  warning.	
    
  
  51	
    
  43	
    
  An	
    eagle	
    dives	
    into	
    a	
    lake	
    and	
    snatches	
    up	
    a	
    fish	
    
  in	
    its	
    talons.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    party	
    are	
    traversing	
    a	
    mountain	
    pass	
    when	
    a	
    
  boulder	
    smashes	
    into	
    the	
    path	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    them.	
    
  45	
    
  In	
     a	
     valley,	
     the	
     party	
     hear	
     a	
     sudden	
     echo	
     of,	
    
  “Hellooo!”	
    
  46	
    
  Someone	
    is	
    chopping	
    wood	
    nearby.	
    
  47	
    
  Striding	
     between	
     two	
     trees,	
     a	
     PC	
     activates	
     a	
    
  defunct	
    tripwire	
    trap.	
    
  48	
    
  The	
    tree	
    a	
    PC	
    is	
    leaning	
    against	
    suddenly	
    creaks	
    
  and	
    topples,	
    uprooting	
    itself.	
    
  49	
    
  Leaves	
     rustle	
     overhead,	
     before	
     several	
     pairs	
     of	
    
  shining	
    eyes	
    peer	
    down	
    at	
    the	
    party.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
    lit	
    lantern	
    slips	
    from	
    a	
    PC’s	
    grasp	
    and	
    shatters;	
    
  the	
    nearby	
    dry	
    grass	
    catches	
    fire.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    mangy	
    fox	
    creeps	
    toward	
    a	
    PC	
    eating.	
    The	
    fox	
    
  looks	
    half-­‐starved.	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    butterflies	
    swirls	
    about	
    the	
    party	
    for	
    an	
    
  hour,	
    drawn	
    to	
    them	
    for	
    some	
    reason.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     buzzing	
     noise	
     draws	
     the	
     party’s	
     eyes	
     to	
     a	
    
  massive	
     wasp	
     nest	
     hanging	
     from	
     a	
     tree	
     bough;	
    
  hundreds	
    of	
    the	
    insects	
    swarm	
    about.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    PC	
    up-­‐ends	
    his	
    boot	
    to	
    see	
    a	
    handful	
    of	
    small	
    
  spiders	
    fall	
    out.	
    
  55	
    
  As	
     a	
     PC	
     lies	
     down	
     on	
     his	
     bedroll	
     or	
     blanket,	
    
  something	
    suddenly	
    wriggles	
    under	
    his	
    back.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    herd	
    of	
    wild	
    horses	
    gallops	
    over	
    the	
    hill,	
    their	
    
  manes	
    streaming	
    in	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  57	
    
  In	
    the	
    distance,	
    a	
    cluster	
    of	
    buzzards	
    hops	
    about	
    
  a	
    mound	
    of	
    bloody,	
    mangled	
    flesh.	
    
  58	
    
  As	
    a	
    PC	
    fills	
    his	
    flask	
    from	
    a	
    river,	
    a	
    fish	
    rises	
    to	
    
  the	
    surface	
    and	
    spits	
    water	
    into	
    his	
    eye.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    hawk	
    dives	
    over	
    the	
    campfire,	
    snatching	
    up	
    the	
    
  shank	
    of	
    meat	
    that	
    had	
    been	
    roasting	
    there.	
    
  60	
    
  As	
    a	
    PC	
    passes	
    under	
    a	
    wild	
    fruit	
    tree,	
    a	
    rotten	
    
  piece	
    splats	
    on	
    top	
    of	
    his	
    head.	
    
  61	
    
  The	
    party	
    meet	
    a	
    trapper	
    inspecting	
    a	
    snare.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
    party	
    encounter	
    a	
    mapmaker	
    sketching	
    this	
    
  region	
    of	
    the	
    wilderness	
    for	
    future	
    reference.	
    
  63	
    
  When	
    a	
    PC	
    opens	
    his	
    tent	
    flap,	
    a	
    fawn	
    bolts	
    out	
    
  and	
    runs	
    for	
    the	
    nearby	
    woods.	
    
  64	
    
  After	
    the	
    fresh	
    rain,	
    earthworms	
    seem	
    to	
    boil	
    up	
    
  from	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  65	
    
  Squirrels	
    chatter	
    in	
    the	
    nearby	
    trees,	
    occasionally	
    
  flinging	
    a	
    nut	
    at	
    the	
    party.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
     PC	
     spots	
     an	
     ebony	
     scale	
     the	
     size	
     of	
     his	
     hand	
    
  lying	
     on	
     the	
     ground.	
     Whatever	
     reptile	
     shed	
     it	
    
  may	
    still	
    lurk	
    in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  67	
    
  An	
    owl	
    follows	
    the	
    party,	
    hooting	
    loudly.	
    
  68	
    
  With	
     a	
     rustle	
     of	
     branches,	
     a	
     moose	
     emerges	
    
  from	
    a	
    thicket.	
    
  69	
    
  While	
     descending	
     the	
     steep	
     hill,	
     the	
     scree	
    
  suddenly	
    gives	
    way	
    beneath	
    the	
    party’s	
    feet.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
     thick	
     field	
     of	
     tall	
     brambles	
     blocks	
     the	
     party’s	
    
  progress.	
    
  71	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     bullfrogs	
     hop	
     the	
     path,	
     making	
     it	
    
  difficult	
    to	
    proceed	
    without	
    squishing	
    any.	
    
  72	
    
  Millions	
    of	
    ants	
    track	
    across	
    the	
    ground,	
    forming	
    
  a	
    moving,	
    writhing	
    carpet.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     colourful	
     bird	
     perches	
     nearby	
     and	
     begins	
     to	
    
  mimic	
    the	
    party’s	
    every	
    word	
    and	
    vocalization.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    tree	
    sways	
    as	
    if	
    caught	
    in	
    a	
    strong	
    wind,	
    
  but	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    wind.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
    smell	
    of	
    burning	
    flesh	
    drifts	
    upon	
    the	
    breeze.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
    earth	
    crumbles	
    beneath	
    a	
    PC,	
    and	
    a	
    twenty-­‐
  foot	
    wide	
    sinkhole	
    opens	
    up	
    ahead	
    of	
    the	
    party.	
    
  77	
    
  The	
    party	
    discover	
    two	
    dead	
    bucks,	
    their	
    antlers	
    
  locked	
    together	
    in	
    mortal	
    combat.	
    
  78	
    
  Without	
     warning,	
     a	
     water	
     flask	
     burst	
     a	
     seam,	
    
  drenching	
    a	
    PC’s	
    backpack.	
    
  79	
    
  After	
     brushing	
     by	
     a	
     leafy	
     bush,	
     a	
     PC	
     notices	
     an	
    
  extremely	
    itchy	
    rash	
    across	
    his	
    bare	
    skin.	
    
  80	
    
  While	
     passing	
     between	
     two	
     trees,	
     a	
     PC	
     walks	
    
  into	
    a	
    previously	
    unseen	
    spider	
    web.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
     party	
     discover	
     a	
     tree	
     trunk	
     pierced	
     by	
     two	
    
  arrows	
    of	
    crude	
    manufacture.	
    
  82	
    
  The	
    stink	
    of	
    rot	
    and	
    decay	
    grows	
    stronger.	
    
  83	
    
  As	
     night	
     falls,	
     a	
     spectacular	
     shower	
     of	
     falling	
    
  stars	
    shoots	
    across	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  84	
    
  Green	
     and	
     yellow	
     lights	
     wink	
     on	
     and	
     off	
     all	
    
  around	
    the	
    party;	
    they	
    are	
    too	
    big	
    to	
    be	
    fireflies.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
    thick	
    fog	
    envelops	
    the	
    area.	
    
  86	
    
  With	
     an	
     explosive	
     fluttering,	
     a	
     bevy	
     of	
     quail	
    
  scatters	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    bush.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    rabbit	
    bolts	
    from	
    its	
    burrow	
    and	
    scampers	
    for	
    
  other	
    cover.	
    
  88	
    
  Trampling	
    noises	
    caused	
    by	
    some	
    unseen	
    beast	
    
  crunch	
    along	
    in	
    the	
    thick	
    undergrowth.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    harsh	
    whining	
    rises	
    in	
    the	
    air	
    around	
    the	
    party.	
    
  90	
    
  Several	
    piles	
    of	
    stacked	
    rocks	
    bound	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  91	
    
  During	
     the	
     night,	
     the	
     nearby	
     river	
     flooded	
     and	
    
  almost	
    inundated	
    the	
    party’s	
    campsite.	
    
  92	
    
  Thousands	
     of	
     bloodthirsty	
     mosquitoes	
     swarm	
    
  about	
    the	
    party	
    as	
    they	
    make	
    camp.	
    
  93	
    
  A	
    speckled	
    bird	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    nursing	
    a	
    broken	
    
  wing	
    as	
    it	
    hops	
    away	
    from	
    the	
    party.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    strong	
    wind	
    plucks	
    at	
    the	
    party’s	
    cloaks.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    woman	
    sits	
    on	
    a	
    rock,	
    painting	
    landscapes	
    on	
    
  the	
    canvas	
    and	
    easel	
    before	
    her.	
    
  96	
    
  Two	
     bears	
     rise	
     from	
     the	
     nearby	
     berry	
     bushes,	
    
  roar	
     at	
     one	
     another,	
     and	
     engage	
     in	
     brutal	
    
  combat	
    before	
    the	
    party’s	
    eyes.	
    
  97	
    
  An	
     eagle,	
     or	
     other	
     large	
     bird,	
     dive-­‐bombs	
     the	
    
  party.	
    
  98	
    
  A	
    PC	
    discovers	
    a	
    mouse	
    in	
    his	
    pack.	
    
  99	
    
  While	
    fording	
    the	
    river,	
    the	
    straps	
    holding	
    a	
    PC’s	
    
  backpack	
     snap,	
     and	
     the	
     equipment	
     is	
     swept	
    
  downstream.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
     crusted,	
     shrivelled	
     mass	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     a	
    
  human	
    scalp	
    pinned	
    to	
    the	
    tree	
    by	
    a	
    stone	
    blade.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  52	
    
  B O R D E R L A N D S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     wilderness	
     through	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     should	
     not	
     be	
    
  devoid	
    of	
    interesting,	
    minor	
    features.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    
  such	
    features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    
  party’s	
    campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    
  travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Some	
    long-­‐gone	
    traveller	
    has	
    stacked	
    rocks	
    into	
    
  a	
    pillar,	
    marking	
    an	
    unknown	
    path.	
    
  2	
    
  This	
    mound	
    of	
    stones	
    looks	
    like	
    a	
    hastily	
    erected	
    
  grave.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    party	
    pass	
    by	
    a	
    large	
    pond,	
    with	
    golden	
    fish	
    
  leaping	
    from	
    the	
    waters	
    to	
    snatch	
    at	
    the	
    insects	
    
  flitting	
    about.	
    
  4	
    
  After	
     a	
     closer	
     look	
     at	
     the	
     gray	
     cliff-­‐side,	
     a	
     PC	
    
  realizes	
    someone	
    has	
    carved	
    a	
    scowling	
    face	
    into	
    
  the	
    rock	
    at	
    eye-­‐level.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     wild	
     wheat	
     field	
     stretches	
     from	
     here	
     to	
     the	
    
  nearby	
    trees;	
    yellow	
    stalks	
    sway	
    in	
    the	
    breeze.	
    
  6	
    
  This	
    barren	
    patch	
    of	
    earth	
    is	
    strewn	
    with	
    bones	
    
  from	
    all	
    sorts	
    of	
    animals.	
    
  7	
    
  This	
     row	
     of	
     a	
     dozen	
     trees	
     is	
     entirely	
     charred	
    
  black,	
    dead	
    branches	
    reaching	
    to	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    rusting	
    sword	
    has	
    been	
    rammed	
    into	
    the	
    earth,	
    
  sticking	
    up	
    like	
    a	
    metal	
    sapling	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    
  nowhere.	
    
  9	
    
  Several	
     boulders	
     lie	
     split	
     in	
     half,	
     their	
     mossy	
    
  surfaces	
    looking	
    gnawed	
    and	
    clawed.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
     silhouette	
     of	
     the	
     distant	
     mountain	
     or	
     hill	
    
  puts	
    a	
    PC	
    in	
    mind	
    of	
    a	
    slumbering	
    giant.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     mass	
     of	
     berry	
     bushes	
     tempts	
     the	
     party	
     with	
    
  glistening	
    red-­‐and-­‐purple	
    fruit	
    clusters.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
     bottom	
     of	
     this	
     ravine	
     drops	
     away	
     into	
     the	
    
  depths	
    of	
    a	
    lightless,	
    black	
    abyss.	
    
  13	
    
  This	
    thin	
    stream	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    running	
    thick	
    with	
    
  ink,	
    rather	
    than	
    water.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
     water	
     of	
     this	
     river	
     looks—and	
     smells—like	
    
  fresh	
    blood.	
    
  15	
    
  The	
    lake	
    steams	
    in	
    the	
    sun,	
    and	
    the	
    rising	
    steam	
    
  curls	
    into	
    the	
    shapes	
    of	
    bodies	
    and	
    faces.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
    walls	
    of	
    this	
    canyon	
    are	
    marked	
    with	
    red	
    and	
    
  black	
    paintings	
    of	
    people	
    and	
    creatures.	
    
  17	
    
  This	
    cave	
    is	
    filled	
    with	
    mounds	
    of	
    green-­‐glowing	
    
  fungus.	
    
  18	
    
  Piles	
    of	
    bone	
    lie	
    scattered	
    before	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    
  this	
    cave.	
    
  19	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     approach	
     a	
     watering	
     hole,	
     it	
    
  suddenly	
     forms	
     a	
     whirlpool	
     and	
     drains	
     away,	
    
  leaving	
    an	
    empty	
    bowl	
    of	
    stone.	
    
  20	
    
  Packed-­‐down	
     grass	
     and	
     piles	
     of	
     droppings	
    
  evidence	
     where	
     a	
     herd	
     of	
     wild	
     beasts	
     bedded	
    
  down	
    for	
    the	
    night.	
    
  21	
    
  Great	
    furrows	
    rend	
    the	
    soft	
    earth	
    here,	
    as	
    if	
    torn	
    
  up	
    by	
    massive	
    claws.	
    
  22	
    
  Several	
    lines	
    of	
    horse	
    tracks	
    cross	
    the	
    trail.	
    They	
    
  were	
    definitely	
    shoed,	
    so	
    they	
    likely	
    had	
    riders.	
    
  23	
    
  From	
     every	
     angle	
     studied,	
     this	
     river	
     appears	
     to	
    
  be	
    flowing	
    uphill.	
    
  24	
    
  The	
     nearby	
     hill	
     has	
     one	
     rocky	
     side	
     carved	
     into	
    
  the	
    likeness	
    of	
    a	
    dead	
    king.	
    
  25	
    
  Six	
     piles	
     of	
     earth	
     with	
     sticks	
     rammed	
     into	
     one	
    
  end	
    of	
    each	
    look	
    to	
    be	
    freshly	
    dug	
    graves.	
    
  26	
    
  The	
     trees	
     around	
     this	
     clearing	
     seem	
     to	
     form	
     a	
    
  perfect	
    circle.	
    
  27	
    
  Rocks	
     have	
     been	
     laid	
     out	
     to	
     form	
     an	
     arrow	
    
  pointing	
    north.	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     skeleton	
     lies	
     spread-­‐eagle	
     on	
     the	
     ground,	
    
  wrists	
     and	
     ankles	
     bound	
     to	
     stakes	
     by	
     rusted	
    
  chains.	
    
  29	
    
  This	
     wooden	
     and	
     stone	
     hut	
     looks	
     like	
     it’s	
     been	
    
  abandoned	
    for	
    years,	
    but	
    remains	
    sturdy.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     stink	
     of	
     sulphur	
     precedes	
     a	
     sudden	
     gout	
     of	
    
  flame	
    from	
    a	
    crevasse	
    in	
    the	
    rocky	
    earth.	
    
  31	
    
  This	
    mossy	
    knoll	
    looks	
    like	
    it	
    has	
    a	
    door	
    built	
    into	
    
  one	
    slope.	
    
  32	
    
  The	
    area	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    boiling,	
    stinking	
    mud	
    pits.	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    ground	
    is	
    pockmarked	
    with	
    dozens	
    of	
    deep	
    
  holes,	
    all	
    roughly	
    the	
    same	
    size.	
    
  34	
    
  The	
     party	
     comes	
     across	
     a	
     boulder	
     painted	
     with	
    
  garish	
    red,	
    white	
    and	
    yellow	
    streaks.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     wooden	
     signpost	
     sticks	
     up	
     from	
     the	
     ground,	
    
  and	
    reads,	
    “You	
    Are	
    Here.”	
    
  36	
    
  Someone	
    has	
    taken	
    the	
    time	
    to	
    carve	
    “Gavril	
    wuz	
    
  here”	
    into	
    this	
    tree	
    trunk.	
    
  37	
    
  While	
    the	
    weather	
    is	
    warm	
    and	
    sunny,	
    this	
    lake	
    
  somehow	
    remains	
    frozen	
    over.	
    
  38	
    
  On	
    closer	
    inspection,	
    these	
    pillars	
    of	
    packed	
    dirt	
    
  are	
    termite	
    hives.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
    trees	
    of	
    this	
    forest	
    have	
    coiled	
    strips	
    of	
    bark	
    
  torn	
    from	
    them,	
    leaving	
    strange	
    designs	
    worked	
    
  over	
    the	
    wood.	
    
  40	
    
  The	
     thick,	
     gray	
     moss	
     hanging	
     from	
     these	
    
  branches	
    seems	
    to	
    be	
    swelling	
    and	
    relaxing,	
    as	
    if	
    
  breathing.	
    
  41	
    
  Mushrooms	
    form	
    rings	
    of	
    orange-­‐spotted	
    mould	
    
  across	
    this	
    grassy	
    field.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    dozen	
    stone	
    pillars	
    have	
    been	
    set	
    in	
    a	
    circle	
    in	
    
  the	
    middle	
    of	
    this	
    clearing.	
    
  43	
    
  These	
     vines	
     hang	
     heavy	
     with	
     plump,	
     sweet-­‐
  smelling,	
    wild	
    grapes.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
     party	
     discover	
     a	
     small	
     waterfall	
     tumbling	
    
  into	
    a	
    narrow	
    ravine.	
    
  45	
    
  On	
     closer	
     inspection,	
     what	
     looks	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     small	
    
  hole	
     in	
     the	
     ground	
     opens	
     up	
     into	
     a	
     massive	
    
  underground	
    cave.	
    
  46	
    
  Steam	
     rises	
     from	
     what	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     natural	
    
  hot	
    spring.	
    
  47	
    
  Moss	
    hangs	
    thickly	
    from	
    the	
    boughs	
    of	
    a	
    gigantic	
    
  tree.	
    
  
  53	
    
  48	
    
  A	
     thick	
     carpet	
     of	
     green	
     scum	
     covers	
     this	
     bog	
    
  from	
    end	
    to	
    end.	
    
  49	
    
  Carved	
     steps	
     lead	
     down	
     into	
     the	
     depths	
     of	
     the	
    
  otherwise	
    unbroken	
    earth.	
    
  50	
    
  Smoke	
     rises	
     from	
     the	
     crown	
     of	
     a	
     distant	
    
  mountain	
    or	
    hill.	
    
  51	
    
  Red	
     and	
     green	
     swirls	
     of	
     vibrant	
     sand	
     form	
    
  intriguing	
    whorls	
    of	
    colour	
    across	
    the	
    bare	
    earth.	
    
  52	
    
  Not	
     even	
     a	
     harsh	
     wind	
     disturbs	
     the	
     mirror-­‐like	
    
  surface	
    of	
    this	
    large	
    pond.	
    
  53	
    
  Dead	
    or	
    dying	
    trees	
    stretch	
    as	
    far	
    as	
    the	
    eyes	
    can	
    
  see.	
    
  54	
    
  The	
    jagged	
    sides	
    of	
    this	
    canyon	
    are	
    sharp	
    enough	
    
  to	
    cut	
    from	
    the	
    slightest	
    brush	
    or	
    bump.	
    
  55	
    
  While	
    hiking,	
    the	
    party	
    hear	
    the	
    sound	
    of	
    rushing	
    
  water,	
     and	
     realize	
     they’re	
     standing	
     over	
     a	
    
  subterranean	
    river.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
     massive	
     beaver	
     dam	
     offers	
     the	
     only	
     way	
     to	
    
  cross	
    the	
    river	
    anywhere	
    nearby.	
    
  57	
    
  For	
    at	
    least	
    a	
    square	
    mile,	
    every	
    exposed	
    surface	
    
  is	
    covered	
    in	
    light	
    gray	
    dust.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
     single	
     hill	
     rears	
     up	
     in	
     the	
     middle	
     of	
     an	
    
  otherwise	
    flat	
    and	
    featureless	
    plain.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    ring	
    of	
    dead	
    earth,	
    a	
    hundred	
    feet	
    in	
    diameter,	
    
  encircles	
    the	
    opening	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    pit.	
    
  60	
    
  Before	
    you	
    lies	
    a	
    stretch	
    of	
    blackened	
    and	
    burnt	
    
  trees	
    that	
    runs	
    both	
    east	
    and	
    west.	
    
  61	
    
  What	
     once	
     was	
     a	
     forest	
     is	
     now	
     a	
     labyrinth	
    
  formed	
    by	
    thousands	
    of	
    fallen	
    trees.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
     sides	
     of	
     this	
     dry	
     riverbed	
     are	
     too	
     perfectly	
    
  formed	
    to	
    be	
    natural.	
    
  63	
    
  Great	
     structures	
     of	
     red	
     stone	
     form	
     a	
     maze	
     of	
    
  pillars,	
    boulders	
    and	
    ravines.	
    
  64	
    
  In	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    a	
    clearing,	
    a	
    large,	
    knotted	
    tree	
    
  stands	
    solitary	
    vigil.	
    
  65	
    
  This	
    field	
    is	
    dotted	
    with	
    dozens	
    of	
    stone	
    orbs	
    of	
    
  varying	
     sizes;	
     none	
     are	
     smaller	
     than	
     a	
     man’s	
    
  head.	
    
  66	
    
  Yellow	
     wildflowers	
     form	
     an	
     unbroken	
     golden	
    
  carpet.	
    
  67	
    
  The	
     ground	
     is	
     as	
     dry,	
     brittle	
     and	
     cracked	
     as	
     a	
    
  dead	
    man’s	
    skin.	
    
  68	
    
  When	
    poked	
    into,	
    the	
    earth	
    oozes	
    a	
    thick,	
    purple	
    
  slime	
    that	
    smells	
    like	
    cooked	
    meat.	
    
  69	
    
  The	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    grassy	
    hill	
    has	
    been	
    chopped	
    into	
    
  half	
    a	
    dozen	
    straight	
    tiers.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    ruined	
    granite	
    tower	
    stands	
    alone	
    on	
    the	
    edge	
    
  of	
    the	
    woods.	
    
  71	
    
  This	
    huge,	
    conical	
    pit	
    looks	
    like	
    it	
    was	
    formed	
    by	
    
  some	
    sort	
    of	
    explosion.	
    
  72	
    
  Wildfire	
     has	
     ravaged	
     the	
     area,	
     leaving	
     portions	
    
  burnt	
    to	
    ash	
    while	
    others	
    remain	
    pristine.	
    
  73	
    
  Bubbling	
    fonts	
    of	
    water	
    spot	
    this	
    soggy	
    field.	
    
  74	
    
  The	
     pale,	
     bare	
     earth	
     here	
     is	
     streaked	
     with	
    
  crimson	
    rivulets,	
    as	
    if	
    blood-­‐stained.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
     nearby	
     rocky	
     hillsides	
     look	
     as	
     if	
     doors	
     and	
    
  windows	
    have	
    been	
    carved	
    into	
    them.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     cobblestone	
     road	
     starts	
     in	
     the	
     middle	
     of	
    
  nowhere,	
     runs	
     for	
     a	
     league	
     and	
     ends	
     just	
     as	
    
  abruptly.	
    
  77	
    
  The	
     remains	
     of	
     ancient	
     building	
     foundations	
    
  poke	
    through	
    the	
    weeds	
    and	
    bushes.	
    
  78	
    
  Where	
     an	
     ancient	
     bridge	
     once	
     spanned	
     a	
     river,	
    
  now	
    only	
    shattered	
    foundations	
    remain.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     stretch	
     of	
     baked	
     clay	
     imprisons	
     the	
     skeletal	
    
  remains	
    of	
    several	
    humanoids.	
    
  80	
    
  The	
     rotting	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     wooden	
     sailing	
     ship	
    
  rears	
    up	
    from	
    the	
    bushes.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     nearby	
     pool	
     of	
     water	
     is	
     filled	
     with	
     vibrant	
    
  algae,	
    ranging	
    from	
    vivid	
    yellow	
    to	
    reds	
    to	
    greens	
    
  and	
    blues.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     white-­‐blue	
     glacier	
     sits	
     snug	
     in	
     the	
     narrow	
    
  mountain	
    valley.	
    
  83	
    
  Juts	
     of	
     purple	
     and	
     green	
     crystal	
     shoot	
     up	
     from	
    
  the	
    earth	
    all	
    around	
    the	
    party,	
    glistening	
    in	
    the	
    
  sunlight.	
    
  84	
    
  Bands	
     of	
     unearthly	
     green	
     and	
     yellow	
     light	
     swirl	
    
  and	
    writhe	
    in	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    party	
    round	
    a	
    hill	
    to	
    find	
    a	
    small	
    garden	
    with	
    
  crops	
    planted	
    in	
    tidy	
    rows.	
    
  86	
    
  Mound	
     of	
     earth	
     indicate	
     dozens	
     of	
     animal	
    
  burrows	
    dug	
    in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  87	
    
  Rocky	
    pillars	
    seem	
    to	
    defy	
    gravity	
    with	
    broad,	
    flat	
    
  tops	
    that	
    narrow	
    to	
    needle-­‐thin	
    bases.	
    
  88	
    
  The	
    bowed	
    trees	
    form	
    a	
    natural	
    hallway	
    through	
    
  this	
    dense	
    portion	
    of	
    the	
    forest.	
    
  89	
    
  In	
    the	
    right	
    light,	
    the	
    rounded	
    rock	
    outcropping	
    
  seems	
     to	
     form	
     the	
     shape	
     of	
     a	
     human	
     skull,	
    
  complete	
    with	
    eyes,	
    nose	
    and	
    teeth.	
    
  90	
    
  Thick	
    ash	
    covers	
    the	
    ground;	
    at	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    
  carpet	
    
  stands	
    
  a	
    
  farmhouse’s	
    
  smouldering	
    
  remains.	
    
  91	
    
  Every	
    tree	
    within	
    this	
    copse	
    is	
    petrified.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     giant	
     row	
     of	
     bones	
     forms	
     the	
     spine	
     of	
     an	
    
  ancient,	
    deceased	
    monster.	
    
  93	
    
  A	
    white	
    obelisk	
    stands	
    proud	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    a	
    
  dusty	
    field,	
    a	
    testament	
    to	
    some	
    forgotten	
    king’s	
    
  ambition	
    or	
    triumph.	
    
  94	
    
  Each	
    one	
    of	
    these	
    stone	
    columns	
    looks	
    to	
    have	
    a	
    
  large	
    bird’s	
    nest	
    atop	
    them.	
    
  95	
    
  This	
     ravine	
     forms	
     a	
     natural	
     wind	
     tunnel	
     that	
    
  blasts	
    the	
    party	
    with	
    bitter	
    gales.	
    
  96	
    
  Someone	
    has	
    built	
    a	
    well	
    in	
    the	
    absolute	
    middle	
    
  of	
    nowhere.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    tracks	
    of	
    many	
    humanoids	
    mar	
    the	
    earth.	
    
  98	
    
  Every	
    flower	
    and	
    blade	
    of	
    grass	
    in	
    this	
    valley	
    is	
    
  formed	
    of	
    coloured	
    crystal	
    shards.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
     party	
     hike	
     through	
     rows	
     of	
     clay	
     statues	
     in	
    
  the	
     form	
     of	
     men,	
     horses	
     and	
     other	
     strange	
    
  creatures.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
     burnt	
     out,	
     ruined	
     farmhouse	
     sits	
     forlornly	
     at	
    
  the	
    centre	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    network	
    of	
    fields.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  54	
    
  D E S E R T :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    smell	
    of	
    spices	
    is	
    carried	
    on	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  2	
    
  During	
    the	
    night,	
    the	
    howling	
    of	
    a	
    pack	
    of	
    jackals	
    
  makes	
    it	
    hard	
    to	
    sleep.	
    
  3	
    
  Nature	
    
  conspires	
    
  to	
    
  create	
    
  severe	
    
  heat	
    
  conditions.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    slight	
    breeze	
    gives	
    a	
    needed	
    respite	
    from	
    the	
    
  sweltering	
    conditions.	
    
  5	
    
  Five	
     stones	
     are	
     arranged	
     amid	
     the	
     sand	
     in	
     a	
    
  semi-­‐circular	
    pattern.	
    
  6	
    
  Patches	
    of	
    sand	
    feel	
    wet	
    to	
    touch.	
    (In	
    fact,	
    it	
    is	
    
  soaked	
     in	
     acid	
     which	
     may	
     cause	
     unpleasant	
    
  burns	
    when	
    touched.).	
    
  7	
    
  The	
     wind	
     has	
     laid	
     bare	
     a	
     small	
     nest	
     of	
     eggs.	
    
  Trackers	
    may	
    identify	
    them	
    as	
    lizard	
    eggs.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    setting	
    sun	
    envelops	
    the	
    landscape	
    in	
    blood	
    
  red	
    hues.	
    
  9	
    
  Two	
     sets	
     of	
     neatly	
     folded	
     clothing	
     lie	
     in	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    path;	
    nothing	
    can	
    be	
    seen	
    of	
    the	
    owners.	
    
  10	
    
  Drifting	
     sand	
     partially	
     covers	
     a	
     large,	
     polished	
    
  purple	
    stone.	
    
  11	
    
  Several	
     large	
     birds	
     circle	
     on	
     the	
     horizon.	
     They	
    
  can	
    easily	
    be	
    identified	
    as	
    vultures..	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    goatherd	
    nibbles	
    at	
    the	
    sparse	
    scrub.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
     party	
     come	
     across	
     an	
     empty,	
     partially	
    
  collapsed	
    tent.	
    
  14	
    
  Close	
     by	
     a	
     flock	
     of	
     birds	
     are	
     startled,	
     and	
     take	
    
  flight.	
    
  15	
    
  Much	
     needed	
     shade	
     is	
     found	
     under	
     a	
     rocky	
    
  outcropping.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    pack	
    of	
    hyenas	
    trail	
    the	
    party	
    for	
    a	
    while.	
    They	
    
  stay	
    back	
    at	
    a	
    safe	
    distance	
    and	
    flee	
    if	
    attacked.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    silk	
    caravan	
    passes	
    the	
    party.	
    
  18	
    
  Suddenly	
    the	
    wind	
    dies	
    down	
    and	
    the	
    air	
    is	
    still.	
    
  19	
    
  In	
    the	
    night	
    sky,	
    a	
    stationary	
    dark	
    shape	
    blots	
    out	
    
  the	
    stars.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    loud	
    animalistic	
    roar	
    breaks	
    the	
    silence.	
    
  21	
    
  Giant	
     footprints	
     are	
     discovered.	
     Trackers	
     can	
    
  deduce	
    that	
    they	
    belong	
    to	
    desert	
    giants.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
     young	
     boy	
     is	
     frantically	
     searching	
     for	
     a	
     lost	
    
  sheep.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  Several	
     rocks	
     stick	
     up	
     through	
     the	
     sand.	
     They	
    
  seem	
     to	
     be	
     arranged	
     in	
     circular	
     patterns,	
     but	
    
  whether	
    it	
    is	
    a	
    natural	
    occurrence	
    or	
    man-­‐made	
    
  is	
    impossible	
    to	
    tell.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    dung	
    beetle	
    rolls	
    a	
    ball	
    of	
    dung	
    up	
    a	
    dune.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    monitor	
    lizard	
    warms	
    itself	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    rock.	
    
  26	
    
  The	
    party	
    travels	
    through	
    an	
    area	
    of	
    pitch-­‐black	
    
  sand.	
    
  27	
    
  Tracks	
     from	
     large	
     slithering	
     creatures	
     cross	
     the	
    
  sand.	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     escaped	
     slaves	
     come	
     crawling	
    
  through	
     the	
     dunes,	
     near	
     death	
     from	
     thirst	
     and	
    
  starvation.	
    
  29	
    
  In	
    the	
    quiet	
    desert	
    night,	
    far	
    off	
    chanting	
    can	
    be	
    
  heard	
    on	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  30	
    
  Heaps	
    of	
    animal	
    droppings	
    cover	
    the	
    sand.	
    They	
    
  can	
    be	
    identified	
    as	
    camel	
    droppings.	
    
  31	
    
  On	
     the	
     top	
     of	
     a	
     nearby	
     dune,	
     several	
     vultures	
    
  feast	
    on	
    a	
    recently	
    dead	
    camel.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     flying	
     carpet	
     passes	
     over	
     the	
     party;	
     the	
    
  carpet’s	
    passengers	
    take	
    no	
    notice	
    of	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  33	
    
  Scorch	
    marks	
    in	
    the	
    sand	
    tell	
    of	
    a	
    magical	
    duel.	
    
  34	
    
  Bestial	
    tracks	
    cross	
    the	
    sand.	
    Experts	
    can	
    deduce	
    
  that	
    they	
    belong	
    to	
    a	
    jackalwere.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    desert	
    cliff	
    has	
    steps	
    carved	
    into	
    it.	
    
  36	
    
  In	
     the	
     distance	
     a	
     massive	
     sandstorm	
     rages.	
    
  Survivalists	
    may	
    deduce	
    that	
    it's	
    heading	
    the	
    PC's	
    
  way.	
    
  37	
    
  The	
    dried	
    out	
    husk	
    of	
    a	
    kobold	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    It	
    
  appears	
    to	
    have	
    died	
    of	
    exposure.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    large	
    mesa	
    stretches	
    out	
    before	
    the	
    party.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    silken	
    veil	
    is	
    blown	
    over	
    the	
    party	
    by	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  40	
    
  Tracks	
    reveal	
    a	
    gnoll	
    slaver	
    caravan	
    is	
    operating	
    
  in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
    party	
    finds	
    a	
    skeleton	
    clutching	
    a	
    dust-­‐filled	
    
  waterskin.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    PC	
    finds	
    a	
    huge,	
    cracked	
    tooth.	
    Those	
    versed	
    in	
    
  esoteric	
     knowledge	
     may	
     deduce	
     that	
     it	
     belongs	
    
  to	
    a	
    dragon.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    perfectly	
    circular	
    hole	
    pierces	
    the	
    bedrock.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    stinking	
    rotten	
    carcass	
    of	
    a	
    death	
    worm	
    lies	
    
  in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
    natural	
    sandstone	
    bridge	
    spans	
    a	
    deep	
    chasm.	
    
  46	
    
  At	
     night,	
     the	
     glow	
     of	
     a	
     campfire	
     rises	
     from	
     the	
    
  dunes.	
     Quick	
     appraisal	
     reveals	
     it	
     is	
     about	
     three	
    
  miles	
    away.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    perfectly	
    clean	
    skull	
    sits	
    on	
    the	
    sandy	
    ground.	
    
  48	
    
  Small	
    waves	
    ripple	
    in	
    the	
    sand	
    as	
    if	
    something	
    is	
    
  moving	
    beneath.	
    
  49	
    
  While	
    the	
    party	
    camps	
    at	
    night,	
    green	
    lightning	
    
  can	
    be	
    seen	
    shooting	
    up	
    from	
    the	
    ground	
    some	
    
  miles	
    to	
    the	
    south.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     20	
     ft.	
     by	
     20	
     ft.	
     carpet	
     is	
     laying	
     halfway	
     up	
     a	
    
  dune.	
     It	
     is	
     in	
     pristine	
     shape,	
     and	
     not	
     a	
     single	
    
  grain	
     of	
     sand	
     mars	
     the	
     carpet’s	
     surface.	
     It's	
    
  worth	
    quite	
    some	
    gold.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    still	
    wet	
    bloodstain,	
    in	
    a	
    roughly	
    human	
    shape	
    
  mars	
    the	
    sand.	
    It	
    is	
    evident	
    to	
    anyone	
    with	
    some	
    
  basic	
     medical	
     knowledge	
     that	
     whatever	
     bled	
    
  here	
    probably	
    died.	
    
  
  55	
    
  52	
    
  A	
     whirlwind	
     traverses	
     the	
     desert	
     against	
     the	
    
  prevailing	
    wind	
    direction.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    small	
    lizard	
    watches	
    lazily	
    as	
    the	
    party	
    passes.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    raving	
    mad	
    hermit	
    yells	
    insults	
    at	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     nomadic	
     tribe	
     on	
     camels	
     pass	
     the	
     party	
    
  travelling	
    in	
    the	
    opposite	
    direction.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  The	
    unmistakably	
    sound	
    of	
    a	
    rattlesnake	
    reaches	
    
  the	
     party,	
     but	
     no	
     snake	
     can	
     be	
     seen	
     nearby	
    
  Survivalists	
     know	
     that	
     the	
     sound	
     can	
     travel	
     on	
    
  the	
    wind	
    for	
    several	
    hundred	
    feet.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    vulture	
    falls	
    from	
    the	
    sky,	
    dead.	
    
  58	
    
  An	
    eight-­‐inch	
    long	
    bluish	
    tinted	
    scale	
    is	
    found	
    on	
    
  the	
    ground	
    -­‐	
    esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    it	
    as	
    
  belonging	
    to	
    a	
    blue	
    dragon..	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     small	
     merchant	
     caravan	
     approaches	
     over	
     the	
    
  dunes.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
    well-­‐guarded	
    caravan	
    takes	
    steps	
    to	
    keep	
    the	
    
  party	
    at	
    a	
    distance.	
    
  61	
    
  At	
     night,	
     a	
     sickly	
     green	
     glow	
     is	
     seen	
     over	
     the	
    
  dunes	
    to	
    the	
    east.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
    party	
    has	
    several	
    vultures	
    circling	
    overhead.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    jackal	
    is	
    trapped	
    in	
    a	
    snare.	
    
  64	
    
  The	
     rearmost	
     party	
     member’s	
     waterskin	
     has	
    
  been	
    leaking	
    for	
    a	
    while;	
    it	
    is	
    now	
    half	
    full.	
    
  65	
    
  The	
    wind	
    has	
    formed	
    a	
    lifelike	
    face	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    large	
    scimitar	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  67	
    
  At	
    night	
    the	
    sound	
    of	
    huge	
    wings	
    come	
    from	
    far	
    
  above	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    character	
    falls	
    over	
    a	
    stone	
    sticking	
    up	
    through	
    
  the	
     sand.	
     Worn,	
     unreadable	
     runes	
     cover	
     every	
    
  surface.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    lone	
    gnoll	
    scout	
    observes	
    the	
    party.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    small	
    rodent	
    flees	
    from	
    the	
    party	
    into	
    a	
    hole	
    in	
    
  the	
    sand.	
    
  71	
    
  Sand	
    covers	
    most	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    ruined	
    building.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    family	
    of	
    meerkats	
    watches	
    the	
    party	
    curiously	
    
  from	
    their	
    underground	
    tunnel	
    entrances;	
    should	
    
  anyone	
     approach	
     them,	
     they	
     quickly	
     dive	
     back	
    
  into	
    the	
    safety	
    of	
    their	
    tunnels.	
    
  73	
    
  Something	
    reflects	
    the	
    sun	
    on	
    a	
    dune	
    a	
    few	
    miles	
    
  away.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    nonvenomous	
    snake	
    slithers	
    below	
    the	
    sand	
    as	
    
  the	
    party	
    approaches.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
    night	
    is	
    pleasantly	
    warm.	
    
  76	
    
  Thirteen	
    silver	
    pieces	
    lie	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  77	
    
  In	
    the	
    horizon	
    a	
    range	
    of	
    mountainous	
    peaks	
    rise	
    
  from	
    the	
    desert.	
    
  78	
    
  Wisps	
     of	
     smoke	
     seen	
     over	
     a	
     dune	
     leads	
     to	
     a	
    
  campfire	
    used	
    by	
    someone	
    during	
    the	
    night.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    dragon-­‐like	
    creature	
    sits	
    on	
    a	
    rocky	
    outcrop	
    in	
    
  the	
     distance.	
     Esoteric	
     knowledge	
     can	
     identify	
     it	
    
  as	
    a	
    desert	
    drake.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
    scorpion	
    kills	
    a	
    beetle,	
    and	
    carries	
    its	
    prey	
    off.	
    
  81	
    
  Nomads	
    are	
    collecting	
    water	
    from	
    cacti.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    green	
    human	
    shaped	
    rock	
    feels	
    cold	
    to	
    touch.	
    
  83	
    
  Trackers	
     can	
     notice	
     that	
     a	
     group	
     of	
     gnolls	
     has	
    
  passed	
    this	
    way	
    a	
    few	
    hours	
    ago.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    crate	
    dropped	
    by	
    a	
    caravan	
    lie	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    wind	
    is	
    noticeably	
    colder	
    than	
    usual.	
    
  86	
    
  A	
     desert	
     tortoise	
     has	
     been	
     flipped	
     over	
     and	
     is	
    
  struggling	
     to	
     regain	
     its	
     footing	
     before	
     the	
     sun	
    
  cooks	
    it	
    alive.	
    
  87	
    
  Bats	
    fly	
    over	
    the	
    party’s	
    campfire.	
    
  88	
    
  Two	
     small	
     scorpions	
     are	
     engaged	
     in	
     their	
     own	
    
  duel	
    for	
    a	
    dead	
    beetle.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    spear	
    has	
    been	
    driven	
    into	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  90	
    
  The	
    wind	
    blowing	
    around	
    nearby	
    hoodoos	
    plays	
    
  a	
    haunting	
    tune.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    large	
    patch	
    of	
    cacti	
    is	
    in	
    full	
    bloom.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     single	
     boot	
     –	
     half-­‐filled	
     with	
     sand	
     stands	
    
  forlornly	
    halfway	
    up	
    a	
    dune.	
    
  93	
    
  At	
    dawn	
    cacti	
    are	
    dripping	
    with	
    dew.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
     desert	
     owl	
     flies	
     over	
     the	
     party’s	
     campfire	
     at	
    
  night.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    distant	
    pack	
    of	
    gnolls	
    travel	
    hastily	
    away	
    from	
    
  the	
    party.	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    desert	
    shows	
    signs	
    of	
    recent	
    precipitation.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    party	
    reaches	
    an	
    oasis,	
    where	
    they	
    can	
    stock	
    
  up	
    on	
    supplies.	
    
  98	
    
  No	
    living	
    things	
    have	
    been	
    seen	
    for	
    miles.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
    bottle	
    of	
    fine	
    wine	
    is	
    found;	
    the	
    contents	
    have	
    
  long	
    since	
    evaporated.	
    
  100	
    
  An	
    oil	
    lamp	
    lies	
    discarded	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  56	
    
  D E S E R T :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    desert	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    of	
    
  interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  At	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    sinkhole	
    sits	
    a	
    dead	
    dust	
    
  digger.	
    
  2	
    
  Several	
    animal	
    skeletons	
    lie	
    around	
    a	
    small	
    oasis.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    heat	
    phenomenon	
    has	
    fused	
    the	
    top	
    layer	
    of	
    
  sand	
    into	
    glass.	
    
  4	
    
  Four	
     gnolls	
     riding	
     dire	
     hyenas	
     are	
     seen	
     in	
     the	
    
  distance.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    giant	
    bird	
    flies	
    overhead	
    with	
    a	
    dead	
    camel	
    in	
    
  its	
    talons	
    -­‐	
    it	
    is	
    the	
    largest	
    vulture	
    the	
    PCs	
    have	
    
  ever	
    seen.	
    
  6	
    
  An	
    oasis	
    turns	
    out	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    mirage.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    well	
    stands	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    some	
    ruins.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    giant	
    scorpion	
    scuttles	
    into	
    view.	
    
  9	
    
  Cries	
    for	
    help	
    lead	
    to	
    two	
    men	
    buried	
    up	
    to	
    their	
    
  necks	
    in	
    the	
    desert	
    sand.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     lone	
     eroded	
     statue	
     of	
     an	
     eagle-­‐headed	
     man	
    
  stares	
    off	
    into	
    the	
    distance.	
    
  11	
    
  In	
    the	
    shade	
    of	
    a	
    dune,	
    a	
    lamia	
    is	
    sheltering	
    from	
    
  the	
    searing	
    sun.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
    party	
    discovers	
    an	
    abandoned	
    campfire;	
    it	
    is	
    
  nothing	
    but	
    embers	
    now.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    single	
    black	
    monolith	
    with	
    strange	
    inscriptions	
    
  have	
     been	
     unearthed	
     by	
     a	
     recent	
     sandstorm,	
    
  Linguistics	
     pinpoint	
     the	
     language	
     as	
     foreign	
     to	
    
  these	
    parts.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    skeleton	
    of	
    a	
    huge	
    creature	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    troupe	
    of	
    wandering	
    janni	
    actors	
    asks	
    to	
    travel	
    
  with	
    the	
    party	
    for	
    protection.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
    soft	
    sand	
    is	
    deep	
    here	
    and	
    counts	
    as	
    difficult	
    
  terrain.	
    
  17	
    
  Clicking	
    sounds	
    from	
    over	
    the	
    dune	
    reaches	
    the	
    
  party.	
    
  18	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    ruined	
    watchtower	
    is	
    partially	
    buried	
    
  by	
    sand.	
    
  19	
    
  Camel-­‐riding	
    
  slavers	
    
  question	
    
  the	
    
  party	
    
  concerning	
    escaped	
    slaves.	
    
  20	
    
  The	
    sand	
    comes	
    alive	
    as	
    several	
    scarab	
    swarms	
    
  break	
    through	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    dead	
    camel	
    is	
    quickly	
    devoured	
    by	
    giant	
    ants	
    
  from	
    a	
    nearby	
    hive.	
    
  22	
    
  Over	
    the	
    next	
    dune,	
    a	
    small	
    oasis	
    is	
    located.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     tablet	
     with	
     worn	
     off	
     hieroglyphs	
     lies	
     halfway	
    
  down	
    a	
    dune.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    cave	
    entrance	
    has	
    been	
    revealed	
    by	
    a	
    recent	
    
  sandstorm.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    large	
    patch	
    of	
    sand	
    feels	
    cold	
    to	
    the	
    touch.	
    
  26	
    
  Dire	
    hyenas	
    pick	
    up	
    the	
    party’s	
    scent.	
    
  27	
    
  A	
    burnt	
    out	
    shipwreck	
    lie	
    halfway	
    down	
    a	
    dune.	
    
  28	
    
  Ten	
    feet	
    high	
    cacti	
    form	
    a	
    thorny	
    desert	
    forest.	
    
  29	
    
  The	
    party	
    must	
    cross	
    a	
    wadi;	
    the	
    dry	
    riverbed	
    has	
    
  steep	
    sides	
    that	
    are	
    difficult	
    to	
    climb.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     severe	
     sandstorm	
     makes	
     travel	
     impossible	
    
  today,	
     unless	
     the	
     party	
     possesses	
     magical	
    
  protections.	
    
  31	
    
  A	
    randomly	
    determined	
    character	
    trips	
    and	
    lands	
    
  in	
     a	
     patch	
     of	
     cacti	
     and	
     takes	
     damage	
     from	
     the	
    
  needles.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     catatonic	
     man	
     in	
     fine	
     clothes	
     is	
     found	
    
  wandering	
    aimlessly	
    under	
    the	
    searing	
    sun.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    crude	
    wooden	
    tower	
    stands	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
     ruined	
     aqueduct	
     rise	
     out	
     of	
     the	
     sand	
     at	
     a	
    
  strange	
    angle.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    djinni	
    sits	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    a	
    chessboard;	
    he	
    invites	
    a	
    
  party	
    member	
    to	
    play.	
    
  36	
    
  The	
     party	
     comes	
     upon	
     a	
     scene	
     of	
     carnage	
     and	
    
  bloodshed;	
    a	
    caravan	
    has	
    been	
    raided.	
    Both	
    men	
    
  and	
    camels	
    have	
    been	
    put	
    to	
    the	
    sword;	
    nothing	
    
  of	
     value	
     can	
     be	
     found.	
     Inspection	
     by	
     a	
     tracker	
    
  reveals	
     gnolls	
     are	
     responsible	
     for	
     the	
     raid,	
     and	
    
  footprints	
     show	
     several	
     persons	
     from	
     the	
    
  caravan	
    are	
    now	
    prisoners	
    of	
    the	
    gnolls.	
    
  37	
    
  Screaming	
     curses,	
     a	
     frightened	
     gnome	
     rushes	
    
  into	
    view.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    
  lonely	
    
  wooden	
    
  sign	
    
  proclaims:	
    
  Hell’s	
    
  Courtyard.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    shredded	
    backpack	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    sand	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     ruined	
     tower	
     floats	
     several	
     feet	
     above	
     the	
    
  sand.	
    
  41	
    
  Black	
    smoke	
    rise	
    towards	
    the	
    north.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    small	
    bird	
    peeks	
    out	
    from	
    its	
    nest	
    in	
    a	
    cactus.	
    
  43	
    
  The	
     partially	
     eaten	
     carcass	
     of	
     a	
     small	
     brass	
    
  dragon	
     is	
     found,	
     it	
     bears	
     marks	
     of	
     electricity	
    
  damage.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    wind	
    is	
    very	
    hot	
    today.	
    
  45	
    
  During	
    the	
    night,	
    several	
    fire	
    elementals	
    fight	
    for	
    
  territory	
    a	
    few	
    hundred	
    feet	
    from	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  46	
    
  An	
     efreeti	
     rampages	
     through	
     the	
     dunes	
     ahead;	
    
  he	
    is	
    looking	
    for	
    something.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    skull	
    has	
    been	
    placed	
    on	
    a	
    wooden	
    pole.	
    
  48	
    
  Bones	
    are	
    littered	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    a	
    cave	
    entrance	
    
  49	
    
  A	
    veritable	
    maze	
    of	
    man-­‐sized	
    hoodoos	
    rise	
    out	
    
  of	
     the	
     desert	
     sand.	
     Closer	
     inspection	
     identifies	
    
  them	
    as	
    natural,	
    although	
    it	
    is	
    hard	
    to	
    shake	
    the	
    
  impression	
     that	
     some	
     of	
     them	
     are	
     very	
    
  humanoid	
    in	
    shape.	
    
  50	
    
  The	
    wind	
    has	
    revealed	
    an	
    ancient	
    battleground,	
    
  it	
    has	
    been	
    long	
    looted	
    and	
    only	
    the	
    bones	
    now	
    
  remain.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    dire	
    hyena	
    guards	
    a	
    cave.	
    
  52	
    
  Several	
     ruins	
     surround	
     a	
     mine	
     entrance	
     half	
    
  buried	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  
  57	
    
  53	
    
  The	
     desert	
     divides	
     and	
     a	
     long	
     canyon	
     stretches	
    
  out	
     ahead	
     of	
     the	
     party.	
     The	
     shadowed	
     canyon	
    
  provides	
    welcome	
    sheltered	
    from	
    the	
    heat.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    small	
    stepped	
    pyramid	
    stands	
    on	
    the	
    horizon.	
    
  55	
    
  Several	
     animal	
     headed	
     statues	
     lie	
     in	
     the	
     sand,	
    
  they	
    seem	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    toppled	
    on	
    purpose,	
    and	
    
  some	
    have	
    been	
    defaced.	
    
  56	
    
  During	
    the	
    night,	
    a	
    bright	
    light	
    from	
    an	
    unknown	
    
  source	
    is	
    projected	
    up	
    in	
    the	
    night	
    sky.	
    
  57	
    
  This	
    abandoned	
    oasis	
    is	
    an	
    illusion	
    that	
    fools	
    the	
    
  weak-­‐willed.	
    
  58	
    
  The	
    desert	
    ahead	
    is	
    covered	
    by	
    a	
    blanket	
    of	
    black	
    
  smoke;	
    it	
    seems	
    the	
    ground	
    itself	
    is	
    on	
    fire.	
    
  59	
    
  Confused	
     and	
     muddled	
     tracks	
     cut	
     across	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    route.	
    
  60	
    
  An	
     abandoned	
     wooden	
     palisade	
     in	
     severe	
    
  disrepair	
    stands	
    on	
    top	
    of	
    a	
    dune.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
     sandstone	
     wizard	
     tower	
     stands	
     between	
     two	
    
  dunes.	
    
  62	
    
  Wearing	
     torn	
     and	
     bloodied	
     clothes	
     a	
     man	
     runs	
    
  towards	
    the	
    party,	
    screaming:	
    “It	
    is	
    coming.”	
    
  63	
    
  A	
     discarded	
     amulet	
     is	
     found	
     half	
     buried	
     in	
     the	
    
  sand.	
    It	
    is	
    worth	
    a	
    few	
    gold	
    coins.	
    
  64	
    
  The	
    ground	
    trembles	
    slightly.	
    
  65	
    
  Four	
     camel	
     riders	
     observe	
     the	
     party	
     from	
     afar,	
    
  the	
    camels	
    have	
    painted	
    blue	
    symbols	
    upon	
    their	
    
  fur,	
     which	
     esoteric	
     knowledge	
     identifies	
     as	
    
  protective	
    in	
    nature..	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    sandstorm	
    descends	
    on	
    the	
    party.	
    
  67	
    
  Four	
     skeletons	
     lie	
     around	
     a	
     campfire;	
     they	
     are	
    
  long	
    dead	
    and	
    have	
    nothing	
    to	
    loot.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  Clouds	
    gather	
    and	
    thunder	
    and	
    lightning	
    follow,	
    
  but	
    precipitation	
    does	
    not.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    line	
    of	
    rocks	
    pierce	
    the	
    desert	
    sand.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    wide	
    wadi	
    stretches	
    out	
    before	
    the	
    party.	
    
  71	
    
  Upon	
    breaking	
    camp	
    at	
    dawn,	
    several	
    humanoid	
    
  footprints	
     are	
     discovered	
     within	
     the	
     camp;	
     the	
    
  posted	
    guards	
    saw	
    nothing.	
    	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    small	
    whirlwind	
    spells	
    out	
    the	
    word	
    “Help”	
    in	
    
  the	
    sand,	
    before	
    abruptly	
    dying	
    away.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
    mournful	
    howl	
    greets	
    the	
    rising	
    sun.	
    
  74	
    
  Suddenly	
     the	
     tall	
     dune	
     the	
     party	
     is	
     traversing	
    
  collapses.	
    Treat	
    as	
    an	
    avalanche,	
    but	
    reduce	
    by	
    
  half	
    the	
    time	
    taken	
    to	
    dig	
    out	
    buried	
    characters.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
     party	
     comes	
     upon	
     a	
     collection	
     of	
     ruins,	
     a	
    
  tent	
     town	
     have	
     been	
     set	
     up	
     nearby	
     and	
     an	
    
  archaeological	
    dig	
    is	
    taking	
    place.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    dwarf	
    has	
    been	
    tied	
    to	
    a	
    hoodoo,	
    and	
    left	
    to	
    
  die	
    of	
    exposure.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    rope	
    leads	
    20	
    feet	
    up	
    into	
    the	
    empty	
    sky.	
    
  78	
    
  The	
     shade	
     from	
     a	
     huge	
     tree	
     protects	
     the	
     dried	
    
  out	
    husk	
    of	
    a	
    dead	
    dwarf.	
    
  79	
    
  An	
    illusion	
    covers	
    an	
    area	
    of	
    quicksand.	
    
  80	
    
  An	
     abandoned	
     oasis,	
     all	
     the	
     irrigation	
     canals	
    
  filled	
    with	
    sand,	
    squats	
    forlornly	
    in	
    a	
    hollow.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
    dead	
    nomad	
    grasps	
    a	
    sand-­‐blasted	
    scroll	
    in	
    his	
    
  hands.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    wizard	
    is	
    calmly	
    walking	
    around,	
    drawing	
    sigils	
    
  in	
    the	
    sand,	
    with	
    his	
    staff.	
    
  83	
    
  Two	
    desert	
    giants	
    demand	
    the	
    party	
    leave	
    their	
    
  territory.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
     blue	
     dragon	
     flies	
     over	
     the	
     party.	
     Keen	
     eyes	
    
  may	
    spot	
    two	
    humanoids	
    on	
    its	
    back.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
    massive	
    earthquake	
    has	
    split	
    open	
    a	
    flat	
    rock,	
    
  revealing	
    a	
    tunnel	
    leading	
    downwards.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
    sand	
    gives	
    way	
    to	
    reveal	
    a	
    400	
    ft.	
    long	
    rift,	
    
  the	
    bottom	
    of	
    which	
    cannot	
    be	
    seen.	
    
  87	
    
  The	
     party	
     comes	
     upon	
     a	
     nomad	
     camp;	
     the	
    
  inhabitants	
    are	
    friendly	
    and	
    offer	
    refreshments.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    sphinx	
    challenges	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    a	
    duel	
    of	
    riddles.	
    
  89	
    
  Steam	
     shoots	
     from	
     the	
     ground	
     at	
     random	
    
  intervals;	
     anyone	
     caught	
     within	
     takes	
     4d6	
     fire	
    
  damage.	
    
  90	
    
  During	
     the	
     night,	
     several	
     small	
     flames	
     sprout	
    
  from	
     the	
     flat	
     expanse	
     of	
     sand.	
     familiarity	
     with	
    
  local	
     customs	
     reveals	
     the	
     belief	
     that	
     it	
     is	
     the	
    
  souls	
    of	
    the	
    ones	
    taken	
    by	
    the	
    desert,	
    trying	
    to	
    
  escape	
    to	
    the	
    afterlife.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     long	
     stone	
     bridge	
     stands	
     in	
     the	
     desert,	
    
  traversing	
     nothing	
     but	
     sandy	
     dunes.	
     Familiarity	
    
  with	
     architecture	
     determines	
     the	
     style	
     to	
     be	
    
  used	
    in	
    the	
    far	
    north.	
    
  92	
    
  The	
    
  top	
    
  of	
    
  a	
    
  pyramid	
    
  is	
    
  ringed	
    
  with	
    
  unidentifiable	
    arcane	
    symbols.	
    
  93	
    
  In	
    the	
    morning	
    a	
    randomly	
    determined	
    character	
    
  is	
     stung	
     by	
     a	
     small	
     scorpion,	
     which	
     had	
     sought	
    
  shelter	
    in	
    his	
    clothes	
    during	
    the	
    night.	
    The	
    sting	
    
  is	
    excruciatingly	
    painful.	
    
  94	
    
  In	
     the	
     distance,	
     two	
     dragons	
     are	
     fighting	
     a	
    
  ferocious	
    battle	
    in	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  95	
    
  The	
     party	
     is	
     caught	
     in	
     a	
     sirocco,	
     the	
     fiery	
     hot	
    
  duststorm	
     that	
     ignites	
     unprotected	
     PCs	
     and	
    
  equipment.	
    (and	
    lasts	
    for	
    1d10	
    minutes).	
    
  96	
    
  Exceedingly	
    keen	
    observation	
    reveals	
    that	
    stones	
    
  are	
    arranged	
    in	
    arcane	
    patterns	
    to	
    be	
    seen	
    from	
    
  the	
    air.	
    
  97	
    
  A	
     green	
     crystal	
     spire	
     pierces	
     the	
     monotonous	
    
  sandy	
    landscape.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    party	
    finds	
    a	
    summoning	
    circle	
    drawn	
    in	
    the	
    
  sand;	
     it	
     seems	
     incomplete	
     as	
     if	
     something	
     has	
    
  broken	
    out	
    of	
    it.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    party	
    spend	
    the	
    night	
    in	
    an	
    oasis	
    populated	
    
  by	
     fey,	
     the	
     night	
     is	
     a	
     drunken	
     revelry,	
     but	
     the	
    
  oasis	
    and	
    all	
    in	
    it	
    disappears	
    at	
    dawn.	
    
  100	
    
  Suddenly	
    the	
    sand	
    beneath	
    the	
    party’s	
    feet	
    starts	
    
  to	
     form	
     a	
     large	
     hole,	
     which	
     requires	
     quick	
    
  reflexes	
    to	
    avoid.	
    Anyone	
    falling	
    in	
    takes	
    damage	
    
  and	
     finds	
     themselves	
     in	
     a	
     large	
     hall	
     built	
     of	
    
  sandstone,	
    20	
    ft.	
    below.	
    In	
    the	
    northern	
    wall,	
    a	
    
  doorway	
     enticingly	
     beckons	
     the	
     unwary	
     to	
    
  proceed.	
    
  	
    
  
  58	
    
  F A R M L A N D :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude)	
    for	
    a	
    larger	
    encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Several	
     field	
     mice	
     seek	
     protection	
     from	
     a	
     hawk	
    
  wheeling	
    above	
    the	
    party.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    crossbow	
    bolt	
    narrowly	
    misses	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs;	
    
  the	
    party	
    cannot	
    determine	
    the	
    bolt’s	
    source.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    garter	
    snake	
    hisses	
    at	
    the	
    PCs	
    before	
    slithering	
    
  away	
    into	
    the	
    field.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    flowering	
    plant	
    blows	
    pollen	
    at	
    a	
    PC;	
    he	
    must	
    
  take	
    care	
    to	
    avoid	
    sneezing	
    and	
    watery	
    eyes	
    for	
    
  2d4	
    minutes.	
    
  5	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    enter	
    a	
    field,	
    a	
    nearby	
    alarm	
    bell	
    rings	
    
  for	
     a	
     full	
     minute;	
     the	
     party	
     can	
     hear	
     the	
    
  commotion	
    of	
    people	
    rushing	
    toward	
    the	
    alarm.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     careless	
     PCs	
     falls	
     into	
     the	
     burrow	
     of	
     an	
    
  extraordinarily	
    large	
    rodent.	
    
  7	
    
  In	
    a	
    strong	
    gust,	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    overalls	
    floats	
    over	
    the	
    
  PCs’	
    heads;	
    shortly	
    thereafter	
    a	
    naked	
    man	
    gives	
    
  chase	
    through	
    the	
    tall	
    grass.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     rustling	
     sound	
     travels	
     in	
     parallel	
     to	
     the	
     PCs,	
    
  and,	
    when	
    they	
    stop,	
    it	
    stops.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
     lone	
     sheep	
     follows	
     the	
     party,	
     occasionally	
    
  bleating	
     for	
     food	
     or	
     attention;	
     the	
     PCs	
     can	
    
  reunite	
    the	
    animal	
    with	
    its	
    flock.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     cloud	
     of	
     grasshoppers	
     descends	
     on	
     the	
     field	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     through;	
     the	
     insects	
     greatly	
    
  impede	
    visibility.	
    
  11	
    
  At	
     midday,	
     a	
     rooster	
     crows,	
     but	
     the	
     call	
     cuts	
    
  short	
    with	
    a	
    strangled	
    sound.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    man	
    carrying	
    a	
    sickle	
    chases	
    after	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    
  demands	
    they	
    leave	
    his	
    land.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    box	
    trap	
    holds	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    emaciated	
    rabbits;	
    if	
    
  set	
    free,	
    the	
    animals	
    look	
    expectantly	
    at	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  for	
    food	
    before	
    scampering	
    away.	
    
  14	
    
  As	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     through	
     a	
     field	
     full	
     of	
     a	
     tall,	
    
  cultivated	
     plant	
     (corn,	
     wheat	
     etc.),	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  section	
    flattens,	
    seemingly	
    of	
    its	
    own	
    accord.	
    
  15	
    
  Grass	
     coils	
     about	
     the	
     PCs	
     and	
     attempts	
     to	
     trip	
    
  them;	
    after	
    doing	
    so,	
    it	
    falls	
    dormant.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    peddler	
    meets	
    the	
    PCs	
    as	
    they	
    cross	
    the	
    border	
    
  between	
     two	
     farmsteads;	
     he	
     sells	
     great	
     tasting	
    
  produce	
    at	
    a	
    modest	
    price.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    murder	
    of	
    crows,	
    numbering	
    at	
    least	
    100,	
    flies	
    
  about	
    the	
    party	
    before	
    departing,	
    cawing	
    loudly.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    gopher	
    peeks	
    its	
    head	
    out	
    of	
    a	
    hole,	
    spots	
    the	
    
  party	
    and	
    darts	
    back	
    underground.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    barn	
    explodes,	
    showering	
    everything	
    in	
    a	
    500-­‐
  foot	
    radius;	
    miraculously	
    no	
    one	
    is	
    hurt.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    barn	
    owl	
    descends	
    twenty	
    feet	
    from	
    the	
    PCs,	
    
  grabs	
    a	
    wriggling	
    animal	
    and	
    silently	
    flies	
    away.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    one-­‐ton	
    cow	
    barrels	
    towards	
    the	
    PCs	
    while	
    her	
    
  owner	
    gives	
    chase.	
    
  22	
    
  Several	
     people	
     run	
     by	
     carrying	
     sandbags;	
     they	
    
  only	
    stop	
    for	
    a	
    few	
    seconds	
    to	
    explain	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  river	
    is	
    threatening	
    to	
    overflow	
    its	
    banks.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     swarm	
     of	
     butterflies	
     descends	
     on	
     the	
     field	
    
  through	
    which	
    the	
    party	
    travels;	
    they	
    flit	
    about	
    
  every	
    plant	
    in	
    the	
    field	
    except	
    for	
    one.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    small	
    section	
    of	
    grass	
    catches	
    fire;	
    it	
    grows	
    into	
    
  a	
    full-­‐blown	
    blaze	
    if	
    unattended	
    for	
    one	
    minute.	
    
  25	
    
  An	
     incoherent,	
     wild-­‐eyed	
     man,	
     shackled	
     at	
     the	
    
  feet,	
    shuffles	
    toward	
    the	
    party.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    black	
    and	
    white	
    dogs	
    whirls	
    about	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    in	
    an	
    attempt	
    to	
    herd	
    them.	
    
  27	
    
  At	
    night,	
    a	
    full	
    moon	
    rises	
    and	
    bestows	
    an	
    eerie	
    
  white	
    glow	
    to	
    the	
    surrounding	
    fields.	
    
  28	
    
  Crickets	
    chirrup	
    without	
    interruption	
    even	
    as	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    pass	
    through	
    the	
    area.	
    
  29	
    
  All	
     along	
     the	
     fence	
     closing	
     off	
     this	
     pasture,	
    
  posters	
    display	
    bills	
    of	
    sale	
    for	
    the	
    farm.	
    
  30	
    
  The	
    smell	
    of	
    smoked	
    meat	
    wafts	
    past	
    the	
    party.	
    
  31	
    
  Ducklings	
     pass	
     the	
     party	
     searching	
     for	
     their	
    
  mother,	
    whose	
    distant	
    quaking	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    hear.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
    windmill’s	
    blades	
    spin	
    wildly,	
    and	
    then	
    fly	
    off	
    
  the	
    windmill,	
    narrowly	
    missing	
    the	
    party.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
     fox,	
     loaded	
     down	
     with	
     a	
     dead	
     chicken	
     in	
     its	
    
  mouth,	
    dashes	
    away	
    from	
    the	
    party.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    scarecrows	
    seems	
    to	
    follow	
    the	
    party’s	
    
  movement;	
     upon	
     investigation,	
     the	
     PCs	
     find	
     no	
    
  signs	
    of	
    life	
    or	
    unlife	
    in	
    the	
    pair.	
    
  35	
    
  Three	
    children	
    race	
    through	
    the	
    fields	
    with	
    bright	
    
  streamers	
    attached	
    to	
    sticks;	
    one	
    races	
    up	
    to	
    the	
    
  party,	
    touches	
    a	
    PC	
    and	
    proclaims	
    him	
    “it!”	
    
  36	
    
  Hummingbirds	
     flit	
     by	
     the	
     PCs;	
     some	
     stop	
     to	
    
  investigate,	
    while	
    others	
    sup	
    the	
    flowers’	
    nectar.	
    
  37	
    
  An	
     ancient	
     barn	
     collapses	
     when	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  approach.	
    
  38	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    encounter	
    a	
    man	
    who	
    mistakes	
    them	
    for	
    
  tax	
    collectors	
    before	
    running	
    away.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
     hundred	
     feet	
     away,	
     the	
     ground	
     heaves	
     and	
    
  settles,	
    uprooting	
    several	
    plants.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     team	
     of	
     oxen	
     pulling	
     a	
     plough	
     runs	
     loose;	
    
  strong	
    PCs	
    can	
    stop	
    the	
    oxen.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     inadvertently	
     flush	
     out	
     a	
     flock	
     of	
    
  starlings.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    muster	
    of	
    domesticated	
    peacocks	
    and	
    peahens	
    
  cries	
    in	
    cacophonous	
    unison.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
     mostly	
     intact	
     wagon	
     wheel	
     rumbles	
     by	
     the	
    
  party,	
    stops	
    rolling	
    and	
    tumbles	
    over.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    woman	
    wielding	
    a	
    butcher’s	
    knife	
    chases	
    after	
    
  a	
    squealing	
    pig	
    and	
    shouts	
    to	
    the	
    PCs	
    for	
    help.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     calf	
     awkwardly	
     follows	
     the	
     party;	
     its	
     small	
    
  cowbell	
    rings	
    as	
    it	
    stumbles	
    along.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    cloud	
    of	
    gnats	
    floats	
    passed	
    the	
    PCs’	
    location,	
    
  obscuring	
    vision	
    for	
    a	
    few	
    seconds.	
    
  
  59	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    bull	
    bursts	
    out	
    of	
    its	
    pen	
    and	
    charges	
    toward	
    a	
    
  hapless	
    farmhand.	
    
  48	
    
  Mosquitoes	
    swarm	
    near	
    a	
    stagnant	
    pool.	
    
  49	
    
  Two	
     teenagers	
     frolic	
     hand-­‐in-­‐hand	
     through	
     the	
    
  field;	
    on	
    spotting	
    the	
    PCs,	
    their	
    eyes	
    go	
    wide	
    and	
    
  one	
    of	
    them	
    pleads,	
    “Don’t	
    tell	
    my	
    dad!”	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     wild	
     porcupine	
     lazes	
     on	
     its	
     back	
     while	
     it	
    
  munches	
    on	
    an	
    ear	
    of	
    corn.	
    
  51	
    
  Clouds	
    build	
    ominously	
    overhead,	
    and	
    the	
    wind	
    
  blows	
    stinging	
    dirt	
    into	
    the	
    PCs’	
    faces.	
    
  52	
    
  An	
     old	
     hound	
     trots	
     up	
     to	
     the	
     party	
     and	
     bays	
    
  loudly;	
    a	
    PCs	
    can	
    quiet	
    the	
    dog	
    with	
    a	
    treat.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    net,	
    obviously	
    meant	
    for	
    rodents,	
    flies	
    out	
    at	
    
  the	
    PCs’	
    feet;	
    they	
    can	
    easily	
    free	
    themselves.	
    
  54	
    
  An	
     owl	
     emerges	
     from	
     its	
     hole	
     when	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  approach;	
    seeing	
    they	
    are	
    not	
    prey,	
    it	
    retreats.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     PC	
     disturbs	
     a	
     well-­‐hidden	
     ant	
     mound;	
     the	
    
  crawling,	
     biting	
     ants	
     inflict	
     minor	
     damage	
     until	
    
  they	
    are	
    brushed	
    off.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    long,	
    multi-­‐coloured	
    ribbon	
    carried	
    on	
    a	
    breeze	
    
  descends	
    on	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    gets	
    tangled	
    up	
    
  about	
    him	
    but	
    doesn’t	
    impede	
    his	
    movement.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    rabbit,	
    cheeks	
    stuffed	
    with	
    radish,	
    regards	
    the	
    
  party	
    for	
    a	
    moment	
    before	
    hopping	
    off.	
    
  58	
    
  As	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     through	
     a	
     field,	
     the	
     plants	
    
  undergo	
    a	
    noticeable	
    (magical)	
    growth	
    surge.	
    
  59	
    
  Shortly	
     after	
     the	
     party	
     sets	
     camp,	
     a	
     bright	
    
  flickering	
    glow	
    becomes	
    evident	
    in	
    the	
    distance.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
    bony	
    coyote	
    parallels	
    the	
    party’s	
    path;	
    it	
    runs	
    
  away	
    if	
    anyone	
    approaches	
    it.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    brood	
    of	
    chickens	
    gathers	
    around	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    
  pecks	
    at	
    the	
    ground	
    for	
    worms.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     dragonfly	
     darts	
     around	
     the	
     party;	
     it	
     devours	
    
  gnats,	
    flies	
    or	
    mosquitoes	
    bothering	
    the	
    PC.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
     frantic	
     woman	
     accosts	
     the	
     PCs	
     and	
     implores	
    
  them	
    to	
    divulge	
    her	
    child’s	
    location.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     dairy	
     cow	
     with	
     an	
     orange	
     “honourable	
    
  mention”	
     ribbon	
     dangling	
     from	
     her	
     neck	
    
  wanders	
    passed	
    the	
    party.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
     trio	
     of	
     halfling	
     farmers	
     complains	
     about	
     the	
    
  weather	
    while	
    sitting	
    under	
    a	
    tree	
    and	
    drinking.	
    
  66	
    
  Wild	
     deer	
     nibbling	
     on	
     ripe	
     corn	
     startle	
     and	
     run	
    
  away	
    when	
    the	
    party	
    approach.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    sheep	
    run	
    away	
    from	
    a	
    man	
    dressed	
    in	
    
  sheepskins	
    carrying	
    a	
    shepherd’s	
    crook.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    griffons	
    “buzz”	
    the	
    party,	
    but	
    are	
    only	
    
  interested	
    in	
    the	
    PCs’	
    mounts.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     bee	
     takes	
     an	
     unusual	
     interest	
     in	
     one	
     of	
     the	
    
  characters	
    and	
    flies	
    about	
    his	
    head.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    braying	
    mule	
    approaches	
    the	
    party;	
    it	
    searches	
    
  for	
    fresh	
    fruits	
    or	
    vegetables	
    to	
    munch	
    on.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
    young	
    boy	
    dashes	
    past	
    the	
    party,	
    stops,	
    turns	
    
  and	
    inquires,	
    “You	
    comin’	
    to	
    the	
    meetin’?”	
    
  72	
    
  The	
     party	
     disturb	
     a	
     housecat	
     hunting	
     a	
     small	
    
  bird;	
    the	
    cat	
    hisses	
    and	
    runs	
    away.	
    
  73	
    
  As	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    passes	
    a	
    gourd,	
    it	
    splits	
    open	
    
  and	
    empties	
    its	
    guts	
    on	
    his	
    boots.	
    
  74	
    
  Packets	
     of	
     thistles	
     caught	
     on	
     a	
     breeze	
     attach	
    
  themselves	
    to	
    the	
    PCs’	
    clothes.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
    woman	
    stops	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    enquires	
    about	
    their	
    
  adventures;	
    she	
    asks	
    to	
    accompany	
    the	
    party.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     party	
     surprises	
     a	
     llama,	
     which	
     spits	
     at	
     the	
    
  PCs	
    and	
    then	
    sprints	
    away.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     blood-­‐red	
     full	
     moon	
     rises	
     and	
     bathes	
    
  everything	
    in	
    the	
    same	
    colour.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    cloud	
    of	
    flies	
    envelopes	
    the	
    party.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    whips	
    seeds,	
    small	
    stalks,	
    
  dirt	
    and	
    other	
    debris	
    into	
    the	
    PCs’	
    faces.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
    farmer	
    wielding	
    a	
    wooden	
    sword	
    and	
    wearing	
    
  a	
    bucket	
    as	
    a	
    helmet	
    challenges	
    a	
    PC	
    to	
    a	
    duel.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     flock	
     of	
     geese	
     creates	
     a	
     considerable	
     racket	
    
  with	
    its	
    honking	
    as	
    it	
    lands	
    around	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    brightly	
    coloured	
    wagon	
    approaches	
    the	
    PCs;	
    a	
    
  cheerful	
    halfling	
    woman	
    asks	
    for	
    directions.	
    
  83	
    
  A	
     distant	
     glint	
     of	
     light	
     reflects	
     off	
     something	
    
  hidden	
    in	
    the	
    grass.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    mob	
    of	
    farmers	
    carrying	
    torches	
    and	
    pitchforks	
    
  rushes	
    up	
    to	
    the	
    party;	
    they	
    are	
    hunting	
    a	
    troll.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    pungent	
    smell	
    of	
    rot	
    assaults	
    the	
    PCs’	
    senses	
    
  and	
    then	
    immediately	
    fades.	
    
  86	
    
  Several	
    children	
    spot	
    the	
    party	
    and	
    run	
    over	
    to	
    
  them;	
    they	
    ask	
    bizarre	
    questions.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     druid	
     stands	
     in	
     the	
     middle	
     of	
     a	
     field	
    
  proclaiming	
    the	
    futility	
    of	
    farming	
    to	
    a	
    handful	
    of	
    
  confused	
    spectators.	
    
  88	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    stands	
    on	
    a	
    weed	
    covered	
    wine	
    
  bottle	
    and	
    it	
    shatters.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    light	
    rain	
    shower	
    sprinkles	
    the	
    party;	
    sun	
    glints	
    
  off	
    the	
    droplets	
    as	
    they	
    fall.	
    
  90	
    
  A	
    mustard-­‐yellow	
    cloud	
    billows	
    through	
    the	
    field	
    
  in	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel;	
    it	
    has	
    no	
    effect	
    on	
    the	
    
  PCs,	
    but	
    plants	
    immediately	
    wilt	
    on	
    contact.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    ball	
    of	
    fire	
    streaks	
    from	
    the	
    sky	
    and	
    lands	
    in	
    a	
    
  nearby	
    field	
    setting	
    it	
    ablaze.	
    
  92	
    
  In	
     the	
     distance,	
     a	
     baby	
     wails	
     without	
     stopping;	
    
  investigating	
    PCs	
    find	
    a	
    lost,	
    scared	
    toddler.	
    
  93	
    
  Two	
    sunflowers	
    float	
    on	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  94	
    
  During	
     a	
     clear	
     day,	
     a	
     bolt	
     of	
     lightning	
     strikes	
     a	
    
  nearby	
    plant,	
    setting	
    it	
    on	
    fire.	
    
  95	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    tall	
    plants	
    growing	
    here	
    uproots	
    itself	
    
  and	
    follows	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     ghostly	
     figure	
     appears	
     and	
     beckons	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  deeper	
    into	
    the	
    tall	
    plants	
    growing	
    in	
    a	
    field.	
    
  97	
    
  Low	
     chanting	
     in	
     an	
     ominous,	
     magical	
     language	
    
  emanates	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    barn.	
    
  98	
    
  Several	
    dandelion	
    puff	
    balls	
    blow	
    past	
    the	
    party	
    
  and	
    explode	
    in	
    glittery	
    sprays.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
     high-­‐pitched	
     throat-­‐clearing	
     reaches	
     a	
     PC’s	
    
  ears	
    just	
    before	
    he	
    steps	
    on	
    a	
    brownie.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
    tiny	
    dragon-­‐like	
    creature	
    hovers	
    just	
    within	
    the	
    
  PCs’	
    line	
    of	
    sight;	
    it	
    disappears	
    if	
    approached.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  60	
    
  F A R M L A N D :  F A R M L A N D  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    farmland	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    
  of	
     interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
     pristine,	
     freshly	
     painted	
     red	
     barn	
     houses	
     a	
    
  cow,	
    five	
    pigs	
    and	
    twenty	
    chickens.	
    
  2	
    
  Each	
    cultivated	
    plant	
    in	
    this	
    field	
    bears	
    a	
    string	
    
  with	
     an	
     attached	
     token	
     displaying	
     the	
     holy	
    
  symbol	
    of	
    an	
    agricultural	
    deity.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     tiny	
     stream	
     meanders	
     through	
     the	
     farmland,	
    
  providing	
    necessary	
    water	
    for	
    crops.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    barbed-­‐wire	
    fence	
    surrounds	
    this	
    farmland.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
     farmhouse’s	
     front	
     porch	
     holds	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
    
  empty	
     rocking	
     chairs	
     that	
     move	
     without	
     any	
    
  noticeable	
    external	
    force.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
    bullseye	
    (exterior	
    blue	
    ring,	
    middle	
    white	
    ring	
    
  and	
    red	
    centre)	
    is	
    painted	
    on	
    one	
    of	
    this	
    barn’s	
    
  walls;	
     the	
     wood	
     is	
     chipped	
     in	
     multiple	
     places	
    
  within	
    and	
    outside	
    the	
    bullseye.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    barn	
    door	
    noisily	
    bangs	
    in	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  8	
    
  This	
     farm	
     holds	
     several	
     different	
     crops;	
     each	
    
  section	
    has	
    a	
    sign	
    showing	
    the	
    plant	
    grown,	
    the	
    
  number	
    of	
    each	
    plant	
    and	
    expected	
    harvest	
    date.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    grove	
    of	
    apple	
    trees	
    dominates	
    this	
    farmstead.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
     plants	
     in	
     this	
     field	
     carry	
     a	
     strange,	
     purple	
    
  blight	
    but	
    seem	
    healthy	
    otherwise.	
    
  11	
    
  Something	
     has	
     burned	
     or	
     otherwise	
     destroyed	
    
  sections	
    of	
    the	
    farmland;	
    if	
    a	
    PC	
    ascends	
    at	
    least	
    
  30	
     feet,	
     she	
     sees	
     a	
     pattern	
     of	
     unidentifiable	
    
  arcane	
    sigils.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Weeds	
     strangle	
     out	
     cultivated	
     plants	
     that	
     have	
    
  been	
     left	
     untended	
     for	
     over	
     a	
     year;	
     rusted	
    
  ploughs	
    sit	
    idle	
    in	
    the	
    field.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     flood	
     that	
     covered	
     this	
     farmland	
     has	
     not	
    
  receded;	
    no	
    viable	
    crops	
    survive.	
    
  14	
    
  This	
     barn	
     door	
     is	
     chained	
     shut;	
     the	
     door	
     bows	
    
  under	
     the	
     apparent	
     weight	
     of	
     several	
     people,	
    
  and	
    an	
    occasional	
    arm	
    and	
    leg	
    gropes	
    through	
    a	
    
  small	
    gap	
    in	
    the	
    door.	
    
  15	
    
  This	
    pasture	
    is	
    divided	
    into	
    two	
    fenced-­‐in	
    areas;	
    
  one	
     side	
     holds	
     a	
     herd	
     of	
     brown	
     cows,	
     and	
     the	
    
  other	
    hosts	
    a	
    lone	
    bull.	
    
  16	
    
  This	
     farmstead	
     holds	
     a	
     well-­‐built	
     house	
     and,	
    
  behind	
    it,	
    a	
    dilapidated	
    barn.	
    
  17	
    
  In	
     a	
     large	
     clearing,	
     a	
     pile	
     of	
     dead	
     leaves	
     and	
    
  other	
    debris	
    blazes	
    in	
    a	
    controlled	
    fire.	
    
  18	
    
  In	
    a	
    neighbouring	
    field,	
    a	
    group	
    of	
    people	
    put	
    the	
    
  finishing	
    touches	
    on	
    a	
    20-­‐foot	
    tall	
    wooden	
    effigy.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
     ten-­‐foot-­‐diameter	
     stone	
     well	
     juts	
     five	
     feet	
    
  aboveground;	
    a	
    bucket	
    sits	
    at	
    the	
    well’s	
    edge.	
    
  20	
    
  Hidden	
    among	
    the	
    normal	
    food	
    crops	
    are	
    plants	
    
  typically	
    cultivated	
    as	
    a	
    popular	
    drug	
    or	
    poison.	
    
  21	
    
  Rather	
     than	
     the	
     typical	
     plants,	
     this	
     farm	
     grows	
    
  various	
    mushrooms	
    and	
    toadstools.	
    
  22	
    
  Due	
    to	
    unseasonable	
    heat,	
    the	
    PCs	
    arrive	
    at	
    this	
    
  farm	
    when	
    all	
    the	
    farmhands	
    are	
    resting	
    in	
    the	
    
  shade.	
    
  23	
    
  This	
     abandoned	
     farmstead	
     has	
     a	
     possession	
    
  notice	
    staked	
    in	
    the	
    path	
    leading	
    to	
    the	
    building.	
    
  24	
    
  Dew	
     that	
     looks	
     like	
     watery	
     spider	
     webs	
     covers	
    
  everything	
    in	
    this	
    field.	
    
  25	
    
  Cattle	
    range	
    freely	
    in	
    this	
    pasture.	
    
  26	
    
  An	
     eight-­‐foot	
     tall,	
     painted	
     carving	
     of	
     a	
     bulette	
    
  towers	
    over	
    the	
    crops	
    it	
    guards.	
    
  27	
    
  Colourful	
     streamers	
     drop	
     from	
     the	
     top	
     of	
     this	
    
  ten-­‐foot-­‐tall	
    maypole	
    and	
    nearly	
    touch	
    ground.	
    
  28	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    find	
    a	
    trail	
    of	
    blood	
    smears	
    that	
    mark	
    a	
    
  series	
    of	
    plants	
    before	
    abruptly	
    ending.	
    
  29	
    
  Corn	
    stalks	
    at	
    this	
    farm	
    reach	
    twelve	
    feet	
    high.	
    
  30	
    
  Sheep	
    graze	
    placidly	
    in	
    this	
    two-­‐acre	
    plot.	
    
  31	
    
  Four	
    dead	
    goblins	
    lie	
    in	
    a	
    ditch;	
    other	
    than	
    their	
    
  tatty	
    clothes,	
    none	
    of	
    their	
    belongings	
    remain.	
    
  32	
    
  The	
     skeletal	
     structure	
     of	
     an	
     incomplete	
     barn	
    
  stands	
    on	
    this	
    farmstead.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    mated	
    pair	
    of	
    ducks	
    paddles	
    around	
    in	
    a	
    tiny,	
    
  stagnant	
    pond.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    layer	
    of	
    frost	
    covers	
    all	
    the	
    plants	
    on	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  35	
    
  Several	
    rice	
    paddies	
    dot	
    this	
    marshy	
    land.	
    
  36	
    
  Loud	
    snorts	
    and	
    grunts	
    reach	
    the	
    PCs’	
    ears	
    well	
    
  before	
    they	
    spot	
    a	
    sty	
    housing	
    hundreds	
    of	
    pigs.	
    
  37	
    
  Four	
     plots,	
     separated	
     by	
     five-­‐foot	
     wide	
     brick-­‐
  paved	
    paths,	
    grow	
    different	
    vegetables.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
     sign	
     at	
     this	
     farm’s	
     edge	
     advertises	
     “Sallen’s	
    
  Famous	
    Breakfast.”	
    
  39	
    
  Seven	
     palomino	
     horses,	
     and	
     two	
     foals,	
     race	
    
  through	
    the	
    enclosed	
    pasture	
    they	
    call	
    home.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
    sign	
    outside	
    this	
    farm	
    warns	
    people	
    away	
    from	
    
  the	
    diseased	
    livestock	
    on	
    it.	
    
  41	
    
  This	
     farm	
     holds	
     row	
     upon	
     row	
     of	
     evergreen	
    
  trees;	
    the	
    tallest	
    only	
    reaches	
    three	
    feet.	
    
  42	
    
  Ermines	
    roam	
    within	
    a	
    solid	
    wooden	
    fence;	
    this	
    
  farm	
    sells	
    the	
    animals	
    as	
    pets.	
    
  43	
    
  This	
     vast	
     cow	
     pasture	
     surrounds	
     an	
     80-­‐foot-­‐
  diameter	
    lake.	
    
  44	
    
  Spider	
    webs	
    bridge	
    the	
    gaps	
    between	
    individual	
    
  plants;	
    they	
    seem	
    not	
    to	
    harm	
    the	
    crops.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
    single	
    80-­‐foot-­‐tall	
    tree	
    stands	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    of	
    
  this	
     farmland,	
     providing	
     shade	
     to	
     the	
     plants	
    
  below	
    without	
    completely	
    blotting	
    out	
    the	
    sun.	
    
  46	
    
  An	
    abandoned	
    picnic	
    sits	
    in	
    a	
    clearing;	
    the	
    food	
    is	
    
  still	
    fresh	
    and	
    insect-­‐free.	
    
  47	
    
  Greenhouses	
    stand	
    on	
    this	
    piece	
    of	
    land	
    (raising	
    
  tropical	
     plants	
     in	
     a	
     temperate	
     locale	
     or	
    
  temperate	
    plants	
    in	
    a	
    cold	
    environment).	
    
  48	
    
  The	
    farmhouses	
    in	
    this	
    region	
    rest	
    on	
    stilts.	
    
  49	
    
  An	
    enormous	
    water	
    tower,	
    servicing	
    four	
    farms,	
    
  stands	
    at	
    the	
    spot	
    where	
    the	
    farms	
    meet.	
    
  
  61	
    
  50	
    
  Several	
    wreaths	
    fashioned	
    from	
    entwined	
    wheat	
    
  stalks	
    lay	
    discarded	
    on	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    bells	
    is	
    strung	
    at	
    a	
    low	
    height	
    among	
    
  the	
    plants	
    grown	
    at	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  52	
    
  An	
    eight-­‐foot-­‐tall	
    fence	
    encompasses	
    a	
    spacious	
    
  pasture,	
    which	
    supports	
    a	
    herd	
    of	
    elephants.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     quadruplex	
     house,	
     home	
     to	
     four	
     halfling	
    
  families,	
    stands	
    at	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    four	
    farmsteads.	
    	
    
  54	
    
  Enormous	
     pumpkins	
     and	
     other	
     gourds	
     grow	
     in	
    
  this	
    plot	
    of	
    land.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     twenty-­‐foot-­‐deep	
     ditch	
     surrounds	
     the	
     crops	
    
  grown	
    at	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  56	
    
  Ponies	
    trot	
    around	
    this	
    relatively	
    small	
    pasture;	
    
  occasionally	
    a	
    pair	
    playfully	
    fights.	
    
  57	
    
  An	
     empty	
     makeshift	
     stage	
     and	
     wooden	
     chairs	
    
  dominate	
    this	
    field.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
    sign	
    displays	
    rewards	
    for	
    fox	
    and	
    wolf	
    pelts.	
    
  59	
    
  Several	
     doors	
     cut	
     into	
     the	
     ground	
     lead	
     to	
    
  tornado	
    shelters.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
     crops	
     have	
     been	
     shaped	
     to	
     resemble	
     a	
    
  variety	
     of	
     snake-­‐like	
     shapes;	
     damp	
     areas	
    
  separate	
    each	
    “snake.”	
    
  61	
    
  The	
    pond	
    providing	
    water	
    for	
    this	
    farm	
    is	
    home	
    
  to	
    several	
    turtles	
    that	
    laze	
    on	
    rocks	
    jutting	
    from	
    
  the	
    pond’s	
    surface.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
     scarecrows	
     in	
     this	
     field	
     resemble	
     vampires	
    
  with	
    painted	
    red	
    eyes	
    and	
    real,	
    sharpened	
    teeth.	
    
  63	
    
  Dozens	
     of	
     haystacks	
     dot	
     this	
     farmland;	
     several	
    
  have	
    pitchforks	
    protruding	
    from	
    them.	
    
  64	
    
  This	
     farm	
     supports	
     a	
     variety	
     of	
     fruits,	
     primarily	
    
  blackberries,	
    blueberries	
    and	
    strawberries.	
    
  65	
    
  Runoff	
     from	
     mountain	
     snows	
     feed	
     this	
     farm	
    
  nestled	
     in	
     a	
     valley,	
     which	
     shelters	
     it	
     from	
     the	
    
  worst	
    weather.	
    
  66	
    
  This	
    pasture	
    holds	
    a	
    herd	
    of	
    goats	
    that	
    leap	
    and	
    
  frolic	
    about	
    the	
    field	
    when	
    they	
    are	
    not	
    eating.	
    
  67	
    
  The	
    farmhouse	
    standing	
    at	
    the	
    edge	
    of	
    this	
    farm	
    
  has	
    no	
    windows	
    and	
    a	
    single	
    door.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    number	
    of	
    lightning	
    rods	
    stand	
    in	
    this	
    field.	
    
  69	
    
  This	
     ten-­‐acre	
     farm	
     only	
     grows	
     wheat,	
     which	
    
  ripples	
    in	
    pale	
    golden	
    waves.	
    
  70	
    
  Several	
     signs	
     labelled,	
     “Taxidermy	
     and	
     Fresh	
    
  Fruit”	
    point	
    toward	
    a	
    two-­‐storey	
    house.	
    
  71	
    
  This	
    farm	
    is	
    comprised	
    of	
    several	
    ponds	
    holding	
    
  catfish,	
    trout	
    and	
    other	
    edible	
    fish.	
    
  72	
    
  Cattle	
     gather	
     underneath	
     the	
     sole	
     tree	
     in	
     the	
    
  field	
    in	
    search	
    of	
    shelter.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     large	
     fire	
     pit	
     stands	
     near	
     this	
     farmhouse;	
     an	
    
  unused	
    spit	
    hangs	
    over	
    the	
    pit.	
    
  74	
    
  Only	
    cacti	
    grow	
    on	
    this	
    arid	
    farm.	
    
  75	
    
  Structures	
     on	
     this	
     farm	
     are	
     built	
     into	
     hillsides;	
    
  stout	
    wooden	
    doors	
    provide	
    the	
    only	
    evidence	
    of	
    
  habitation.	
    
  76	
    
  Laundry	
     lines	
     hold	
     a	
     number	
     of	
     freshly	
     washed	
    
  blankets	
    and	
    sheets.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     torches	
     stands	
     along	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
    
  crops	
    facing	
    woods;	
    they	
    are	
    lit	
    just	
    before	
    dusk.	
    
  78	
    
  Detached	
    horse	
    tails	
    lie	
    in	
    a	
    heap;	
    oddly,	
    the	
    tails	
    
  have	
    no	
    trace	
    of	
    blood.	
    
  79	
    
  Shaggy	
    bison	
    roam	
    along	
    an	
    open	
    pasture.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     pile	
     of	
     cow	
     corpses	
     rests	
     in	
     a	
     fenced-­‐in	
     area	
    
  with	
    
  several	
    
  signs	
    
  reading,	
    
  “Quarantine	
    
  Area/Keep	
    Out!”	
    spaced	
    around	
    the	
    fence.	
    
  81	
    
  Dozens	
    of	
    beehives	
    cover	
    the	
    land;	
    bees	
    swarm	
    
  about	
    people	
    covered	
    in	
    beekeeper	
    outfits.	
    
  82	
    
  Wooden	
     statues	
     bearing	
     swords	
     and	
     shields	
    
  stand	
    guard	
    at	
    each	
    corner	
    of	
    this	
    field.	
    
  83	
    
  A	
    square	
    patch,	
    measuring	
    twenty	
    feet	
    to	
    a	
    side,	
    
  holds	
     withered	
     plants;	
     a	
     silver	
     string	
     threads	
    
  through	
    a	
    wooden	
    fence	
    surrounding	
    the	
    patch.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    number	
    of	
    exotic	
    flowering	
    plants	
    obscure	
    the	
    
  farm’s	
     true	
     purpose—the	
     cultivation	
     of	
     even	
    
  rarer	
    butterfly	
    species.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  A	
     sign	
     outside	
     this	
     farm	
     promises	
     herbal	
    
  remedies	
    for	
    any	
    ailment.	
    
  86	
    
  This	
    field	
    holds	
    a	
    variety	
    of	
    sculpted	
    shrubs.	
    
  87	
    
  Dark	
     grey	
     blankets	
     enshroud	
     all	
     the	
     plants	
    
  growing	
    on	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    tall,	
    obviously	
    old	
    and	
    abandoned	
    tower	
    lords	
    
  over	
    the	
    other	
    structures	
    on	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  89	
    
  Fifty-­‐foot-­‐long	
     scorch	
     marks	
     cover	
     this	
     field;	
     a	
    
  flying,	
    
  fire-­‐breathing	
    
  creature	
    
  presumably	
    
  devastated	
    this	
    farmland.	
    
  90	
    
  The	
    tall	
    plants	
    growing	
    on	
    this	
    farm	
    grow	
    in	
    such	
    
  a	
     way	
     to	
     create	
     an	
     archway	
     through	
     which	
     a	
    
  gnome	
    or	
    halfling	
    could	
    comfortably	
    pass.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     five-­‐by-­‐ten	
     foot	
     plinth,	
     stained	
     a	
     rusty	
     red,	
    
  rises	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    field;	
    nothing	
    grows	
    in	
    a	
    20-­‐foot	
    
  radius	
    surrounding	
    it.	
    
  92	
    
  Several	
     protective	
     glyphs	
     drawn	
     with	
     charcoal	
    
  cover	
    a	
    farmhouse’s	
    walls.	
    
  93	
    
  Blue	
    oxen	
    graze	
    on	
    purple	
    grasses	
    in	
    this	
    pasture.	
    
  94	
    
  This	
    farm	
    features	
    a	
    ramshackle	
    barn.	
    
  95	
    
  The	
     intact	
     ribcage	
     from	
     a	
     gigantic,	
     long-­‐dead	
    
  creature	
    forms	
    the	
    framework	
    for	
    a	
    greenhouse.	
    
  96	
    
  The	
     plants	
     growing	
     on	
     this	
     farm	
     are	
     all	
     a	
     pink	
    
  colour	
    reminiscent	
    of	
    clouds	
    at	
    sunset.	
    
  97	
    
  A	
    forty-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    bronze	
    sundial	
    sits	
    in	
    front	
    
  of	
    a	
    large,	
    rambling	
    farmhouse.	
    
  98	
    
  Cultivated	
    thorny	
    plants	
    grow	
    on	
    this	
    farm.	
    
  99	
    
  An	
    ivory	
    carriage	
    built	
    for	
    a	
    team	
    of	
    four	
    horses	
    
  sits	
    idly	
    in	
    a	
    sheltering	
    structure.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
    pear	
    trees	
    on	
    this	
    farm	
    bear	
    fruit	
    that	
    glows	
    
  with	
    an	
    inner	
    light.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  62	
    
  F O R E S T S  &  W O O D L A N D S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    for	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude	
    to)	
    larger	
    encounters.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     see	
     a	
     skunk	
     in	
     their	
     path	
     before	
     the	
    
  animal	
    sees	
    them.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    hawk	
    dives	
    into	
    the	
    bushes	
    near	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    
  grabs	
    a	
    small	
    rodent	
    before	
    flying	
    away.	
    
  3	
    
  Wind	
    suddenly	
    gusts	
    through	
    the	
    trees,	
    bending	
    
  their	
    less	
    sturdy	
    boughs.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    wolf	
    howls	
    in	
    the	
    distance;	
    from	
    the	
    opposite	
    
  direction,	
    another	
    wolf	
    answers.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    tree	
    falls	
    across	
    the	
    PCs’	
    path	
    about	
    200	
    feet	
    in	
    
  front	
    of	
    them.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
    hermit	
    bursts	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    trees	
    screaming	
    about	
    
  a	
    terrible	
    monster	
    pursuing	
    him.	
    
  7	
    
  Squirrels	
    chatter	
    at	
    the	
    PCs	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree's	
    
  branches.	
     The	
     squirrels	
     taunt	
     the	
     PCs	
     and	
     hurl	
    
  acorns	
    at	
    them	
    if	
    approached.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     cloud	
     of	
     butterflies,	
     comprised	
     of	
     several	
    
  different	
    species,	
    rushes	
    past	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     wind	
     creates	
     a	
     susurrus	
     sounding	
     like	
    
  humanoid	
    whispering.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     dead	
     branch	
     drops	
     from	
     a	
     towering	
     oak	
     and	
    
  crashes	
    nearby.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    birds	
    erupts	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    bush;	
    the	
    
  birds	
    cry	
    in	
    unison	
    as	
    they	
    fly	
    away.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     faint	
     odour	
     reminiscent	
     of	
     baking	
     bread	
    
  reaches	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  13	
    
  At	
    midday,	
    a	
    faint	
    mist	
    forms.	
    The	
    mist	
    does	
    not	
    
  appreciably	
    affect	
    visibility.	
    
  14	
    
  An	
     owl	
     cries	
     "Hoo"	
     at	
     the	
     appropriate	
     time	
     in	
    
  response	
    to	
    the	
    PCs’	
    conversation.	
    
  15	
    
  Three	
    porcupines	
    trundle	
    across	
    the	
    PCs’	
    path.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    thunderstorm	
    drenches	
    the	
    PCs;	
    during	
    
  the	
     storm,	
     lightning	
     strikes	
     a	
     nearby	
     tree	
     and	
    
  splits	
    it	
    half.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     large	
     winged	
     creature	
     flies	
     directly	
     over	
     the	
    
  PCs;	
    the	
    creature	
    is	
    oblivious	
    to	
    (or	
    uncaring	
    of)	
    
  the	
    PCs.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    sinkhole	
    forms	
    about	
    300	
    feet	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    the	
    
  PCs;	
     casual	
     glimpses	
     notice	
     it	
     beforehand.	
     The	
    
  10-­‐foot	
     diameter	
     sinkhole	
     is	
     30-­‐feet	
     deep	
     and	
    
  opens	
    up	
    to	
    underground	
    tunnels	
    left	
    by	
    a	
    large	
    
  worm-­‐like	
    creature	
    years	
    ago.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    3-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    seed	
    head	
    floats	
    by	
    the	
    PCs;	
    if	
    
  disturbed;	
     it	
     breaks	
     up	
     into	
     Individual	
     floating	
    
  seeds.	
    
  20	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    PCs’	
    mounts	
    (or	
    a	
    PC,	
    if	
    the	
    party	
    has	
    
  no	
    mounts)	
    trips	
    in	
    a	
    rut.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    of	
    stinging	
    insects	
    flies	
    in	
    parallel	
    to	
    the	
    
  PCs;	
    the	
    swarm	
    does	
    not	
    react	
    to	
    the	
    PCs	
    unless	
    
  they	
    directly	
    interact	
    with	
    it.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    deer	
    bursts	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    thicket,	
    startling	
    the	
    
  PCs	
     and	
     their	
     mounts;	
     each	
     mount	
     must	
     take	
    
  care	
    to	
    avoid	
    being	
    rattled	
    or	
    bolting.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
    loud	
    roar	
    sounds	
    at	
    a	
    distance	
    from	
    behind	
    the	
    
  PCs;	
     optionally,	
     the	
     roar	
     repeats	
     once	
     an	
     hour	
    
  from	
    the	
    same	
    distance.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     pile	
     of	
     dead	
     leaves	
     drops	
     on	
     the	
     PCs;	
     quick	
    
  reflexes	
     avoid	
     the	
     leaves	
     and	
     their	
     poking	
     and	
    
  scratching.	
    
  25	
    
  Any	
    PC	
    listening	
    hears	
    an	
    argument	
    between	
    two	
    
  fey	
    creatures;	
    the	
    creatures	
    present	
    no	
    threat	
    to	
    
  the	
    characters,	
    but	
    may	
    reward	
    those	
    who	
    help	
    
  resolve	
    their	
    disagreement.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    nest	
    of	
    snakes	
    slithers	
    out	
    from	
    under	
    a	
    bush;	
    
  the	
    snakes	
    are	
    not	
    poisonous	
    and	
    do	
    not	
    attack	
    
  except	
     in	
     self-­‐defence,	
     but	
     the	
     creatures	
     might	
    
  disturb	
    the	
    party’s	
    mounts.	
    
  27	
    
  The	
    wind	
    picks	
    up	
    a	
    lot	
    of	
    dust;	
    the	
    PCs	
    must	
    be	
    
  hardy	
     or	
     have	
     their	
     perception	
     hindered	
     by	
    
  coughing	
    and	
    sneezing.	
    
  28	
    
  An	
     empty,	
     runaway	
     carriage	
     heads	
     straight	
     for	
    
  the	
     PCs;	
     the	
     mount	
     pulling	
     the	
     carriage	
     dies	
     of	
    
  exhaustion	
    after	
    the	
    PCs	
    stop	
    it	
    (or	
    a	
    short	
    way	
    
  further	
    down	
    the	
    trail).	
    
  29	
    
  A	
    large,	
    black	
    cat	
    crosses	
    the	
    PCs’	
    path;	
    it	
    arches	
    
  its	
    back	
    and	
    hisses	
    at	
    them,	
    but	
    otherwise	
    takes	
    
  no	
    offensive	
    action.	
    
  30	
    
  The	
    faint	
    smell	
    of	
    smoke	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs	
    upon	
    
  the	
    breeze,	
    but	
    no	
    obvious	
    fires	
    burn	
    nearby.	
    
  31	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    doves	
    takes	
    off	
    at	
    the	
    PCs’	
    approach.	
    
  Superstition	
     reveals	
     this	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     good	
     portent;	
    
  everyone	
     in	
     the	
     party	
     has	
     slightly	
     more	
     luck	
    
  today.	
    
  32	
    
  Borril	
     the	
     huntsman	
     describes	
     a	
     group	
     or	
    
  poachers	
     and	
     asks	
     the	
     PCs	
     if	
     they	
     have	
     seen	
    
  them;	
    they	
    have	
    not	
    run	
    into	
    the	
    group,	
    but	
    may	
    
  later	
    on.	
    
  33	
    
  At	
     daybreak,	
     a	
     sudden	
     chill	
     hits	
     the	
     woods	
    
  creating	
    frost	
    on	
    the	
    grass;	
    after	
    an	
    hour	
    passes,	
    
  the	
    temperature	
    rises	
    to	
    a	
    comfortable	
    level,	
    and	
    
  the	
    frost	
    melts	
    as	
    quickly	
    as	
    it	
    formed.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    mated	
    pair	
    of	
    deer	
    timidly	
    approaches	
    the	
    PCs;	
    
  they	
     seem	
     comfortable	
     with	
     humanoids	
     and	
    
  appear	
    to	
    want	
    food.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
     leaves	
     on	
     a	
     single	
     tree	
     suddenly	
     change	
    
  colour	
    as	
    if	
    the	
    onset	
    of	
    autumn	
    took	
    place	
    over	
    
  the	
    course	
    of	
    a	
    minute.	
    
  36	
    
  The	
    ground	
    shakes	
    as	
    if	
    a	
    large	
    creature	
    moves	
    
  through	
    the	
    nearby	
    woods;	
    but	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    other	
    
  obvious	
    sign	
    of	
    such	
    a	
    creature.	
    	
    
  
  63	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     gentle	
     rain	
     falls,	
     creating	
     a	
     steady,	
     light	
    
  drumming	
    on	
    the	
    leaves	
    above.	
    Very	
    little	
    of	
    the	
    
  rain	
     reaches	
     the	
     ground,	
     until	
     the	
     leaves	
     bend	
    
  under	
    the	
    collected	
    water’s	
    weight.	
    
  38	
    
  At	
     hourly	
     intervals,	
     a	
     bird	
     chirps	
     a	
     number	
     of	
    
  times	
    equal	
    to	
    the	
    hour;	
    the	
    unseen	
    bird	
    seems	
    
  to	
    follow	
    the	
    PCs	
    throughout	
    the	
    day.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
    party	
    reaches	
    an	
    oak	
    tree	
    where	
    a	
    family	
    of	
    
  four	
    opossums	
    hang	
    by	
    their	
    tails	
    from	
    the	
    same	
    
  branch;	
     the	
     animals	
     are	
     unmindful	
     of	
     the	
    
  interruption.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     (but	
     distant)	
     shriek	
     sounds	
     from	
     in	
    
  front	
    of	
    the	
    PCs;	
    local	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    it	
    as	
    
  humanoid,	
    whereas	
    trackers	
    can	
    pinpoint	
    it	
    to	
    be	
    
  approximately	
    5	
    miles	
    away.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
     party	
     interrupts	
     a	
     raccoon	
     that	
     had	
     been	
    
  washing	
     its	
     food	
     in	
     a	
     small	
     stream;	
     the	
     animal	
    
  chitters	
    at	
    them	
    angrily	
    and	
    runs	
    off.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     root	
     threatens	
     to	
     trip	
     unmounted	
     PCs;	
     each	
    
  walking	
    PC	
    must	
    make	
    take	
    heed	
    to	
    avoid	
    falling.	
    
  43	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    travels	
    to	
    their	
    destination,	
    a	
    group	
    
  of	
     blackbirds	
     alights	
     at	
     regular	
     intervals	
     on	
     a	
    
  nearby	
     tree;	
     the	
     number	
     of	
     birds	
     equals	
     the	
    
  number	
    of	
    miles	
    to	
    the	
    party’s	
    destination.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     gust	
     blows	
     through	
     the	
     woods,	
    
  threatening	
    to	
    uproot	
    smaller	
    trees;	
    the	
    PCs	
    are	
    
  affected	
    by	
    severe	
    winds	
    for	
    some	
    seconds.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     pair	
     of	
     foxes	
     crosses	
     the	
     PCs’	
     path;	
     shortly	
    
  after	
    they	
    do	
    so,	
    a	
    horn	
    sounds	
    followed	
    by	
    the	
    
  baying	
    of	
    hounds.	
    
  46	
    
  Through	
     a	
     break	
     in	
     the	
     trees,	
     the	
     PCs	
     spot	
     a	
    
  cluster	
     of	
     dark	
     clouds	
     scuttling	
     across	
     the	
     sky	
    
  toward	
     them.	
     Half	
     an	
     hour	
     later,	
     the	
     party	
     is	
    
  beset	
    by	
    an	
    intense,	
    but	
    brief	
    rainstorm.	
    
  47	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     someone	
     whistling	
     reaches	
     the	
    
  PCs;	
     It	
     comes	
     from	
     random	
     directions,	
     and	
     the	
    
  PCs	
    cannot	
    find	
    source	
    of	
    the	
    whistling.	
    
  48	
    
  During	
    an	
    evening	
    watch	
    or	
    just	
    before	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  wakes	
    up,	
    squirrels	
    attempt	
    to	
    rummage	
    through	
    
  packs	
    and	
    other	
    accessible	
    containers;	
    they	
    steal	
    
  rations	
     and	
     small	
     shiny	
     objects	
     if	
     nothing	
    
  threatens	
    them.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     druid	
     approaches	
     the	
     PCs	
     and	
     asks	
     them	
     to	
    
  protect	
     her	
     animal	
     companion,	
     Marinda	
     –	
     a	
    
  tigress	
     –	
     while	
     she	
     undertakes	
     a	
     dangerous	
    
  mission;	
     she	
     promises	
     to	
     meet	
     the	
     PCs	
     further	
    
  along	
     on	
     their	
     travels,	
     and	
     the	
     tigress	
     behaves	
    
  herself	
     during	
     their	
     journey	
     (but	
     does	
     not	
     fight	
    
  on	
    their	
    behalf	
    unless	
    directly	
    threatened).	
    
  50	
    
  Just	
    before	
    dusk	
    or	
    dawn,	
    the	
    distant	
    sounds	
    of	
    
  drumming	
     reaches	
     the	
     PCs;	
     the	
     nearest	
     known	
    
  village	
     is	
     too	
     far	
     away	
     to	
     be	
     the	
     source	
     of	
     the	
    
  drumming.	
     If	
     they	
     investigate,	
     the	
     drumming	
    
  ceases.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    wild	
    boar	
    bursts	
    from	
    a	
    thicket;	
    it	
    tries	
    to	
    trip	
    a	
    
  random	
    PC	
    and	
    then	
    barrels	
    onward	
    to	
    the	
    other	
    
  side	
     of	
     the	
     path	
     before	
     disappearing	
     into	
     a	
    
  thicket	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    cloud	
    of	
    gnats	
    swarms	
    around	
    the	
    PCs;	
    while	
    
  the	
     gnats	
     deal	
     no	
     damage,	
     they	
     distract	
     when	
    
  watching	
     and	
     listening	
     for	
     danger;	
     dealing	
     any	
    
  damage	
    to	
    the	
    swarm	
    disperses	
    the	
    gnats.	
    
  53	
    
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    reach	
    the	
    bank	
    of	
    a	
    pond	
    or	
    lake,	
    
  they	
    find	
    a	
    colony	
    of	
    frogs	
    that	
    croak	
    in	
    unison	
    
  upon	
     their	
     arrival.	
     Otherwise,	
     the	
     frogs	
     ignore	
    
  the	
    PCs.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    tree	
    falls,	
    threatening	
    to	
    hit	
    one	
    or	
    more	
    of	
    the	
    
  PCs;	
    it	
    attacks	
    in	
    a	
    15-­‐foot	
    line,	
    dealing	
    damage.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     peacock	
     walks	
     up	
     to	
     the	
     PC	
     with	
     the	
     highest	
    
  Charisma,	
    fans	
    its	
    tail	
    and	
    then	
    struts	
    away.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    fox	
    –	
    a	
    dead	
    rabbit	
    in	
    its	
    bloody	
    jaws	
    –	
    darts	
    
  across	
    the	
    trail.	
    At	
    sight	
    of	
    the	
    PCs,	
    it	
    sprints	
    into	
    
  nearby	
    undergrowth.	
    
  57	
    
  Three	
     trees	
     lie	
     by	
     the	
     trail.	
     Each	
     has	
     obviously	
    
  been	
     deliberately	
     chopped	
     down,	
     but	
     of	
     the	
    
  woodcutter	
     there	
     is	
     no	
     sign.	
     An	
     axe	
     stands	
    
  against	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     fallen	
     trees	
     and	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  backpack	
    contains	
    mouldering	
    food.	
    
  58	
    
  Squirrels	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree’s	
    bough	
    chuck	
    nuts	
    at	
    
  the	
     PCs,	
     evidently	
     in	
     an	
     attempt	
     to	
     drive	
     them	
    
  away.	
    Any	
    threatening	
    action	
    taken	
    towards	
    the	
    
  squirrels	
    scares	
    them	
    off.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    family	
    of	
    brown	
    bears	
    wanders	
    into	
    the	
    party’s	
    
  campsite;	
    they	
    seem	
    hungry,	
    but	
    do	
    not	
    take	
    any	
    
  aggressive	
    action.	
    If	
    anyone	
    feeds	
    the	
    bears,	
    they	
    
  follow	
     the	
     party	
     for	
     a	
     couple	
     of	
     hours	
     before	
    
  wandering	
    off.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
     cloud	
     of	
     hallucinogenic	
     spores	
     blows	
     through	
    
  the	
    party;	
    each	
    PC	
    runs	
    the	
    risk	
    of	
    short	
    bouts	
    of	
    
  hallucinations.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    cascade	
    of	
    water	
    suddenly	
    flows	
    from	
    a	
    rocky	
    
  shelf	
    above	
    the	
    PCs,	
    smashing	
    into	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
    temperature	
    drops	
    precipitously	
    during	
    the	
    
  night;	
     unprotected	
     PCs	
     are	
     affected	
     by	
     cold	
    
  weather	
    (during	
    spring,	
    summer	
    or	
    fall	
    months)	
    
  or	
    by	
    severe	
    cold	
    (during	
    winter	
    months).	
    
  63	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     reach	
     a	
     riverbank	
     where	
     someone	
     has	
    
  tied	
    a	
    boat	
    to	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree;	
    the	
    boat	
    has	
    fishing	
    
  equipment,	
    but	
    the	
    boat’s	
    owner	
    is	
    not	
    present.	
    
  64	
    
  If	
     the	
     PCs	
     don't	
     watch	
     their	
     step,	
     they	
     do	
     not	
    
  notice	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    an	
    abandoned,	
    overgrown	
    
  burrow.	
    A	
    PC	
    unaware	
    of	
    the	
    burrow	
    must	
    take	
    
  care	
    or	
    fall	
    in	
    and	
    twist	
    his	
    ankle.	
    
  65	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    hear	
    mewling	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    hole;	
    if	
    they	
    
  investigate,	
     they	
     find	
     a	
     litter	
     of	
     eight	
     bobcat	
    
  kittens.	
    	
    
  66	
    
  Beroca,	
     a	
     treant,	
     rumbles	
     across	
     the	
     PCs’	
     path;	
    
  he	
    remains	
    oblivious	
    to	
    them,	
    unless	
    they	
    draw	
    
  his	
     attention.	
     Beroca	
     does	
     not	
     attack	
     and	
     may	
    
  answer	
     questions	
     about	
     this	
     portion	
     of	
     the	
    
  woods	
    if	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    befriend	
    him..	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    wild	
    man,	
    nude	
    except	
    for	
    a	
    loin	
    cloth	
    and	
    with	
    
  sticks	
    and	
    twigs	
    in	
    his	
    hair,	
    confronts	
    the	
    PCs;	
    he	
    
  speaks	
    gibberish,	
    but	
    he	
    obviously	
    tries	
    to	
    warn	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    about	
    a	
    threat	
    further	
    down	
    the	
    path	
    via	
    
  his	
    body	
    language.	
    
  
  64	
    
  68	
    
  At	
     night,	
     assuming	
     the	
     party	
     has	
     a	
     campfire	
     or	
    
  other	
     light	
     sources,	
     a	
     swarm	
     of	
     moths	
     mills	
    
  about	
    the	
    light;	
    if	
    unbothered,	
    they	
    dance	
    about	
    
  the	
    light	
    for	
    an	
    hour	
    and	
    then	
    fly	
    off.	
    
  69	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     encounter	
     a	
     man	
     whose	
     wrists	
     show	
    
  signs	
    of	
    previously	
    being	
    bound;	
    he	
    refuses	
    any	
    
  offers	
    of	
    help	
    and	
    goes	
    on	
    his	
    own	
    way.	
    The	
    PCs	
    
  may	
    encounter	
    his	
    pursuers	
    later.	
    
  70	
    
  Bats	
    fly	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    cave,	
    potentially	
    startling	
    
  the	
    PCs’	
    mounts;	
    each	
    mount	
     becomes	
    uneasy.	
    
  PCs	
     who	
     know	
     about	
     animal	
     training	
     can	
     calm	
    
  them	
    
  71	
    
  Panicked	
     animals	
     –	
     rabbits,	
     deer	
     and	
     so	
     on	
     –	
    
  crash	
     through	
     the	
     trees	
     towards	
     the	
     PCs;	
     they	
    
  obviously	
    flee	
    from	
    something.	
    No	
    other	
    signs	
    of	
    
  what	
    frightened	
    the	
    animals	
    present	
    themselves.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
     middle-­‐aged	
     woman	
     covered	
     in	
     pustules	
     and	
    
  apparently	
    suffering	
    from	
    a	
    nasty	
    disease	
    warns	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     to	
     stay	
     away	
     from	
     her	
     home	
     village	
    
  where	
     all	
     the	
     inhabitants	
     suffer	
     from	
     the	
     same	
    
  affliction.	
     She	
     then	
     stumbles	
     away,	
     mumbling	
    
  something	
    about	
    getting	
    help	
    from	
    a	
    local	
    druid.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     team	
     of	
     fine	
     horses,	
     wearing	
     harnesses	
    
  bedecked	
    with	
    bells,	
    prances	
    past	
    the	
    PCs;	
    while	
    
  they	
     act	
     like	
     they	
     know	
     where	
     they	
     are	
     going,	
    
  they	
    have	
    no	
    riders.	
    
  74	
    
  An	
     eight-­‐foot	
     long	
     throwing	
     spear	
     crashes	
    
  through	
     the	
     trees	
     and	
     lands	
     several	
     feet	
     away	
    
  from	
    the	
    party.	
    Of	
    who	
    threw	
    it,	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    sign.	
    
  Dried	
    blood,	
    covers	
    the	
    spear.	
    
  75	
    
  Lightning	
     flashes	
     and	
     an	
     ominous	
     boom	
     of	
    
  thunder	
     sounds	
     in	
     front	
     of	
     the	
     PCs;	
     survival	
    
  trained	
     PCs	
     realize	
     a	
     storm	
     is	
     imminently	
     going	
    
  to	
    strike	
    the	
    area.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     griffon	
     flies	
     over	
     the	
     treetops	
     but	
     spies	
     the	
    
  PCs’	
     mounts	
     through	
     gaps	
     in	
     the	
     trees;	
     after	
     a	
    
  tense	
     moment	
     where	
     the	
     creature	
     decides	
    
  whether	
    to	
    grab	
    a	
    tasty	
    horse,	
    it	
    flies	
    off.	
    
  77	
    
  The	
    party	
    happens	
    upon	
    an	
    overturned	
    cart	
    in	
    a	
    
  ditch.	
     Of	
     the	
     rider	
     or	
     horse	
     there	
     is	
     no	
     sign.	
    
  Careful	
    scrutiny	
    reveals	
    that	
    the	
    wagon	
    has	
    not	
    
  lain	
    here	
    long	
    and	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    sign	
    of	
    foul	
    play.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    badger,	
    interrupted	
    from	
    enjoying	
    the	
    snake	
    it	
    
  recently	
    killed,	
    hisses	
    at	
    the	
    characters	
    and	
    drags	
    
  its	
    kill	
    into	
    a	
    thicket.	
    
  79	
    
  The	
     party	
     reaches	
     a	
     pond	
     that	
     sparkles	
     in	
     the	
    
  sun;	
     fish	
     regularly	
     jump	
     out	
     of	
     the	
     pond	
     and	
    
  splash	
    back	
    in.	
    The	
    fish	
    are	
    so	
    plentiful	
    that	
    PCs	
    
  can	
    easily	
    forage	
    fish.	
    
  80	
    
  The	
    wind	
    creates	
    a	
    tiny	
    tornado	
    that	
    picks	
    up	
    dirt	
    
  and	
    leaves	
    and	
    swirls	
    them	
    around;	
    a	
    PC	
    in	
    the	
    
  swirling	
    winds	
    must	
    be	
    on	
    his	
    guard	
    to	
    avoid	
    dirt	
    
  in	
     the	
     eyes	
     and	
     a	
     hampered	
     vision	
     for	
     10	
    
  minutes.	
    
  81	
    
  An	
     ape	
     jumps	
     down	
     from	
     the	
     forest’s	
     canopy,	
    
  beats	
    its	
    chest	
    and	
    stares	
    down	
    the	
    PC	
    with	
    the	
    
  highest	
     Strength	
     score;	
     after	
     the	
     ape	
     makes	
     its	
    
  display,	
    it	
    climbs	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    trees.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    blue	
    songbirds	
    darts	
    in	
    and	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    
  trees	
     around	
     the	
     PCs;	
     they	
     sing	
     a	
     lively	
     tune	
    
  while	
     they	
     frolic.	
     Minutes	
     later,	
     a	
     bird	
     of	
     prey	
    
  passes	
    overhead	
    and	
    the	
    birds	
    scatter.	
    
  83	
    
  When	
    the	
    party	
    passes	
    through	
    a	
    clearing	
    filled	
    
  with	
     flowers,	
     the	
     flowers	
     turn	
     from	
     the	
     sun	
     to	
    
  face	
    any	
    divine	
    spellcasters	
    who	
    pass	
    by.	
    The	
    air	
    
  is	
    heavy	
    with	
    pollen.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
     grizzly	
     bear,	
     drunk	
     on	
     fermented	
     honey,	
    
  attempts	
     to	
     pass	
     the	
     PCs	
     while	
     weaving	
     on	
     its	
    
  rear	
    legs.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    provoke	
    the	
    bear,	
    it	
    merely	
    
  grunts	
    at	
    them	
    and	
    then	
    belches.	
    
  85	
    
  In	
     a	
     hilly	
     part	
     of	
     the	
     forest,	
     the	
     PCs	
     hear	
     a	
    
  shouted	
     warning	
     before	
     a	
     runaway	
     log	
     barrels	
    
  down	
     the	
     hill;	
     the	
     log	
     smashes	
     into	
     one	
     PC.	
    
  Shortly	
    thereafter,	
    Niall	
    rushes	
    down	
    the	
    hill	
    to	
    
  apologise.	
    
  86	
    
  A	
    tree	
    nearby	
    the	
    PCs	
    suddenly	
    splits	
    in	
    half,	
    and	
    
  each	
    half	
    falls	
    over.	
    Examination	
    reveals	
    the	
    tree	
    
  is	
    dead;	
    killed	
    by	
    a	
    rotting	
    mould;	
    the	
    trunk	
    split	
    
  under	
    its	
    own	
    weight.	
    
  87	
    
  In	
    a	
    dry	
    patch	
    of	
    the	
    woods,	
    PCs	
    must	
    be	
    careful	
    
  to	
    avoid	
    starting	
    a	
    forest	
    fire;	
    a	
    PC	
    lighting	
    a	
    fire	
    
  must	
    have	
    some	
    basic	
    survival	
    training	
    to	
    avoid	
    
  catching	
     dry	
     grass,	
     creating	
     an	
     out-­‐of-­‐control	
    
  forest	
    fire	
    after	
    1d8	
    minutes.	
    
  88	
    
  Snarls	
     and	
     roars	
     herald	
     the	
     arrival	
     of	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
    
  tigers	
    locked	
    in	
    a	
    territorial	
    battle.	
    They	
    roll	
    past	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     and	
     concentrate	
     only	
     on	
     each	
     other.	
    
  They	
    attack	
    a	
    PC	
    only	
    if	
    he	
    directly	
    interferes.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
     crow	
     attempts	
     to	
     alight	
     on	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     PCs’	
    
  shoulders;	
    if	
    allowed	
    to	
    land,	
    every	
    few	
    minutes	
    
  it	
     caws	
     out	
     a	
     name	
     the	
     PCs	
     do	
     not	
     recognize.	
    
  Eventually,	
    it	
    flies	
    away.	
    
  90	
    
  A	
    unicorn,	
    riddled	
    with	
    arrows,	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  and	
    collapses.	
    It	
    dies	
    in	
    a	
    few	
    seconds	
    unless	
    the	
    
  PCs	
     act.	
     The	
     arrows	
     are	
     of	
     crude	
     manufacture	
    
  and	
     closer	
     scrutiny	
     reveals	
     they	
     are	
     of	
     orcish	
    
  artifice.	
     If	
     revived,	
     the	
     unicorn	
     (Firatris)	
     thanks	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    and	
    warns	
    of	
    a	
    band	
    of	
    marauding	
    orcs	
    
  in	
    the	
    area.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  The	
    party	
    interrupts	
    a	
    large	
    spider	
    in	
    the	
    process	
    
  of	
    cocooning	
    a	
    deer	
    caught	
    in	
    its	
    web	
    deep	
    in	
    a	
    
  foreboding	
     thicket.	
     If	
     the	
     PCs	
     approach,	
     the	
    
  spider	
     hisses,	
     clacks	
     its	
     mandibles	
     menacingly	
    
  and	
    then	
    retreats,	
    allowing	
    the	
    PCs	
    to	
    rescue	
    the	
    
  trapped	
    animal.	
    
  92	
    
  Witch-­‐lights	
    appear	
    and	
    dance	
    enticingly	
    to	
    lead	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     into	
     a	
     dark	
     and	
     foreboding	
     part	
     of	
     the	
    
  woods;	
     when	
     the	
     PCs	
     reach	
     the	
     last	
     light	
     in	
     a	
    
  secluded	
    clearing,	
    they	
    do	
    not	
    find	
    anything.	
    This	
    
  behaviour	
    repeats	
    itself	
    for	
    two	
    days.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  After	
    the	
    PCs	
    set	
    up	
    camp,	
    a	
    flock	
    of	
    owls	
    lands	
    
  on	
    tree	
    branches	
    encircling	
    the	
    camp;	
    they	
    hoot	
    
  at	
     each	
     other	
     as	
     if	
     discussing	
     the	
     party.	
     If	
    
  attacked,	
    they	
    fly	
    away.	
    If	
    allowed	
    to	
    remain	
    the	
    
  owls	
    hoot	
    all	
    night	
    and	
    the	
    PCs	
    are	
    fatigued	
    the	
    
  next	
    day	
    due	
    to	
    lack	
    of	
    sleep.	
    
  
  65	
    
  94	
    
  The	
    wind	
    blows	
    a	
    rare	
    lotus	
    blossom	
    of	
    deep	
    red	
    
  hue	
    past	
    the	
    PCs;	
    A	
    PC	
    with	
    some	
    knowledge	
    of	
    
  plants	
    can	
    identify	
    the	
    specimen	
    and	
    sell	
    it	
    to	
    an	
    
  interested	
    buyer	
    for	
    50	
    gp	
    (if	
    they	
    can	
    find	
    such	
    a	
    
  fellow	
    before	
    the	
    bloom	
    perishes).	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    cluster	
    of	
    puffball	
    mushrooms	
    burst	
    when	
    the	
    
  party	
     passes	
     by;	
     each	
     PC	
     within	
     20-­‐foot	
     must	
    
  make	
    a	
    be	
    hardy	
    or	
    retch	
    for	
    hours	
    on	
    end.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  One	
     of	
     the	
     PCs’	
     mounts	
     refuses	
     to	
     enter	
     a	
    
  section	
    of	
    the	
    forest,	
    requiring	
    some	
    prodding	
    by	
    
  an	
     animal	
     handler.	
     It	
     appears	
     nervous	
     and	
    
  frightened	
     of	
     something	
     in	
     that	
     area	
     of	
    
  woodland.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     hear	
     a	
     commoner	
     calling	
     for	
     Hurst;	
    
  when	
     they	
     find	
     him,	
     he	
     claims	
     to	
     have	
     lost	
     his	
    
  prize	
    pig,	
    which	
    slipped	
    into	
    the	
    woods.	
    He	
    offers	
    
  a	
    meagre	
    reward	
    to	
    help	
    him	
    find	
    his	
    pig.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    party	
    come	
    across	
    a	
    large	
    clearing.	
    A	
    riot	
    of	
    
  wild	
    flowers	
    covers	
    the	
    ground	
    and	
    a	
    PC	
    with	
    a	
    
  modicum	
     of	
     botanic	
     knowledge	
     finds	
     enough	
    
  herbs	
    to	
    replenish	
    three	
    uses	
    of	
    a	
    healer’s	
    kit.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    stumble	
    upon	
    a	
    bandit’s	
    hidden	
    treasure	
    
  cache.	
    A	
    shovel	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    ground	
    near	
    a	
    large	
    
  hole	
    dug	
    between	
    the	
    roots	
    of	
    a	
    mighty	
    elm	
    tree.	
    
  At	
     the	
     bottom	
     of	
     the	
     hole	
     lies	
     the	
     shredded	
    
  remains	
    of	
    two	
    sacks.	
    Careful	
    inspection	
    recovers	
    
  5	
    sp	
    from	
    the	
    loose	
    earth.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     encounter	
     a	
     man	
     painting	
     this	
     area	
     of	
    
  the	
    forest;	
    however,	
    the	
    painting	
    portrays	
    events	
    
  that	
    have	
    not	
    happened	
    yet	
    and	
    includes	
    at	
    least	
    
  one	
    member	
    of	
    the	
    party.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    question	
    the	
    
  man	
    –	
    who	
    is	
    actually	
    a	
    ghost	
    –	
    fades	
    from	
    sight.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  66	
    
  F O R E S T S  &  W O O D L A N D S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     woodland	
     through	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     should	
     not	
     be	
    
  devoid	
    of	
    interesting,	
    minor	
    features.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    
  such	
    features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    
  party’s	
    campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    
  travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
     gnarled	
     tree	
     stands	
     in	
     an	
     otherwise	
     normal	
    
  grove;	
    its	
    trunk	
    looks	
    like	
    a	
    petrified	
    humanoid.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    dry	
    ravine	
    cuts	
    across	
    the	
    path;	
    it	
    is	
    five	
    feet	
    
  wide	
    and	
    ten	
    feet	
    deep.	
    
  3	
    
  An	
    abandoned	
    campsite	
    sits	
    a	
    few	
    hundred	
    feet	
    
  from	
     the	
     trail;	
     the	
     campfire	
     still	
     burns	
     and	
    
  camping	
    gear	
    litters	
    the	
    area.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    hut	
    stands	
    nearby	
    the	
    path;	
    it	
    is	
    uninhabited,	
    
  but	
    many	
    shrunken	
    heads	
    decorate	
    the	
    place.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    trail	
    forks	
    into	
    two	
    separate	
    trails	
    that	
    meet	
    
  up	
    again	
    a	
    mile	
    further	
    (a	
    mile	
    and	
    a	
    half	
    for	
    the	
    
  other,	
    meandering	
    trail).	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     wide	
     river	
     cuts	
     across	
     the	
     trail;	
     a	
     covered	
    
  bridge	
    spans	
    the	
    river.	
    
  7	
    
  An	
     extraordinarily	
     large	
     footprint	
     crosses	
     the	
    
  path;	
    the	
    footprint	
    is	
    a	
    couple	
    hundred	
    years	
    old	
    
  and	
    does	
    not	
    lead	
    to	
    other	
    footprints.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     trees	
     uniformly	
     bend	
     in	
     the	
     same	
    
  direction,	
    such	
    that	
    the	
    treetops	
    grow	
    in	
    parallel	
    
  to	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  9	
    
  An	
    old	
    battleground	
    shows	
    evidence	
    of	
    the	
    use	
    
  of	
     arcane	
     fire	
     magic;	
     no	
     weapons	
     or	
     treasures	
    
  remain.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     underground	
     homes	
     line	
     the	
     path;	
    
  brief	
     scrutiny	
     discovers	
     the	
     homes,	
     which	
     are	
    
  abandoned	
    but	
    appear	
    to	
    have	
    housed	
    a	
    gnome	
    
  clan.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     large	
     mound	
     of	
     rusted	
     iron	
     sits	
     forlornly	
     in	
     a	
    
  barren	
    field.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     willow	
     trees	
     sits	
     within	
     a	
     ring	
     of	
    
  vegetation	
     that	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     permanently	
    
  destroyed	
    by	
    frost.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     large	
     tree	
     has	
     fallen	
     across	
     the	
     trail,	
    
  completely	
    blocking	
    it.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
     cave,	
     looking	
     much	
     like	
     a	
     monster’s	
     maw,	
    
  becomes	
    evident	
    as	
    the	
    party	
    crests	
    a	
    hill.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    small	
    settlement	
    of	
    ten	
    houses	
    lies	
    empty;	
    the	
    
  houses	
    seem	
    to	
    have	
    had	
    their	
    roofs	
    ripped	
    off.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    saltwater	
    pond	
    filled	
    with	
    appropriate	
    marine	
    
  life	
    sits	
    near	
    the	
    trail;	
    other	
    nearby	
    ponds	
    have	
    
  fresh	
    water.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    steps	
    climb	
    a	
    nearby	
    hill;	
    each	
    step	
    is	
    ten	
    
  feet	
    wide,	
    five	
    feet	
    tall	
    and	
    made	
    of	
    a	
    material	
    
  unique	
    to	
    each	
    step	
    (granite,	
    iron,	
    etc.)	
    
  18	
    
  A	
     ring	
     of	
     toadstools	
     surrounds	
     a	
     lone	
     oak	
     tree;	
    
  each	
     toadstool	
     is	
     eight	
     feet	
     tall,	
     while	
     the	
     oak	
    
  tree	
    stands	
    forty	
    feet	
    tall.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    large	
    funnel	
    made	
    entirely	
    of	
    sand	
    leads	
    into	
    
  an	
    underground	
    cavern;	
    large	
    insect	
    husks	
    litter	
    
  the	
    cavern’s	
    floor.	
    
  20	
    
  This	
    campsite	
    appears	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    attacked	
    by	
    
  large	
     animals;	
     tents	
     are	
     torn,	
     food	
     has	
     been	
    
  scattered	
    around	
    the	
    site	
    and	
    splotches	
    of	
    blood	
    
  cover	
    the	
    ground.	
    Tracks	
    lead	
    away	
    from	
    the	
    site	
    
  in	
    various	
    directions.	
    
  21	
    
  Vines	
     and	
     brambles	
     cover	
     the	
     only	
     remaining	
    
  piece	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    manor	
    house,	
    a	
    tumbled	
    pile	
    of	
    
  stone.	
    
  22	
    
  Here	
     several	
     large	
     trees	
     have	
     grown	
     so	
     closely	
    
  together	
     that	
     their	
     trunks	
     and	
     	
     branches	
     have	
    
  become	
    intertwined.	
    The	
    trees	
    grow	
    along	
    a	
    high	
    
  earthen	
    bank	
    and	
    form	
    a	
    formidable	
    barrier.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     natural	
     amphitheatre	
     fashioned	
     from	
     shale	
    
  stands	
    
  empty;	
    
  bards	
    
  who	
    
  use	
    
  bardic	
    
  performance	
     here	
     are	
     treated	
     as	
     if	
     they	
     were	
    
  one	
    level	
    higher.	
    
  24	
    
  An	
     empty,	
     30-­‐foot	
     diameter	
     beetle’s	
     carapace	
    
  provides	
    shelter	
    from	
    the	
    elements.	
    
  25	
    
  Large	
    granite	
    spires	
    form	
    four-­‐fingered	
    hands.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
     perfectly	
     circular	
     lake	
     surrounds	
     a	
     flat,	
    
  perfectly	
    square	
    island.	
    
  27	
    
  This	
     100-­‐square-­‐foot	
     field	
     of	
     beautiful,	
     blue	
    
  flowers	
    poses	
    a	
    potential	
    danger;	
    a	
    PC	
    who	
    walks	
    
  through	
     the	
     flowers	
     kicks	
     up	
     potent	
     opiates	
    
  which	
     may	
     render	
     the	
     PC	
     unconscious	
     for	
     1d4	
    
  hours.	
    
  28	
    
  An	
    ancient,	
    overgrown	
    grave	
    lies	
    near	
    the	
    path;	
    
  the	
    grave	
    marker	
    is	
    weathered	
    and	
    unreadable.	
    
  29	
    
  The	
    land	
    is	
    cleared	
    in	
    such	
    a	
    way	
    it	
    forms	
    an	
    ‘X’;	
    
  each	
    line	
    measures	
    fifty	
    feet	
    long.	
    
  30	
    
  Columns	
    of	
    willow	
    trees	
    flank	
    the	
    path,	
    creating	
    
  a	
    natural	
    archway.	
    
  31	
    
  Colourful	
     ribbons	
     cover	
     the	
     trees	
     in	
     this	
     area.	
    
  They	
    use	
    varying	
    shades	
    of	
    blue,	
    purple	
    and	
    red.	
    
  Many	
    bear	
    short	
    prayers	
    or	
    names;	
    these	
    trees	
    
  are	
    sacred	
    to	
    a	
    nearby	
    community	
    who	
    believe	
    
  that	
     offerings	
     made	
     to	
     the	
     trees	
     bring	
     the	
    
  subject	
    good	
    fortune.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  A	
    lone	
    tree	
    with	
    metal	
    plates	
    affixed	
    around	
    its	
    
  trunk	
     stands	
     in	
     a	
     clearing.	
     The	
     charred	
     remains	
    
  of	
    some	
    creature	
    sits	
    on	
    a	
    branch.	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    gutted,	
    rotting	
    carcass	
    of	
    a	
    deer	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    
  undergrowth	
     near	
     the	
     trail.	
     The	
     surrounding	
    
  undergrowth	
    is	
    stained	
    red	
    with	
    blood.	
    A	
    skilled	
    
  hunter	
     has	
     obviously	
     efficiently	
     butchered	
     the	
    
  carcass.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    clearing	
    sits	
    off	
    to	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    path,	
    and	
    the	
    
  characters	
     glimpse	
     stone	
     through	
     breaks	
     in	
     the	
    
  trees.	
     The	
     clearing	
     holds	
     an	
     ancient	
     ring	
     of	
    
  weather-­‐worn	
    menhirs.	
    At	
    high	
    noon	
    and	
    during	
    
  a	
    full	
    moon,	
    the	
    stones	
    sparkles	
    as	
    if	
    inset	
    with	
    
  precious	
    gems.	
    
  
  67	
    
  35	
    
  If	
    the	
    PCs	
    keep	
    their	
    eyes	
    peeled,	
    they	
    find	
    the	
    
  remains	
     of	
     a	
     battle	
     evidently	
     among	
     fey	
    
  creatures	
     under	
     a	
     small	
     cluster	
     of	
     mushrooms.	
    
  No	
     bodies	
     remain,	
     but	
     tiny	
     bows,	
     swords	
     and	
    
  even	
    lances	
    litter	
    the	
    battlefield.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     partially	
     uprooted	
     trees	
     lean	
     into	
    
  each	
     other,	
     appearing	
     like	
     they	
     huddle	
     against	
    
  each	
    other	
    for	
    support.	
    
  37	
    
  Chalk	
    arrows	
    on	
    trees	
    point	
    out	
    a	
    path,	
    and	
    then	
    
  end	
    without	
    reaching	
    an	
    obvious	
    destination.	
    A	
    
  tracker	
     can	
     notice	
     that	
     something	
     dragged	
     a	
    
  body	
    away	
    from	
    near	
    the	
    final	
    chalked	
    tree	
    days	
    
  ago.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    large	
    beehive	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    sturdy	
    branch;	
    as	
    
  long	
     as	
     the	
     party	
     stays	
     more	
     than	
     twenty	
     feet	
    
  away	
     from	
     the	
     hive,	
     the	
     bees	
     do	
     not	
     attack.	
     If	
    
  they	
    get	
    closer	
    a	
    swarm	
    of	
    bees	
    gathers.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
     rut	
     hidden	
     by	
     leaves	
     and	
     other	
     detritus	
    
  presents	
    a	
    potential	
    hazard;	
    mounted	
    PCs	
    must	
    
  look	
     out	
     to	
     notice	
     the	
     rut	
     or	
     be	
     quick	
     on	
     their	
    
  toes	
    to	
    avoid	
    the	
    rut	
    if	
    it	
    goes	
    unnoticed.	
    Anyone	
    
  failing	
    both	
    runs	
    the	
    risk	
    of	
    spraining	
    something.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     malodorous	
     bog	
     crosses	
     the	
     path;	
     it	
     is	
     only	
    
  two-­‐feet	
     deep	
     at	
     its	
     deepest	
     point.	
     Anyone	
    
  passing	
     through	
     it	
     had	
     a	
     hard	
     time	
     passing	
    
  unnoticed	
    until	
    he	
    cleans	
    off	
    the	
    muck;	
    creatures	
    
  using	
     scent	
     to	
     track	
     the	
     PCs	
     can	
     do	
     so	
     much	
    
  easier	
    -­‐	
    the	
    muck	
    smells.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    gnarled	
    oak	
    that	
    appears	
    like	
    a	
    contemplative	
    
  old	
     man	
     sits	
     near	
     an	
     enormous	
     boulder;	
     the	
    
  boulder	
     hides	
     the	
     entrance	
     to	
     a	
     forty-­‐foot	
    
  diameter	
    cave.	
    A	
    small	
    pool	
    at	
    the	
    rear	
    provides	
    
  fresh	
    water.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     tall	
     tree	
     features	
     its	
     first	
     reachable	
     branch	
    
  twenty	
     feet	
     off	
     the	
     ground;	
     this	
     branch	
     has	
     a	
    
  hangman’s	
    noose	
    tied	
    to	
    it,	
    but	
    no	
    creature	
    is	
    in	
    
  the	
    noose	
    currently.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    thick	
    patch	
    of	
    poison	
    ivy	
    covers	
    a	
    ruined	
    hut;	
    
  basic	
    knowledge	
    of	
    plants	
    identifies	
    the	
    danger.	
    
  Any	
    PC	
    with	
    exposed	
    skin	
    must	
    be	
    quick	
    to	
    avoid	
    
  contact	
    with	
    the	
    poison	
    ivy.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    quick-­‐moving	
    stream	
    blocks	
    the	
    way;	
    a	
    fallen,	
    
  rotting	
    tree	
    bridges	
    it.	
    PCs	
    may	
    jump	
    the	
    ten-­‐foot	
    
  gap	
     or	
     cross	
     the	
     tree.	
     For	
     every	
     100	
     pounds	
     of	
    
  weight	
     on	
     the	
     tree	
     it	
     has	
     a	
     10%	
     cumulative	
    
  chance	
     to	
     snap,	
     dumping	
     those	
     on	
     it	
     into	
     the	
    
  stream.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     lone	
     tree	
     stands	
     in	
     a	
     clearing;	
     someone	
     has	
    
  decorated	
     the	
     tree	
     with	
     brightly-­‐coloured	
    
  garlands	
    and	
    bunches	
    of	
    wild	
    flowers;	
    no	
    other	
    
  nearby	
    trees	
    are	
    so	
    decorated.	
    
  46	
    
  This	
    area	
    has	
    been	
    clear-­‐cut	
    by	
    loggers;	
    however,	
    
  they	
    have	
    left	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    trees	
    untouched.	
    There	
    is	
    
  no	
    obvious	
    reason	
    why	
    the	
    trees	
    were	
    spared.	
    	
    
  47	
    
  Several	
     unusual	
     fungi	
     specimens	
     grow	
     in	
     this	
    
  area	
     of	
     the	
     forest;	
     they	
     look	
     like	
     brains	
     set	
     on	
    
  spinal	
    columns.	
    Botanists	
    know	
    that	
    the	
    fungi	
    are	
    
  edible.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
    trio	
    of	
    trees	
    bear	
    strange,	
    round	
    and	
    obviously	
    
  unnatural	
    leaves.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  A	
    large	
    tree	
    has	
    partially	
    fallen;	
    it’s	
    fall	
    arrested	
    
  by	
    a	
    smaller	
    neighbour.	
    The	
    fallen	
    tree	
    lies	
    over	
    
  the	
    trail	
    creating	
    an	
    archway	
    of	
    sorts.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
    wooden	
    trapdoor	
    hidden	
    underneath	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    
  leaves	
     and	
     branches	
     protects	
     a	
     cache	
     of	
     trail	
    
  rations	
    and	
    water.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    pond	
    rife	
    with	
    lily	
    pads	
    rests	
    in	
    a	
    large	
    clearing;	
    
  the	
     pond	
     may	
     or	
     may	
     not	
     be	
     the	
     home	
     to	
     a	
    
  teeming	
    group	
    of	
    frogs.	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    tree	
    grows	
    two	
    feet	
    up	
    before	
    its	
    trunk	
    twists	
    
  perpendicularly	
     so	
     it	
     is	
     parallel	
     to	
     the	
     ground;	
    
  the	
    trunk	
    then	
    turns	
    straight	
    upward	
    again	
    after	
    
  another	
    four	
    feet.	
    The	
    trunk	
    is	
    sturdy	
    enough	
    to	
    
  hold	
    1,000	
    pounds	
    on	
    its	
    horizontal	
    portion.	
    
  53	
    
  An	
    abandoned	
    bandits’	
    hideout	
    is	
    hidden	
    behind	
    
  a	
    row	
    of	
    trees;	
    several	
    old	
    campfires	
    and	
    piles	
    of	
    
  rubbish	
     bear	
     mute	
     testimony	
     to	
     the	
     bandits’	
    
  presence.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    grove	
    features	
    trees	
    with	
    twisted	
    trunks,	
    as	
    if	
    a	
    
  tornado	
    attempted	
    to	
    uproot	
    them.	
    The	
    twisted	
    
  trees	
    are	
    otherwise	
    healthy.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
    large	
    oak’s	
    trunk	
    has	
    etched	
    ancient	
    dwarven	
    
  runes	
    on	
    it;	
    the	
    faded	
    runes	
    provide	
    directions	
    to	
    
  a	
    hidden	
    mountain	
    fortress,	
    which	
    may	
    still	
    be	
    in	
    
  existence.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
     blackened	
     tree	
     sits	
     among	
     hearty	
     specimens;	
    
  its	
    leaves	
    withered.	
    Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    or	
    close	
    
  scrutiny	
    by	
    a	
    woodsman	
    reveals	
    a	
    curse	
    at	
    work.	
    
  57	
    
  Normal	
     specimens	
     of	
     trees	
     give	
     way	
     to	
     giant	
    
  sequoias	
    and	
    redwoods;	
    the	
    smallest	
    tree	
    stands	
    
  at	
    least	
    100	
    feet	
    tall,	
    and	
    the	
    nearest	
    reachable	
    
  branch	
    is	
    40	
    feet	
    from	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     pine	
     trees	
     shelters	
     a	
     number	
     of	
    
  animals	
     that	
     would	
     otherwise	
     be	
     natural	
    
  enemies	
    (wolves,	
    foxes,	
    rabbits,	
    deer	
    etc.);	
    they	
    
  remain	
    peaceful	
    even	
    if	
    the	
    PCs	
    approach.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     small	
     home	
     sits	
     up	
     in	
     the	
     branches	
     of	
     a	
    
  particularly	
    large	
    tree;	
    the	
    inhabitants	
    –	
    halflings	
    
  or	
    gnomes	
    by	
    the	
    decor	
    –	
    have	
    abandoned	
    the	
    
  home,	
     but	
     it	
     provides	
     ample	
     shelter	
     from	
     the	
    
  elements	
    for	
    visitors.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
     pathway	
     descends	
     a	
     steep	
     slope;	
     rough	
    
  steps	
    –	
    edged	
    with	
    half-­‐buried	
    tree	
    trunks	
    –	
    have	
    
  been	
    cut	
    into	
    the	
    earth.	
    Some	
    have	
    begun	
    to	
    rot,	
    
  suggesting	
    they	
    have	
    been	
    here	
    for	
    years.	
    
  61	
    
  The	
     path	
     ends	
     abruptly	
     at	
     a	
     50-­‐foot	
     cliff,	
     but	
    
  trees	
     still	
     grow	
     from	
     the	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     cliff;	
    
  Moderately	
     capable	
     climbers	
     may	
     negotiate	
     a	
    
  path	
    down	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    cliff	
    using	
    the	
    trees.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     fruit	
     trees	
     bears	
     multiple	
     different	
    
  types	
    of	
    fruit	
    –	
    apples,	
    pears,	
    peaches	
    etc.	
    All	
    the	
    
  fruit	
    is	
    tasty	
    and	
    succulent.	
    
  63	
    
  The	
     trees	
     in	
     the	
     area	
     have	
     tacked	
     on	
     signs	
    
  proclaiming	
    death	
    to	
    trespassers;	
    the	
    “by	
    order	
    
  of”	
    line	
    has	
    several	
    marked	
    out	
    names,	
    with	
    no	
    
  name	
    currently	
    uncrossed.	
    
  
  68	
    
  64	
    
  The	
     trees	
     here	
     are	
     linked	
     by	
     a	
     number	
     of	
     rope	
    
  bridges;	
    the	
    bridges	
    hold	
    creatures	
    weighing	
    less	
    
  than	
    500	
    pounds	
    and	
    allow	
    the	
    party	
    to	
    cross	
    the	
    
  forest	
     aboveground	
     for	
     several	
     miles.	
     The	
    
  bridges	
    seem	
    to	
    have	
    no	
    inhabitants.	
    
  65	
    
  Wind	
    and	
    water	
    erosion	
    have	
    revealed	
    a	
    vein	
    of	
    
  precious	
    metal;	
    it	
    would	
    require	
    several	
    months	
    
  and	
    heavy	
    equipment	
    to	
    extract	
    the	
    metal.	
    
  66	
    
  Creeping	
     vines	
     cover	
     the	
     entirety	
     of	
     this	
     one-­‐
  mile	
    radius	
    of	
    forest;	
    the	
    trees	
    they	
    cover	
    seem	
    
  to	
     be	
     dying	
     due	
     to	
     lack	
     of	
     nutrients,	
     while	
     the	
    
  vines	
    continue	
    their	
    expansion.	
    
  67	
    
  Moss-­‐covered	
    bones	
    from	
    a	
    large	
    creature	
    lie	
    in	
    
  a	
     clearing;	
     esoteric	
     knowledge	
     reveals	
     the	
    
  creature	
    was	
    an	
    adult	
    green.	
    
  68	
    
  The	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    have	
    petrified	
    –	
    the	
    trees’	
    
  bark	
     has	
     the	
     consistency	
     of	
     shale,	
     and	
     their	
    
  leaves	
    even	
    appear	
    to	
    be	
    made	
    of	
    thin	
    stone.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  The	
    trees	
    here	
    have	
    faded	
    paintings	
    depicting	
    a	
    
  series	
    of	
    great	
    battles	
    between	
    a	
    giant	
    and	
    a	
    sky	
    
  serpent	
     on	
     their	
     trunks;	
     the	
     primitive	
     tribe	
    
  responsible	
    for	
    the	
    paintings	
    is	
    long	
    since	
    gone.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
     dilapidated	
     house	
     sits	
     within	
     a	
     ring	
     of	
     dead	
    
  trees;	
     the	
     trees	
     have	
     been	
     carved	
     with	
     runes,	
    
  which	
     esoteric	
     knowledge	
     reveals	
     to	
     be	
     runes	
    
  that	
     prevent	
     creatures	
     from	
     exiting	
     the	
     ring	
     of	
    
  trees.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    investigate,	
    they	
    find	
    nothing	
    in	
    
  the	
    house,	
    and	
    they	
    may	
    freely	
    leave	
    the	
    circle.	
    
  71	
    
  The	
    canopy	
    thickens	
    in	
    this	
    area,	
    so	
    much	
    so	
    that	
    
  daylight	
     cannot	
     penetrate	
     a	
     100-­‐foot	
     radius	
    
  stretch	
    of	
    forest.	
    
  72	
    
  The	
     path	
     comes	
     upon	
     an	
     area	
     containing	
     well-­‐
  maintained	
    topiaries	
    of	
    fantastic	
    creatures,	
    such	
    
  as	
    griffons,	
    manticores	
    and	
    unicorns.	
    	
    
  73	
    
  Something	
    has	
    shaped	
    living	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    to	
    
  form	
     spikes	
     roughly	
     30	
     feet	
     high;	
     some	
     of	
     the	
    
  spikes	
    have	
    dried	
    blood	
    upon	
    them.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    large	
    meteorite	
    that	
    struck	
    here	
    over	
    100	
    years	
    
  prior	
     lies	
     hidden	
     within	
     a	
     glade;	
     PCs	
     camping	
    
  nearby	
     uncover	
     the	
     meteorite	
     with	
     careful	
    
  scrutiny.	
     The	
     meteorite	
     may	
     contain	
     unusual	
    
  metal	
    such	
    as	
    mithral	
    or	
    adamantine;	
    extracting	
    
  such	
    treasures	
    is	
    difficult.	
    
  75	
    
  Blue	
     moss	
     covers	
     the	
     trees	
     in	
     this	
     area;	
     during	
    
  the	
    day,	
    the	
    PCs	
    note	
    nothing	
    special	
    about	
    the	
    
  moss,	
    but	
    at	
    night	
    it	
    glows	
    with	
    the	
    intensity	
    of	
    
  magical	
    light.	
    If	
    the	
    moss	
    is	
    deprived	
    of	
    daylight	
    
  for	
     two	
     consecutive	
     days,	
     it	
     loses	
     this	
     property	
    
  until	
    it	
    again	
    has	
    a	
    full	
    day’s	
    exposure	
    to	
    daylight.	
    
  76	
    
  Two-­‐dozen	
     rabbit	
     burrows	
     are	
     situated	
     among	
    
  the	
     roots	
     of	
     an	
     extremely	
     large	
     tree;	
     in	
     total,	
    
  over	
    400	
    rabbits	
    inhabit	
    the	
    burrows.	
    Oddly,	
    no	
    
  predators	
    seem	
    to	
    hunt	
    in	
    this	
    area.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     small	
     stream	
     oozes	
     from	
     a	
     nearby	
     muddy	
    
  bank.	
    The	
    trail	
    here	
    for	
    about	
    10	
    ft.	
    is	
    knee-­‐deep	
    
  in	
     mud.	
     Movement	
     in	
     the	
     area	
     is	
     at	
     quarter	
    
  speed.	
     Indistinct	
     tracks	
     in	
     the	
     mud	
     suggest	
     the	
    
  party	
    were	
    not	
    the	
    first	
    to	
    pass	
    by	
    this	
    way.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     uncultivated	
     apple	
     trees	
     grows	
     in	
    
  orderly	
    rows	
    and	
    columns;	
    curious	
    PCs	
    can	
    find	
    
  no	
     evidence	
     the	
     trees	
     were	
     planted	
     that	
     way	
    
  intentionally.	
    
  79	
    
  This	
    clearing	
    holds	
    ten	
    untripped	
    snares,	
    as	
    well	
    
  as	
    two	
    tripped	
    snares	
    that	
    hold	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    
  of	
    animals;	
    the	
    traps	
    appear	
    to	
    have	
    spent	
    over	
    a	
    
  year	
    without	
    humanoid	
    or	
    animal	
    attention.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
    family	
    of	
    beavers	
    has	
    dammed	
    a	
    large	
    stream	
    
  in	
    the	
    forest;	
    at	
    least	
    40	
    of	
    the	
    animals	
    tend	
    to	
    
  the	
     structure	
     which	
     holds	
     back	
     water	
     that	
    
  reaches	
    8-­‐feet	
    deep.	
    A	
    trickle	
    of	
    water	
    spills	
    over	
    
  the	
    top	
    of	
    the	
    dam.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
    east	
    side	
    of	
    all	
    the	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    part	
    of	
    the	
    
  forest	
    are	
    stripped	
    of	
    bark,	
    as	
    if	
    something	
    took	
    
  a	
    blade	
    to	
    flense	
    just	
    that	
    portion	
    of	
    each	
    tree.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  Uninhabited	
     spider	
     webs	
     fill	
     the	
     gaps	
     between	
    
  the	
     trees	
     in	
     this	
     area;	
     a	
     search	
     of	
     the	
     area	
    
  uncovers	
    several	
    spider	
    husks.	
    
  83	
    
  A	
    tall	
    wooden	
    totem	
    stands	
    among	
    the	
    trees;	
    it	
    is	
    
  fashioned	
     from	
     the	
     same	
     wood	
     as	
     the	
    
  surrounding	
     trees	
     and	
     features	
     artisanship	
    
  belonging	
    to	
    a	
    culture	
    not	
    of	
    this	
    area.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
    single	
    tree	
    features	
    a	
    brass	
    doorknob;	
    turning	
    
  the	
     knob	
     does	
     nothing,	
     and	
     inspecting	
     the	
     tree	
    
  does	
    not	
    reveal	
    a	
    door	
    or	
    hollow	
    area	
    within.	
    
  85	
    
  This	
    part	
    of	
    the	
    woods	
    has	
    tall	
    grasses,	
    but	
    casual	
    
  inspection	
    reveals	
    tiny	
    trees	
    the	
    grass	
    hides;	
    the	
    
  trees	
    
  are	
    
  otherwise	
    
  normal	
    
  specimens	
    
  commonly	
    found	
    in	
    this	
    area.	
    
  86	
    
  This	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    treant	
    graveyard;	
    many	
    of	
    
  the	
     creatures	
     lay	
     in	
     rows	
     rotting	
     away	
     but	
    
  evidently	
     providing	
     nutrients	
     for	
     saplings—
  future	
    treants—among	
    the	
    bodies.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  This	
     otherwise	
     normal	
     stand	
     of	
     trees	
     actually	
    
  forms	
     a	
     rune	
     that	
     a	
     flying	
     creature	
     can	
     clearly	
    
  read;	
    anyone	
    on	
    the	
    ground	
    notices	
    this	
    only	
    via	
    
  careful	
    scrutiny.	
    
  88	
    
  All	
    the	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    bear	
    6-­‐	
    to	
    12-­‐inch	
    long	
    
  nettles	
     that	
     reach	
     10	
     feet	
     up	
     the	
     trees’	
     trunks;	
    
  the	
    nettles	
    cause	
    minor	
    damage	
    and	
    woodsmen	
    
  know	
     the	
     nettles	
     do	
     not	
     normally	
     grow	
     in	
     this	
    
  manner.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  The	
    aspens	
    in	
    this	
    section	
    of	
    the	
    forest	
    glow	
    with	
    
  a	
     silver	
     light	
     during	
     nights	
     with	
     a	
     full	
     moon.	
    
  Rumours	
    suggest	
    this	
    area	
    is	
    haunted.	
    
  90	
    
  The	
     trees	
     grow	
     so	
     densely	
     here	
     that	
     Small	
     or	
    
  larger	
     creatures	
     must	
     squeeze	
     to	
     get	
     through;	
    
  The	
     light	
     level	
     is	
     one-­‐step	
     lower	
     here	
     than	
    
  normal.	
    
  91	
    
  Nests	
    fill	
    the	
    trees	
    here;	
    they	
    range	
    in	
    size	
    from	
    
  nests	
     for	
     small	
     songbirds	
     to	
     nests	
     for	
     giant	
    
  eagles.	
     Only	
     the	
     smaller	
     nests	
     contain	
     birds;	
     a	
    	
    
  few	
    contain	
    broken	
    eggs.	
    
  92	
    
  This	
    clear	
    pond	
    is	
    actually	
    filled	
    with	
    weak	
    acid;	
    
  the	
    acrid	
    smell	
    and	
    lack	
    of	
    wildlife	
    give	
    away	
    this	
    
  fact.	
    The	
    pool	
    sits	
    off	
    to	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    trail	
    and	
    
  poses	
    no	
    direct	
    danger	
    to	
    travellers.	
    
  
  69	
    
  93	
    
  A	
    partially	
    built	
    log	
    cabin	
    sits	
    near	
    the	
    path;	
    its	
    
  missing	
    roof	
    makes	
    it	
    a	
    poor	
    choice	
    for	
    shelter.	
    A	
    
  number	
    of	
    cut	
    logs	
    rest	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    cabin	
    waiting	
    
  to	
     complete	
     the	
     abandoned	
     task.	
     Rusting	
     tools	
    
  lie	
    about	
    the	
    area.	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     leaves	
     on	
     this	
     unusual	
     tree	
     bear	
     an	
     image	
    
  that	
    looks	
    like	
    a	
    humanoid	
    eye;	
    the	
    leaves’	
    eyes	
    
  seem	
    to	
    follow	
    those	
    who	
    pass	
    by	
    the	
    tree.	
    
  95	
    
  These	
    trees	
    are	
    fleshy	
    rather	
    than	
    made	
    of	
    plant	
    
  material;	
    if	
    someone	
    cuts	
    through	
    a	
    tree’s	
    skin-­‐
  like	
    bark,	
    the	
    tree	
    bleeds.	
    
  96	
    
  An	
     exceptionally	
     tall	
     tree	
     stands	
     among	
     the	
    
  other	
     trees;	
     someone	
     has	
     nailed	
     a	
     wooden	
    
  ladder	
     to	
     the	
     tree.	
     The	
     ladder	
     climbs	
     the	
     tree	
    
  trunk’s	
    entire	
    60	
    feet,	
    and	
    the	
    top	
    gives	
    a	
    clear	
    
  view	
    of	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    the	
    forest.	
    
  97	
    
  All	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    have	
    bleached	
    tree	
    bark;	
    the	
    
  leaves	
    retain	
    their	
    green,	
    albeit	
    pale,	
    colouration,	
    
  and	
    the	
    trees	
    appear	
    otherwise	
    healthy.	
    
  98	
    
  This	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    portion	
    of	
    the	
    forest	
    very	
    slowly	
    
  move	
    about;	
    careful	
    scrutiny	
    or	
    experience	
    with	
    
  the	
     outdoors	
     reveal	
     that	
     the	
     trees	
     each	
     move	
    
  approximately	
     1	
     inch	
     in	
     a	
     24-­‐hour	
     period.	
     The	
    
  migration’s	
     purpose	
     is	
     not	
     obvious,	
     but	
     a	
    
  character	
    who	
    can	
    talk	
    to	
    plants	
    can	
    learn	
    it.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     scrolls	
     tacked	
     to	
     the	
     trees	
     contain	
    
  unanswered	
     riddles;	
     anything	
     written	
     as	
     an	
    
  answer	
    below	
    a	
    riddle	
    has	
    been	
    obscured.	
    If	
    the	
    
  characters	
     decide	
     to	
     mark	
     a	
     scroll	
     with	
     an	
    
  answer	
    to	
    a	
    riddle,	
    they	
    find	
    their	
    work	
    obscured	
    
  after	
    a	
    maximum	
    of	
    a	
    week.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    form	
    a	
    simple	
    maze;	
    solving	
    
  the	
    maze	
    takes	
    15	
    minutes	
    for	
    a	
    creature	
    with	
    a	
    
  30-­‐foot	
    movement	
    rate.	
    An	
    ancient	
    treant	
    waits	
    
  at	
     the	
     maze’s	
     centre,	
     and	
     answers	
     question	
     to	
    
  the	
    best	
    of	
    its	
    ability.	
    
  	
    
   
  
  70	
    
  F O R E S T  ( P R I M A L ) :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude	
    to)	
    a	
    larger	
    encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
     PC	
     steps	
     in	
     a	
     rotting	
     pile	
     of	
     vegetation;	
     a	
    
  creature	
    using	
    scent	
    can	
    detect	
    the	
    PC	
    at	
    twice	
    
  the	
    normal	
    range.	
    
  2	
    
  An	
    owl	
    swoops	
    past	
    the	
    party	
    and	
    grabs	
    a	
    mouse	
    
  from	
    nearby	
    underbrush.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    rushes	
    through	
    the	
    party	
    and	
    hits	
    
  a	
    dead	
    standing	
    tree,	
    which	
    topples	
    over	
    into	
    the	
    
  PCs’	
    path.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  An	
    emaciated	
    fox	
    regards	
    the	
    PCs	
    from	
    a	
    narrow	
    
  opening	
     between	
     a	
     pair	
     of	
     trees	
     before	
     bolting	
    
  away.	
    
  5	
    
  As	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     down	
     a	
     rough	
     trail,	
     a	
     clearer	
    
  trail	
    presents	
    itself	
    a	
    few	
    hundred	
    feet	
    away;	
    the	
    
  trail	
    is	
    illusory.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     dozen	
     sabre-­‐toothed	
     squirrels	
     scattered	
    
  among	
    the	
    branches	
    of	
    several	
    trees,	
    watch	
    the	
    
  party	
    and	
    chatter	
    at	
    each	
    other.	
    
  7	
    
  Motes	
     of	
     multi-­‐coloured	
     light	
     beckon	
     the	
     party	
    
  off	
    the	
    trail;	
    if	
    followed,	
    they	
    stay	
    ahead	
    of	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    and	
    eventually	
    wink	
    out	
    never	
    to	
    return.	
    
  8	
    
  At	
    dusk	
    and	
    dawn,	
    the	
    party	
    spot	
    a	
    ghostly	
    white	
    
  stag	
     in	
     the	
     distance;	
     the	
     creature	
     stares	
     at	
     the	
    
  PCs	
    for	
    a	
    while	
    before	
    snorting,	
    shaking	
    its	
    head	
    
  and	
    ambling	
    away.	
    The	
    stag	
    leaves	
    no	
    tracks	
    and	
    
  cannot	
    be	
    followed.	
    
  9	
    
  Three	
     raccoon	
     kits	
     tumble	
     playfully	
     with	
     each	
    
  other,	
    crossing	
    the	
    party’s	
    path;	
    the	
    PCs	
    see	
    no	
    
  adult	
    raccoons	
    in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  10	
    
  At	
     noon,	
     and	
     for	
     an	
     hour	
     afterward,	
     the	
     air	
    
  becomes	
    still	
    and	
    a	
    thick	
    fog	
    surrounds	
    the	
    PCs;	
    
  if	
    they	
    disperse	
    the	
    fog,	
    it	
    returns	
    a	
    minute	
    later.	
    
  11	
    
  One	
     of	
     the	
     PCs	
     steps	
     into	
     a	
     well-­‐hidden	
     snare;	
    
  the	
    ancient	
    ropes	
    used	
    in	
    the	
    snare	
    have	
    rotted	
    
  so	
     much	
     they	
     have	
     a	
     50%	
     chance	
     of	
     breaking	
    
  when	
    pulling	
    up	
    a	
    target	
    weighing	
    more	
    than	
    100	
    
  pounds.	
    
  12	
    
  If	
    the	
    PCs	
    make	
    a	
    fire	
    when	
    they	
    camp,	
    a	
    strong	
    
  wind	
     blows	
     embers	
     into	
     nearby	
     brush,	
     which	
    
  catches	
    fire;	
    if	
    left	
    unchecked,	
    the	
    fire	
    consumes	
    
  two	
    acres	
    before	
    burning	
    itself	
    out.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    cloud	
    of	
    gnats	
    accompanies	
    the	
    party,	
    causing	
    
  all	
    PCs	
    not	
    hardy	
    enough	
    to	
    be	
    distracted;	
    wind	
    
  disperses	
    the	
    annoying	
    insects,	
    which	
    return	
    15	
    
  minutes	
    later,	
    but	
    any	
    effect	
    that	
    covers	
    an	
    area	
    
  with	
    energy	
    may	
    be	
    used	
    to	
    kill	
    the	
    pests.	
    
  14	
    
  Tiny	
     fey	
     taunt	
     the	
     PCs	
     as	
     they	
     travel.	
     Each	
     PC	
    
  who	
     hears	
     the	
     fey	
     can	
     act	
     strangely	
     for	
     short	
    
  bursts;	
     the	
     fey	
     disappear	
     if	
     anything	
     threatens	
    
  them.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     PC	
     breaks	
     a	
     hidden	
     trip	
     wire,	
     but	
     nothing	
    
  happen;	
     the	
     trip	
     wire	
     appears	
     to	
     not	
     have	
     an	
    
  associated	
    trap.	
    
  16	
    
  After	
     the	
     party	
     makes	
     camp,	
     a	
     conspiracy	
     of	
    
  ravens	
    alights	
    in	
    trees	
    surrounding	
    the	
    campsite.	
    
  They	
     caw	
     at	
     each	
     other	
     in	
     conversation	
     and	
    
  occasionally	
     one	
     of	
     them	
     waves	
     a	
     wing	
     in	
     the	
    
  PCs’	
    direction.	
    After	
    10	
    minutes,	
    they	
    fly	
    away.	
    
  17	
    
  Hundreds	
    of	
    rats	
    burst	
    from	
    the	
    underbrush	
    and	
    
  rush	
    past	
    the	
    PCs;	
    talking	
    to	
    them	
    gets	
    a	
    hurried,	
    
  “big	
    nasty...big	
    teeth”	
    response.	
    
  18	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    discover	
    a	
    large	
    picnic	
    basket	
    filled	
    with	
    
  enough	
     fresh	
     food	
     to	
     feed	
     six;	
     the	
     food	
     is	
     not	
    
  poisonous,	
    nor	
    does	
    it	
    radiate	
    magic.	
    
  19	
    
  Two	
    dogs	
    and	
    a	
    cat	
    cross	
    paths	
    with	
    the	
    party;	
    
  the	
    cat	
    looks	
    at	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    with	
    a	
    spark	
    of	
    
  recognition	
     and	
     then	
     sadness,	
     before	
     the	
     trio	
    
  wander	
    away.	
    
  20	
    
  Every	
     time	
     the	
     party	
     reaches	
     a	
     clearing,	
     they	
    
  spot	
     a	
     flock	
     of	
     buzzards	
     circling	
     directly	
    
  overhead.	
    
  21	
    
  Beautiful	
    flute	
    music	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs’	
    ears	
    from	
    
  some	
    unknown	
    source	
    during	
    the	
    day;	
    at	
    night,	
    
  the	
    music	
    turns	
    shrill	
    and	
    discordant.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    well-­‐hidden	
    giant	
    log	
    trap	
    swoops	
    down	
    at	
    the	
    
  PCs,	
    smashing	
    into	
    all	
    characters	
    in	
    a	
    30-­‐ft.-­‐line	
    
  23	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    hear	
    a	
    large	
    creature	
    land	
    in	
    the	
    forest’s	
    
  upper	
     canopy,	
     but	
     they	
     cannot	
     see	
     it;	
     seconds	
    
  later	
    it	
    flies	
    away.	
    
  24	
    
  Pony-­‐sized	
     rabbits	
     hop	
     past	
     and	
     through	
     the	
    
  party,	
    heedless	
    of	
    the	
    potential	
    danger	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  represents.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
     crow	
     follows	
     the	
     party	
     and	
     chooses	
     one	
     PC,	
    
  repeating	
     the	
     last	
     word	
     spoken	
     by	
     the	
     target	
    
  after	
    he	
    or	
    she	
    pauses	
    or	
    stops	
    talking;	
    if	
    the	
    PC	
    
  stops	
    talking,	
    the	
    crow	
    croaks	
    out	
    the	
    same	
    word	
    
  every	
    five	
    minutes.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    shower	
    of	
    normal	
    cocoons	
    falls	
    on	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  At	
     noon,	
     the	
     trees	
     overhead	
     part,	
     allowing	
     the	
    
  sun	
    to	
    bathe	
    the	
    PCs	
    in	
    light.	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     clump	
     of	
     mushrooms	
     fire	
     spores	
     at	
     anything	
    
  within	
    20	
    feet,	
    and	
    the	
    spores	
    coat	
    anyone	
    who	
    
  fails	
    to	
    jump	
    to	
    safety;	
    if	
    the	
    clinging	
    spores	
    are	
    
  not	
     removed	
     with	
     a	
     half-­‐gallon	
     of	
     alcohol	
     or	
     a	
    
  magic,	
    affected	
    PCs	
    exude	
    a	
    pungent	
    odour,	
    and	
    
  creatures	
    with	
    scent	
    can	
    easily	
    track	
    them.	
    
  29	
    
  After	
     the	
     PCs	
     pass	
     by	
     a	
     point,	
     a	
     bear	
     trots	
    
  through	
    on	
    its	
    hind	
    legs.	
    
  30	
    
  The	
     smell	
     of	
     baking	
     pies	
     wafts	
     through	
     the	
     air,	
    
  but	
    the	
    party	
    can	
    find	
    no	
    source	
    for	
    the	
    scent.	
    
  31	
    
  An	
    explosion	
    of	
    light	
    surrounds	
    the	
    PCs,	
    outlining	
    
  them	
    in	
    eerie,	
    harmless	
    flames	
    for	
    an	
    hour.	
    
  32	
    
  Moments	
     after	
     the	
     PCs	
     hear	
     a	
     woodpecker	
     in	
    
  one	
    direction	
    a	
    similar	
    pattern	
    sounds	
    from	
    the	
    
  opposite	
    direction.	
    
  
  71	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    rotten	
    tree	
    falls,	
    hitting	
    all	
    PCs	
    in	
    a	
    15-­‐foot	
    line.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    careless	
    PC,	
    or	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs’	
    mounts,	
    trips	
    on	
    
  an	
    exposed	
    root	
    covered	
    by	
    debris.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     wild	
     cat	
     crawls	
     through	
     the	
     forest’s	
     canopy	
    
  and,	
    spotting	
    the	
    party,	
    hisses	
    and	
    growls	
    before	
    
  continuing	
    on	
    its	
    way.	
    
  36	
    
  Lightning	
    strikes	
    a	
    tree	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    clearing,	
    and	
    
  the	
    thunder	
    almost	
    deafens	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     branch	
     seemingly	
     reaches	
     down	
     to	
     tap	
     the	
    
  shoulder	
    of	
    a	
    passing	
    PC.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    wrens	
    carrying	
    a	
    four-­‐foot-­‐long,	
    yellow	
    
  ribbon	
    drapes	
    the	
    ribbon	
    over	
    a	
    tree’s	
    branches;	
    
  they	
    flutter	
    nearby,	
    and	
    then,	
    satisfied	
    with	
    the	
    
  ribbon’s	
    placement,	
    fly	
    away.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
     tree	
     splits	
     in	
     two,	
     and	
     each	
     half	
     of	
     the	
     tree	
    
  threatens	
    to	
    fall	
    over,	
    but	
    it	
    remains	
    standing.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     haze	
     envelops	
     the	
     PCs;	
     it	
     feels	
    
  uncomfortably	
    warm	
    and	
    causes	
    those	
    within	
    to	
    
  be	
    distracted	
    by	
    the	
    sudden	
    sweating.	
    
  41	
    
  Once	
    per	
    hour,	
    the	
    PCs	
    hear	
    a	
    faint	
    knocking,	
    as	
    
  if	
    it	
    originates	
    from	
    within	
    a	
    tree.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    unicorn	
    stands	
    at	
    the	
    top	
    of	
    an	
    uphill	
    path	
    and	
    
  regards	
    the	
    PCs,	
    before	
    trotting	
    away	
    from	
    them	
    
  down	
    the	
    other	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    hill.	
    
  43	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    camps	
    at	
    night,	
    flickering	
    motes	
    of	
    
  light	
    appear	
    at	
    random	
    locations	
    along	
    the	
    edge	
    
  of	
     the	
     campfire’s	
     illumination;	
     the	
     lights	
     emit	
    
  musical	
    notes	
    before	
    winking	
    out.	
    	
    
  44	
    
  Giant	
    mushrooms	
    explode	
    as	
    the	
    party	
    passes	
    by	
    
  and	
    release	
    clouds	
    of	
    harmless	
    white	
    spores.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     minor	
     earthquake	
     strikes	
     the	
     area,	
     toppling	
    
  small,	
     weak	
     trees,	
     but	
     otherwise	
     causing	
     no	
    
  damage	
    to	
    the	
    forest	
    or	
    the	
    party.	
    
  46	
    
  From	
     the	
     distance,	
     a	
     chorus	
     of	
     cheers	
     goes	
     up	
    
  and	
     repeats	
     roughly	
     every	
     four	
     minutes;	
     once	
    
  the	
    party	
    reaches	
    the	
    source	
    of	
    the	
    cheers,	
    they	
    
  find	
    an	
    abandoned	
    arena	
    in	
    a	
    clearing.	
    
  47	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    disturb	
    a	
    nest	
    of	
    non-­‐poisonous	
    snakes	
    
  underneath	
     a	
     pile	
     of	
     rotting	
     leaves;	
     the	
     snakes	
    
  hiss	
    and	
    slither	
    off	
    in	
    all	
    directions.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
    fledgling	
    bird	
    falls	
    from	
    a	
    nest	
    high	
    up	
    in	
    a	
    tree;	
    
  a	
    PC	
    can	
    catch	
    the	
    bird	
    and	
    save	
    it	
    from	
    dying	
    by	
    
  jumping	
    to	
    its	
    rescue.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     line	
     of	
     seven-­‐inch	
     long,	
     black	
     horned	
     beetles	
    
  travels	
     in	
     parallel	
     to	
     the	
     party;	
     each	
     beetle	
    
  carries	
    a	
    ball	
    of	
    organic	
    material,	
    nestled	
    on	
    its	
    
  horns.	
    
  50	
    
  Chipmunks	
     lob	
     acorns	
     from	
     16-­‐foot	
     high	
    
  branches	
    at	
    the	
    party,	
    dealing	
    no	
    damage	
    even	
    if	
    
  they	
     hit;	
     after	
     one	
     throw,	
     each	
     chipmunk	
    
  scurries	
    back	
    into	
    a	
    hole	
    in	
    the	
    tree.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
     tiny	
     winged	
     woman	
     alights	
     on	
     a	
     branch	
     and	
    
  silently	
    regards	
    the	
    PCs;	
    she	
    flees	
    at	
    the	
    first	
    sign	
    
  of	
    aggression	
    or	
    approach.	
    
  52	
    
  Several	
     flocks	
     of	
     sparrows	
     line	
     the	
     branches	
    
  around	
     the	
     PCs	
     where	
     they	
     quietly	
     watch	
     the	
    
  party;	
     a	
     loud	
     noise	
     sends	
     the	
     birds	
     away	
     in	
     an	
    
  angry	
    exclamation	
    of	
    chirps.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    distant	
    bell	
    tolls	
    five	
    times,	
    stops	
    for	
    a	
    minute	
    
  and	
    then	
    tolls	
    five	
    more	
    times.	
    
  54	
    
  The	
    scent	
    of	
    roasting	
    meat	
    reaches	
    the	
    party,	
    but	
    
  it	
    dissipates	
    almost	
    instantly.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
     giant	
     purple	
     bird	
     bursts	
     through	
     the	
     trees,	
    
  knocking	
     one	
     over,	
     shrieks	
     at	
     the	
     party	
     and	
    
  continues	
    on	
    its	
    way.	
    
  56	
    
  Tiny	
    leaflets	
    flutter	
    past	
    the	
    PCs	
    like	
    butterflies;	
    
  the	
     leaflets,	
     written	
     in	
     Sylvan,	
     discuss	
     popular	
    
  spring	
    fashions	
    for	
    the	
    faerie	
    court.	
    
  57	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     travels	
     down	
     the	
     path,	
     the	
     trees	
    
  alongside	
    it	
    suddenly	
    sprout	
    foot-­‐long	
    thorns.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
    team	
    of	
    white	
    stallions	
    fitted	
    to	
    pull	
    an	
    elegant	
    
  carriage	
    canters	
    by	
    the	
    party	
    without	
    a	
    carriage.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     raven	
     lands	
     on	
     a	
     nearby	
     branch	
     and	
     repeats	
    
  “turn	
    back”	
    several	
    times	
    before	
    taking	
    flight.	
    
  60	
    
  Deep	
     within	
     the	
     forest,	
     the	
     temperature	
    
  suddenly	
    plummets;	
    untouched	
    by	
    the	
    sun,	
    a	
    six-­‐
  foot	
    snowdrift	
    covers	
    two	
    acres	
    of	
    the	
    woods.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    2-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    sphere	
    of	
    frogs	
    falls	
    near	
    the	
    
  party;	
    all	
    the	
    frogs	
    in	
    the	
    sphere	
    survive	
    the	
    fall	
    
  and	
    hop	
    away.	
    
  62	
    
  During	
     combat,	
     a	
     nearby	
     tree	
     bears	
     similar	
    
  wounds	
    those	
    taken	
    by	
    a	
    PC;	
    if	
    the	
    PC	
    is	
    healed,	
    
  the	
    “wounds”	
    disappear	
    from	
    the	
    tree	
    as	
    well.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    stand	
    of	
    trees	
    seems	
    to	
    block	
    the	
    way	
    forward,	
    
  but	
    the	
    trees	
    part	
    when	
    someone	
    approaches.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     three-­‐foot	
     tall,	
     purple-­‐capped	
    
  mushrooms	
    sways	
    to	
    an	
    unheard	
    melody.	
    
  65	
    
  An	
    elm	
    tree	
    passes	
    through	
    a	
    year’s	
    life	
    cycle	
    in	
    a	
    
  matter	
    of	
    minutes;	
    the	
    leaves	
    it	
    drops	
    rot	
    away	
    
  quickly	
    as	
    well.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    corpses	
    hang	
    from	
    nooses	
    slung	
    from	
    
  high	
     branches;	
     inspection	
     reveals	
     one	
     of	
     the	
    
  “bodies”	
     is	
     still	
     struggling,	
     and	
     medical	
     scrutiny	
    
  reveals	
     the	
     person	
     (a	
     badly	
     injured	
     goblin)	
     still	
    
  lives.	
    
  67	
    
  Branches	
    from	
    a	
    willow	
    tree	
    unsuccessfully	
    grasp	
    
  at	
     the	
     PCs;	
     the	
     tree	
     lets	
     out	
     a	
     nearly	
     inaudible	
    
  howl	
    when	
    it	
    fails	
    to	
    grab	
    someone.	
    
  68	
    
  Bats	
     fly	
     past	
     the	
     PCs,	
     shrieking	
     as	
     they	
     do,	
     and	
    
  one	
    or	
    two	
    get	
    tangled	
    up	
    with	
    a	
    party	
    member.	
    
  69	
    
  The	
     forest’s	
     sounds	
     suddenly	
     cease	
     once	
     the	
    
  party	
     reaches	
     a	
     certain	
     point	
     and	
     begin	
     again	
    
  when	
     they	
     travel	
     further;	
     the	
     PCs	
     can	
     make	
    
  sounds	
    without	
    issue.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    large	
    club	
    crashes	
    through	
    the	
    trees	
    and	
    lands	
    
  near	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs;	
    they	
    hear	
    a	
    distant	
    bellow	
    
  seconds	
    later.	
    
  71	
    
  During	
    the	
    night	
    the	
    PCs	
    camp	
    under	
    the	
    forest’s	
    
  canopy,	
     which	
     parts	
     to	
     reveal	
     the	
     stars	
     and	
     a	
    
  streaking	
    meteorite.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    hunting	
    dog	
    trots	
    through	
    the	
    woods,	
    carrying	
    
  a	
    bugle	
    in	
    its	
    mouth.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
    giant	
    turtle,	
    carrying	
    an	
    empty	
    hut	
    on	
    its	
    shell,	
    
  lumbers	
     across	
     the	
     PCs’	
     path.	
     The	
     turtle	
     is	
     old	
    
  and	
    moves	
    particularly	
    slowly.	
    
  
  72	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    light	
    rain	
    seeps	
    through	
    the	
    canopy;	
    at	
    times	
    
  pooled	
     water	
     in	
     the	
     upper	
     canopy	
     pours	
     down	
    
  on	
    the	
    party.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
    tinny	
    fanfare	
    plays	
    from	
    several	
    hundred	
    yards	
    
  to	
    the	
    east,	
    and	
    it	
    plays	
    again	
    ten	
    minutes	
    later.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     blue	
     goat	
     with	
     a	
     horn	
     jutting	
     from	
     its	
     nose	
    
  meanders	
    through	
    the	
    forest,	
    a	
    cowbell	
    sounding	
    
  as	
    it	
    walks.	
    
  77	
    
  At	
    night,	
    a	
    swarm	
    of	
    fireflies	
    gathers	
    around	
    the	
    
  party;	
    if	
    the	
    PCs	
    do	
    not	
    disperse	
    the	
    insects,	
    they	
    
  are	
    outlined	
    starkly	
    against	
    the	
    dark.	
    
  78	
    
  Five	
     warthogs	
     surround	
     the	
     party	
     and	
     make	
    
  threatening	
    snorts;	
    at	
    the	
    first	
    sign	
    of	
    aggression	
    
  the	
    animals	
    flee.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     large	
     branch	
     suspended	
     above	
     the	
     clearing	
    
  falls	
    on	
    the	
    party;	
    close	
    inspection	
    warns	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  and	
    can	
    help	
    them	
    prevent	
    being	
    hit.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     nearby	
     tree	
     suddenly	
     gets	
     sucked	
     into	
     the	
    
  ground;	
     investigation	
     reveals	
     a	
     hole	
     slightly	
    
  larger	
     than	
     the	
     now	
     missing	
     tree	
     that	
     travels	
    
  further	
    down	
    than	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    see.	
    
  81	
    
  An	
    animate,	
    camouflaged	
    and	
    hungry	
    mound	
    of	
    
  plant	
    matter	
    watches	
    the	
    PCs	
    from	
    a	
    distance.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    rotten	
    log	
    gives	
    way	
    under	
    a	
    PC’s	
    weight;	
    the	
    
  skeletal	
    remains	
    of	
    another	
    victim	
    rest	
    in	
    the	
    20-­‐
  foot	
    pit.	
    
  83	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    pass	
    a	
    grove	
    of	
    trees,	
    the	
    bark	
    on	
    all	
    
  trees	
     turns	
     ash	
     white;	
     no	
     ill	
     effects	
     seem	
     to	
    
  result	
    from	
    this	
    change.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
     tree	
     falls	
     and	
     strikes	
     another	
     tree,	
     which	
     in	
    
  turn	
     falls	
     and	
     strikes	
     another	
     tree,	
     creating	
     a	
    
  slow-­‐moving	
     chain	
     reaction	
     that	
     finally	
     stops	
    
  with	
    the	
    seventh	
    fallen	
    tree.	
    
  85	
    
  An	
    
  acrid,	
    
  brown	
    
  fluid	
    
  seeps	
    
  up	
    
  from	
    
  underground;	
     it	
     causes	
     no	
     harm	
     to	
     anything	
     it	
    
  touches.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
    lilting	
    notes	
    from	
    a	
    harp	
    reach	
    the	
    PCs’	
    ears;	
    
  the	
    distant	
    sound	
    persists	
    for	
    ten	
    minutes	
    before	
    
  stopping.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     kindly	
     looking	
     giant	
     gazes	
     intently	
     at	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  before	
     deciding	
     to	
     leave	
     them	
     alone.	
     He	
     then	
    
  lopes	
    away	
    into	
    the	
    forest.	
    
  88	
    
  The	
    top	
    stone	
    on	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    dolmens	
    protecting	
    
  a	
    grove	
    of	
    yew	
    trees	
    crashes	
    to	
    the	
    ground	
    and	
    
  splits	
    in	
    half.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
     tree	
     bends	
     such	
     that	
     its	
     bough	
     touches	
     the	
    
  ground;	
     if	
     someone	
     climbs	
     into	
     the	
     bough,	
     the	
    
  tree	
    gently	
    straightens	
    out.	
    
  90	
    
  A	
    pack	
    of	
    wolverines	
    crosses	
    paths	
    with	
    the	
    PCs;	
    
  the	
    animals	
    snarl	
    and	
    growl	
    but	
    do	
    not	
    threaten	
    
  to	
     attack;	
     they	
     continue	
     on	
     their	
     way	
     if	
     left	
    
  alone.	
    
  91	
    
  On	
     a	
     downward	
     slope	
     in	
     the	
     forest,	
     a	
     boulder	
    
  rolls	
    past	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    bounces	
    off	
    a	
    tree	
    before	
    
  continuing	
    on	
    its	
    downward	
    path.	
    
  92	
    
  The	
    smell	
    of	
    smoke	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs’	
    noses	
    on	
    a	
    
  westerly	
    wind;	
    if	
    they	
    look	
    to	
    the	
    west,	
    they	
    see	
    
  a	
    blaze	
    has	
    started	
    roughly	
    a	
    mile	
    away.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
     distant	
     sound	
     of	
     drums	
     repeats	
     once	
     an	
    
  hour;	
    the	
    drums	
    seem	
    to	
    draw	
    closer	
    for	
    a	
    while	
    
  and	
    then	
    recede.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    quail	
    land	
    noisily	
    in	
    the	
    branches	
    above	
    
  the	
    party’s	
    heads.	
    
  95	
    
  The	
    wind	
    blows	
    through	
    a	
    pile	
    of	
    rotting	
    leaves	
    
  creating	
    a	
    tiny	
    cyclone	
    of	
    leaves	
    which	
    travels	
    60	
    
  feet	
    before	
    falling	
    apart;	
    any	
    PC	
    in	
    the	
    cyclone’s	
    
  path	
    must	
    be	
    agile	
    or	
    the	
    leaves	
    plaster	
    his	
    body	
    
  (this	
    has	
    no	
    harmful	
    effect).	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     50-­‐foot	
     line	
     of	
     leafcutter	
     ants	
     parallels	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    path.	
    After	
    half	
    a	
    mile,	
    the	
    insects	
    climb	
    a	
    
  tree	
    crawling	
    with	
    thousands	
    more	
    of	
    them.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    hear	
    the	
    snarling	
    of	
    wolves,	
    quickly	
    cut	
    
  short	
     by	
     a	
     yelp	
     immediately	
     followed	
     by	
     a	
    
  triumphant	
    howl.	
    
  98	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel,	
    they	
    hear	
    chanting	
    (druids	
    who	
    
  speak	
    Druidic	
    recognize	
    the	
    language);	
    once	
    the	
    
  party	
     reaches	
     the	
     chanting’s	
     source,	
     they	
     see	
     a	
    
  group	
    of	
    cloaked	
    figures	
    who	
    disappear	
    at	
    once.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  While	
    the	
    PCs	
    camp	
    at	
    night,	
    a	
    meteorite	
    crashes	
    
  through	
    the	
    forest’s	
    canopy	
    and	
    lands	
    a	
    half-­‐mile	
    
  from	
     the	
     campsite;	
     the	
     impact	
     creates	
     a	
     small	
    
  tremor	
    and	
    starts	
    a	
    fire.	
    
  100	
    
  Faint	
    whispers	
    carried	
    on	
    the	
    wind	
    warn	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  to	
    turn	
    back,	
    run	
    away	
    and	
    beware	
    (followed	
    by	
    
  a	
     muddled	
     name).	
     The	
     whispers	
     are	
     in	
     Sylvan	
    
  and	
    they	
    cease	
    after	
    15	
    minutes.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  73	
    
  F O R E S T  ( P R I M A L ) :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     primal	
     forest	
     through	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     should	
     not	
     be	
    
  devoid	
    of	
    interesting,	
    minor	
    features.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    
  such	
    features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    
  party’s	
    campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    
  travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    giant	
    termite	
    mound	
    rests	
    near	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    
  rotting,	
     ancient	
     oak	
     tree;	
     the	
     mound	
     seems	
     to	
    
  pulsate	
    as	
    thousands	
    of	
    termites	
    scuttle	
    about.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    birch	
    trees	
    has	
    fallen	
    in	
    such	
    a	
    way	
    that	
    
  they	
    form	
    a	
    large	
    “X”	
    on	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     stone	
     plinth	
     juts	
     from	
     the	
     ground;	
     carved	
    
  runes	
    in	
    an	
    ancient	
    language	
    warn	
    of	
    a	
    terrible	
    
  danger	
    ahead.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     rotting	
     carcasses	
     of	
     a	
     dozen	
     treants	
     litter	
    
  this	
    clearing’s	
    floor;	
    the	
    treants	
    appear	
    to	
    have	
    
  fought	
    a	
    major	
    internecine	
    battle	
    here.	
    
  5	
    
  Wind	
    chimes	
    hang	
    from	
    a	
    willow	
    tree’s	
    branches;	
    
  close	
    inspection	
    reveals	
    them	
    to	
    be	
    of	
    cold	
    iron.	
    
  6	
    
  Rusted	
    handaxes	
    rest	
    at	
    the	
    foot	
    of	
    five	
    different	
    
  trees;	
    each	
    tree	
    bears	
    a	
    cut	
    as	
    if	
    it	
    had	
    taken	
    a	
    
  stroke	
    or	
    two	
    from	
    the	
    axe.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     large	
     river	
     flows	
     through	
     the	
     forest	
     and	
     a	
    
  number	
     of	
     tributaries	
     branch	
     off	
     from	
     it;	
     after	
    
  encountering	
     some	
     of	
     these	
     branches,	
     a	
     smart	
    
  PC	
     can	
     deduce	
     that	
     the	
     waterways	
     form	
     a	
    
  circulatory	
    system	
    throughout	
    the	
    forest.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    circle	
    of	
    eleven	
    large	
    toadstools	
    stand	
    evenly	
    
  spaced,	
     except	
     for	
     one	
     spot	
     where	
     a	
     toadstool	
    
  appears	
    to	
    be	
    missing.	
    
  9	
    
  Wild	
     mistletoe	
     has	
     infested	
     trees	
     in	
     a	
     50-­‐foot	
    
  radius;	
     if	
     properly	
     harvested	
     by	
     an	
     expert,	
     ten	
    
  uses	
    can	
    be	
    harvested.	
    
  10	
    
  Twilight	
     covers	
     a	
     100-­‐foot	
     radius	
     section	
     of	
    
  forest;	
    here	
    the	
    trees	
    are	
    so	
    thick	
    they	
    block	
    out	
    
  the	
    sun.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     weathered	
     fence	
     composed	
     of	
     thin	
     trees	
    
  lashed	
     together	
     and	
     sharpened	
     to	
     a	
     point	
    
  surrounds	
    a	
    grove	
    of	
    trees;	
    the	
    PCs	
    find	
    no	
    other	
    
  evidence	
    of	
    sentient	
    life	
    in	
    the	
    area.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
     30-­‐foot	
     wide	
     path	
     of	
     toppled	
     and	
     smashed	
    
  trees,	
     as	
     if	
     some	
     humongous	
     creature	
     tore	
    
  through	
    the	
    area,	
    extends	
    for	
    half	
    a	
    mile	
    before	
    
  suddenly	
    stopping.	
    
  13	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    stone	
    bridge	
    crosses	
    a	
    dried	
    up	
    river	
    
  bed;	
     the	
     bridge	
     is	
     inscribed	
     with	
     runes	
     of	
    
  warding	
    against	
    water	
    creatures.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
     few	
     cocooned	
     corpses	
     dangle	
     from	
     a	
     willow	
    
  tree’s	
     branches;	
     all	
     but	
     one	
     contain	
     a	
     large	
    
  animal’s	
    rotting	
    corpse.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     section	
     of	
     ancient,	
     ivy-­‐covered	
     cobblestone	
    
  road	
     crosses	
     the	
     PCs’	
     path;	
     it	
     leads	
     50	
     feet	
     in	
    
  either	
    direction	
    before	
    ending	
    abruptly.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    100-­‐foot-­‐diameter,	
    50-­‐foot-­‐deep	
    lake	
    stands	
    in	
    
  the	
    party’s	
    way;	
    the	
    placid	
    lake	
    holds	
    several	
    old	
    
  oaks	
     that	
     grow	
     another	
     50	
     feet	
     above	
     the	
    
  surface.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    wide	
    cave	
    set	
    within	
    a	
    massive	
    sequoia’s	
    roots	
    
  belches	
     noxious	
     green	
     smoke	
     at	
     regular	
     10-­‐
  minute	
    intervals.	
    
  18	
    
  In	
    the	
    midst	
    of	
    a	
    stand	
    of	
    maple	
    trees,	
    one	
    tree	
    is	
    
  bare	
     of	
     leaves	
     and	
     some	
     of	
     its	
     branches	
     have	
    
  iced	
    over.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    species	
    of	
    tree	
    virtually	
    unknown	
    to	
    the	
    world	
    
  at	
    large,	
    only	
    known	
    by	
    true	
    experts	
    in	
    botanics,	
    
  is	
    preserved	
    in	
    this	
    section	
    of	
    forest.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     clearing	
     holds	
     an	
     intact	
     dragon’s	
     skeleton	
    
  (esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    as	
    an	
    adult	
    green	
    
  dragon);	
    its	
    bones	
    are	
    picked	
    clean.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    rough	
    trail	
    widens	
    into	
    a	
    well-­‐tended,	
    20-­‐foot	
    
  wide	
     cobblestone	
     path	
     flanked	
     by	
     manicured	
    
  hedges;	
     the	
     path	
     travels	
     100	
     feet	
     before	
    
  returning	
    to	
    rough	
    trail.	
    
  22	
    
  In	
    a	
    specific	
    spot	
    in	
    the	
    forest,	
    the	
    air	
    stills,	
    and	
    
  the	
    smell	
    of	
    rot	
    fills	
    the	
    air;	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    find	
    no	
    
  cause	
    for	
    these	
    oddities.	
    
  23	
    
  The	
     trees	
     in	
     this	
     peculiar	
     grove	
     possess	
    
  humanoid	
    brown-­‐irised	
    eyes	
    set	
    roughly	
    six	
    feet	
    
  up	
     from	
     the	
     ground;	
     the	
     eyes	
     follow	
     the	
     PCs’	
    
  movement.	
    
  24	
    
  Every	
    five	
    minutes,	
    the	
    water	
    in	
    a	
    slow	
    moving	
    
  stream	
    changes	
    to	
    a	
    blood	
    red	
    hue;	
    15	
    seconds	
    
  later	
    the	
    water’s	
    appearance	
    returns	
    to	
    normal.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
     solitary	
     12-­‐foot-­‐tall	
     fir	
     tree	
     is	
     decorated	
     with	
    
  colourful	
     ribbons	
     and	
     a	
     star	
     ablaze	
     in	
     magical	
    
  light	
    sits	
    at	
    the	
    very	
    top	
    of	
    the	
    tree.	
    
  26	
    
  All	
     the	
     trees	
     in	
     a	
     20-­‐foot	
     area	
     bear	
     a	
     brand	
    
  unrecognizable	
    to	
    the	
    party.	
    
  27	
    
  An	
     ancient	
     campsite	
     with	
     rotting	
     bedrolls	
     and	
    
  tents	
    sits	
    in	
    a	
    clearing;	
    the	
    size	
    of	
    the	
    remaining	
    
  materials	
     indicates	
     creatures	
     approximately	
     10	
    
  feet	
    tall	
    used	
    this	
    campsite.	
    
  28	
    
  What	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    3-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    moss	
    ball	
    
  is	
    actually	
    a	
    boulder	
    hidden	
    under	
    thick	
    moss.	
    
  29	
    
  A	
    partially	
    built	
    wooden	
    fort	
    stands	
    in	
    a	
    clearing	
    
  created	
     by	
     chopping	
     down	
     the	
     trees	
     that	
     now	
    
  comprise	
    the	
    incomplete	
    fortification.	
    
  30	
    
  Several	
    trees	
    in	
    this	
    portion	
    of	
    the	
    woods	
    bend	
    
  at	
    a	
    90-­‐degree	
    angle,	
    such	
    that	
    they	
    are	
    parallel	
    
  to	
    the	
    ground;	
    after	
    a	
    foot,	
    the	
    trees	
    straighten	
    
  out	
    again.	
    
  31	
    
  A	
     clearing	
     contains	
     a	
     40-­‐foot-­‐diameter	
     tar	
     pit	
    
  holding	
     the	
     remains	
     of	
     several	
     skeletons	
    
  belonging	
    to	
    incredibly	
    large	
    animals.	
    
  32	
    
  Moss-­‐covered	
     mounds	
     hide	
     entrances	
     to	
     a	
    
  network	
     of	
     tunnels;	
     the	
     unoccupied	
     tunnels	
    
  contain	
    several	
    rooms	
    and	
    some	
    non-­‐perishable	
    
  provisions.	
    
  
  74	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    hidden	
    clearing	
    holds	
    four	
    graves;	
    the	
    names	
    
  on	
    the	
    gravestones	
    have	
    worn	
    away.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    colony	
    of	
    beavers	
    has	
    dammed	
    a	
    large	
    stream	
    
  running	
     through	
     the	
     forest;	
     several	
     snarl	
     and	
    
  squeak	
    at	
    the	
    PCs’	
    approach.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
    trees	
    press	
    in	
    tightly	
    in	
    this	
    stretch	
    of	
    forest,	
    
  requiring	
    Small	
    or	
    larger	
    characters	
    to	
    squeeze	
    to	
    
  get	
    through.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     bills	
     posted	
     on	
     trees	
     declare	
     a	
    
  dangerous	
    monster	
    is	
    loose	
    in	
    the	
    forest;	
    all	
    but	
    
  one	
    is	
    crossed	
    out	
    in	
    blood.	
    
  37	
    
  In	
     this	
     densely	
     forested	
     area,	
     a	
     ball	
     of	
     light	
    
  illuminates	
    the	
    surroundings	
    in	
    keeping	
    with	
    the	
    
  sunlight	
    beyond	
    the	
    canopy.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
     pair	
     of	
     abandoned	
     thatch	
     huts	
     sits	
     in	
     a	
    
  clearing;	
    an	
    unattended	
    broom	
    sweeps	
    off	
    both	
    
  front	
    porches	
    and	
    swats	
    at	
    anyone	
    approaching.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    20-­‐foot-­‐square	
    penned-­‐in	
    area	
    holds	
    a	
    six-­‐inch	
    
  deep	
     pit	
     of	
     mud;	
     faint	
     indications	
     of	
     wallowing	
    
  animals	
    remain	
    in	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     trees	
     is	
     actually	
     a	
     group	
     of	
     painted	
    
  metal	
    replicas	
    -­‐	
    close	
    inspection	
    reveals	
    the	
    ruse.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
     four-­‐foot	
     long	
     stone	
     cradle	
     sits	
     in	
     a	
     clearing;	
    
  the	
     cradle	
     holds	
     fresh	
     blankets	
     and	
     oversized	
    
  baby’s	
    toys.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    massive	
    oak	
    tree	
    towers	
    over	
    a	
    ring	
    of	
    twenty,	
    
  evenly	
    spaced	
    smaller	
    oaks.	
    
  43	
    
  Green	
     mist	
     fills	
     a	
     depression	
     in	
     the	
     forest,	
     and	
    
  the	
    wind	
    does	
    not	
    stir	
    it;	
    creating	
    a	
    strong	
    wind	
    
  disperses	
     the	
     mist	
     and	
     reveals	
     the	
     skeletal	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    giant	
    quadruped.	
    	
    
  44	
    
  Seven	
    trees	
    in	
    a	
    row	
    each	
    hold	
    a	
    wolf	
    pelt	
    nailed	
    
  to	
    the	
    tree	
    with	
    silvered	
    nails.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
    fallen	
    tree	
    carved	
    in	
    the	
    likeness	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    
  king	
     rests	
     on	
     the	
     forest	
     floor;	
     the	
     trunk	
     can	
     be	
    
  lifted,	
    revealing	
    an	
    empty	
    tomb	
    underneath.	
    
  46	
    
  Wanted	
     posters	
     bearing	
     the	
     party’s	
     likenesses	
    
  have	
     been	
     tacked	
     to	
     trees;	
     the	
     PCs	
     have	
     never	
    
  visited	
    the	
    isolated	
    settlement	
    where	
    the	
    alleged	
    
  crimes	
    occurred.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    rusted	
    metal	
    gate,	
    attached	
    to	
    nothing	
    blocks	
    
  the	
    path;	
    the	
    PCs	
    can	
    easily	
    push	
    it	
    open	
    or	
    climb	
    
  over	
    it.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
     grove	
     of	
     trees	
     around	
     a	
     pond	
     has	
     petrified;	
    
  investigation	
    reveals	
    the	
    pond	
    contains	
    minerals	
    
  that	
    caused	
    the	
    trees’	
    petrifaction.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     comprehensive	
     set	
     of	
     mile	
     markers	
     stands	
     in	
    
  the	
     middle	
     of	
     the	
     clearing,	
     indicating	
     the	
    
  distance	
    to	
    locations	
    near	
    and	
    far.	
    
  50	
    
  Near	
    the	
    party’s	
    campsite,	
    a	
    grove	
    of	
    trees	
    glows	
    
  with	
     bright	
     light,	
     illuminating	
     a	
     400-­‐foot	
     area.	
    
  The	
    light	
    comes	
    from	
    a	
    strange	
    moss.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
     posted	
     bill	
     of	
     sale	
     indicates	
     the	
     woods	
     in	
     a	
    
  one-­‐mile	
    radius	
    belong	
    to	
    a	
    lumber	
    consortium;	
    
  the	
    bill	
    displays	
    a	
    date	
    eight	
    years	
    prior.	
    
  52	
    
  The	
    rotting	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    seagoing	
    vessel	
    and	
    its	
    
  complement	
    of	
    crew	
    rest	
    in	
    a	
    clearing.	
    
  53	
    
  Five	
     rows	
     of	
     eight	
     unsprung	
     bear	
     traps	
     wait	
    
  along	
    both	
    sides	
    of	
    the	
    path.	
    
  54	
    
  An	
     18-­‐foot	
     tall,	
     7-­‐foot	
     wide,	
     wooden	
     throne	
    
  stands	
    in	
    a	
    clearing	
    in	
    front	
    of	
    several	
    logs	
    that	
    
  serve	
    as	
    benches.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
    20-­‐foot	
    deep	
    sinkhole	
    disrupts	
    the	
    trail;	
    a	
    close	
    
  look	
    at	
    the	
    sinkhole	
    reveals	
    several	
    tunnels,	
    large	
    
  enough	
    for	
    a	
    halfling,	
    leading	
    away.	
    
  56	
    
  Sunlight	
    glints	
    off	
    hundreds	
    of	
    pieces	
    of	
    valueless	
    
  quarts	
     resting	
     at	
     the	
     bottom	
     of	
     a	
     slow-­‐moving	
    
  stream.	
    
  57	
    
  An	
    overturned	
    pushcart	
    containing	
    rotten	
    fruits	
    
  and	
    vegetables	
    rests	
    alongside	
    the	
    path.	
    
  58	
    
  Ivy	
    covers	
    the	
    ground	
    and	
    strangles	
    every	
    tree	
    in	
    
  a	
    50-­‐foot-­‐square	
    area	
    except	
    for	
    one	
    tree	
    and	
    a	
    
  5-­‐inch-­‐radius	
    circle	
    around	
    it.	
    
  59	
    
  Several	
    brass	
    birdcages	
    hang	
    from	
    tree	
    boughs;	
    
  all	
     the	
     birdcages	
     are	
     open	
     and	
     empty	
     of	
    
  inhabitants,	
    but	
    each	
    birdcage	
    has	
    fresh	
    birdseed	
    
  in	
    a	
    tiny	
    trough.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
    nearby	
    trees	
    have	
    been	
    intentionally	
    planted	
    
  to	
    form	
    a	
    small	
    maze,	
    requiring	
    basic	
    intelligence	
    
  to	
    traverse.	
    
  61	
    
  Several	
     normal	
     arrows	
     form	
     a	
     makeshift	
     ladder	
    
  up	
    an	
    enormous	
    elm	
    tree;	
    the	
    arrows	
    reach	
    40	
    
  feet	
    up	
    the	
    tree	
    before	
    stopping.	
    
  62	
    
  Something	
     has	
     shorn	
     all	
     the	
     branches	
     on	
     the	
    
  north-­‐facing	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     trees	
     in	
     this	
     area	
     and	
    
  patched	
    up	
    the	
    "wounds”	
    with	
    moss.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
     nearby	
     400-­‐foot-­‐diameter	
     lake	
     bubbles	
     as	
     if	
    
  the	
    water	
    boils;	
    closer	
    inspection	
    reveals	
    the	
    lake	
    
  sits	
    over	
    an	
    active	
    volcanic	
    vent.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     tiny	
     sign	
     (four	
     square	
     inches)	
     proclaims	
     the	
    
  surrounding	
    area	
    as	
    the	
    territory	
    of	
    King	
    Proulx	
    
  and	
    threatens	
    death	
    to	
    all	
    trespassers.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
     twisted	
     pair	
     of	
     live	
     trees,	
     one	
     elm	
     and	
     one	
    
  walnut,	
     grows	
     ten	
     feet	
     high,	
     each	
     seemingly	
    
  competing	
    to	
    be	
    the	
    taller	
    of	
    the	
    two.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
    hidden	
    steel	
    cover	
    is	
    set	
    into	
    the	
    ground	
    under	
    
  a	
    pile	
    of	
    leaves;	
    removing	
    the	
    cover	
    only	
    reveals	
    
  granite.	
     There	
     is	
     no	
     obvious	
     reason	
     for	
     the	
    
  cover’s	
    presence.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     seven	
     rabbit	
     burrows	
     surround	
     a	
    
  clearing,	
    and	
    occasionally	
    rabbits	
    cross	
    from	
    one	
    
  burrow	
     to	
     another;	
     nothing	
     seems	
     to	
     connect	
    
  the	
    burrows	
    belowground.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     garden	
     filled	
     with	
     radishes,	
     turnips	
     and	
    
  potatoes	
     grows	
     in	
     a	
     dense	
     part	
     of	
     the	
     forest;	
    
  something	
     has	
     recently	
     tended	
     the	
     garden.	
    
  Various	
    tools	
    lie	
    nearby.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     thirteen	
     humanoids	
     fashioned	
     from	
    
  sticks	
     stands	
     along	
     the	
     left	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     trail	
     the	
    
  party	
     travels;	
     half	
     of	
     them	
     are	
     dressed	
     in	
     plain	
    
  clothes;	
    one	
    wears	
    a	
    straw	
    hat.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
     flowering	
     tree	
     attracts	
     several	
     bees,	
     while	
     a	
    
  haze	
     of	
     pollen	
     surrounds	
     the	
     tree;	
     anyone	
    
  passing	
    within	
    20	
    feet	
    must	
    be	
    careful	
    to	
    avoid	
    
  being	
    stung.	
    
  
  75	
    
  71	
    
  This	
     clearing	
     holds	
     a	
     furnished	
     sitting	
     room,	
    
  minus	
     the	
     walls;	
     dust	
     and	
     cobwebs	
     cover	
    
  everything,	
    including	
    three	
    teacups	
    resting	
    on	
    a	
    
  table	
    surrounded	
    by	
    high-­‐backed	
    chairs.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    tree	
    has	
    an	
    arrow	
    pointing	
    left	
    carved	
    into	
    it;	
    
  following	
     the	
     arrow	
     leads	
     to	
     another	
     tree	
     with	
    
  an	
     arrow	
     pointing	
     left,	
     right	
     or	
     up,	
     and	
     so	
     on,	
    
  eventually	
     ending	
     at	
     a	
     tree	
     with	
     an	
     arrow	
    
  pointing	
    down	
    to	
    a	
    gaping	
    hole.	
    
  73	
    
  Several	
    spider	
    webs	
    in	
    this	
    area	
    have	
    the	
    same	
    
  runic	
     pattern	
     built	
     into	
     the	
     web;	
     a	
     larger	
     web	
    
  holds	
     a	
     different,	
     more	
     complicated	
     and	
    
  impressive	
    pattern	
    to	
    the	
    others.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     dozen	
     burial	
     mounds	
     sit	
     in	
     a	
     clearing;	
    
  something	
     has	
     disturbed	
     one	
     of	
     them,	
     and	
    
  further	
    investigation	
    	
    reveals	
    something	
    made	
    its	
    
  way	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    mound.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     wood	
     tower	
     extends	
     upwards	
     past	
     the	
     tree	
    
  canopy;	
     if	
     the	
     PCs	
     climb	
     the	
     tower,	
     which	
     has	
    
  plenty	
     of	
     ladders	
     to	
     make	
     it	
     an	
     easy	
     task,	
     they	
    
  can	
    see	
    the	
    entirety	
    of	
    their	
    surrounds.	
    
  76	
    
  Something	
     has	
     cleared	
     this	
     area	
     of	
     the	
     forest	
    
  into	
     the	
     shape	
     of	
     a	
     trident	
     head;	
     the	
     “tines”	
    
  point	
    north.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     100-­‐foot	
     deep,	
     40-­‐foot	
     wide	
     ravine	
     cuts	
    
  through	
    this	
    stretch	
    of	
    forest;	
    the	
    ravine	
    travels	
    
  one	
     mile	
     in	
     each	
     direction	
     before	
     becoming	
    
  trivially	
    crossable.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    wild	
    apple	
    orchard	
    in	
    a	
    deep	
    part	
    of	
    the	
    forest	
    
  bears	
    head-­‐sized	
    apples.	
    A	
    full	
    woven	
    basket	
    lies	
    
  under	
    one	
    tree.	
    
  79	
    
  Several	
     shrubs	
     have	
     been	
     shaped	
     into	
     various	
    
  fantastical	
    beasts:	
    a	
    unicorn,	
    a	
    griffon,	
    a	
    roc	
    and	
    
  others;	
     the	
     shrubbery	
     creatures	
     seem	
     ready	
     to	
    
  launch	
     an	
     attack	
     on	
     each	
     other.	
     The	
     work	
     is	
     of	
    
  excellent	
    quality.	
    
  80	
    
  This	
    great	
    sequoia	
    has	
    a	
    30-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    trunk	
    
  at	
     the	
     base,	
     stands	
     400	
     feet	
     tall	
     and	
     its	
     bough	
    
  measures	
     80	
     feet	
     in	
     diameter;	
     no	
     other	
     trees	
    
  stand	
    within	
    100	
    feet	
    of	
    the	
    massive	
    sequoia.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     tree	
     grows	
     from	
     the	
     top	
     of	
     another	
     tree;	
     its	
    
  roots	
    are	
    embedded	
    within	
    the	
    branches	
    of	
    the	
    
  lower	
    tree.	
    
  82	
    
  Tiny	
    pools	
    flank	
    the	
    path	
    at	
    intervals	
    of	
    200	
    feet;	
    
  closer	
    inspection	
    of	
    a	
    pond	
    reveals	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    four-­‐
  foot	
    deep	
    footprint	
    filled	
    with	
    rainwater.	
    
  83	
    
  Eight	
     polished	
     wooden	
     spheres	
     rest	
     within	
     a	
    
  clearing;	
     each	
     sphere	
     comes	
     from	
     a	
     different	
    
  type	
    of	
    tree.	
    
  84	
    
  At	
     the	
     very	
     centre	
     of	
     the	
     forest,	
     a	
     5-­‐foot	
     tall	
    
  wooden	
    heart	
    sits	
    in	
    a	
    clearing;	
    a	
    thumping	
    noise	
    
  emanates	
    from	
    within.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
     pyramidal	
     pile	
     of	
     rocks	
     stands	
     3	
     feet	
     high;	
     a	
    
  stony	
    wizard’s	
    hat	
    makes	
    up	
    the	
    rock	
    pile’s	
    core.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
     forest’s	
     canopy	
     encloses	
     this	
     60-­‐foot	
    
  diameter	
    clearing;	
    ladders	
    rest	
    against	
    the	
    trees	
    
  at	
    the	
    clearing’s	
    edge,	
    and	
    several	
    rope	
    bridges	
    
  cross	
    at	
    various	
    heights	
    above	
    the	
    clearing.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     row	
     of	
     eleven	
     unevenly	
     spaced	
     pine	
     trees	
    
  grows	
     in	
     such	
     a	
     way	
     that	
     a	
     tree	
     is	
     exactly	
     one	
    
  foot	
    taller	
    than	
    the	
    preceding	
    tree.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    2-­‐foot	
    wide,	
    5-­‐foot	
    tall	
    wooden	
    hands	
    
  rise	
     up	
     from	
     the	
     ground;	
     a	
     Medium	
     or	
     smaller	
    
  humanoid	
    can	
    sit	
    comfortably	
    in	
    a	
    palm.	
    
  89	
    
  Dozens	
    of	
    flat	
    fungi	
    grow	
    on	
    an	
    elm	
    tree	
    forming	
    
  an	
    apparent	
    spiral	
    staircase	
    that	
    scales	
    the	
    tree;	
    
  any	
     weight	
     greater	
     than	
     30	
     pounds	
     breaks	
     the	
    
  fungus.	
    
  90	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    bronze	
    sundial	
    sits	
    in	
    a	
    dark	
    clearing;	
    
  no	
     sun	
     can	
     penetrate	
     the	
     canopy	
     to	
     reach	
     it.	
    
  Moss	
    covers	
    its	
    face.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     tree-­‐lined	
     path	
     leads	
     to	
     a	
     log	
     cabin’s	
     front	
    
  door;	
    the	
    furnished	
    home	
    has	
    no	
    occupant	
    and	
    
  has	
    clearly	
    been	
    empty	
    for	
    years.	
    
  92	
    
  An	
     ancient	
     oak	
     tree	
     has	
     been	
     partially	
     sawed	
    
  through,	
    and	
    the	
    rusted	
    saw	
    still	
    rests	
    in	
    the	
    slot	
    
  it	
     created;	
     one	
     more	
     hour	
     of	
     work	
     would	
    
  complete	
    the	
    job.	
    
  93	
    
  Among	
    a	
    group	
    of	
    ten-­‐inch	
    tall	
    mushrooms,	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    find	
    several	
    smaller	
    unoccupied	
    huts	
    shaded	
    
  by	
    the	
    mushrooms.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    recently	
    painted	
    white	
    picket	
    fence	
    surrounds	
    
  a	
    40-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    clearing.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  Several	
     elder	
     trees	
     seem	
     to	
     circle	
     protectively	
    
  around	
     a	
     small	
     grove	
     of	
     saplings;	
     the	
     old	
     and	
    
  new	
    trees	
    are	
    of	
    different	
    species.	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     slow-­‐flowing	
     river	
     meanders	
     through	
     the	
    
  forest;	
    a	
    number	
    of	
    lily	
    pads	
    drift	
    downriver,	
    and	
    
  half	
    of	
    them	
    carry	
    frogs.	
    
  97	
    
  A	
    gourd	
    measuring	
    8	
    feet	
    in	
    diameter	
    and	
    6	
    feet	
    
  tall	
     is	
     carved	
     out	
     such	
     that	
     it	
     could	
     provide	
    
  shelter	
    for	
    a	
    creature	
    that	
    fits;	
    the	
    gourd	
    has	
    a	
    
  working	
    door	
    and	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    windows.	
    
  98	
    
  A	
    plain	
    sign	
    marks	
    the	
    building	
    in	
    this	
    clearing	
    as	
    
  a	
    “Trading	
    Post;”	
    others	
    have	
    already	
    raided	
    the	
    
  store,	
    which	
    is	
    currently	
    empty	
    and	
    abandoned.	
    
  99	
    
  These	
     mushrooms	
     stand	
     almost	
     as	
     tall	
     as	
     the	
    
  lower	
     canopy;	
     numerous	
     hand-­‐	
     and	
     footholds	
    
  have	
    been	
    carved	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    stalks.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
    left	
    branch	
    of	
    this	
    strange	
    crossroads	
    looks	
    
  identical	
     to	
     the	
     path	
     travelling	
     straight	
     ahead,	
    
  while	
    the	
    right	
    branch	
    looks	
    identical	
    to	
    the	
    path	
    
  from	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    originated.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  76	
    
  F R O Z E N  L A N D S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Lemmings	
     gather	
     on	
     the	
     shore	
     of	
     a	
     partially	
    
  frozen	
     river.	
     Little	
     bigger	
     than	
     a	
     hamster,	
     their	
    
  brown	
    and	
    yellowish	
    hair	
    appears	
    oily.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    body	
    of	
    a	
    recently	
    killed	
    caribou	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    
  snow.	
    No	
    hunter	
    is	
    in	
    sight.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  Clouds	
    
  of	
    
  snow	
    
  glide	
    
  swiftly	
    
  down	
    
  a	
    
  mountainside.	
    
  The	
    
  distant	
    
  rumble	
    
  of	
    
  an	
    
  avalanche	
    reaches	
    the	
    party’s	
    ears.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    caravan	
    train	
    of	
    dog	
    sleds	
    glide	
    across	
    a	
    snow-­‐
  covered	
    plain	
    in	
    the	
    middle	
    distance.	
    
  5	
    
  Five	
    sets	
    of	
    cross-­‐country	
    ski	
    tracks	
    head	
    off	
    to	
    
  the	
    east.	
    	
    
  6	
    
  Columns	
     of	
     sunlight	
     shine	
     through	
     clouds	
    
  highlighting	
     the	
     broken	
     roofs	
     of	
     an	
     abandoned,	
    
  snow	
    drenched	
    village.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  Smoke	
    slowly	
    rises	
    from	
    the	
    encampment	
    of	
    five	
    
  large	
    canvass	
    tents	
    in	
    the	
    lee	
    of	
    a	
    nearby	
    hill.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  No	
    clouds	
    mar	
    the	
    sky	
    and	
    the	
    sun	
    blazes	
    down	
    
  creating	
    some	
    localised	
    melting	
    of	
    snow	
    and	
    ice.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    huge,	
    frozen	
    bloodstain	
    mars	
    the	
    ice.	
    
  10	
    
  Caribou	
    gather	
    in	
    a	
    herd	
    400	
    strong	
    to	
    feed	
    on	
    
  light	
    scrub	
    grass	
    poking	
    through	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  Two	
     whaling	
     ships	
     and	
     their	
     crew	
     are	
     cleaning	
    
  their	
    catch	
    off	
    shore;	
    red	
    waves	
    lap	
    the	
    shore.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Ice	
     crystals	
     floating	
     in	
     the	
     air	
     cause	
     halo	
     rings	
    
  around	
    the	
    moon.	
    	
    
  13	
    
  Suddenly	
    a	
    snowstorm	
    strikes;	
    it	
    drops	
    up	
    to	
    five	
    
  feet	
    of	
    snow	
    in	
    one	
    hour.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    trumpeting	
    of	
    sea	
    lions	
    basking	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  ice	
    flow	
    startles	
    the	
    party	
    awake	
    in	
    the	
    morning.	
    
  15	
    
  While	
    chewing	
    on	
    grass	
    shoots,	
    three	
    small	
    pikas	
    
  watch	
    you	
    from	
    atop	
    a	
    small	
    boulder.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
     ground	
     vibrates	
     and	
     shakes.	
     Fissures	
     and	
    
  cracks	
    form	
    in	
    the	
    ice,	
    but	
    do	
    not	
    become	
    large	
    
  enough	
    to	
    swallow	
    an	
    explorer.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     15	
     walruses	
     sun	
     themselves	
     on	
     a	
    
  rocky	
    beach.	
    	
    
  18	
    
  A	
     towering,	
     lone	
     thunderhead	
     shaped	
     like	
     a	
    
  castle	
    slowly	
    moves	
    southward.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    family	
    of	
    mastodons	
    –one	
    male,	
    a	
    female	
    and	
    a	
    
  smaller	
     young	
     female	
     –	
     move	
     across	
     the	
     snow-­‐
  covered	
    valley	
    floor.	
    
  20	
    
  Arctic	
    hares,their	
    plump	
    white	
    fur	
    bodies	
    topped	
    
  by	
    black	
    tipped	
    ears,	
    chase	
    one	
    another	
    through	
    
  deep	
    snow.	
    
  21	
    
  The	
    wind	
    moans	
    like	
    the	
    disembodied	
    voices	
    of	
    
  those	
    who	
    have	
    died	
    in	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  22	
    
  Parliaments	
    of	
    horned	
    owls	
    “hoot”	
    from	
    the	
    few	
    
  trees	
    bordering	
    the	
    tundra.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  Dusk	
    comes	
    early	
    this	
    day.	
    
  24	
    
  Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    great	
    gouges	
    in	
    the	
    
  snow	
     show	
     where	
     two	
     young	
     white	
     dragons	
    
  wallowed	
    	
    
  25	
    
  A	
     lone	
     arctic	
     fox	
     zigzags	
     behind	
     the	
     group.	
     Its	
    
  brown	
    tipped	
    white	
    fur	
    waves	
    in	
    the	
    breeze	
    as	
    it	
    
  darts	
    about.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  The	
    naked,	
    frozen	
    corpse	
    of	
    a	
    human	
    male	
    lies	
    in	
    
  the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
     pack	
     (1d6+5)	
     of	
     huge	
     white	
     wolves	
     moves	
    
  across	
    a	
    nearby	
    ridge.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  The	
    journey	
    is	
    taking	
    its	
    toll	
    on	
    edible	
    rations	
    and	
    
  supplies;	
    unprotected	
    rations	
    are	
    frozen	
    solid.	
    
  29	
    
  Four	
     dwarves	
     pulling	
     handcarts	
     trek	
     across	
     the	
    
  frosted	
    plain.	
    
  30	
    
  Several	
     gangs	
     of	
     elk	
     form	
     a	
     migratory	
     herd	
    
  moving	
    across	
    the	
    snow-­‐covered	
    field.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  A	
     snow	
     trench	
     looks	
     a	
     little	
     too	
     unnatural	
     -­‐	
    
  esoteric	
    knowledge	
    reveals	
    it	
    to	
    be	
    the	
    work	
    of	
    
  an	
    ice	
    linnorm.	
    
  32	
    
  Three	
     fur-­‐clad	
     thugs	
     rummage	
     through	
     a	
     dog	
    
  sled.	
     Human	
     and	
     animal	
     remains	
     surround	
     the	
    
  scene.	
    
  33	
    
  With	
    the	
    sun	
    just	
    above	
    the	
    horizon	
    the	
    sky	
    turns	
    
  into	
    stripes	
    of	
    sea	
    green.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  Dark	
    clouds	
    block	
    out	
    the	
    sun.	
    
  35	
    
  Fourteen	
     tundra	
     swans	
     glide	
     atop	
     the	
     freezing	
    
  cold	
    water	
    of	
    a	
    lake.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  Huddled	
    by	
    a	
    dead	
    fire	
    sit	
    four	
    figures	
    -­‐	
    religious	
    
  characters	
    may	
    identify	
    them	
    as	
    wights.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  Careful	
    scrutiny	
    reveals	
    that	
    eight	
    peaked	
    roofs	
    
  of	
    snow	
    trench	
    shelters	
    form	
    a	
    radial	
    pattern.	
    
  38	
    
  The	
     remains	
     of	
     an	
     ancient	
     battle	
     between	
    
  humans	
    and	
    orcs	
    peak	
    through	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  39	
    
  Screaming	
     from	
     the	
     heavens,	
     a	
     meteor	
     strikes	
    
  the	
    ground	
    just	
    over	
    the	
    horizon.	
    	
    
  40	
    
  An	
    unkindness	
    of	
    arctic	
    ravens	
    gathers	
    for	
    a	
    feast	
    
  of	
    carrion	
    in	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  41	
    
  Melt	
     water	
     bursts	
     from	
     fissures	
     in	
     an	
     ice	
     wall.	
    
  Characters	
    not	
    quick	
    enough	
    are	
    drenched.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  Crude,	
     guttural	
     yelps	
     carry	
     on	
     the	
     gusty	
     snow-­‐
  filled	
    wind	
    -­‐	
    mountaineers	
    know	
    the	
    dread	
    cry	
    of	
    
  the	
    yeti.	
    
  43	
    
  Massive	
     chunks	
     of	
     ice	
     fly	
     through	
     the	
     air;	
     two	
    
  young	
    frost	
    giants	
    are	
    having	
    a	
    hurling	
    contest.	
    	
    
  44	
    
  The	
     glaring	
     sun	
     blinds	
     characters	
     without	
    
  precautions	
    for	
    1d6	
    hours.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     pod	
     of	
     whales	
     gather	
     offshore	
     in	
     the	
     open	
    
  water.	
     About	
     30	
     feet	
     long;	
     their	
     purplish	
     grey	
    
  skin	
    shines	
    in	
    the	
    sun.	
    
  46	
    
  Two	
    frost	
    giants	
    feed	
    on	
    a	
    mastodon’s	
    carcass.	
    
  47	
    
  The	
    temperature	
    suddenly	
    drops	
    to	
    severe	
    cold;	
    
  characters	
    suffer	
    from	
    the	
    deadly	
    exposure.	
    
  
  77	
    
  48	
    
  A	
    small	
    thatch	
    hovel	
    surrounded	
    by	
    a	
    flowering	
    
  garden	
    stands	
    alone.	
    Snow	
    drifts	
    surround	
    it.	
    
  49	
    
  Three	
     heavenly	
     bodies	
     align;	
     a	
     swirling	
     mass	
     of	
    
  spectral	
     blue	
     and	
     red	
     forms	
     an	
     upright	
     disk	
    
  above	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     huge	
     arrow	
     has	
     been	
     drawn	
     in	
     the	
     snow.	
     It	
    
  points	
    in	
    the	
    direction	
    of	
    the	
    party’s	
    travel.	
    
  51	
    
  Three	
     igloos	
     flanked	
     by	
     racks	
     of	
     freeze	
     drying	
    
  meat	
    come	
    into	
    view	
    around	
    a	
    hill.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  A	
     mile-­‐wide	
     spectral	
     green	
     aura	
     borealis	
     lights	
    
  up	
    the	
    sky.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    igloos	
    set	
    just	
    below	
    a	
    ridge	
    capped	
    
  with	
     ice	
     appear	
     abandoned;	
     one	
     has	
     partly	
    
  collapsed.	
    	
    
  54	
    
  Three	
    frozen	
    trees	
    stand	
    atop	
    a	
    high,	
    icy	
    hill.	
    
  55	
    
  Emperor	
     penguins	
     gather	
     on	
     an	
     ice	
     flow;	
     their	
    
  tall	
    tuxedoed	
    bodies	
    cluster	
    in	
    a	
    tight	
    clutch.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  Ice	
    blue	
    flame	
    licks	
    across	
    the	
    ice	
    
  57	
    
  As	
     darkness	
     fallsthe	
     immense	
     expanse	
     of	
     the	
    
  star-­‐filled	
    sky	
    stretches	
    from	
    horizon	
    to	
    horizon.	
    	
    
  58	
    
  Growing	
    from	
    the	
    frozen	
    taiga,	
    a	
    large	
    hawthorn	
    
  tree	
    (a	
    treant)	
    shakes	
    snow-­‐covered	
    branches.	
    
  59	
    
  An	
     empty	
     dogsled	
     pulled	
     by	
     a	
     pack	
     of	
     thick	
    
  furred	
    huskies	
    approaches	
    the	
    party.	
    
  60	
    
  Just	
    below	
    the	
    ice	
    salmon	
    swim	
    to	
    the	
    ocean.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  The	
    shard	
    of	
    a	
    broken	
    disk	
    juts	
    from	
    the	
    snow;	
    
  arcane	
    runes	
    adorn	
    its	
    surface.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    near	
    perfect	
    hole	
    is	
    cut	
    into	
    the	
    thick	
    ice	
    wall;	
    
  Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    this	
    as	
    a	
    remorhaz	
    
  hole.	
    
  63	
    
  Hoarfrost	
     forms	
     on	
     every	
     surface	
     following	
     a	
    
  light,	
    misty	
    rain.	
    	
    
  64	
    
  Blowing	
    ice	
    and	
    snow	
    reduce	
    movement	
    by	
    half.	
    	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    sudden,	
    savage	
    wind	
    chills	
    the	
    party.	
    
  66	
    
  Exposed	
    metal	
    has	
    become	
    so	
    cold	
    that	
    touching	
    
  it	
    with	
    bare	
    flesh	
    causesit	
    to	
    become	
    stuck.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    deep	
    patch	
    of	
    slush	
    snow	
    (treat	
    as	
    quicksand)	
    
  lies	
    ahead	
    -­‐	
    survivalists	
    may	
    notice	
    it	
    beforehand.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  The	
    sounds	
    of	
    reverberating	
    cracking	
    signals	
    the	
    
  breaking	
    of	
    ice	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    frozen	
    hand	
    protrudes	
    from	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  70	
    
  The	
     shores	
     of	
     a	
     thawed	
     river	
     are	
     covered	
     in	
    
  buzzing	
    black	
    flies.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  A	
    wagon	
    with	
    no	
    horse	
    rolls	
    lies	
    forlornly	
    on	
    its	
    
  side	
    in	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  72	
    
  Four	
     ice	
     climbers	
     ascend	
     towards	
     a	
     dark	
     cave	
    
  opening.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     flurry	
     of	
     “St	
     Elmo’s	
     fire”	
     passes	
     though	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    campsite.	
    	
    
  74	
    
  Five	
    frozen	
    bodies	
    are	
    found	
    huddled	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    
  low	
    rocky	
    rise.	
    
  75	
    
  Late	
    one	
    night,	
    the	
    howling	
    of	
    wolves	
    is	
    heard	
    in	
    
  the	
    distance.	
    	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     blank	
     snow	
     plain	
     causes	
     disorientation	
     and	
    
  makes	
    it	
    harder	
    to	
    not	
    get	
    lost.	
    
  77	
    
  Eight	
    humans	
    stand	
    frozen	
    in	
    place	
    as	
    if	
    in	
    flight	
    
  from	
    some	
    attacking	
    creature.	
    	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    single	
    raven	
    soars	
    overhead.	
    
  79	
    
  Seals	
    poke	
    their	
    heads	
    through	
    holes	
    in	
    the	
    ice.	
    
  Some	
    pop	
    onto	
    the	
    ice	
    and	
    watch	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     small	
     tribe	
     of	
     mountain	
     goats	
     scramble	
     up	
     a	
    
  steep	
    cliff	
    30	
    feet	
    above	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  The	
    snowy	
    plane	
    is	
    actually	
    an	
    ice	
    covered	
    lake.	
    
  Encumbered	
     characters	
     have	
     1	
     in	
     4	
     chance	
     of	
    
  breaking	
    through.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  The	
    broken	
    body	
    of	
    a	
    penguin	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  83	
    
  Fur-­‐clad	
     barbarians	
     are	
     sacking	
     a	
     small	
     fishing	
    
  village	
    in	
    the	
    distance.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  When	
    mirages	
    appear	
    that	
    would	
    be	
    reflected	
    in	
    
  the	
    snow,	
    they	
    appear	
    to	
    move	
    across	
    the	
    sky.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  Two	
     polar	
     bears	
     emerge	
     from	
     the	
     open	
     water	
    
  onto	
    an	
    ice	
    flow.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  At	
     high	
     noon	
     a	
     group	
     of	
     five	
     oval-­‐shaped,	
     ice	
    
  mirrors	
    appear	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    swirling	
    snow.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    low	
    breeze	
    blows	
    snow	
    into	
    a	
    mist;	
    the	
    party	
    
  are	
    but	
    shadowy	
    figures	
    within.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  Snow	
     squall:	
     winds	
     are	
     strong	
     and	
     visibility	
     is	
    
  reduced	
    by	
    50%;	
    condition	
    is	
    sporadic	
    and	
    lasts	
    
  up	
    to	
    30	
    minutes.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  The	
    wind	
    blows	
    small	
    whirling	
    columns	
    of	
    snow	
    
  about	
    randomly.	
    
  90	
    
  Toboggans	
     race	
     downhill	
     carrying	
     blue	
     skinned	
    
  goblins.	
    They	
    brandish	
    weapons	
    of	
    bone.	
    
  91	
    
  Three	
     longswords	
     crossed	
     by	
     daggers	
     stand	
     as	
    
  headstones	
    for	
    low	
    rock	
    piles.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  An	
    eight-­‐foot	
    long,	
    cylindrical	
    snow	
    boulder	
    rolls	
    
  across	
    an	
    open	
    snow	
    field.	
    It	
    slowly	
    comes	
    to	
    a	
    
  half	
    nearby	
    the	
    party.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
    pole	
    star	
    winks	
    out	
    and	
    does	
    not	
    return	
    for	
    
  1d4	
    hours.	
    	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     characters’	
     breath	
     forms	
     crystals;	
     the	
     light	
    
  creates	
    rainbow	
    like	
    patterns.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  Set	
     on	
     the	
     stony	
     shore	
     is	
     a	
     small	
     cabin	
     whose	
    
  roof	
    is	
    made	
    from	
    an	
    overturned	
    long	
    boat.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  Groups	
    of	
    natives	
    glide	
    across	
    the	
    open	
    water	
    in	
    
  sealskin	
    kayaks.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  A	
     large	
     ice	
     slab	
     floats	
     by	
     with	
     stranded	
     human	
    
  explorers	
    on	
    board;	
    they	
    shout	
    for	
    help.	
    	
    
  98	
    
  Nine	
    light	
    blue	
    skinned	
    elven	
    travellers	
    gather	
    by	
    
  an	
    overturned	
    sled.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  All-­‐day	
     long	
     the	
     sun	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     transfixed	
    
  with	
    a	
    large	
    cross.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  Brown	
    and	
    white	
    sandpipers	
    gather	
    during	
    their	
    
  migration.	
    Their	
    sharp	
    calls	
    cut	
    through	
    the	
    air.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  78	
    
  F R O Z E N  L A N D S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    land	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    of	
    
  interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
     glacier	
     ice	
     forms	
     a	
     bridge	
     between	
     two	
    
  peninsulas	
    over	
    freezing	
    water.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  Three	
     long	
     shadows	
     of	
     triangular	
     shape	
     appear	
    
  to	
    be	
    cast	
    by	
    nothing.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     crust	
    of	
     hard	
     snow	
     covers	
     softer	
     snow;	
     all	
    
  Stealth	
    checks	
    are	
    made	
    at	
    a	
    -­‐6	
    penalty.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  After	
    being	
    sun-­‐baked	
    for	
    hours	
    the	
    clouds	
    cover	
    
  the	
    glacier.	
    Cooling	
    rapidly	
    the	
    surface	
    breaks	
    in	
    
  small	
    explosions.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  Gaps	
    in	
    the	
    glacier	
    ice	
    form	
    deep	
    crevasses.	
    	
    
  6	
    
  Like	
    a	
    frozen	
    castle	
    gate,	
    a	
    waterfall	
    rises	
    30	
    foot	
    
  up	
    the	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    spider	
    web	
    of	
    volcanic	
    cracks,	
    seeping	
    noxious	
    
  gasses,	
    breaks	
    the	
    snowy	
    plain.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
     rocky	
     plateau	
     is	
     comprised	
     of	
     sun	
     cups;	
    
  shallow,	
     bowl-­‐shaped	
     hollows,	
     filled	
     with	
     fresh	
    
  melt	
    water.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     surface	
     of	
     the	
     snow	
     and	
     ice	
     swirls	
     into	
     a	
    
  frozen	
    downward	
    spiral.	
    
  10	
    
  Towering,	
    cone	
    shaped	
    hills	
    of	
    sediment	
    dot	
    the	
    
  landscape	
    at	
    the	
    leading	
    edge	
    of	
    a	
    glacier.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    yet	
    unfrozen	
    river	
    cuts	
    through	
    a	
    white	
    valley	
    
  of	
    snow	
    and	
    ice.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Twenty-­‐foot	
    tall	
    ice	
    shelves	
    form	
    the	
    coastline.	
    
  13	
    
  The	
     remnants	
     of	
     an	
     expedition’s	
     camp	
     –	
    
  preserved	
     fish,	
     blackened	
     fire	
     ring	
     and	
     blood	
    
  stained	
    tents	
    –	
    lie	
    scattered	
    about.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    forty-­‐foot	
    tall	
    arch	
    of	
    carved	
    blocks	
    frames	
    the	
    
  pass	
    in	
    the	
    mountain	
    valley	
    entrance.	
    	
    
  15	
    
  Flowing	
     out	
     from	
     the	
     glacier,	
     slopes	
     of	
     loose	
    
  rocks	
    form	
    an	
    outwash.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  The	
    ice	
    here	
    is	
    particularly	
    smooth;	
    movement	
    is	
    
  particularly	
    problematic.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  Alake	
     covered	
     with	
     small,	
     round	
     pancake-­‐like	
    
  disks	
    of	
    ice	
    fills	
    a	
    large	
    valley.	
    
  18	
    
  Curtains	
    of	
    icicles	
    line	
    the	
    face	
    of	
    a	
    rocky	
    valley.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  Crystal	
    clear	
    sheets	
    of	
    ice	
    surround	
    the	
    entrance	
    
  to	
    an	
    extremely	
    slick	
    ice	
    cave.	
    	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     set	
     of	
     footprints	
     twice	
     the	
     size	
     of	
     a	
     human’s	
    
  cuts	
    through	
    a	
    deep	
    snowdrift.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  On	
    a	
    slender	
    jetty	
    of	
    tumbled	
    rock	
    stands	
    an	
    ice-­‐
  shrouded	
    lighthouse.	
    	
    
  22	
    
  Sheets	
    of	
    ice	
    extend	
    out	
    from	
    the	
    coast	
    over	
    the	
    
  seawater.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  Wind	
     swept	
     snow	
     forms	
     ripples	
     like	
     miniature	
    
  sand	
    dunes.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  Aqua	
     blue	
     ice	
     slabs	
     capped	
     with	
     granular	
     snow	
    
  lie	
    in	
    a	
    seemingly	
    random	
    pattern.	
    	
    
  25	
    
  The	
    glacier	
    has	
    receded	
    enough	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    kettle	
    
  hole	
    filled	
    with	
    fresh	
    melt	
    water.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  Ice	
     caked	
     scaffolding	
     surrounds	
     a	
     twisted	
     spiral	
    
  shaped	
    tower.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  Gaps	
    of	
    thick	
    ice	
    form	
    angular	
    breaks	
    with	
    fresh,	
    
  thin	
    frozen	
    water	
    between	
    them.	
    
  28	
    
  Towering	
    icebergs	
    bob	
    slowly	
    off	
    shore.	
    	
    
  29	
    
  Islands	
     of	
     high	
     rock	
     cliffs	
     are	
     surrounded	
     by	
    
  deep,	
    white	
    streaked	
    ice.	
    
  30	
    
  Several	
    small,	
    black	
    rocks	
    lie	
    in	
    a	
    random	
    pattern	
    
  amid	
    small	
    snow	
    craters.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  The	
     icescape	
     forms	
     a	
     rippling	
     sheet	
     of	
     sastrugi	
    
  (three	
    to	
    four	
    inch	
    deep	
    ice	
    ridges)	
    making	
    this	
    
  difficult	
    terrain.	
    
  32	
    
  Just	
    below	
    the	
    surface	
    of	
    the	
    ice	
    lies	
    a	
    fine	
    sailing	
    
  ship.	
    	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    ice	
    stairs	
    descends	
    into	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    30-­‐
  foot	
    deep	
    cone	
    of	
    powder	
    snow.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  The	
     ends	
     of	
     these	
     twenty-­‐foot	
     tall	
     horseshoe-­‐
  shaped	
    snow	
    barchans	
    point	
    downwind.	
    
  35	
    
  Windblown	
    snow	
    and	
    ice	
    have	
    formed	
    a	
    series	
    of	
    
  natural	
    arches.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  A	
    grove	
    of	
    trees	
    is	
    cloaked	
    in	
    crystal	
    clear	
    ice.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  Four	
     deep	
     sinkholes	
     drop	
     into	
     blackness;	
     their	
    
  sides	
    caked	
    thick	
    with	
    ice.	
    
  38	
    
  Two	
     sets	
     of	
     snowshoe	
     tracks	
     head	
     off	
     to	
     the	
    
  west.	
    A	
    trail	
    of	
    blood	
    runs	
    between	
    them.	
    
  39	
    
  Eight-­‐foot	
    tall	
    spikes	
    of	
    ice	
    form	
    a	
    border	
    around	
    
  the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    rocky	
    crag.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     long	
     pier	
     extends	
     out	
     into	
     the	
     sea;	
     its	
     planks	
    
  thick	
    with	
    ice.	
    A	
    dingy	
    is	
    half	
    sunk	
    near	
    the	
    shore.	
    	
    
  41	
    
  Two	
     ten-­‐foot	
     tall	
     columns	
     of	
     ice	
     rise	
     from	
     the	
    
  snow.	
     A	
     human	
     skeleton	
     hangs	
     from	
     manacles	
    
  between	
    them.	
    
  42	
    
  Towering	
    half	
    cones	
    of	
    ice	
    lie	
    on	
    their	
    sides.	
    The	
    
  bottoms	
    form	
    windswept	
    spiky	
    shallow	
    caves.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    fifteen-­‐foot	
    long	
    snow	
    bridge	
    stretches	
    across	
    
  an	
    icy	
    crevasse.	
    
  44	
    
  Permafrost	
    has	
    dissolved	
    away	
    into	
    bubbling,	
    hot	
    
  mud.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  The	
     massive	
     structure	
     of	
     a	
     pyramid	
     made	
     from	
    
  carved	
     blocks	
     of	
     ice	
     rests	
     before	
     a	
     rocky	
     cliff	
    
  face.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  The	
    black	
    crack	
    in	
    a	
    glacier	
    wall	
    is	
    much	
    colder	
    
  than	
     the	
     surroundings.	
     Esoteric	
     knowledge	
    
  reveals	
    it	
    to	
    be	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    the	
    demi-­‐plane	
    of	
    
  ice.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     what	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     tunnel	
     mounds	
    
  rise	
    from	
    the	
    snow.	
    They	
    look	
    a	
    lot	
    like	
    what	
    a	
    
  burrowing	
    creature	
    might	
    make.	
    
  48	
    
  This	
    mile	
    wide	
    crater	
    is	
    filled	
    with	
    snow	
    and	
    ice;	
    
  in	
    the	
    middle	
    lies	
    a	
    three	
    foot	
    tall	
    rough	
    boulder.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  A	
    circle	
    of	
    standing	
    stones	
    is	
    made	
    of	
    eight	
    slabs	
    
  of	
    onyx.	
    They	
    are	
    10-­‐foot	
    tall,	
    3-­‐foot	
    wide	
    and	
    2-­‐
  foot	
    thick.	
    
  
  79	
    
  50	
    
  Deep	
    crevasses	
    in	
    the	
    ice	
    make	
    it	
    impassable	
    for	
    
  several	
    miles	
    in	
    either	
    direction.	
    	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    massive	
    mote	
    of	
    ice	
    floats	
     20	
    feet	
    above	
    the	
    
  ground;	
    its	
    top	
    crowned	
    by	
    mist.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  Large	
    cornices	
    of	
    bluish	
    ice	
    cling	
    precariously	
    to	
    a	
    
  rocky	
    overhang.	
    
  53	
    
  Suspended	
     in	
     the	
     opening	
     of	
     an	
     oval	
     mouthed	
    
  cave	
    are	
    frozen	
    sea	
    birds;	
    their	
    wings	
    held	
    as	
    if	
    in	
    
  flight.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
     huge	
     tower	
     taller	
     than	
     any	
     man-­‐made	
    
  structure	
    tops	
    a	
    dark	
    spire	
    of	
    rock.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  The	
    wide	
    shore	
    of	
    a	
    river	
    comprises	
    rolling	
    eskers	
    
  of	
    glacier	
    silt	
    and	
    tilled	
    gravel.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  Seven	
    rocks	
    are	
    lined	
    up	
    next	
    to	
    one	
    another.	
    At	
    
  one	
    end	
    of	
    each	
    is	
    a	
    smooth,	
    grey	
    stone	
    sphere.	
    
  57	
    
  Bare	
     ice	
     patches	
     cover	
     the	
     ground.	
     The	
     area	
     is	
    
  slippery.	
    
  58	
    
  Miles	
     of	
     taiga	
     or	
     boreal	
     forests	
     skirt	
     the	
     snow	
    
  and	
    ice	
    covered	
    plains.	
    	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     small	
     cairn	
     of	
     stones	
     sits	
     upon	
     a	
     low	
     snow-­‐
  covered	
    hill.	
    
  60	
    
  Mist	
     boils	
     from	
     the	
     mouth	
     of	
     a	
     valley.	
     Warm	
    
  tropical	
    air	
    bathes	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  Frozen	
    ice	
    has	
    formed	
    in	
    swirling	
    patters	
    from	
    a	
    
  colonnade.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    three	
    canvas	
    tents	
    have	
    been	
    blown	
    
  down	
    by	
    the	
    wind.	
    	
    
  63	
    
  The	
     snow	
     is	
     packed	
     tightly	
     and	
     covered	
     in	
    
  booted	
    footprints.	
    Amid	
    the	
    tracks	
    lies	
    a	
    smooth,	
    
  red	
    rock	
    sphere.	
    	
    
  64	
    
  Tucked	
     into	
     a	
     rocky	
     crack	
     is	
     a	
     crude	
     alter	
     of	
    
  unknown	
    design.	
    
  65	
    
  Mine	
    car	
    tracks	
    lead	
    out	
    from	
    a	
    cave	
    mouth;	
    the	
    
  frozen	
    mine	
    car	
    is	
    full	
    of	
    ice	
    and	
    snow.	
    	
    
  66	
    
  At	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
     the	
     taiga	
     stands	
     a	
     lone	
     tree.	
    
  Oddly,	
    under	
    its	
    green	
    canopy	
    grows	
    tall	
    grass.	
    
  67	
    
  Out	
    in	
    an	
    ice	
    locked	
    bay;	
    a	
    galleon	
    is	
    caught	
    in	
    
  the	
    grip	
    of	
    deadly	
    ice.	
    
  68	
    
  Thick	
     window	
     like	
     ice	
     coversa	
     network	
     of	
     deep	
    
  crevasses.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  The	
    permafrost	
    has	
    thawed	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    cold,	
    wet	
    
  bog.	
    	
    
  70	
    
  Swirling	
     masses	
     of	
     snow	
     form	
     patches	
     of	
    
  impenetrable	
    columns	
    of	
    snow	
    and	
    wind	
    30	
    foot	
    
  in	
    diameter.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  A	
    devil’s	
    tower	
    of	
    octagonal,	
    volcanic	
    rock	
    forms	
    
  a	
    tall	
    ice	
    cover	
    butte.	
    	
    
  72	
    
  Twenty-­‐foot	
     tall	
     mega-­‐dunes	
     of	
     ice	
     and	
     snow	
    
  break	
    up	
    this	
    low	
    plain.	
    
  73	
    
  Six	
     ring-­‐shaped	
     stones	
     five	
     foot	
     in	
     diameter	
    
  emerge	
     from	
     the	
     snow;	
     two	
     stand	
     upright	
     and	
    
  face	
    east,	
    one	
    is	
    broken,	
    the	
    last	
    two	
    are	
    linked	
    
  through	
    the	
    centre.	
    
  74	
    
  Patches	
     of	
     snow	
     topped	
     white	
     and	
     bluish	
    
  mushrooms	
    grow	
    on	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    a	
    hill.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     30-­‐foot	
     tall	
     archway	
     rises	
     majestically	
     and	
    
  mysteriously	
    from	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  76	
    
  Warming	
     lake	
     water	
     billows	
     up	
     in	
     a	
     mist	
     and	
    
  forms	
    clouds	
    over	
    the	
    water.	
    	
    
  77	
    
  The	
    ice	
    wall	
    of	
    the	
    glacier	
    is	
    made	
    of	
    compacted,	
    
  granular	
    snow.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    radiant	
    nimbus	
    of	
    bright	
    green	
    light	
    surrounds	
    
  a	
    spear-­‐like	
    rock	
    formation.	
    	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     roughly	
     carved	
     black	
     and	
     grey	
     granite	
     rock	
     is	
    
  carved	
    like	
    a	
    sneering	
    orc	
    head.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  Cracked	
     and	
     broken	
     shards	
     of	
     ice	
     float	
     down	
     a	
    
  wide	
    slow	
    moving	
    river.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  Two	
     small	
     hills	
     are	
     each	
     topped	
     with	
     a	
     single	
    
  standing	
    stone.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  Several	
     small	
     wooden	
     buildings	
     stand	
     on	
     stilts	
    
  above	
    the	
    surface	
    of	
    a	
    frozen	
    lake.	
    	
    
  83	
    
  Patches	
     of	
     black	
     ice	
     mar	
     the	
     otherwise	
     normal	
    
  snow.	
    Infused	
    with	
    vile	
    energy,	
    they	
    damage	
    any	
    
  standing	
    upon	
    them.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  Four	
     huge	
     balls	
     of	
     ice	
     lie	
     atop	
     a	
     steep	
     hill.	
    
  Sometimes	
     frost	
     giants	
     push	
     them	
     down	
     on	
    
  travellers.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    gaping	
    mouth	
    of	
    a	
    cave	
    opens	
    in	
    the	
    snow;	
    
  the	
    interior	
    walls	
    are	
    solid	
    ice.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  Bright	
    red	
    flags	
    dot	
    the	
    snow.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    frozen	
    maze	
    of	
    thick	
    hedges	
    standing	
    ten	
    feet	
    
  tall	
    surrounds	
    a	
    lone	
    shingled	
    tower.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  Frazil	
     flows	
     downstream	
     in	
     tumbling	
     piles	
     of	
    
  needle	
    shaped	
    ice.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    recent	
    avalanche	
    has	
    uncovered	
    the	
    ruins	
    of	
    an	
    
  octagonal	
    tower.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  Higher	
     up	
     the	
     valley	
     wall	
     is	
     a	
     smaller	
     hanging	
    
  valley	
    whose	
    mouth	
    is	
    partly	
    blocked	
    by	
    thick	
    ice.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    smooth,	
    perfectly	
    formed	
    15-­‐foot	
    snow	
    dome	
    
  rises	
     from	
     the	
     ground	
     and	
     measures	
     50	
     feet	
     in	
    
  circumference.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  A	
    tight	
    valley	
    filled	
    with	
    icicle	
    overhangs	
    another	
    
  valley.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  The	
     upper	
     parts	
     of	
     this	
     glacier	
     are	
     covered	
     in	
    
  névé:	
    small	
    granular	
    particles	
    of	
    snow.	
    
  94	
    
  Ice	
     forms	
     in	
     deep	
     blue	
     streaks	
     on	
     the	
     glacier	
    
  face;	
    a	
    slow	
    trickle	
    of	
    fresh	
    water	
    runs	
    from	
    its	
    
  base.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  Broken	
     slabs	
     of	
     ice	
     form	
     overlapping	
     finger-­‐like	
    
  projections;	
    movement	
    is	
    reduced	
    by	
    half.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    jagged	
    edge	
    of	
    an	
    open	
    pit	
    pierces	
    the	
    ice;	
    
  blackness	
    shrouds	
    its	
    depths.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  Five	
     to	
     ten	
     foot	
     drifts	
     of	
     powder	
     snow	
     form	
    
  massive	
    dunes;	
    all	
    movement	
    is	
    halved.	
    	
    
  98	
    
  Jutting	
    at	
    odd	
    angles,	
    spikes	
    of	
    ice	
    protrude	
    from	
    
  a	
    flat-­‐topped	
    rock.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  On	
     the	
     shore	
     of	
     a	
     small	
     inlet	
     is	
     a	
     village	
     of	
     18	
    
  cottages.	
    Snow	
    has	
    inundated	
    the	
    settlement.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    tall	
    darkly	
    coloured	
    stone	
    plinths	
    has	
    
  unearthly	
    angular	
    projections.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  80	
    
  H I L L S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    murder	
    of	
    midnight	
    black	
    ravens	
    erupts	
    from	
    
  the	
    trees	
    just	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    orange	
    glow	
    of	
    sunrise	
    or	
    sunset	
    silhouettes	
    
  a	
    group	
    of	
    wolves	
    cresting	
    a	
    hill	
    to	
    the	
    east.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    comet	
    dashes	
    across	
    the	
    night	
    sky.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  A	
     distant	
     rumble	
     of	
     thunder	
     rolls	
     toward	
    
  you;cold	
     wind	
     blows,	
     damp	
     with	
     the	
     scent	
     of	
    
  rain.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  Wind	
    whips	
    the	
    dusty	
    path;	
    PCs	
    must	
    be	
    fast	
    or	
    
  be	
    blinded	
    for	
    a	
    minute.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    crunching	
    of	
    dried	
    leaves	
    and	
    cracking	
    twigs	
    
  can	
    be	
    heard	
    in	
    the	
    distance.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    stiff	
    breeze	
    blows	
    the	
    scent	
    of	
    smoke	
    through	
    
  the	
    hills.	
    
  8	
    
  At	
    night,	
    the	
    clatter	
    of	
    rocks	
    rolling	
    down	
    a	
    hill	
    
  wakes	
    everyone	
    in	
    camp.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     sun	
     blazes	
     high	
     in	
     the	
     sky;	
     a	
     falcon	
     dives	
    
  toward	
    the	
    distant	
    ground	
    in	
    search	
    of	
    prey.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    barking	
    echoes	
    through	
    the	
    hills.	
    It	
    
  slowly	
    moves	
    away	
    from	
    the	
    party.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    large	
    elk	
    stands	
    at	
    bay	
    in	
    a	
    small	
    glade	
    a	
    short	
    
  distance	
    away.	
    The	
    hills	
    rise	
    sharply	
    behind	
    it.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Several	
    birds	
    wheel	
    overhead,	
    in	
    full	
    song.	
    
  13	
    
  Faint	
    high-­‐pitched	
    squeaking	
    in	
    the	
    dead	
    of	
    night	
    
  heralds	
    the	
    arrival	
    of	
    many	
    bats.	
    
  14	
    
  In	
     the	
     middle	
     of	
     conversation	
     with	
     a	
     travelling	
    
  companion	
    a	
    fly	
    becomes	
    caught	
    in	
    your	
    throat.	
    	
    	
    
  15	
    
  An	
    orc	
    body,	
    three	
    arrows	
    in	
    its	
    back,	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    
  trail.	
     Medical	
     knowledge	
     reveals	
     it	
     is	
     less	
     than	
    
  three	
    hours	
    dead.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    wide	
    s-­‐shaped	
    track	
    weaves	
    up	
    the	
    hillside.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     large	
     raccoon	
     eyes	
     you	
     menacingly	
     while	
    
  clutching	
    a	
    small	
    mouse	
    in	
    its	
    paws.	
    	
    
  18	
    
  Flashes	
     of	
     light	
     coming	
     from	
     between	
     two	
    
  distant	
    hills	
    interrupt	
    the	
    dark	
    of	
    night.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    desultory	
    drizzle	
    begins	
    to	
    fall.	
    
  20	
    
  Dusty	
     grey	
     squirrels	
     chatter	
     while	
     chasing	
     one	
    
  another	
    around	
    a	
    large	
    oak.	
    
  21	
    
  An	
     eclipse	
     begins	
     with	
     the	
     sun	
     swallowing	
     the	
    
  moon.	
    It	
    bathes	
    the	
    hillside	
    in	
    blood	
    red	
    light.	
    	
    
  22	
    
  A	
     ram,	
     flanked	
     by	
     two	
     ewes,	
     stands	
     on	
     a	
     low	
    
  rocky	
    hillside.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     bright	
     blue-­‐white	
     flash	
     of	
     lightning	
     rends	
     the	
    
  sky;	
    the	
    sound	
    of	
    splintering	
    rock	
    follows.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     dozen	
     fat	
     cows	
     occupy	
     the	
     lazy	
     rolling	
     hill	
    
  pasture.	
     Neither	
     a	
     shepherd	
     nor	
     dog	
     is	
     in	
    
  attendance.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    tangled	
    mass	
    of	
    brush	
    and	
    tree	
    limbs	
    lies	
    at	
    the	
    
  base	
    of	
    a	
    flat-­‐topped	
    hill.	
    Inspection	
    reveals	
    the	
    
  sound	
     of	
     scratching	
     coming	
     from	
     inside	
     the	
    
  brush.	
    
  26	
    
  Desiccated	
    bodies	
    of	
    birds,	
    mice	
    and	
    other	
    small	
    
  animals	
    hang	
    from	
    a	
    tree’s	
    low	
    branches.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  From	
    across	
    the	
    rough	
    rolling	
    hillside,	
    a	
    bobbling	
    
  ball	
    of	
    whitish-­‐green	
    witch-­‐light	
    wavers.	
    It	
    moves	
    
  away	
    from	
    those	
    approaching	
    it.	
    
  28	
    
  Deeply	
     set	
     tracks	
     cross	
     the	
     party’s	
     path;	
    
  survivalists	
    can	
    identify	
    them	
    to	
    be	
    of	
    six	
    heavily	
    
  laden	
    goblins	
    that	
    passed	
    by	
    two	
    days	
    ago.	
    
  29	
    
  Rotten	
    branches	
    and	
    fallen	
    small	
    trees	
    lie	
    across	
    
  the	
    trail	
    as	
    it	
    goes	
    up	
    hill.	
    	
    
  30	
    
  The	
     faint	
     smell	
     of	
     roasting	
     meat	
     wafts	
     on	
     the	
    
  breeze,	
     probably	
     from	
     the	
     sliver	
     of	
     smoke	
    
  floating	
    up	
    from	
    behind	
    the	
    next	
    hill.	
    
  31	
    
  Careful	
     scrutiny	
     reveals	
     the	
     torn	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
    
  cleverly	
    hidden	
    net	
    trap	
    anchored	
    to	
    a	
    tall	
    oak.	
    
  32	
    
  Careful	
     scrutiny	
     reveals	
     a	
     jagged	
     topped	
     stone	
    
  looks	
     out	
     of	
     place.	
     A	
     deep	
     hollow	
     beneath	
    
  contains	
    three	
    days	
    of	
    trail	
    rations.	
    	
    
  33	
    
  The	
    weed-­‐cloaked	
    skeletons	
    of	
    four	
    ogres,	
    their	
    
  amour	
    and	
    weapons	
    weathered	
    beyond	
    use,	
    lie	
    
  in	
    a	
    narrow	
    gorge.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
     newly	
     cut	
     trail	
     leads	
     downhill	
     towards	
     the	
    
  sound	
    of	
    running	
    water.	
    	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     trickle	
     of	
     mist	
     covers	
     the	
     low-­‐lying	
     ground	
    
  between	
    several	
    hills.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  The	
     clatter	
     of	
     hooves	
     echoes	
     through	
     the	
     hills,	
    
  from	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  The	
    rocky	
    hillside	
    has	
    crumbled	
    away	
    to	
    reveal	
    a	
    
  strangely	
    carved	
    opening	
    in	
    the	
    hill.	
    The	
    opening	
    
  is	
    partially	
    covered	
    by	
    the	
    rock	
    fall.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    sliver	
    of	
    blue	
    fox	
    fire	
    snakes	
    about	
    the	
    hillside	
    
  before	
    disappearing	
    into	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
     rotting	
     corpse	
     of	
     a	
     light	
     warhorse	
     clad	
     in	
    
  rent	
    barding	
    bakes	
    in	
    the	
    sun.	
    	
    
  40	
    
  You	
     hear	
     the	
     distinct	
     sound	
     of	
     a	
     baby	
     rattle	
    
  coming	
    from	
    the	
    tall	
    grass	
    on	
    the	
    hillside.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
     exposed	
     roots	
     of	
     a	
     massive	
     hickory	
     tree	
    
  grow	
     out	
     of	
     a	
     craggy	
     hill,	
     creating	
     	
     a	
     protected	
    
  overhang.	
    
  42	
    
  The	
     crack	
     of	
     whips	
     and	
     screams	
     of	
     pain	
     echo	
    
  through	
    the	
    hills.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  The	
    scent	
    of	
    smoke	
    and	
    burning	
    flesh	
    fills	
    the	
    air.	
    
  To	
    the	
    east,	
    a	
    plume	
    of	
    smoke	
    grows	
    higher.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
     gibbous	
     moon	
     hangs	
     above	
     the	
     hills,	
     bathing	
    
  all	
    in	
    a	
    soft	
    light.	
    
  45	
    
  Tents	
    of	
    foreign	
    design	
    stand	
    on	
    a	
    hillside.	
    
  46	
    
  As	
    the	
    sun	
    reaches	
    its	
    apex	
    the	
    wind	
    whips	
    about	
    
  with	
    furious	
    gusts.	
    Distant	
    chanting	
    rises	
    in	
    tone.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    Large	
    humanoid	
    footprints	
    led	
    over	
    a	
    hill	
    
  where	
    two	
    voices	
    argue.	
    Local	
    folklore	
    identifies	
    
  that	
    the	
    voices	
    are	
    speaking	
    in	
    Ettin.	
    	
    
  
  81	
    
  48	
    
  This	
     hollow	
     under	
     a	
     hawthorn	
     tree-­‐covered	
    
  hillside	
     serves	
     as	
     a	
     worg’s	
     den.	
     Esoteric	
    
  knowledge	
     reveals	
     the	
     identity	
     of	
     the	
     den’s	
    
  occupants.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  Foreboding,	
    dark	
    clouds	
    gather	
    above	
    the	
    hills.	
    
  50	
    
  Fallen	
     trees	
     border	
     a	
     recent	
     campsite.	
     Trackers	
    
  know	
    it	
    is	
    three	
    days	
    olds.	
    
  51	
    
  Positioned	
     in	
     the	
     crook	
     of	
     a	
     tall	
     oak	
     atop	
     a	
     hill	
    
  rests	
    a	
    severed	
    dwarven	
    head.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  The	
     scent	
     of	
     death	
     wafts	
     through	
     the	
     hills.	
    
  Inspection	
    uncovers	
    a	
    black	
    bear’s	
    hollowed	
    out	
    
  carcass.	
    
  53	
    
  Wild	
     grapes	
     grow	
     among	
     a	
     twisted	
     brier.	
     The	
    
  briarhides	
     a	
     massive	
     bee	
     hive	
     which	
     unwary	
    
  explorers	
    may	
    disturb.	
    
  54	
    
  Inspection	
     reveals	
     a	
     very	
     young	
     wolf	
     lurking	
    
  behind	
    a	
    thorny	
    bush	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    hill.	
    It	
    is	
    
  emaciated	
    and	
    hungry.	
    
  55	
    
  An	
    old,	
    weathered	
    arrow	
    sticks	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  56	
    
  Strewn	
    about	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    hillare	
    the	
    looted	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    campsite.	
    
  57	
    
  Trackers	
     notice	
     several	
     horses	
     passed	
     this	
     way	
    
  recently.	
    	
    
  58	
    
  The	
    ground	
    shakes	
    violently.	
    Characters	
    must	
    be	
    
  fleet-­‐footed	
    or	
    fall	
    prone.	
    Outdoorsmen	
    identify	
    
  the	
    phenomenon	
    as	
    a	
    minor	
    earth	
    tremor.	
    
  59	
    
  You	
    hear	
    the	
    creaking	
    of	
    cart	
    wheels.	
    Still	
    a	
    few	
    
  bow	
    shots	
    behind	
    you,	
    shouts	
    can	
    be	
    heard.	
    
  60	
    
  Carrion	
     birds	
     circle	
     back	
     and	
     forth	
     above	
     a	
    
  nearby	
    hill.	
    Investigations	
    reveals	
    the	
    remains	
    of	
    
  several	
    humans	
    and	
    goblins.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  A	
     large	
     pit	
     full	
     of	
     decomposing	
     animals	
     gapes	
    
  before	
    you.	
    Flies	
    cluster	
    about	
    and	
    the	
    stench	
    of	
    
  death	
    is	
    heavy	
    in	
    the	
    air.	
    
  62	
    
  The	
     trail	
     heads	
     down	
     a	
     difficult,	
     irregular	
     hill	
    
  side.	
     Characters	
     must	
     be	
     agile	
     to	
     avoid	
     sliding	
    
  down	
    the	
    hill. 
  63	
    
  The	
     wind	
     moans	
     through	
     the	
     hills;	
     it	
     grows	
    
  suddenly	
    colder.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    drop	
    in	
    temperature	
    heralds	
    dark,	
    rain-­‐
  laden	
    clouds	
    creeping	
    over	
    the	
    hills	
    
  65	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     strong	
     winds	
     sends	
     small	
     pebbles	
    
  tumbling	
    down	
    a	
    cliff.	
    
  66	
    
  Horse	
     tracks	
     and	
     those	
     of	
     a	
     laden	
     cart	
     are	
    
  evident	
     on	
     the	
     trail.	
     Further	
     on	
     lies	
     a	
     body	
    
  bloated	
    with	
    disease.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     slow,	
     heavy	
     rain	
     makes	
     the	
     hillsides	
     muddy	
    
  and	
    slippery.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    large	
    flock	
    of	
    mountain	
    sheepgraze	
    silently	
    in	
    
  the	
    fold	
    between	
    two	
    hills.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    long	
    line	
    of	
    ants	
    snakes	
    across	
    the	
    party’s	
    path.	
    
  70	
    
  The	
     warning	
     yip	
     of	
     a	
     fox	
     comes	
     from	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  rise.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  The	
    bright	
    flash	
    of	
    an	
    explosion	
    bursts	
    from	
    the	
    
  shadowed	
    side	
    of	
    a	
    steep-­‐sided	
    hill.	
    	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    low	
    rumbling	
    echoes	
    through	
    the	
    hills.	
    It	
    seems	
    
  to	
    come	
    deep	
    below	
    the	
    earth.	
    	
    
  73	
    
  A	
    stark,	
    unearthly	
    shriek	
    pierces	
    the	
    air;	
    all	
    other	
    
  sounds	
    cease	
    and	
    the	
    wind	
    grows	
    in	
    strength.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    broken	
    chest	
    lies	
    on	
    its	
    side,	
    on	
    a	
    hillside.	
    	
    
  75	
    
  Two	
    
  sets	
    
  of	
    
  clothing,along	
    
  with	
    
  other	
    
  miscellaneous	
    equipment,	
    lies	
    scattered	
    about.	
    	
    	
    
  76	
    
  Four	
    horse	
    riders	
    move	
    across	
    a	
    distant	
    ridge.	
    	
    
  77	
    
  The	
     hill	
     rises	
     to	
     a	
     cliff	
     pockmarked	
     with	
     caves.	
    
  Spindles	
    of	
    smoke	
    rise	
    from	
    several	
    cave	
    mouths.	
    	
    
  78	
    
  On	
    a	
    sheer	
    section	
    of	
    the	
    hillside	
    perches	
    a	
    large	
    
  nest	
    of	
    small	
    trees,	
    branches	
    and	
    shrubs.	
    	
    
  79	
    
  Two	
     broken	
     down	
     covered	
     wagons	
     block	
     the	
    
  trail.	
    Shouting	
    and	
    banging	
    come	
    from	
    the	
    front	
    
  wagon.	
    
  80	
    
  Vultures	
    circle	
    in	
    the	
    sky	
    a	
    few	
    hills	
    away.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     large	
     stag	
     stands	
     atop	
     a	
     hill.	
     It	
     snorts	
     in	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    direction.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  A	
    ten-­‐foot	
    deep	
    hole	
    pierces	
    the	
    hill.	
    A	
    block	
    and	
    
  tackle	
    are	
    set	
    above	
    it.	
    	
    
  83	
    
  Large	
     rocks	
     tumble	
     down	
     the	
     hill	
     across	
     the	
    
  party’s	
    path.	
    
  84	
    
  An	
     abandon	
     campsite,	
     several	
     days	
     old,	
     has	
     a	
    
  map	
    of	
    the	
    local	
    area	
    drawn	
    in	
    the	
    earth.	
    An	
    “X”	
    
  marks	
    a	
    spot	
    just	
    over	
    a	
    nearby	
    ridge.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  Several	
    wolves	
    circle	
    an	
    injured	
    deer.	
    Slowly	
    the	
    
  circle	
    grows	
    smaller.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  A	
     dead	
     body	
     lies	
     face	
     down	
     on	
     the	
     trail.	
     The	
    
  unfortunate	
    clutches	
    a	
    book	
    in	
    one	
    hand	
    and	
    an	
    
  empty	
    bowl	
    in	
    the	
    other.	
    
  87	
    
  Three	
    heavily	
    laden	
    horses	
    are	
    tied	
    to	
    a	
    large	
    oak	
    
  stump	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    tall	
    bluff.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  The	
    stench	
    of	
    brimstone	
    and	
    sulphur	
    waft	
    from	
    
  cracks	
    in	
    the	
    hill.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  Atop	
    a	
    convoluted	
    hill,	
    a	
    single	
    branch	
    on	
    a	
    lone	
    
  elm	
    tree	
    slowly	
    bobs	
    up	
    and	
    down.	
    
  90	
    
  A	
     signpost	
     lies	
     on	
     the	
     ground.	
     Itreads	
     "DREAD"	
    
  and	
    is	
    written	
    in	
    dried	
    blood.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     sweet	
     music	
     comes	
     from	
     every	
    
  direction.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  A	
    wide	
    swath	
    of	
    mud	
    covers	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  93	
    
  Recently	
     made	
     cart	
     tracks	
     from	
     several	
     wagons	
    
  mar	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  94	
    
  Heavy	
     rain	
     lashes	
     the	
     hills;	
     after	
     2d20	
     minutes	
    
  rivulets	
    of	
    water	
    start	
    to	
    wash	
    over	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  Smoke	
     issues	
     from	
     a	
     deep	
     rent	
     in	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  hillside.	
    
  96	
    
  Rolling	
    hills	
    drop	
    down	
    to	
    a	
    pristine	
    lake.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  The	
     soft	
     earth	
     at	
     the	
     base	
     of	
     a	
     hill	
     barely	
    
  conceals	
    the	
    opening	
    of	
    a	
    sink	
    hole.	
    	
    
  98	
    
  A	
     flock	
     of	
     ducks	
     flies	
     over	
     low	
     overhead.	
     One	
    
  drops	
    from	
    the	
    sky,	
    pierced	
    by	
    an	
    arrow.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  Fireflies	
    flash	
    and	
    blink	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    twisted	
    
  hill.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  Suddenly	
     a	
     wall	
     of	
     earth	
     sprouts	
     the	
     length	
     of	
    
  the	
    opposite	
    hill.	
    Flashes	
    and	
    blasts	
    of	
    light	
    can	
    
  be	
    seen	
    coming	
    from	
    two	
    battling	
    figures.	
    	
    
  	
    
   
  
  82	
    
  H I L L S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    hills	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    of	
    
  interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Tucked	
     into	
     a	
     small	
     grotto	
     stands	
     the	
     burned	
    
  husk	
    of	
    a	
    miner’s	
    cabin.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    large	
    patch	
    of	
    morel	
    mushrooms	
    sprout	
    from	
    
  the	
    ground.	
    Survivalists	
    can	
    gather	
    enough	
    for	
    a	
    
  meal.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     thick	
     growth	
     of	
     wild	
     raspberry	
     bushes	
     has	
     a	
    
  path	
    roughly	
    chopped	
    through	
    it.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    recent	
    rockslide	
    partly	
    covers	
    the	
    underbrush.	
    
  5	
    
  An	
    old	
    game	
    trail	
    crosses	
    the	
    trail.	
    (d6)	
    1	
    tracks	
    
  from	
    a	
    wild	
    turkey,	
    2-­‐4	
    no	
    distinct	
    tracks,	
    5	
    tracks	
    
  of	
    soft	
    heeled	
    boots,	
    6	
    bear	
    scat.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     wild	
     strawberry	
     patch	
     grows	
     in	
     the	
     hollow	
    
  between	
    two	
    low,	
    grassy	
    hills.	
    
  7	
    
  In	
    the	
    faint	
    twilight,	
    you	
    find	
    a	
    small	
    cairn	
    of	
    flat	
    
  slate	
    stone.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    scrap	
    of	
    red	
    silk	
    is	
    caught	
    in	
    the	
    thorny	
    grip	
    of	
    
  a	
    wild	
    white	
    rose	
    bush.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     path	
     widens;	
     a	
     vine	
     covered	
     cart	
     with	
    
  broken	
    wheels	
    rest	
    on	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  A	
    hollow	
    among	
    three	
    steep	
    hills	
    drops	
    into	
    a	
    40	
    
  ft.	
    deep	
    sinkhole.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     dilapidated	
     hunter’s	
     cabin	
     squats	
     uneasily	
    
  against	
    a	
    rocky	
    hillside.	
    
  12	
    
  The	
    low,	
    broad	
    outline	
    of	
    a	
    stone	
    archway	
    can	
    be	
    
  seen	
    in	
    the	
    grassy	
    side	
    of	
    an	
    evenly	
    rounded	
    hill.	
    	
    
  13	
    
  Piles	
     of	
     tall	
     grass	
     lies	
     in	
     neat	
     piles.	
     Lazy	
     smoke	
    
  rise	
    skyward	
    from	
    behind	
    the	
    hilltop.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    low	
    growing	
    blueberry	
    bushes	
    huddle	
    
  about	
    a	
    small	
    sunken	
    pool	
    of	
    clear	
    water.	
    	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    woodsman’s	
    axe	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    ground	
    next	
    to	
    a	
    
  pile	
    of	
    cut	
    wood.	
    There	
    is	
    dried	
    blood	
    all	
    around.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
    dry	
    heat	
    of	
    the	
    sun	
    has	
    baked	
    the	
    sparsely	
    
  covered	
    hills	
    into	
    dry	
    cracked	
    faces.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    semi-­‐circular	
    hills	
    rise	
    in	
    the	
    distance;	
    
  each	
    is	
    topped	
    with	
    large,	
    flat	
    stones.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    tall	
    slow	
    upward	
    rolling	
    hill	
    is	
    topped	
    with	
    the	
    
  tumbled	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    watchtower.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
    trail	
    here	
    has	
    been	
    dug	
    into	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    a	
    hill,	
    
  doubling	
    its	
    width.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
    large	
    earthen	
    berm	
    circles	
    a	
    ruined	
    hamlet.	
    
  21	
    
  An	
     exposed	
     deep	
     hole	
     between	
     adjoining	
     hills	
    
  opens	
    into	
    a	
    cavern	
    below.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    ten-­‐foot	
    thick	
    archway	
    cuts	
    through	
    a	
    gigantic	
    
  tree	
    between	
    two	
    hills.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  As	
    the	
    trail	
    ascends	
    a	
    steep	
    hill	
    ancient	
    flagstone	
    
  steps	
    are	
    visible	
    beneath	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  24	
    
  The	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    crumbling	
    tower	
    cascade	
    down	
    
  one	
    side	
    of	
    this	
    rocky	
    crag	
    of	
    a	
    hill.	
    
  25	
    
  An	
    outline	
    of	
    a	
    giant	
    man	
    is	
    laid	
    out	
    in	
    stone	
    on	
    
  the	
    hillside	
    a	
    few	
    bow	
    shots	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  Two	
    sharply	
    rising	
    hills	
    flank	
    the	
    road.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
     tall	
     wooden	
     tower	
     perches	
     atop	
     a	
     hill	
     in	
     the	
    
  distance;	
    it	
    appears	
    unoccupied.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  Large	
     flat	
     stones,	
     etched	
     with	
     illegible	
     symbols	
    
  cover	
     a	
     hilltop.	
     Basic	
     knowledge	
     of	
     funeral	
    
  customs	
    reveals	
    the	
    place	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    burial	
    ground.	
    
  29	
    
  The	
     trail	
     wends	
     through	
     closely	
     crowded	
     hills.	
    
  Travellers	
    must	
    walk	
    in	
    single	
    file.	
    	
    
  30	
    
  Dishes	
     outside	
     a	
     small	
     roadside	
     shrine	
     contain	
    
  cheese,	
    bread,	
    herbs	
    and	
    a	
    small	
    tiger	
    eye	
    agate	
    
  (worth	
    10	
    gp).	
    
  31	
    
  A	
     low	
     oblong	
     hill,	
     covered	
     in	
     tiny	
     white	
     and	
    
  purple	
     flowers,	
     has	
     wandering	
     steps	
     cut	
     to	
     its	
    
  summit.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     massive	
     100-­‐foot	
     crater	
     opens	
     in	
     a	
     hilltop’s	
    
  northern	
    face.	
    
  33	
    
  Dark	
    hawthorn	
    trees	
    flank	
    the	
    footpath	
    through	
    
  the	
    hills.	
    They	
    have	
    obviously	
    been	
    planted	
    this	
    
  way.	
    
  34	
    
  	
    A	
    tight,	
    small	
    grove	
    of	
    crab-­‐apple	
    trees	
    wreath	
    
  the	
    top	
    of	
    a	
    hill	
    to	
    the	
    north	
    of	
    the	
    path.	
    	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     low,	
     crumbling	
     stone	
     wall	
     snakes	
     its	
     way	
    
  downhill.	
    
  36	
    
  Remains	
     of	
     a	
     wooden	
     bridge	
     fill	
     a	
     hollow.	
     The	
    
  bridge’s	
     massive	
     timbers	
     are	
     smashed	
     and	
    
  rotten.	
    
  37	
    
  Vines	
     and	
     underbrush	
     have	
     grown	
     thickly	
     over	
    
  the	
     ruined	
     steps,	
     columns	
     and	
     walls	
     of	
     a	
     vast	
    
  temple	
    complex.	
    	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    shelf	
    of	
    rock	
    that	
    juts	
    out	
    over	
    it	
    protects	
    a	
    low	
    
  opening	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    hill.	
    	
    
  39	
    
  At	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    this	
    earthen	
    amphitheatre	
    is	
    a	
    
  broken	
    circular	
    stone	
    platform.	
    
  40	
    
  The	
    shallow	
    alcove	
    of	
    a	
    roadside	
    shrine	
    has	
    been	
    
  vandalised.	
    	
    
  41	
    
  An	
    opening	
    of	
    an	
    old	
    mine	
    shaft	
    is	
    supported	
    by	
    
  stout	
    oak	
    	
    posts	
    bleached	
    white	
    by	
    age.	
    
  42	
    
  The	
    hill,	
    covered	
    in	
    thick	
    underbrush	
    and	
    thorny	
    
  bushes,	
    is	
    sliced	
    in	
    two	
    by	
    a	
    narrow	
    chasm.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    tight	
    group	
    of	
    birch	
    trees	
    stand	
    atop	
    a	
    lone	
    hill.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
     sturdily	
     built,	
     weed-­‐choked	
     wooden	
     fence	
    
  climbs	
    its	
    way	
    up	
    the	
    hillside.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  A	
    hill	
    of	
    rolling	
    black	
    volcanic	
    rock	
    rises	
    and	
    falls	
    
  like	
    a	
    wave,	
    its	
    surface	
    cold,	
    coarse	
    and	
    pitted.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  The	
    trail	
    ends	
    abruptly	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    steep	
    hill.	
    	
    
  47	
    
  Rock	
    battlements,	
    no	
    taller	
    than	
    a	
    goblin,	
    squat	
    
  about	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    low	
    hill.	
    	
    
  48	
    
  The	
     hillside	
     provides	
     ample	
     cover	
     for	
     any	
    
  creature	
    traversing	
    it.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  The	
     grey-­‐green	
     face	
     of	
     this	
     cliff	
     is	
     cloaked	
     in	
    
  intermittent	
    mist	
    drifting	
    up	
    from	
    below.	
    
  50	
    
  Twist	
     and	
     turns	
     of	
     the	
     low	
     foothill	
     gullies	
     have	
    
  become	
    rocky,	
    like	
    a	
    dry	
    riverbed.	
    	
    
  
  83	
    
  51	
    
  The	
     crumbling	
     remains	
     of	
     two	
     massive	
     pillars	
    
  carved	
    with	
    devils’	
    faces	
    flank	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  52	
    
  This	
     lone	
     half-­‐timbered	
     shack’s	
     mouldering	
    
  thatch	
    roof	
    has	
    partially	
    collapsed.	
    
  53	
    
  Several	
    
  pecan	
    
  trees	
    
  with	
    
  green	
    
  skinned	
    
  immature	
    fruit	
    stand	
    dusty	
    in	
    the	
    afternoon	
    sun.	
    
  54	
    
  Three	
    bow	
    shots	
    from	
    this	
    rocky	
    plateau	
    spreads	
    
  a	
    grassy	
    plain	
    thickly	
    coated	
    with	
    wild	
    flowers.	
    
  55	
    
  A	
    flat	
    hill	
    flanks	
    the	
    trail.	
    Atop	
    it	
    a	
    windmill	
    with	
    
  broken	
    sails	
    stands	
    forlornly.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    low	
    bluff	
    slopes	
    up	
    to	
    a	
    rocky	
    prominence;	
    its	
    
  shape	
    is	
    vaguely	
    pyramidal.	
    
  57	
    
  Atop	
    a	
    steeply	
    sloped	
    crag	
    stands	
    a	
    wind-­‐hewn	
    
  tor	
     that	
     vaguely	
     resembles	
     five	
     fingers	
     of	
     an	
    
  unearthly	
    hand.	
    
  58	
    
  Blue	
     spruce	
     pine	
     and	
     their	
     fallen	
     kin	
     dot	
     the	
    
  limestone	
     face	
     of	
     this	
     broken	
     crag.	
     A	
     chimney	
    
  crack	
    splits	
    the	
    crag’s	
    face.	
    
  59	
    
  Atop	
     the	
     bluff,	
     grass	
     zigzags	
     like	
     a	
     receding	
    
  hairline.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
     hill	
     is	
     covered	
     in	
     a	
     scattered	
     of	
     leaves	
     that	
    
  themselves	
     lightly	
     cloak	
     the	
     foundations	
     of	
     an	
    
  old,	
    abandoned	
    village.	
    
  61	
    
  Two	
    huge	
    boulders,	
    one	
    piled	
    precariously	
    onto	
    
  the	
    other,	
    stand	
    by	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    rudimentary	
    rock	
    bridge	
    of	
    flat	
    stone	
    crosses	
    a	
    
  gurgling	
    rill	
    leading	
    away	
    from	
    a	
    small	
    waterfall.	
    
  63	
    
  Cold	
    winds,	
    blowing	
    a	
    ripped	
    and	
    torn	
    cloak,	
    rips	
    
  down	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
    blackened	
    hill	
    looms	
    above	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    deep	
    crack	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    cliff	
    overlooks	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  Within,	
    it	
    slopes	
    downward	
    to	
    a	
    small	
    cave.	
    
  66	
    
  Five	
     stones	
     stand	
     at	
     the	
     base	
     of	
     the	
     hill	
     where	
    
  the	
    beginnings	
    of	
    a	
    small	
    game	
    trail	
    snakes	
    into	
    
  the	
    bushes.	
    
  67	
    
  The	
     slopes	
     of	
     the	
     defile	
     rise	
     like	
     a	
     tear	
     in	
     the	
    
  hillside.	
    Shadows	
    shroud	
    the	
    path.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     broad,	
     shallow	
     valley	
     opens	
     before	
     you.	
    
  Wildflowers	
    cover	
    the	
    ground.	
    
  69	
    
  The	
    split	
    in	
    the	
    path	
    leads	
    off	
    in	
    five	
    directions.	
    
  Three	
    of	
    the	
    paths	
    are	
    well	
    travelled.	
    
  70	
    
  The	
    deeply	
    eroded	
    hillside	
    exposes	
    loamy,	
    black	
    
  soil.	
    Root	
    balls	
    of	
    tall	
    grass	
    hang	
    from	
    the	
    sod.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  An	
    extremely	
    jagged	
    hill	
    provides	
    cover	
    from	
    the	
    
  wind	
    that	
    whips	
    about	
    this	
    high	
    spot.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    heavily	
    reinforced	
    stone	
    door	
    protects	
    a	
    cave	
    
  of	
    dark	
    stone.	
    
  73	
    
  Four	
     switchbacks	
     zigzag	
     up	
     the	
     steep	
     hills.	
     A	
    
  large	
    cairn	
    of	
    stones	
    stands	
    at	
    each	
    turn.	
    	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     difficult	
     path	
     runs	
     up	
     the	
     rocky	
     hill	
     face.	
     Its	
    
  edges	
    crumble	
    away	
    if	
    used.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     near	
     perfect	
     rock	
     dome,	
     its	
     cracks	
     coloured	
    
  deep	
    black	
    like	
    a	
    web	
    shaped	
    scab,	
    tops	
    the	
    hill.	
    
  76	
    
  Terraced	
     hills	
     form	
     small	
     farm	
     plots.	
     The	
     plots	
    
  are	
     well	
     tended,	
     but	
     there	
     is	
     no	
     sign	
     of	
     the	
    
  farmers.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     whistling	
     sound	
     caused	
     by	
     wind	
     moving	
    
  through	
    openings	
    in	
    the	
    hillside	
    fills	
    the	
    air.	
    	
    
  78	
    
  On	
     the	
     gentle	
     slope	
     of	
     the	
     hill	
     stands	
     an	
    
  abandoned	
    mining	
    settlement.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    steep,	
    massive	
    tor	
    rises	
    from	
    a	
    hillside.	
    A	
    lone	
    
  watchtower	
    perches	
    at	
    its	
    zenith.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     side	
     path	
     runs	
     between	
     two	
     small	
     mounds	
    
  linked	
    by	
    a	
    stone	
    archway.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
     forms	
     of	
     several	
     sharp	
     outcrops	
     on	
     the	
    
  hillside	
    are	
    suggestive	
    of	
    leering	
    faces.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     wind-­‐worn	
     flat	
     rock	
     faces	
     the	
     rising	
     sun.	
     Its	
    
  mirror	
    smooth	
    surface	
    glints	
    brightly.	
    
  83	
    
  Thin,	
    foot-­‐long	
    grass	
    green	
    crystals	
    protrude	
    like	
    
  spines	
    from	
    either	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    hillside	
    path.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  The	
    tall	
    grass	
    growing	
    here	
    is	
    twisted	
    into	
    tight	
    
  spiralling	
    bundles.	
    No	
    wind	
    or	
    breeze	
    is	
    present.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    dry	
    wash	
    of	
    the	
    foothill	
    opens	
    into	
    a	
    small	
    
  basin.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  A	
    massive	
    sinkhole	
    nearly	
    engulfs	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    a	
    
  high,	
    shear	
    rocky	
    hill.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  Slabs	
     of	
     black	
     obsidian	
     coat	
     the	
     low	
     hill	
     like	
    
  armour.	
    A	
    flat	
    topped	
    archway	
    opens	
    in	
    its	
    side.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  A	
     hilly	
     region	
     of	
     sulphurous,	
     terraced	
     pools	
     of	
    
  hot	
     water	
     flank	
     the	
     trail.	
     Stinking	
     mists	
     claw	
     at	
    
  your	
    nostrils.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  At	
    the	
    back	
    of	
    a	
    grotto	
    is	
    a	
    small	
    cave	
    opening.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  Tucked	
     between	
     two	
     hills	
     boiling	
     mud	
     pits	
     roil	
    
  with	
    heat	
    and	
    noxious	
    gasses.	
    
  91	
    
  The	
     hills	
     bordering	
     the	
     forest	
     are	
     dotted	
     with	
    
  foresters’	
    huts.	
    Much	
    cut	
    lumber	
    is	
    piled	
    about.	
    
  92	
    
  Nestled	
     in	
     the	
     cracks	
     of	
     the	
     hillside	
     is	
     a	
     super	
    
  colony	
    of	
    ants.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  This	
     deep	
     shadowed	
     hillside	
     is	
     covered	
     with	
    
  slimy,	
    iridescent	
    pale	
    blue	
    mushrooms.	
    	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     path	
     winds	
     down	
     the	
     slope	
     of	
     this	
     large	
    
  sparsely	
    grass-­‐covered	
    hillside	
    like	
    an	
    undulating	
    
  serpent.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    starkly	
    bright	
    lichen-­‐covered	
    rock	
    juts	
    out	
    from	
    
  a	
     cliff.	
     Its	
     massive	
     overhang	
     could	
     shelter	
     five	
    
  humans.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    wall	
    of	
    a	
    broken	
    well	
    stands	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    
  an	
    overhanging	
    bluff.	
    
  97	
    
  Deeply	
     eroded	
     red	
     clay	
     blankets	
     this	
     section	
     of	
    
  ranging	
    hills.	
    	
    
  98	
    
  Wedged	
     between	
     the	
     rocks	
     halfway	
     up	
     the	
     hill	
    
  stands	
    a	
    stone	
    hut.	
    A	
    slow	
    pillar	
    of	
    smoke	
    rises	
    
  from	
    its	
    chimney.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  The	
     hill	
     path	
     ends	
     at	
     a	
     precipice	
     that	
     drops	
    
  hundreds	
    of	
    feet	
    to	
    the	
    foothills	
    below.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  An	
    entire	
    hill	
    face	
    is	
    carved	
    with	
    a	
    30-­‐foot	
    high	
    
  relief	
    of	
    a	
    mythical	
    beast.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  84	
    
  M O U N T A I N S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude	
    to)	
    a	
    larger	
    encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Rising	
    along	
    a	
    rock	
    tor	
    is	
    a	
    series	
    of	
    crudely	
    build	
    
  houses	
    -­‐	
    a	
    tengu	
    village!	
    
  2	
    
  A	
     black	
     kite	
     swoops	
     from	
     its	
     perch	
     and	
     lands	
    
  nearby.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  A	
     slow	
     column	
     of	
     smoke	
     rises	
     from	
     a	
     crevasse,	
    
  200	
    yards	
    away.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     bestial	
     crying	
     and	
     warbling	
     is	
    
  heard;	
    it	
    leads	
    to	
    an	
    abandoned	
    baby	
    bugbear.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  Thick	
     fog	
     rolls	
     among	
     the	
     trees	
     covering	
     the	
    
  mountainside.	
    Visibility	
    is	
    halved.	
    	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    bleeding,	
    mutilated	
    bodies	
    of	
    three	
    dwarves	
    
  are	
    found	
    just	
    off	
    the	
    mountain	
    trail.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  In	
    the	
    dead	
    of	
    night,	
    coyotes	
    howl.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    painful	
    cry	
    of	
    an	
    animal	
    breaks	
    the	
    mountain	
    
  air.	
    A	
    bear	
    is	
    caught	
    in	
    a	
    leg	
    trap.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  A	
     trail	
     of	
     scattered	
     raw	
     meat	
     leads	
     into	
     the	
    
  wooded	
    scrub	
    on	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  Trackers	
    may	
    notice	
    a	
    group	
    of	
    orcs	
    passed	
    this	
    
  way	
    within	
    the	
    hour.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  Below	
     a	
     ledge	
     on	
     a	
     jutting	
     rock	
     a	
     golden	
     eagle	
    
  feeds	
    its	
    young.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Keen	
     eyes	
     spot,	
     across	
     the	
     valley,	
     signal	
     lights	
    
  flashing.	
    	
    
  13	
    
  The	
     temperature	
     drops	
     rapidly	
     as	
     night	
     falls.	
    
  Dark	
    clouds	
    roll	
    overhead.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    tracks	
    of	
    several	
    snow	
    rabbits	
    are	
    seen	
    in	
    the	
    
  fresh	
    powder	
    just	
    above	
    the	
    tree	
    line.	
    There	
    are	
    
  intermingled	
    with	
    larger	
    feline	
    tracks.	
    	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    six	
    climbers	
    make	
    their	
    way	
    up	
    a	
    cliff	
    
  face.	
    They	
    are	
    roped	
    together	
    in	
    tandem.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  The	
     wooden	
     foot	
     bridge	
     spanning	
     the	
     gap	
     of	
     a	
    
  crevasse	
    looks	
    to	
    be	
    recently	
    demolished.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     moon	
     creates	
     a	
     “red	
     ring”	
     solar	
     eclipse	
    
  positioned	
    low	
    between	
    two	
    peaks.	
    
  18	
    
  Drag	
    marks	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    object	
    run	
    off	
    the	
    trail	
    into	
    
  a	
    crack	
    in	
    the	
    mountain	
    face	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    path.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  The	
     tracks	
     of	
     a	
     Lynx	
     mar	
     a	
     small	
     dirt	
     patch	
     of	
    
  bare	
    earth.	
    
  20	
    
  Just	
     above	
     the	
     foothills	
     of	
     the	
     mountain	
     sits	
     a	
    
  perfectly	
    good	
    wagon.	
    No	
    horse	
    and	
    no	
    signs	
    of	
    a	
    
  struggle	
    are	
    evident.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     hawk	
     circles	
     above	
     watching	
     the	
     party.	
    
  Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    blood	
    hawk.	
    
  22	
    
  Upon	
    a	
    dark	
    patch	
    of	
    granite	
    rests	
    a	
    single	
    white	
    
  scale.	
    Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identities	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    white	
    
  dragon	
    scale.	
    
  23	
    
  The	
    constant	
    “hoot”	
    of	
    an	
    owl	
    breaks	
    the	
    night’s	
    
  quiet,	
    making	
    sleep	
    a	
    thing	
    of	
    dreams.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     wagon	
     with	
     a	
     smashed	
     rear	
     end	
     has	
     crashed	
    
  into	
    a	
    large	
    fallen	
    tree.	
    
  25	
    
  Three	
     freshly	
     dug	
     graves	
     stand	
     in	
     a	
     shady	
     dell	
    
  near	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  The	
    sun	
    casts	
    shadows	
    from	
    a	
    rock	
    formation	
    in	
    
  the	
    pattern	
    of	
    a	
    gated	
    door	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
     20-­‐foot	
     cave	
     opens	
     just	
     above	
     the	
     tree	
     line.	
    
  Massive	
    bear	
    prints	
    appear	
    in	
    the	
    rocky	
    soil.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  A	
    large	
    bird	
    with	
    a	
    10-­‐foot	
    wingspan	
    glides	
    over	
    
  the	
    party	
    -­‐	
    survivalists	
    can	
    identify	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    condor.	
    	
    
  29	
    
  Above	
     a	
     rise	
     in	
     the	
     pass	
     circle	
     three	
     large	
    
  vultures.	
    	
    
  30	
    
  A	
    slight	
    trickle	
    of	
    rocks	
    rolls	
    down	
    a	
    nearby	
    cliff	
    
  face.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  Cold,	
    hard	
    rain	
    deluges	
    the	
    party	
    for	
    two	
    hours.	
    
  32	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    reach	
    a	
    high	
    ridge,	
    fog	
    gathers	
    in	
    the	
    
  valley	
    below.	
    	
    
  33	
    
  Just	
    to	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    the	
    trail	
    a	
    bear	
    trap	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    
  brush;	
    a	
    bloodied	
    bear	
    foot	
    yet	
    caught	
    within.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  The	
    gutted	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    moose	
    lie	
    strewn	
    about;	
    
  huge	
    bear	
    prints	
    are	
    evident.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    red-­‐tailed	
    fox	
    darts	
    across	
    the	
    trail	
    carrying	
    a	
    
  freshly	
    caught	
    rabbit	
    in	
    it	
    mouth.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  An	
    aurora	
    of	
    green	
    and	
    blue	
    colours	
    fills	
    the	
    sky	
    
  in	
    flashing	
    spectral	
    patterns.	
    
  37	
    
  A	
    herd	
    of	
    chinchillas	
    bathes	
    in	
    dust	
    pools	
    among	
    
  the	
    tumbled	
    rocks.	
    	
    
  38	
    
  The	
    body	
    of	
    a	
    mangled	
    orc	
    lies	
    decaying	
    between	
    
  two	
    boulders.	
    	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    lone	
    antelope	
    grazing	
    on	
    scrub	
    is	
    ambushed	
    by	
    
  a	
    mountain	
    lion.	
    
  40	
    
  Two	
     forlorn,	
     collapsed	
     canvas	
     tents	
     mark	
     the	
    
  location	
    of	
    an	
    abandoned	
    campsite.	
    	
    
  41	
    
  Down	
     the	
     mountainside	
     a	
     fast	
     running	
     stream	
    
  gurgles	
    over	
    rocks.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  Glistening	
     like	
     a	
     patch	
     of	
     ice,	
     a	
     foot-­‐long	
     scale	
    
  rests	
     on	
     the	
     ground	
     -­‐	
     esoteric	
     knowledge	
    
  identifies	
    it	
    as	
    that	
    of	
    a	
    silver	
    dragon	
    
  43	
    
  Rocks	
     slide	
     away	
     revealing	
     a	
     snake	
     with	
     red,	
    
  black,	
     yellow,	
     black	
     and	
     red	
     markings.	
     Animal	
    
  handlers	
    can	
    recognize	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    king	
    snake.	
    
  44	
    
  An	
    arrow	
    suddenly	
    imbeds	
    itself	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     chopping	
     wood	
     and	
     the	
     fall	
     of	
     a	
    
  tree	
    resounds	
    through	
    the	
    mountains.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  The	
     moon	
     begins	
     passing	
     into	
     the	
     umbra	
     as	
     a	
    
  lunar	
    eclipse	
    begins.	
    
  47	
    
  Shouts	
    for	
    help	
    ring	
    out	
    from	
    high	
    up	
    a	
    cliff	
    face.	
    	
    
  48	
    
  Atop	
     a	
     rocky	
     crag	
     a	
     large	
     nest	
     is	
     home	
     to	
     a	
    
  winged	
    creature	
    with	
    the	
    head	
    of	
    a	
    wolf	
    and	
    the	
    
  body	
    of	
    a	
    stag	
    -­‐	
    esoteric	
    knowledge	
    warns	
    of	
    the	
    
  peryton.	
    
  49	
    
  An	
     abandoned	
     canoe	
     lies	
     partially	
     covered	
     by	
    
  branches	
    near	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  50	
    
  Movement	
     through	
     the	
     brush	
     and	
     scrub	
     is	
    
  revealed	
    to	
    be	
    a	
    small	
    herd	
    of	
    mountain	
    goats.	
    	
    
  
  85	
    
  51	
    
  Faint	
    screams	
    come	
    of	
    the	
    party’s	
    ears	
    carried	
    by	
    
  the	
    wind.	
    They	
    abruptly	
    cease.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  The	
     tail	
     of	
     a	
     comet	
     flares	
     in	
     the	
     light	
     of	
     day.	
     It	
    
  smashes	
    into	
    the	
    half-­‐dome	
    mountainside.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  In	
     the	
     light	
     of	
     the	
     full	
     moon	
     the	
     landscape	
    
  becomes	
    eerily	
    bright	
    as	
    if	
    it	
    is	
    daytime.	
    	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    goose	
    falls	
    from	
    the	
    sky	
    with	
    an	
    arrow	
    piercing	
    
  its	
    neck.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  Tree	
    limbs	
    crowd	
    a	
    ledge	
    as	
    big	
    as	
    a	
    house.	
    The	
    
  nest	
     contains	
     1d6	
     large,	
     black	
     eggsthat	
     can	
     be	
    
  identified	
    as	
    belonging	
    to	
    a	
    roc.	
    
  56	
    
  The	
    bloody	
    remains	
    of	
    several	
    skinned	
    dear	
    litter	
    
  the	
    ground.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  A	
     small	
     patch	
     of	
     ice-­‐covered	
     snow	
     holds	
     the	
    
  tracks	
     of	
     a	
     large	
     creature	
     -­‐	
     mountaineers	
    
  recognize	
    them	
    as	
    yeti	
    tracks.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
    fast	
    running	
    stream	
    has	
    been	
    dammed	
    and	
    the	
    
  surrounding	
    area	
    is	
    now	
    flooded.	
    
  59	
    
  Freshly	
    cut	
    trees	
    lie	
    down	
    slope;	
    several	
    figures	
    
  stand	
    by	
    a	
    wide	
    slow	
    moving	
    river.	
    	
    
  60	
    
  The	
    limestone	
    rock	
    face	
    opens	
    into	
    a	
    crumbling	
    
  cavern.	
    Rubble	
    covers	
    the	
    ground	
    within,	
    but	
    its	
    
  recesses	
    are	
    very	
    sheltered.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
     lone	
     pine	
     tree	
     stands	
     with	
     four	
     corpses	
    
  hanging	
    in	
    nooses	
    from	
    its	
    branches.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     five-­‐foot	
     wide	
     fissure	
     in	
     the	
     rock	
     angles	
    
  downwards;	
    it	
    is	
    filled	
    with	
    cobwebs.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    herd	
    of	
    wild	
    yaks	
    graze	
    on	
    low	
    scrub	
    grass.	
    
  64	
    
  Dark	
     shapes	
     lope	
     through	
     the	
     night	
     sky.	
    
  Knowledge	
     of	
     the	
     great	
     beyond	
     identifies	
     them	
    
  as	
    a	
    pack	
    of	
    hunting	
    yeth	
    hounds.	
    
  65	
    
  Ripped	
    and	
    torn	
    cloth	
    is	
    scattered	
    around	
    a	
    small	
    
  fire	
     pit.	
     Dried	
     blood	
     splatters	
     the	
     rocks	
     nearby	
    
  and	
    leads	
    off	
    to	
    the	
    east.	
    
  66	
    
  Five	
     bear-­‐skinned,	
     cloaked	
     figures	
     huddle	
     by	
     a	
    
  campfire	
    near	
    a	
    snow	
    covered	
    rock	
    spire.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    huge	
    ibex	
    stands	
    atop	
    a	
    lone	
    boulder.	
    Massive	
    
  four-­‐foot	
    horns	
    curl	
    back	
    from	
    its	
    head.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    large	
    dead	
    tree	
    trunk	
    lies	
    across	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     donkey	
     stands	
     sullenly	
     in	
     the	
     trail.	
     Its	
     cargo	
    
  toppled	
    over;	
    there	
    is	
    no	
    sign	
    of	
    its	
    owner.	
    	
    
  70	
    
  This	
    hunter’s	
    cabin	
    is	
    built	
    into	
    the	
    rock	
    face.	
    A	
    
  single	
     door	
     in	
     its	
     front,	
     a	
     few	
     rusty	
     bear	
     traps	
    
  hang	
    to	
    one	
    side.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  Frozen	
     bodies	
     poke	
     through	
     the	
     fresh	
     snow.	
    
  They	
    are	
    completely	
    looted	
    of	
    valuables.	
    
  72	
    
  Amongst	
    the	
    pine	
    needles	
    a	
    small	
    pile	
    of	
    scat	
    is	
    
  found	
    -­‐	
    survivalists	
    know	
    it	
    to	
    be	
    puma	
    faeces.	
    
  73	
    
  With	
    a	
    roar	
    of	
    tumbling	
    rock,	
    a	
    landslide	
    engulfs	
    
  part	
    of	
    the	
    trail	
    the	
    PCs	
    have	
    just	
    used.	
    
  74	
    
  Rain	
    falls	
    in	
    torrents	
    and	
    a	
    minor	
    mudslide	
    slides	
    
  onto	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  75	
    
  The	
    stench	
    of	
    smoke	
    fills	
    the	
    mountain	
    air.	
    	
    
  76	
    
  The	
    distant	
    sound	
    of	
    slow	
    trotting	
    horses	
    comes	
    
  from	
    behind	
    the	
    party	
    on	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     gap	
     in	
     the	
     low-­‐lying	
     gloomy	
     clouds	
     suddenly	
    
  bathes	
    the	
    mountainside	
    in	
    warm	
    sunlight.	
    
  78	
    
  Bird	
    calls	
    echo	
    through	
    the	
    air	
    -­‐	
    survivalists	
    know	
    
  the	
    sound	
    to	
    be	
    unnatural.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    four-­‐foot	
    tall	
    rock	
    wall	
    has	
    been	
    recently	
    built	
    
  to	
    partially	
    block	
    the	
    mouth	
    to	
    a	
    side	
    ravine.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  The	
     thunderous	
     roar	
     of	
     a	
     huge	
     flying	
     creature	
    
  emanates	
    from	
    the	
    thick	
    cloud	
    above.	
    
  81	
    
  In	
     the	
     dry	
     heat	
     of	
     the	
     mountain’s	
     rain	
     shadow	
    
  the	
     party	
     crunch	
     across	
     a	
     carpet	
     of	
     dead	
    
  mountain	
    locusts.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  The	
    thunder	
    of	
    hooves	
    echoes	
    among	
    the	
    peaks	
    
  (a	
     stampede	
     of	
     bighorn	
     sheep	
     are	
     storming	
     in	
    
  the	
    party’s	
    direction).	
    	
    
  83	
    
  A	
    severe	
    wind	
    blows	
    up	
    suddenly	
    and	
    blasts	
    the	
    
  party.	
    
  84	
    
  Dead	
     horses,	
     partially	
     eaten,	
     are	
     dumped	
     on	
     a	
    
  rock	
     slab.	
     Local	
     folklore	
     reveals	
     cyclops	
     were	
    
  likely	
    responsible.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    baying	
    of	
    a	
    donkey	
    rolls	
    through	
    the	
    valley	
    
  from	
    up	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  Alert	
     PCs	
     spot	
     two	
     small	
     snares	
     near	
     a	
     bank	
    
  festooned	
    with	
    rabbit	
    holes.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  Streams	
    of	
    shooting	
    stars	
    fill	
    the	
    night	
    sky.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    signal	
    fire	
    pyre	
    and	
    its	
    dead	
    watchmen	
    lie	
    atop	
    
  a	
    steep	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  A	
     distant	
     horseman	
     with	
     ice-­‐crusted	
     armour	
    
  rides	
    through	
    the	
    snow.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  Plush	
     mountain	
     farms	
     checker	
     the	
     valley.	
     Lazy	
    
  smoke	
    rises	
    from	
    several	
    small	
    yurts.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  The	
     loud	
     cracking	
     of	
     rock	
     startles	
     the	
     party	
    
  awake	
    in	
    the	
    dead	
    of	
    night.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  A	
    torrent	
    of	
    sleet	
    and	
    hailstones	
    blast	
    down	
    from	
    
  the	
    sky.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  In	
     the	
     dark	
     of	
     night	
     a	
     high-­‐pitch	
     squeaking	
     fills	
    
  the	
    air.	
    Perhaps	
    a	
    bat	
    swarm?	
    
  94	
    
  A	
     partially	
     exposed	
     block	
     of	
     ice	
     holds	
     a	
     giant	
    
  figure	
    trapped	
    within.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  High	
    in	
    the	
    mountain	
    pass	
    a	
    makeshift	
    graveyard	
    
  containing	
    six	
    burial	
    graves	
    and	
    three	
    cairns.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  The	
     sound	
     of	
     barking	
     dogs	
     followed	
     by	
     shouts	
    
  comes	
    from	
    somewhere	
    ahead.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  Tiny	
     figures	
     toil	
     up	
     a	
     steep	
     slope	
     far	
     above	
     the	
    
  party.	
    
  98	
    
  Off	
     in	
     the	
     distance,	
     three	
     short	
     horn	
     blasts	
     cut	
    
  through	
    the	
    still	
    mountain	
    air.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  At	
     the	
     foot	
     of	
     a	
     tall	
     rock	
     face	
     lies	
     the	
     broken	
    
  body	
    of	
    a	
    human	
    climber.	
    The	
    rope	
    against	
    the	
    
  cliff	
    waves	
    back	
    and	
    forth.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  A	
    bushy-­‐tailed	
    tree	
    squirrel	
    raps	
    a	
    walnut	
    against	
    
  an	
    oddly	
    shaped	
    rock	
    formation.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  86	
    
  M O U N T A I N S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     mountains	
     through	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     should	
     not	
     be	
    
  devoid	
    of	
    interesting,	
    minor	
    features.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    
  such	
     features,	
     possibly	
     using	
     them	
     to	
     add	
     detail	
     to	
     a	
     party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Above	
     the	
     foothills	
     a	
     mile	
     into	
     the	
     mountain	
    
  range	
    stands	
    a	
    small	
    ruined	
    lookout	
    tower.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  Strange	
     circular	
     geometric	
     patterns	
     cover	
     the	
    
  ground	
    just	
    above	
    the	
    tree	
    line.	
    
  3	
    
  Deep	
     fissures	
     break	
     the	
     gentle	
     slope	
     of	
     the	
    
  mountain.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  Slowly	
     curving	
     under	
     a	
     massive	
     overhang	
    
  huddles	
    a	
    small	
    cliff	
    side	
    village.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    narrow	
    switchback	
    of	
    ledges	
    ascends	
    the	
    cliff	
    
  face.	
    	
    
  6	
    
  Bright	
    white	
    and	
    black	
    speckled	
    marble	
    slabs	
    are	
    
  piled	
    through	
    the	
    pass.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     small	
     lake	
     fills	
     the	
     half-­‐mile	
     wide	
     gap	
     in-­‐
  between	
    two	
    mountain.	
    
  8	
    
  Loose	
     rock	
     and	
     large	
     boulders	
     mark	
     a	
     past	
    
  avalanche.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  The	
     taste	
     of	
     limestone	
     dust	
     fills	
     the	
     air	
     of	
     a	
    
  narrow	
    mountain	
    gorge.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     crown	
     of	
     three	
     trees	
     caps	
     a	
     mountainous	
    
  ledge.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  Flanking	
    the	
    narrow	
    trail	
    into	
    the	
    valley	
    are	
    two	
    
  ten-­‐foot	
    tall	
    obelisks.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  Many	
    cracks	
    in	
    the	
    mountain’s	
    glacier	
    face	
    form	
    
  a	
    jagged	
    serac.	
    	
    
  13	
    
  Sturdily	
    built,	
    a	
    dwarven	
    bridge	
    spans	
    a	
    30-­‐foot	
    
  wide	
    chasm.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  A	
     rough	
     escarpment	
     of	
     sandstone	
     rises	
     nigh	
    
  vertical.	
    Its	
    surface	
    is	
    worn	
    rough	
    from	
    erosion.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     circle	
     of	
     petrified	
     tree	
     stumps	
     overlooks	
     the	
    
  valley	
    below.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  Rounded	
     at	
     its	
     edge,	
     the	
     lip	
     of	
     the	
     cliff	
     slopes	
    
  down	
    in	
    a	
    gentle	
    but	
    progressive	
    curve.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  The	
    entrance	
    to	
    a	
    small,	
    played	
    out	
    mine	
    pierces	
    
  a	
    cliff	
    face.	
    
  18	
    
  Situated	
    on	
    the	
    valley	
    floor	
    are	
    a	
    series	
    of	
    rock	
    
  columns;	
    large	
    boulders	
    are	
    balanced	
    atop	
    many	
    
  of	
    them.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  Like	
     an	
     ocean	
     coast,	
     the	
     tree	
     line	
     runs	
     zigzag	
    
  across	
    the	
    snow	
    cap	
    of	
    the	
    mountain.	
    
  20	
    
  The	
    valley	
    floor	
    opens	
    up	
    to	
    sparse	
    ground	
    cover.	
    
  Natural	
    fairy	
    chimneys	
    cover	
    its	
    floor.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  Upon	
     a	
     dais	
     rests	
     a	
     giant	
     stone	
     anvil	
     inscribed	
    
  with	
    weathered	
    and	
    unreadable	
    runes.	
    	
    
  22	
    
  Sheets	
    of	
    slate	
    grey	
    rock	
    lay	
    scattered	
    along	
    the	
    
  mountain	
    trail.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    ledges	
    jut	
    from	
    the	
    cliff	
    face.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  In	
     a	
     wide	
     culvert	
     off	
     the	
     trail	
     a	
     narrow	
     set	
     of	
    
  carved	
    step	
    ascends	
    the	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  25	
    
  Towering	
     fifty-­‐foot	
     high	
     a	
     bas-­‐relief	
     of	
     a	
    
  humanoid	
    is	
    carved	
    into	
    the	
    mountain	
    face.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  This	
     natural	
     wind	
     carved	
     arch	
     spans	
     fifty	
     feet	
    
  from	
    one	
    cliff	
    face	
    to	
    another.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
     15-­‐foot	
     deep	
     cave	
     opens	
     under	
     a	
     jutting	
    
  overhang.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    dangling	
    corpses	
    hang	
    from	
    the	
    brink	
    
  of	
    a	
    high	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  29	
    
  Pink	
    and	
    white	
    veins	
    of	
    marble	
    run	
    up	
    the	
    wind	
    
  worn	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  30	
    
  Tight	
     swirls	
     and	
     undulating	
     waves	
     of	
     sandstone	
    
  form	
    smooth	
    bowls	
    throughout	
    this	
    part	
    of	
    the	
    
  range.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  Rising	
     from	
     the	
     glacier	
     sheet	
     high	
     in	
     the	
    
  mountain	
    stands	
    a	
    nunatak	
    of	
    black	
    rock.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  Dropping	
     for	
     2,000	
     feet	
     a	
     series	
     of	
     waterfalls	
    
  encompasses	
    the	
    entire	
    cliff	
    face.	
    	
    
  33	
    
  A	
     single	
     shelf	
     of	
     rock	
     slopes	
     up	
     toward	
     a	
     small	
    
  hole	
    in	
    the	
    cliff.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  Towers	
     of	
     stone	
     jut	
     from	
     the	
     mountain	
     valley	
    
  floor	
    like	
    stone	
    trees.	
    	
    
  35	
    
  Sheer	
    cliff	
    walls	
    of	
    dark	
    grey	
    granite	
    hem	
    in	
    this	
    
  deep	
    gorge.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  The	
     trail	
     breaks	
     onto	
     a	
     thirty-­‐foot	
     wide	
     “rock	
    
  pulpit”	
    high	
    above	
    the	
    valley	
    floor.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  An	
     ice-­‐covered	
     shoulder	
     of	
     the	
     mountain	
    
  extends	
    toward	
    the	
    north.	
    	
    
  38	
    
  A	
     dry,	
     cold	
     and	
     desolate	
     rubble-­‐strewn	
     desert	
    
  has	
    formed	
    on	
    the	
    lee	
    side	
    of	
    this	
    high	
    mountain.	
    
  39	
    
  Rising	
    4,000	
    feet	
    high	
    is	
    a	
    giant	
    cloud-­‐shrouded	
    
  plateau.	
    	
    
  40	
    
  Dull	
     brown	
     scree	
     skirts	
     along	
     the	
     foot	
     of	
     the	
    
  mountain,	
    halving	
    all	
    movement.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
    steep	
    slopes	
    of	
    this	
    gorge	
    descend	
    into	
    the	
    
  turquoise	
    water	
    of	
    the	
    river	
    below.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  The	
     shallowness	
     of	
     the	
     col	
     between	
     two	
    
  mountains	
    gives	
    them	
    the	
    appearance	
    of	
    teeth.	
    	
    
  43	
    
  By	
    the	
    light	
    of	
    the	
    setting	
    sun	
    a	
    rock	
    formation	
    
  looks	
     to	
     be	
     that	
     of	
     a	
     troll’s	
     face;	
     thick,	
     coarse	
    
  grass	
    sprouts	
    from	
    its	
    forehead.	
    	
    
  44	
    
  Rising	
     the	
     highest	
     of	
     all	
     the	
     peaks	
     this	
     summit	
    
  reaches	
    26,414	
    feet	
    into	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  45	
    
  Banded	
     strips	
     of	
     red	
     sandstone	
     curve	
     smoothly	
    
  in	
    slow	
    arcs	
    in	
    this	
    range.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  Folding	
    backward	
    toward	
    the	
    east,	
    this	
    mountain	
    
  creates	
    towering	
    roof-­‐like	
    overhangs.	
    	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    tall,	
    carved	
    wooden	
    totem	
    poles	
    flank	
    
  the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  48	
    
  The	
    snow-­‐line	
    dips	
    low	
    into	
    the	
    bordering	
    trees.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  This	
    sunlit	
    mountain	
    valley	
    floor	
    is	
    covered	
    with	
    
  the	
    tall	
    overgrowth	
    of	
    wildflowers.	
    	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     crown	
     of	
     darkly	
     coloured	
     transparent	
     blue	
    
  tinted	
    ice	
    rest	
    atop	
    this	
    mountain’s	
    summit.	
    	
    
  51	
    
  Towering	
     walls	
     of	
     ice	
     coat	
     the	
     rock	
     wall	
     just	
    
  before	
    the	
    summit.	
    	
    
  
  87	
    
  52	
    
  An	
     expansive	
     moraine	
     sits	
     just	
     below	
     the	
    
  mountain’s	
    glacier.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  This	
     culvert	
     in	
     the	
     rock	
     is	
     made	
     distinct	
     by	
     its	
    
  coating	
     of	
     one	
     inch	
     crystals	
     protruding	
     from	
     its	
    
  walls.	
    	
    
  54	
    
  At	
    the	
    foot	
    of	
    a	
    glacier	
    the	
    opening	
    of	
    a	
    deep	
    ice	
    
  cave	
    can	
    easily	
    be	
    seen.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     shallow	
     bowls	
     cover	
     the	
     plateau’s	
    
  top.	
    Each	
    holds	
    a	
    few	
    mouthfuls	
    of	
    water.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  The	
    ruins	
    of	
    a	
    high	
    altitude	
    citadel	
    loom	
    over	
    the	
    
  trail.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  Dusty	
     brown	
     and	
     red	
     sandstone	
     mountains	
    
  stretch	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    long	
    valley	
    	
    
  58	
    
  A	
     partially	
     buried	
     watchtower	
     is	
     smothered	
    
  under	
    a	
    long	
    past	
    landslide.	
    	
    
  59	
    
  Deep	
    
  amphitheatres	
    
  of	
    
  brightly	
    
  coloured	
    
  limestone	
    create	
    a	
    giant	
    maze	
    in	
    this	
    range.	
    	
    
  60	
    
  Only	
     as	
     wide	
     as	
     a	
     halfling,	
     this	
     chimney	
     crack	
    
  rises	
    some	
    2,500	
    feet	
    up	
    the	
    cliff	
    face.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    narrow	
    eight-­‐foot	
    long	
    rock	
    needle	
    protrudes	
    
  from	
    the	
    cliff	
    face	
    above	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  62	
    
  Placed	
     in	
     erratic	
     spots	
     about	
     the	
     valley	
     huge	
    
  boulders	
    are	
    spaced	
    widely	
    apart.	
    	
    
  63	
    
  Standing	
     alone	
     a	
     narrow	
     plateau	
     is	
     pierced	
    
  through	
    its	
    centre	
    by	
    a	
    20-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    hole.	
    	
    
  64	
    
  The	
    jagged	
    ridge	
    line	
    of	
    the	
    mountain	
    drops	
    to	
    a	
    
  cliff.	
    At	
    the	
    edge,	
    stands	
    a	
    small	
    keep.	
    	
    
  65	
    
  Wide	
    like	
    a	
    giant	
    amphitheatre,	
    many	
    small	
    lakes	
    
  fill	
    this	
    mountainous	
    valley.	
    
  66	
    
  Positioned	
    on	
    the	
    mountainside	
    near	
    its	
    summit,	
    
  a	
    wide	
    brow	
    of	
    rock	
    overhangs	
    a	
    cliff	
    top	
    village.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  The	
     view	
     from	
     the	
     summit	
     looks	
     down	
     on	
     the	
    
  tops	
    of	
    thick	
    clouds	
    
  68	
    
  The	
     trail	
     leads	
     down	
     a	
     steep	
     slope	
     of	
     scree.	
    
  Travellers	
    must	
    move	
    cautiously	
    or	
    fall.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    terraced	
    gardens	
    rise	
    towards	
    an	
    old	
    
  tottering	
    keep.	
    
  70	
    
  Rising	
    60	
    feet	
    up	
    the	
    cliff	
    is	
    a	
    crack	
    with	
    a	
    4-­‐foot	
    
  square	
     hole	
     near	
     its	
     centre.	
     On	
     misty	
     days	
     a	
    
  rainbow	
    emerges	
    from	
    the	
    hole.	
    	
    
  71	
    
  Even	
     though	
     it	
     is	
     shorter	
     than	
     the	
     rest,	
     a	
    
  constant	
    cap	
    of	
    snow	
    and	
    ice	
    top	
    this	
    mountain.	
    	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    precarious	
    pile	
    of	
    rocks	
    overlooks	
    the	
    trail.	
    Set	
    
  high	
     on	
     a	
     ledge	
     they	
     could	
     easily	
     be	
     pushed	
    
  down	
    onto	
    those	
    below.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
    ramshackle	
    shack	
    with	
    scattered	
    gold	
    panning	
    
  equipment	
    sits	
    near	
    a	
    swiftly	
    flowing	
    river	
    
  74	
    
  Dramatically	
    hanging	
    near	
    the	
    summit	
    a	
    horn	
    of	
    
  rock	
    protrudes	
    from	
    the	
    mountain	
    face.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
     huge	
     scorched	
     rock	
     lies	
     near	
     the	
     trail.	
     It	
     has	
    
  been	
    split	
    in	
    half	
    by	
    some	
    tremendous	
    force.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     mountainside	
     rises	
     like	
     a	
     curtain	
     wall	
     in	
     a	
    
  near	
    vertical	
    face.	
    	
    
  77	
    
  Pinned	
     into	
     a	
     deep	
     dead	
     end	
     valley	
     rots	
     a	
    
  festering	
    mountain	
    bog.	
    	
    
  78	
    
  Scattered	
    
  here	
    
  and	
    
  there,	
    
  flat-­‐topped	
    
  outcroppings	
    give	
    wide	
    views	
    of	
    the	
    surrounds.	
    	
    
  79	
    
  Savage	
    wind	
    whistles	
    down	
    over	
    the	
    mountains	
    
  extinguishing	
    
  exposed	
    
  flames	
    
  and	
    
  taking	
    
  travellers’	
    breath	
    away.	
    
  80	
    
  Rising	
    high	
    above	
    the	
    clouds	
    a	
    bare	
    mountaintop	
    
  looms	
    like	
    a	
    balding	
    head.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     twenty-­‐foot	
     deep	
     overhang	
     of	
     rock	
     hangs	
    
  above	
     a	
     narrow	
     ledge.	
     A	
     small	
     cave	
     opening	
    
  hides	
    deep	
    within.	
    
  82	
    
  This	
     mountain	
     side	
     is	
     bare;	
     there	
     are	
     no	
    
  outcroppings	
     to	
     provide	
     cover	
     and	
     only	
     sparse	
    
  grass	
    grows	
    here.	
    	
    
  83	
    
  This	
     peak	
     is	
     only	
     accessible	
     during	
     the	
     early	
    
  spring	
    months.	
    Otherwise	
    it	
    is	
    covered	
    in	
    deep,	
    
  light	
    powdery	
    snow.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    burial	
    cairn	
    set	
    on	
    an	
    exposed	
    sliver	
    
  of	
    rock	
    overlooks	
    the	
    valley	
    below.	
    
  85	
    
  Deep	
     grooves	
     in	
     the	
     rock	
     are	
     filled	
     with	
     fresh	
    
  rainwater.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
     bare	
     slopes	
     of	
     a	
     mountain	
     descend	
     to	
     a	
    
  placid,	
    sheltered	
    lake.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  Wind	
     blowing	
     from	
     a	
     deep,	
     gaping	
     cave	
     mouth	
    
  creates	
    a	
    load	
    moaning	
    sound.	
    
  88	
    
  Small	
    stacks	
    of	
    cairn	
    stones	
    mark	
    the	
    footpath	
    up	
    
  the	
    mountain	
    trade	
    route.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  Perched	
    high	
    above	
    on	
    a	
    small	
    plateau	
    is	
    a	
    lone	
    
  two-­‐storey	
    building.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  Thick,	
    dark	
    loamy	
    soil	
    covers	
    the	
    ground.	
    Patches	
    
  of	
    weeds	
    sprout	
    from	
    this	
    past	
    mudslide.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  The	
     dazzling	
     sparkle	
     of	
     the	
     white	
     and	
     orange	
    
  quartzite	
    makes	
    the	
    rock	
    face	
    nearly	
    blinding.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  The	
     ruins	
     of	
     a	
     mountain	
     watchtower	
     protrude	
    
  from	
    a	
    narrow	
    ridge.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  An	
     everpresent	
     icefall	
     plugs	
     the	
     shoulder	
    
  between	
    two	
    mountain	
    peaks.	
    	
    
  94	
    
  Five	
    miles	
    from	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    range	
    towers	
    a	
    
  lone	
    butte	
    200	
    feet	
    tall.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  Partially	
     buried	
     all	
     around	
     the	
     slope	
     of	
     the	
    
  mountain	
    are	
    nearly	
    perfect	
    spheres	
    of	
    granite.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  Five	
    animal	
    skulls	
    have	
    been	
    set	
    in	
    a	
    line	
    upon	
    a	
    
  flat	
    rock.	
    They	
    are	
    weathered	
    and	
    old.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    trail	
    gives	
    way	
    to	
    a	
    gap	
    created	
    by	
    a	
    previous	
    
  avalanche.	
    	
    
  98	
    
  Green	
     and	
     grey	
     swirled	
     marble	
     forms	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  cliff	
    face.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  This	
    mountain	
    sprouts	
    a	
    broken	
    crag	
    of	
    rock,	
    at	
    
  the	
    foot	
    of	
    which	
    opens	
    a	
    100-­‐foot	
    wide	
    cave.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  Fast	
     running	
     rapids	
     have	
     cut	
     a	
     deep	
     channel	
    
  fifteen-­‐foot	
    wide	
    in	
    the	
    valley	
    floor.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  88	
    
  P L A I N S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    for	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude	
    to)	
    larger	
    encounters.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    murder	
    of	
    crows	
    flock	
    over	
    the	
    cleanly	
    picked	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    animal.	
    
  2	
    
  Vultures	
     circle	
     a	
     stretch	
     of	
     field,	
     though	
     no	
    
  carrion	
    seems	
    present.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    random	
    PC	
    steps	
    in	
    the	
    entrance	
    of	
    a	
    rabbit`s	
    
  burrow	
     -­‐	
     unless	
     the	
     PC	
     is	
     agile,	
     he	
     sprains	
     his	
    
  ankle.	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    herd	
    of	
    loping	
    deer	
    crosses	
    the	
    path.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    solitary	
    wolf	
    stands	
    over	
    the	
    prone	
    form	
    of	
    a	
    
  deer,	
    growling	
    in	
    defence	
    of	
    its	
    kill.	
    
  6	
    
  An	
     ominous	
     scarecrow	
     sways	
     in	
     the	
     wind	
     as	
     it	
    
  stands	
    vigil	
    over	
    a	
    barren	
    field.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
     dappled	
     stallion	
     parallels	
     the	
     PCs	
     progress	
    
  along	
    the	
    horizon.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    herd	
    of	
    grazing	
    cows	
    occupies	
    a	
    nearby	
    field.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    droppings	
    of	
    some	
    enormous	
    animal	
    in	
    the	
    
  road	
     ahead	
     contain	
     the	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     partially	
    
  digested	
    sheep.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
     random	
     PC	
     trips	
     into	
     a	
     shallow	
     hole,	
    
  reminiscent	
     of	
     a	
     half-­‐dug	
     grave;	
     a	
     shovel	
     is	
    
  planted	
    at	
    its	
    head.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     black	
     raven	
     follows	
     the	
     party,	
    
  intently	
    eyeing	
    any	
    familiars.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    curious	
    magpie	
    swoops	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    sky,	
    trying	
    to	
    
  steal	
    a	
    loosely	
    attended	
    shiny	
    object.	
    	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     pack	
     of	
     wild	
     dogs	
     trails	
     the	
     party	
     for	
     a	
     brief	
    
  span,	
    before	
    moving	
    onto	
    a	
    softer	
    target.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
    fresh	
    tracks	
    of	
    centaurs	
    have	
    churned	
    up	
    the	
    
  earth	
    at	
    irregular	
    intervals	
    for	
    nearly	
    a	
    mile.	
    
  15	
    
  Tall	
    grass	
    conceals	
    a	
    broken	
    hunter’s	
    trap.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  The	
     night	
     sky	
     is	
     painted	
     with	
     bright	
     colours,	
    
  forming	
    a	
    surreal	
    tapestry.	
    
  17	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    makes	
    camp,	
    a	
    shooting	
    star	
    blazes	
    
  across	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    thirteen-­‐point	
    bull	
    elk	
    crosses	
    the	
    party’s	
    path	
    
  and	
    lowers	
    its	
    antlers	
    before	
    dashing	
    away.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
     pure	
     white	
     eagle	
     lands	
     nearby,	
     dropping	
    
  something	
    golden	
    before	
    taking	
    off.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     discarded	
     backpack	
     containing	
     a	
     collection	
     of	
    
  books	
    of	
    children’s	
    stories	
    lies	
    near	
    a	
    tree.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    human	
    skull	
    oddly	
    tops	
    the	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    of	
    
  a	
    dog.	
    
  22	
    
  The	
    mangled	
    body	
    of	
    an	
    owlbear	
    blocks	
    the	
    way	
    
  –	
    both	
    its	
    eyes	
    and	
    tongue	
    are	
    missing.	
    
  23	
    
  Distant	
    figures	
    (a	
    band	
    of	
    hunters	
    trying	
    to	
    catch	
    
  a	
    marauding	
    wolf)	
    trudge	
    across	
    a	
    distant	
    hill.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  At	
    midnight,	
    the	
    pitch	
    darkness	
    is	
    shattered	
    by	
    a	
    
  dense	
    swarm	
    of	
    radiant	
    fireflies.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    newly	
    birthed	
    calf	
    mewls	
    near	
    the	
    corpse	
    of	
    its	
    
  mother.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    lamb	
    wanders	
    the	
    plains,	
    a	
    collar	
    proclaiming	
    
  its	
    name	
    to	
    be	
    “Slaughter.”	
    
  27	
    
  Black	
    clouds	
    swirl	
    overhead,	
    deluge	
    the	
    party	
    in	
    
  rain	
     for	
     a	
     few	
     minutes	
     and	
     then	
     abruptly	
    
  dissipate,	
    leaving	
    the	
    party	
    thoroughly	
    soaked.	
    
  28	
    
  An	
    enormous	
    reptilian	
    footprint	
    serves	
    as	
    a	
    pool	
    
  from	
    which	
    several	
    deer	
    drink.	
    
  29	
    
  An	
     ornate	
     dining	
     room	
     table	
     and	
     chairs	
     sits	
    
  immaculately	
    arranged	
    just	
    off	
    the	
    beaten	
    path.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     shining,	
     gold-­‐hilted	
     masterwork	
     longsword	
    
  (worth	
     400	
     gp)	
     has	
     been	
     planted	
     point	
     first	
     at	
    
  the	
    centre	
    of	
    a	
    crossroad.	
    
  31	
    
  Carrion	
     birds	
     pick	
     at	
     the	
     body	
     of	
     a	
     bandit	
     that	
    
  has	
    been	
    staked	
    out	
    near	
    the	
    path.	
    
  32	
    
  As	
     the	
     party	
     breaks	
     camp,	
     one	
     of	
     them	
     finds	
     a	
    
  small	
    (non	
    venomous)	
    snake	
    in	
    his	
    boot.	
    
  33	
    
  Crude,	
     pumpkin-­‐headed	
     effigies	
     reminiscent	
     of	
    
  goblins	
    leer	
    at	
    travellers	
    for	
    the	
    next	
    3	
    miles.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  A	
     dimly	
     glowing	
     lantern	
     draws	
     the	
     eye	
     to	
     the	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    ruined	
    tower.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    random	
    PC	
    steps	
    on	
    an	
    anthill,	
    and	
    is	
    quickly	
    
  covered	
    with	
    angry	
    red	
    ants,	
    potentially	
    suffering	
    
  from	
    the	
    allergic	
    reactions	
    induced	
    by	
    the	
    bites.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     toppled	
     bees’	
     nest	
     lies	
     nearby,	
     its	
     occupants	
    
  chasing	
    off	
    a	
    black	
    bear.	
    
  37	
    
  A	
    rabbit	
    foraging	
    beside	
    the	
    trail	
    flees	
    when	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    approach.	
    	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    woman’s	
    boot	
    stands	
    discarded	
    in	
    the	
    remains	
    
  of	
    a	
    hastily	
    scattered	
    campfire.	
    
  39	
    
  Faint	
    lights,	
    as	
    those	
    of	
    a	
    distant	
    mob	
    of	
    torches,	
    
  are	
    visible	
    on	
    the	
    horizon	
    as	
    the	
    PCs	
    make	
    camp.	
    
  40	
    
  Faintly	
     visible	
     humanoid	
     figures	
     shadow	
     the	
    
  party.	
    Their	
    distance	
    is	
    difficult	
    to	
    judge,	
    seeming	
    
  at	
     times	
     to	
     be	
     miles,	
     and	
     at	
     other	
     times	
     to	
     be	
    
  only	
    a	
    few	
    hundred	
    feet.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    large	
    bird	
    is	
    caught	
    in	
    the	
    jaws	
    of	
    an	
    oversized	
    
  carnivorous	
    plant.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     flock	
     of	
     birds	
     flies	
     overhead,	
     their	
     pattern	
    
  seemingly	
    forming	
    an	
    arrow.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
     white	
     deer	
     races	
     across	
     the	
     PCs’	
     trail,	
     and	
    
  quickly	
    darts	
    away.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    monuments	
    of	
    a	
    roadside	
    graveyard	
    seem	
    to	
    
  move	
    in	
    the	
    fading	
    light	
    of	
    dusk.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     ropes	
     have	
     been	
     staked	
     out	
     in	
     this	
    
  field,	
    their	
    pattern	
    reminiscent	
    of	
    cobwebs.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
     small	
     fire	
     is	
     slowly	
     eating	
     away	
     at	
     a	
     field	
     of	
    
  strange	
    plants,	
    filling	
    the	
    air	
    with	
    a	
    bizarre,	
    acrid	
    
  stench.	
    
  47	
    
  Rapidly	
    moving	
    clouds	
    seem	
    to	
    be	
    pulled	
    into	
    a	
    
  far	
    distant	
    canyon.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
     wild	
     dog	
     drags	
     a	
     set	
     of	
     manacles,	
     a	
     severed	
    
  hand	
    still	
    occupying	
    one	
    side.	
    The	
    hand	
    looks	
    to	
    
  be	
    freshly	
    severed.	
    
  
  89	
    
  49	
    
  For	
     a	
     brief	
     moment,	
     near	
     midnight,	
     clouds	
    
  scudding	
    across	
    the	
    moon	
    give	
    it	
    the	
    appearance	
    
  of	
    a	
    scowling	
    face.	
    
  50	
    
  One	
    PC	
    is	
    grabbed	
    at	
    the	
    ankle	
    by	
    what	
    seems	
    to	
    
  be	
    a	
    skeletal	
    hand,	
    but	
    which	
    turns	
    out	
    to	
    be	
    an	
    
  ancient	
    withered	
    root.	
    
  51	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    ferocious	
    barking	
    –	
    carried	
    on	
    the	
    
  wind	
    –	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  52	
    
  The	
    wind	
    whips	
    dandelion	
    seeds	
    into	
    the	
    face	
    of	
    
  a	
    random	
    PC,	
    who	
    must	
    be	
    agile	
    or	
    blinded	
    for	
    a	
    
  few	
    seconds.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    vulture	
    picks	
    at	
    the	
    corpse	
    of	
    a	
    well-­‐armoured	
    
  dwarf,	
    his	
    chainmail	
    is	
    still	
    in	
    good	
    condition.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
     horse-­‐drawn	
     cart	
     races	
     across	
     the	
     plains,	
     a	
    
  swirling	
    trail	
    of	
    spices	
    cascading	
    off	
    the	
    back.	
    
  55	
    
  Fruit	
     falling	
     from	
     a	
     nearby	
     tree	
     splatters	
    
  unerringly	
    in	
    the	
    midst	
    of	
    the	
    party.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
    small	
    wild	
    pony	
    crops	
    at	
    the	
    grass	
    nearby.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  An	
     escaped	
     sheep	
     –	
     and	
     bearing	
     its	
     owner’s	
    
  brand	
    –	
    crops	
    the	
    grass	
    nearby.	
    
  58	
    
  Pelting	
     hail	
     assails	
     the	
     party;	
     one	
     random	
     PC	
    
  must	
    make	
    be	
    agile	
    or	
    have	
    a	
    potion	
    shattered	
    
  by	
    the	
    hail.	
    
  59	
    
  One	
     PC	
     steps	
     in	
     a	
     bear	
     trap,	
     but	
     disuse	
     has	
    
  rusted	
    it	
    nearly	
    solid	
    –	
    its	
    jaws	
    close	
    mere	
    inches.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
    small	
    dog	
    follows	
    the	
    party,	
    begging	
    for	
    scraps.	
    
  61	
    
  What	
     seemed	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     stone	
     reveals	
     itself	
     as	
     a	
    
  lizard	
    as	
    it	
    opens	
    one	
    inhuman	
    eye.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     small	
     stream	
     is	
     home	
     to	
     a	
     school	
     of	
    
  luminescent	
    fish.	
    
  63	
    
  Two	
     male	
     sheep	
     butt	
     horns	
     attempting	
     to	
     win	
    
  the	
    attention	
    of	
    several	
    nearby	
    females.	
    
  64	
    
  Tumbleweed	
    crosses	
    the	
    PCs’	
    path,	
    leaving	
    a	
    trail	
    
  of	
    fresh	
    blood.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    screeching	
    sound	
    pierces	
    the	
    air;	
    of	
    the	
    source	
    
  there	
    is	
    no	
    sign	
    
  66	
    
  A	
     flying	
     predator	
     distantly	
     trails	
     the	
     party	
     for	
     a	
    
  few	
    minutes	
    before	
    seeking	
    easier	
    prey.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    wounded	
    bear	
    growls	
    as	
    the	
    party	
    approaches.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    baby	
    griffon	
    tears	
    flesh	
    from	
    a	
    fallen	
    animal	
    it	
    
  has	
    slain.	
    It	
    flees,	
    if	
    approached.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    nest	
    of	
    snakes	
    swarm	
    over	
    a	
    set	
    of	
    burnished	
    
  brass	
    keys.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
     herd	
     of	
     grazing	
     bison	
     trample	
     carelessly	
     over	
    
  the	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    of	
    dozens	
    of	
    humanoids.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     single	
     bolt	
     of	
     lightning	
     drops	
     from	
     the	
    
  blackened	
    sky	
    a	
    dozen	
    feet	
    from	
    the	
    party.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
     blue	
     silk	
     scarf	
     tumbles	
     on	
     the	
     wind	
     before	
    
  wrapping	
    itself	
    around	
    a	
    random	
    PC.	
    
  73	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     tiny	
     lizards	
     sit	
     in	
     a	
     nearby	
     tree,	
    
  staring	
    as	
    the	
    party	
    passes.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    starlings	
    in	
    full	
    song	
    hurtle	
    across	
    the	
    
  sky	
    above	
    the	
    PCs’	
    heads.	
    
  75	
    
  Swirling	
     leaves	
     seem	
     almost	
     to	
     form	
     words	
     as	
    
  they	
    blow	
    past	
    the	
    party.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    wagon	
    wheel	
    rolls	
    past	
    at	
    an	
    alarming	
    speed,	
    
  its	
    source	
    and	
    destination	
    unknown.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    black	
    squirrel	
    shadows	
    the	
    party,	
    occasionally	
    
  hurling	
    nutshells	
    when	
    they	
    get	
    too	
    close.	
    
  78	
    
  One	
     of	
     the	
     party’s	
     animal	
     companions	
     or	
    
  familiars	
    dashes	
    into	
    nearby	
    brush,	
    finding	
    a	
    half-­‐
  concealed	
     corpse	
     with	
     4	
     gp	
     stuffed	
     into	
     its	
    
  mouth.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     distant	
     band	
     of	
     hill	
     giants	
     turn	
     out	
     to	
     be	
    
  detailed	
    
  statues	
    
  upon	
    
  closer	
    
  inspection.	
    
  Disturbingly,	
    they	
    surround	
    a	
    freshly	
    killed	
    deer.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
    fox	
    slinks	
    through	
    the	
    undergrowth,	
    a	
    rabbit	
    in	
    
  its	
    jaws.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
     party	
     passes	
     through	
     a	
     patch	
     of	
     clawing	
    
  brambles.	
    Several	
    of	
    the	
    PCs’	
    cloaks	
    are	
    snagged	
    
  and	
    ripped	
    on	
    the	
    thorns.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     swirling	
     dust	
     devil	
     ravages	
     the	
     landscape,	
    
  throwing	
    earth	
    at	
    a	
    herd	
    of	
    cows.	
    
  83	
    
  Swarming	
     red	
     ants	
     carry	
     the	
     complete	
     remains	
    
  of	
    a	
    skeletal	
    human	
    hand.	
    
  84	
    
  A	
     travelling	
     pedlar	
     wanders	
     toward	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  whistling	
    a	
    happy	
    tune.	
    
  85	
    
  A	
    charnel	
    pit	
    emits	
    such	
    a	
    stench	
    that	
    every	
    PC	
    
  runs	
    the	
    risk	
    of	
    retching.	
    
  86	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    (harmless)	
    beetles	
    scuttle	
    over	
    a	
    fallen	
    
  tree.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    lightning	
    bolt	
    descends	
    from	
    a	
    clear	
    blue	
    sky	
    to	
    
  shatter	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
     swarm	
     of	
     multihued	
     butterflies	
     swirls	
     around	
    
  the	
    party	
    before	
    flying	
    away.	
    	
    
  89	
    
  As	
    the	
    party	
    passes	
    under	
    a	
    low-­‐hanging	
    branch,	
    
  an	
     enormous	
     and	
     hairy,	
     but	
     harmless,	
     spider	
    
  drops	
    on	
    one	
    PC’s	
    shoulder.	
    
  90	
    
  At	
     night,	
     something	
     enormous	
     flies	
     overhead,	
    
  blotting	
    out	
    stars	
    a	
    handful	
    at	
    a	
    time.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     distant	
     howling	
     wolf	
     is	
     answered	
     from	
    
  seemingly	
    every	
    direction.	
    
  92	
    
  Glowing	
    red	
    eyes	
    haunt	
    the	
    area	
    surrounding	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    camp,	
    though	
    no	
    creatures	
    can	
    be	
    found.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     fallen	
     building	
     choke	
     a	
     small	
    
  gulley.	
    An	
    old	
    man	
    lurks	
    within	
    and	
    offers	
    to	
    read	
    
  the	
    future	
    for	
    a	
    small	
    price.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    passing	
    traveller	
    offers	
    to	
    sell	
    salted	
    meat.	
    
  95	
    
  Two	
    hunting	
    dogs	
    hurtle	
    across	
    the	
    plain	
    chasing	
    
  some	
    unseen	
    animal.	
    
  96	
    
  One	
     PC’s	
     mount	
     dashes	
     off,	
     only	
     to	
     be	
     found	
    
  moments	
    later	
    eating	
    at	
    a	
    field	
    of	
    carrots.	
    
  97	
    
  An	
    overpowering	
    smell	
    of	
    fresh	
    bread	
    permeates	
    
  the	
    air	
    for	
    the	
    next	
    mile.	
    
  98	
    
  A	
     howling	
     wind	
     sounds	
     almost	
     like	
     painful	
    
  screams.	
    
  99	
    
  Several	
    birds	
    peck	
    among	
    the	
    crops	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  field.	
     A	
     farm	
     boys	
     is	
     running	
     toward	
     them	
    
  shouting	
    and	
    waving	
    this	
    hands.	
    	
    
  100	
    
  Shouts	
     and	
     peals	
     of	
     laughter	
     emanate	
     from	
     a	
    
  sunken	
    pool;	
    within	
    several	
    children	
    play.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  90	
    
  P L A I N S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    plains	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    of	
    
  interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    tumbled	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    stone	
    wall	
    denote	
    the	
    
  boundaries	
    of	
    a	
    long	
    abandoned	
    farm.	
    
  2	
    
  Many	
     rabbit	
     burrows	
     pierce	
     a	
     bare	
     mud	
     bank.	
    
  Tracks	
    are	
    abundant	
    in	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    burnt	
    out	
    frame	
    of	
    a	
    barn	
    stands	
    testament	
    
  to	
    a	
    forgotten	
    tragedy.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     entrance	
     to	
     a	
     pit	
     mine	
     has	
     been	
     boarded	
    
  over.	
    A	
    sign	
    warns	
    of	
    the	
    dangers	
    of	
    collapse.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     lonely	
     massive	
     oak	
     stands	
     at	
     the	
     heart	
     of	
     a	
    
  stretch	
    of	
    grassland.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     low	
     area	
     of	
     scrub	
     conceals	
     the	
     half-­‐eaten	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    traveller.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    loose	
    sign	
    spins	
    on	
    its	
    post,	
    ironically	
    trying	
    to	
    
  point	
    to	
    a	
    “the	
    city.”	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    gate	
    stands	
    at	
    the	
    edge	
    of	
    a	
    field,	
    but	
    has	
    no	
    
  fence	
    to	
    support	
    it.	
    A	
    sign	
    proclaims:	
    “Tawcket’s	
    
  Place.”	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    squared	
    stones	
    have	
    been	
    stacked	
    in	
    
  the	
    crude	
    imitation	
    of	
    a	
    man.	
    
  10	
    
  An	
    ancient	
    statue	
    stands	
    at	
    a	
    crossroad,	
    pointing	
    
  to	
     the	
     eastern	
     fork.	
     An	
     inscription	
     is	
     barely	
    
  visible	
    at	
    its	
    base,	
    the	
    words	
    lost	
    to	
    time.	
    
  11	
    
  The	
     burnt-­‐out	
     remnants	
     of	
     a	
     wheeled	
     canvas	
    
  wagon	
    lie	
    just	
    off	
    of	
    the	
    path.	
    
  12	
    
  Sitting	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    stump	
    is	
    a	
    spent	
    oil	
    lamp;	
    its	
    
  brass	
    tarnished	
    nearly	
    solid	
    green.	
    
  13	
    
  Wild	
     roses	
     have	
     overrun	
     the	
     area	
     as	
     far	
     as	
     the	
    
  eye	
    can	
    see.	
    
  14	
    
  A	
    cornfield	
    has	
    been	
    shaped	
    into	
    a	
    crude	
    maze,	
    
  but	
    much	
    of	
    the	
    field	
    has	
    now	
    been	
    harvested.	
    
  15	
    
  Much	
     of	
     this	
     grain	
     field	
     has	
     been	
     flattened,	
    
  forming	
    eldritch	
    patterns.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    circle	
    of	
    stones	
    sits	
    around	
    a	
    well-­‐used	
    fire	
    pit.	
    
  An	
     assortment	
     of	
     candles	
     and	
     other	
     arcane	
    
  paraphernalia	
    are	
    concealed	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    hollow.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
    thick,	
    tangled	
    growth	
    of	
    brambles	
    fills	
    a	
    natural	
    
  hollow	
     near	
     the	
     path.	
     Wild	
     blackberries	
     and	
    
  other	
    fruits	
    grow	
    among	
    the	
    tangle.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
     large	
     crater	
     stands	
     as	
     a	
     blemish	
     in	
     an	
    
  otherwise	
    empty	
    field.	
    
  19	
    
  The	
     shattered	
     remnants	
     of	
     a	
     porcelain	
     tea	
     set	
    
  frame	
    a	
    wagon	
    rut.	
    
  20	
    
  An	
    empty	
    noose	
    swings	
    from	
    the	
    branches	
    of	
    a	
    
  stout	
    tree.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     farmhouse	
     nearby	
     looks	
     like	
     it	
     has	
     been	
    
  abandoned	
    for	
    at	
    least	
    a	
    decade.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    pool	
    of	
    stagnant	
    water	
    stands	
    discordant	
    in	
    a	
    
  field	
    of	
    orchids.	
    
  23	
    
  The	
    only	
    proof	
    that	
    a	
    building	
    once	
    stood	
    here	
    is	
    
  a	
    lonely	
    doorway	
    to	
    an	
    empty	
    field.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     nearby	
     pond	
     is	
     frozen	
     solid,	
     no	
     matter	
     the	
    
  ambient	
    temperature.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    roadside	
    cart	
    proclaims	
    “fresh	
    fruit	
    for	
    sale:	
    1	
    
  copper,”	
    but	
    it	
    seems	
    to	
    be	
    abandoned.	
    The	
    fruit	
    
  looks	
    fresh.	
    
  26	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    tree	
    is	
    laden	
    with	
    overlarge	
    golden	
    fruit	
    
  ready	
    to	
    eat.	
    
  27	
    
  The	
     half-­‐concealed	
     skeleton	
     of	
     an	
     enormous	
    
  beast	
    dominates	
    an	
    otherwise	
    barren	
    field.	
    
  28	
    
  The	
    stones	
    that	
    once	
    made	
    up	
    a	
    section	
    of	
    stone	
    
  wall	
     are	
     scattered	
     throughout	
     this	
     field,	
     as	
     if	
    
  casually	
    thrown.	
    
  29	
    
  The	
     muddy	
     road	
     here	
     is	
     criss-­‐crossed	
     with	
    
  dozens	
    of	
    animal	
    tracks.	
    
  30	
    
  Wind-­‐swept	
    leaves	
    are	
    piled	
    at	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    a	
    
  small	
    canyon.	
    
  31	
    
  Arcane	
    sigils	
    cover	
    a	
    stone	
    that	
    sits	
    just	
    off	
    the	
    
  beaten	
    path;	
    at	
    night	
    they	
    glow	
    faintly.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     single	
     shattered	
     wagon	
     wheel,	
     heavy	
     with	
    
  moss,	
    lies	
    half-­‐buried	
    nearby.	
    
  33	
    
  Rows	
     of	
     wild	
     strawberries	
     grow	
     haphazardly	
    
  throughout	
    a	
    nearby	
    field.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
     handful	
     of	
     toppled	
     columns	
     are	
     all	
     that	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    temple	
    that	
    once	
    stood	
    here.	
    
  35	
    
  Half-­‐buried	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    paint	
    a	
    picture	
    of	
    a	
    
  conflict	
    fought	
    here	
    long	
    ago.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     toppled	
     tree	
     stands	
     as	
     an	
     improvised	
     bridge	
    
  across	
    a	
    shallow,	
    dried	
    stream.	
    
  37	
    
  This	
     field	
     may	
     once	
     have	
     held	
     bountiful	
     crops,	
    
  but	
    it	
    is	
    now	
    burnt	
    stubble.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    skeletal	
    arm	
    thrusts	
    from	
    the	
    ground	
    clutching	
    
  a	
    shimmering	
    blue	
    silken	
    scarf.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
     small	
     pool	
     throws	
     twisted	
     reflections	
     back	
     at	
    
  the	
     party,	
     showing	
     subtle	
     changes	
     such	
     as	
    
  different	
    hair	
    or	
    eye	
    colours.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
    heavily	
    weathered	
    stone	
    covered	
    in	
    thick	
    moss	
    
  appears	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    a	
    statue	
    once	
    upon	
    a	
    time.	
    
  41	
    
  The	
     flag	
     of	
     a	
     far	
     distant	
     nation	
     proudly	
     stands	
    
  ahead,	
    flapping	
    in	
    the	
    winds.	
    
  42	
    
  Simple	
     wooden	
    markers	
    are	
    the	
    only	
    indication	
    
  of	
    a	
    roadside	
    graveyard.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
    faded	
    sign	
    is	
    adorned	
    with	
    only	
    a	
    simple	
    spiral	
    
  pattern	
    in	
    flaking	
    yellow	
    paint.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    skeletal	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    human	
    are	
    staked	
    out	
    
  in	
     a	
     nearby	
     field.	
     Around	
     its	
     neck	
     is	
     a	
     wooden	
    
  placard	
    that	
    reads:	
    “Witch,	
    Heretic,	
    Lover.”	
    
  45	
    
  Ancient	
     rusted	
     manacles	
     and	
     a	
     grey	
     tunic	
     with	
    
  the	
     device	
     of	
     a	
     local	
     lord	
     have	
     been	
     stashed	
    
  between	
    the	
    roots	
    of	
    a	
    tree.	
    
  46	
    
  Worn	
    holes	
    in	
    a	
    stone	
    monument	
    cause	
    the	
    wind	
    
  to	
    pierce	
    the	
    air	
    in	
    fierce	
    howls.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
     half-­‐finished	
     stone	
     wall	
     surrounds	
     three	
    
  quarters	
    of	
    a	
    well.	
    
  
  91	
    
  48	
    
  The	
     clean-­‐picked	
     bones	
     of	
     an	
     owlbear	
     lie	
     in	
     a	
    
  field,	
     a	
     handful	
     of	
     partially	
     digested	
     gold	
     coins	
    
  sitting	
    where	
    its	
    stomach	
    would	
    have	
    been.	
    
  49	
    
  The	
     remains	
     of	
     an	
     old	
     campsite	
     overlook	
     the	
    
  road	
     from	
     among	
     the	
     tumbled	
     ruins	
     of	
     a	
     long-­‐
  fallen	
    church.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     fire-­‐damaged	
     mirror	
     lies	
     nearby,	
     distortedly	
    
  reflecting	
    the	
    sky	
    as	
    though	
    it	
    were	
    ablaze.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    well-­‐built	
    chest	
    stands	
    unguarded	
    nearby.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  A	
     desolate	
     windmill	
     stands	
     near	
     the	
     decrepit	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    farmhouse.	
    
  53	
    
  Tremendous	
    boulders	
    stand	
    off	
    the	
    road	
    nearby,	
    
  forming	
    a	
    set	
    of	
    concentric	
    circles.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    weathered	
    shield	
    lies	
    nearby,	
    its	
    heraldry	
    that	
    
  of	
    a	
    family	
    dead	
    nearly	
    a	
    century.	
    
  55	
    
  Shattered	
    lances	
    and	
    heavy	
    hoof	
    prints	
    surround	
    
  a	
    short	
    length	
    of	
    wooden	
    fence.	
    
  56	
    
  An	
     unlit	
     funeral	
     pyre	
     stands	
     ahead;	
     the	
     body	
    
  atop	
    it	
    is	
    now	
    skeletal.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    stone	
    has	
    been	
    carved	
    with	
    a	
    detailed	
    
  sculpture	
     depicting	
     a	
     local	
     hero	
     overcoming	
     a	
    
  terrible	
    beast.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
     wooden	
     lean-­‐to	
     has	
     been	
     built	
     nearby;	
    
  discarded	
    bones	
    litter	
    its	
    floor.	
    
  59	
    
  The	
    half-­‐eaten	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    goat,	
    which	
    appears	
    
  to	
     have	
     been	
     dropped	
     there,	
     block	
     the	
     road	
    
  head.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
     shattered	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     stone	
     gargoyle	
     are	
    
  scattered	
    through	
    this	
    field.	
    
  61	
    
  Shattered	
     wine	
     glasses	
     and	
     an	
     empty	
     bottle	
    
  surround	
    a	
    well-­‐used	
    campsite.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    flag	
    of	
    the	
    surrounding	
    kingdom	
    flutters	
    proud	
    
  from	
    a	
    nearby	
    hilltop.	
    
  63	
    
  Brilliantly	
     coloured	
     flowers	
     line	
     the	
     side	
     of	
     the	
    
  road	
    for	
    the	
    next	
    three	
    miles.	
    
  64	
    
  Crossbow	
    bolts	
    pepper	
    the	
    area;	
    2d6	
    of	
    them	
    are	
    
  still	
    in	
    good	
    enough	
    condition	
    to	
    use.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    stream	
    meanders	
    down	
    a	
    hill	
    and	
    crosses	
    the	
    
  path;	
     either	
     the	
     PCs	
     must	
     use	
     the	
     ford	
     or	
     dare	
    
  the	
    stepping	
    stones	
    found	
    further	
    downstream.	
    
  66	
    
  Two	
     dozen	
     glittering	
     silver	
     coins	
     surround	
     a	
    
  ruined	
    burlap	
    sack.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
    small	
    gorge	
    is	
    filled	
    with	
    rubbish	
    –	
    the	
    leavings	
    
  of	
    a	
    nearby	
    settlement.	
    
  68	
    
  Enormous	
     pieces	
     of	
     eggshell	
     suggest	
     that	
    
  something	
    had	
    a	
    very	
    good	
    meal	
    nearby.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    huge	
    piece	
    of	
    claw	
    appears	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    shed	
    
  by	
    a	
    griffon	
    sharpening	
    its	
    nails	
    on	
    a	
    tree.	
    
  70	
    
  Pieces	
    of	
    a	
    sundered	
    crossbow	
    are	
    spread	
    about	
    
  the	
    trail.	
    
  71	
    
  Chunks	
    of	
    volcanic	
    glass	
    have	
    been	
    laid	
    out	
    in	
    a	
    
  simple	
    message:	
    	
    “Leave.”	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    statue	
    is	
    frozen	
    with	
    horror	
    as	
    it	
    points	
    toward	
    
  a	
    set	
    of	
    six-­‐legged	
    lizard	
    tracks.	
    
  73	
    
  Three	
    quarters	
    of	
    an	
    arch,	
    its	
    keystone	
    a	
    leering	
    
  skull,	
     seemingly	
     defies	
     gravity	
     to	
     hang	
     over	
     the	
    
  path	
    ahead.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    massive	
    well-­‐made	
    battleaxe	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    ruins	
    of	
    
  this	
    small	
    cottage;	
    giant	
    footprints	
    surround	
    it.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
    dense	
    patch	
    of	
    mushrooms	
    grows	
    in	
    the	
    lee	
    of	
    
  a	
    fallen,	
    rotted	
    tree.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    tumbled	
    dry	
    stone	
    wall	
    runs	
    parallel	
    with	
    the	
    
  road	
    for	
    a	
    hundred	
    yards	
    before	
    petering	
    out.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     small	
     patch	
     of	
     bright	
     red	
     mushrooms	
     stands	
    
  jarringly	
    in	
    this	
    field	
    of	
    green	
    grass.	
    
  78	
    
  Wild	
     raspberries	
     have	
     overgrown	
     the	
     skeletal	
    
  remains	
    of	
    a	
    manticore.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    red	
    stained	
    stump	
    stands	
    at	
    the	
    head	
    of	
    a	
    pit	
    
  filled	
     with	
     the	
     rotting	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     variety	
     of	
    
  animals.	
    A	
    gilded	
    axe	
    is	
    planted	
    in	
    the	
    stump.	
    
  80	
    
  The	
     glittering	
     carapaces	
     of	
     beetle	
     shells	
     are	
    
  easily	
    mistaken	
    for	
    gemstones	
    from	
    a	
    distance.	
    
  81	
    
  Half-­‐buried	
    glass	
    bottles	
    surround	
    a	
    hastily	
    made	
    
  campsite.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     black	
     monolith	
     is	
     surrounded	
     by	
     scattered	
    
  bone	
    and	
    stone	
    weapons.	
    
  83	
    
  Wispy	
    clouds	
    form	
    the	
    shape	
    of	
    a	
    pair	
    of	
    duelling	
    
  monsters,	
     the	
     wind	
     making	
     their	
     movements	
    
  seem	
    lifelike.	
    
  84	
    
  The	
    dirt	
    here	
    is	
    stained	
    with	
    bright	
    colours,	
    as	
    if	
    
  splattered	
    with	
    paint.	
    
  85	
    
  This	
     iron	
     cage	
     has	
     been	
     torn	
     open	
     from	
     the	
    
  inside	
    by	
    something	
    very	
    large.	
    
  86	
    
  Ragged	
     tears	
     suggest	
     a	
     large	
     animal	
     has	
     been	
    
  sharpening	
    its	
    claws	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    tree	
    stump.	
    
  87	
    
  An	
    extremely	
    well	
    made	
    hat	
    sits	
    atop	
    a	
    mound	
    of	
    
  stones	
    crudely	
    piled	
    to	
    resemble	
    a	
    man.	
    
  88	
    
  Several	
     cut	
     and	
     dressed	
     large	
     stone	
     blocks	
     lie	
    
  discarded	
     by	
     the	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     road;	
     weeds	
     grow	
    
  about	
    them.	
    
  89	
    
  The	
     foundations	
     of	
     a	
     large	
     building	
     have	
     been	
    
  laid,	
    but	
    no	
    structure	
    was	
    ever	
    built.	
    
  90	
    
  A	
     sheltered	
     pool	
     fills	
     much	
     of	
     a	
     hidden	
     dell.	
     A	
    
  faint	
    and	
    steep	
    trail	
    leads	
    down	
    to	
    the	
    pool.	
    
  91	
    
  The	
    corner	
    of	
    this	
    way	
    marker	
    has	
    been	
    carved	
    
  with	
    monstrous	
    visages.	
    
  92	
    
  Water	
    oozes	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    bank	
    and	
    turns	
    the	
    
  path	
    into	
    a	
    muddy	
    morass.	
    
  93	
    
  This	
     shallow	
     well	
     is	
     filled	
     with	
     dozens	
     of	
     silver	
    
  and	
    copper	
    coins,	
    worth	
    almost	
    50	
    gp	
    total.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
     rocky	
     hill	
     overlooks	
     the	
     trail;	
     the	
     smoke	
     of	
     a	
    
  campfire	
    rises	
    into	
    the	
    air	
    from	
    behind	
    it.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
     bronze	
     statue	
     sits	
     decapitated	
     ahead,	
     heavy	
    
  patina	
    covering	
    the	
    body,	
    but	
    the	
    head	
    nearby	
    is	
    
  well	
    polished.	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    contents	
    of	
    a	
    traveller’s	
    backpack	
    have	
    been	
    
  neatly	
    laid	
    out	
    on	
    tree	
    stump.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    trail	
    crosses	
    the	
    shed	
    skin	
    of	
    a	
    snake,	
    nearly	
    
  10	
    feet	
    in	
    length.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    dirt	
    here	
    has	
    been	
    churned	
    by	
    the	
    crossing	
    
  of	
    dozens	
    of	
    wheeled	
    vehicles.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
    broken	
    wagon	
    wheel	
    lies	
    discarded	
    by	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
    weathered	
    mile	
    marker	
    stands	
    half-­‐covered	
    by	
    
  weeds	
    and	
    brambles.	
    
  
  92	
    
  S W A M P S  &  M A R S H E S :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
     no	
     one	
     of	
     note	
     or	
     end	
     up	
     fighting	
     everyone	
     they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     for	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    single	
    bird	
    cries	
    aloud	
    as	
    it	
    flies	
    overhead.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    faint,	
    bobbing	
    light	
    begins	
    to	
    glow	
    from	
    deeper	
    
  into	
    the	
    swamp.	
    
  3	
    
  Mosquitoes	
    and	
    other	
    insects	
    swarm	
    about	
    the	
    
  party.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    buzzing	
    of	
    flies	
    fills	
    the	
    air.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    party	
    come	
    across	
    a	
    wild	
    pig	
    stuck	
    in	
    a	
    patch	
    
  of	
    quicksand.	
    The	
    pig	
    is	
    partially	
    submerged	
    and	
    
  exhausted	
    from	
    its	
    struggles.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     wind	
     sighs	
     through	
     the	
     surrounding	
    
  reeds	
    and	
    thick	
    grasses.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    sparrowhawk	
    flies	
    overhead	
    before	
    diving	
    into	
    
  a	
     nearby	
     thicket.	
     It	
     emerges	
     moments	
     later	
    
  clutching	
    a	
    mouse	
    in	
    its	
    claws.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
     small,	
     non-­‐venomous	
     snake	
     slithers	
     through	
    
  the	
    grass	
    by	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    lizardfolk	
    warrior	
    lies	
    hidden	
    in	
    a	
    deep	
    pool.	
    As	
    
  the	
     PCs	
     approach,	
     it	
     submerges	
     and	
     waits	
     for	
    
  them	
    to	
    pass.	
    
  10	
    
  Several	
     dead	
     fish	
     float	
     upon	
     the	
     surface	
     of	
     a	
    
  wide	
    pool.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    small	
    flock	
    of	
    wading	
    birds	
    stand	
    in	
    a	
    shallow	
    
  pool	
    and	
    watch	
    the	
    PCs	
    as	
    they	
    pass.	
    
  12	
    
  Several	
     frogs	
     hop	
     along	
     a	
     muddy	
     bank	
     leading	
    
  down	
    to	
    a	
    small	
    stream.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    viper	
    basks	
    on	
    a	
    fallen	
    tree.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  A	
     deer	
     suddenly	
     emerges	
     from	
     a	
     stand	
     of	
     tall	
    
  grass.	
    It	
    bounds	
    away,	
    if	
    attacked.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     small	
     stream	
     flows	
     through	
     the	
     mire.	
     At	
     one	
    
  point,	
    beavers	
    have	
    dammed	
    the	
    stream	
    creating	
    
  a	
    shallow,	
    wide	
    pool.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    dragonfly	
    buzzes	
    past	
    the	
    PCs.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  Several	
    butterflies	
    flutter	
    through	
    the	
    air.	
    As	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    approach,	
    they	
    settle	
    on	
    a	
    nearby	
    fallen	
    tree.	
    
  18	
    
  An	
     owl	
     has	
     taken	
     up	
     residence	
     in	
     a	
     large	
     tree	
    
  atop	
     a	
     low	
     hummock.	
     By	
     night,	
     he	
     hunts	
     the	
    
  surrounding	
    area.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    birds	
    weave	
    and	
    dart	
    overhead.	
    
  20	
    
  Lily	
    pads	
    float	
    upon	
    a	
    deep	
    pool;	
    a	
    small	
    frog	
    sits	
    
  atop	
    one	
    such	
    pad.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    splash	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    deep	
    pool	
    splits	
    
  the	
    air	
    and	
    large	
    ripples	
    spread	
    ominously	
    on	
    the	
    
  pool’s	
    surface.	
    
  22	
    
  The	
    load	
    croaking	
    of	
    several	
    frogs	
    fills	
    the	
    air.	
    
  23	
    
  When	
     the	
     party	
     camp	
     for	
     the	
     night,	
     they	
    
  discover	
    that	
    all	
    have	
    been	
    attacked	
    by	
    leeches.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    single	
    loud	
    splash	
    shatters	
    the	
    silence.	
    
  25	
    
  Smoke	
    from	
    an	
    unattended	
    campfire	
    rises	
    from	
    a	
    
  distant	
    hillock.	
    
  26	
    
  Several	
     wading	
     birds	
     regard	
     the	
     PCs	
     from	
     a	
    
  shallow	
    pool.	
    
  27	
    
  A	
    single,	
    large	
    frog	
    hops	
    across	
    the	
    path.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     magical	
     message	
     on	
     a	
     stone	
     activates	
     and	
    
  croaks	
    “go	
    back”	
    in	
    Draconic.	
    
  29	
    
  Thick	
     black	
     smoke	
     marks	
     the	
     location	
     of	
     a	
    
  sullenly	
    burning	
    hut.	
    
  30	
    
  The	
    water’s	
    surface	
    is	
    disturbed	
    as	
    if	
    something	
    
  large	
    is	
    swimming	
    just	
    below	
    the	
    surface.	
    
  31	
    
  The	
     wind	
     blows	
     sodden	
     leaves	
     into	
     the	
     party’s	
    
  faces.	
    
  32	
    
  The	
     wind	
     blows	
     the	
     stench	
     of	
     decay	
     over	
     the	
    
  party.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    single	
    large	
    black	
    scale	
    (identified	
    via	
    esoteric	
    
  knowledge	
     as	
     coming	
     from	
     a	
     black	
     dragon)	
     lies	
    
  on	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    bush	
    looks	
    like	
    a	
    shambling	
    mound	
    (but	
    isn’t);	
    
  Botanists	
    may	
    identify	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    regular	
    bush.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
    buzzing	
    of	
    insects	
    fills	
    the	
    air.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     spike	
     is	
     embedded	
     in	
     the	
     mud.	
     Esoteric	
    
  knowledge	
    identifies	
    it	
    as	
    a	
    manticore	
    spike.	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     loud	
     (but	
     distant)	
     tiger’s	
     roar	
     shatters	
     the	
    
  silence.	
    
  38	
    
  A	
    complex	
    illusion	
    renders	
    a	
    deep	
    pool	
    to	
    appear	
    
  as	
     a	
     high	
     hummock.	
     Unwary	
     characters	
     tumble	
    
  into	
    the	
    pool.	
    
  39	
    
  The	
     rotting	
     head	
     of	
     a	
     basilisk	
     (esoteric	
    
  knowledge	
    identifies)	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    tree.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     severed	
     snakehead	
     lies	
     tangled	
     atop	
     thick	
    
  reeds.	
    Esoteric	
    knowledge	
    identifies	
    it	
    as	
    coming	
    
  from	
    a	
    medusa.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
     globe	
     of	
     total	
     darkness	
     covers	
     an	
     area	
     of	
    
  marsh.	
     Knowledge	
     of	
     magic	
     identifies	
     it	
     as	
    
  unnatural.	
    
  42	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    hear	
    distant	
    singing.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
     mass	
     of	
     ants	
     covers	
     the	
     trail.	
     There	
     are	
     not	
    
  enough	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    swarm.	
    
  44	
    
  The	
    characters	
    hear	
    distant	
    laughing.	
    
  45	
    
  The	
     distant	
     crack	
     of	
     breaking	
     wood	
     is	
     followed	
    
  by	
    a	
    loud	
    splash.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    loud	
    chorus	
    of	
    frog	
    croaks	
    shatters	
    the	
    
  silence.	
    
  47	
    
  Leaches	
     attach	
     themselves	
     to	
     one	
     or	
     more	
    
  characters.	
    Unless	
    removed,	
    the	
    leaches	
    drain	
    1	
    
  hp	
    an	
    hour	
    from	
    their	
    victim.	
    
  48	
    
  Hard	
     rain	
     deluges	
     the	
     characters.	
     After	
     1d6	
    
  hours,	
    the	
    trail	
    begins	
    to	
    flood.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     distant	
     splash	
     is	
     followed	
     by	
     a	
     short	
     scream	
    
  that	
    is	
    suddenly	
    cut	
    off.	
    Ominous	
    silence	
    follows.	
    
  50	
    
  The	
     air	
     goes	
     totally	
     still;	
     there	
     is	
     absolutely	
     no	
    
  wind.	
    
  51	
    
  The	
    mournful	
    sound	
    of	
    a	
    single	
    flute	
    pierces	
    the	
    
  silence.	
    
  
  93	
    
  52	
    
  A	
     fly	
     swarm	
     buzzes	
     about	
     the	
     decomposing	
    
  corpse	
     of	
     a	
     crocodile	
     that	
     has	
     suffered	
    
  horrendous	
    bite	
    wounds	
    to	
    its	
    head.	
    
  53	
    
  The	
    cackling	
    of	
    a	
    sinister	
    crone	
    echoes	
    across	
    the	
    
  waters	
    of	
    a	
    nearby	
    pool.	
    
  54	
    
  Without	
     warning	
     the	
     straps	
     of	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     PCs’	
    
  backpack	
    splits.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  Midges	
    and	
    gnats	
    beset	
    the	
    party.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  A	
     long	
     stream	
     of	
     bubbles	
     suddenly	
     mars	
     the	
    
  surface	
    of	
    a	
    pool	
    close	
    to	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  Schools	
    of	
    small	
    fish	
    dart	
    about	
    the	
    depths	
    of	
    a	
    
  pool,	
    easily	
    visible	
    from	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  58	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     spy	
     a	
     hunched,	
     cloaked	
     figure	
     moving	
    
  quickly	
    away	
    from	
    them.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    crude	
    coracle	
    floats	
    by;	
    the	
    body	
    of	
    a	
    lizardfolk	
    
  warrior	
    laid	
    out	
    in	
    state	
    lies	
    within.	
    
  60	
    
  Although	
    no	
    wind	
    stirs	
    the	
    air	
    a	
    patch	
    of	
    nearby	
    
  rushes	
    sways	
    ominously.	
    
  61	
    
  The	
    sounds	
    of	
    marsh	
    life	
    –	
    the	
    buzzing	
    of	
    marsh	
    
  insects,	
     the	
     croaking	
     of	
     frogs	
     and	
     so	
     on	
     –	
    
  abruptly	
    cease.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
    large	
    bird	
    sings	
    at	
    the	
    party	
    as	
    they	
    pass.	
    	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    large	
    butterfly	
    lands	
    on	
    a	
    character’s	
    nose.	
    
  64	
    
  The	
    howling	
    of	
    an	
    injured	
    dog	
    shatters	
    the	
    quiet.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    light	
    drizzle	
    begins	
    to	
    fall	
    and	
    doesn’t	
    stop	
    until	
    
  around	
    midnight.	
    
  66	
    
  Clouds	
    part	
    to	
    reveal	
    the	
    moon	
    has	
    risen	
    early	
    to	
    
  hang	
    over	
    the	
    marsh	
    with	
    pregnant	
    menace.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     thick	
     mist	
     hovers	
     over	
     a	
     low-­‐lying	
     area	
     of	
    
  marsh.	
    Strange	
    sounds	
    emanate,	
    from	
    within.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     high	
     hillock	
     seems	
     to	
     be	
     a	
     perfect	
     campsite.	
    
  However,	
    the	
    ground	
    is	
    riddled	
    with	
    ants	
    and	
    if	
    
  the	
     party	
     camp	
     on	
     the	
     hillock	
     their	
     clothes	
    
  become	
    infested.	
    
  69	
    
  The	
    smoke	
    of	
    a	
    smouldering	
    campfire	
    drifts	
    lazily	
    
  into	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  70	
    
  Several	
    birds	
    suddenly	
    take	
    flight	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  tree	
     and	
     fly	
     away	
     while	
     crying	
     out	
     in	
     alarm	
     at	
    
  some	
    unseen	
    (by	
    the	
    party)	
    danger.	
    
  71	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    party	
    steps	
    into	
    a	
    deep	
    patch	
    of	
    sticky	
    
  mud.	
    The	
    PC	
    loses	
    his	
    shoe	
    unless	
    he	
    takes	
    care	
    
  and	
    is	
    fast.	
    
  72	
    
  The	
     trail	
     is	
     bound	
     by	
     a	
     steep	
     bank,	
     which	
    
  collapses	
     when	
     the	
     party	
     passes	
     by.	
     Two	
     PCs	
    
  must	
    be	
    quick	
    or	
    slide	
    into	
    the	
    pool	
    below.	
    
  73	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    spy	
    a	
    distant	
    manticore	
    flying	
    over	
    the	
    
  marsh.	
    It	
    does	
    not	
    see	
    them.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     cold	
     wind	
     whips	
     up	
     the	
     water	
     of	
     the	
    
  nearby	
    pools.	
    
  75	
    
  Clouds	
     block	
     out	
     the	
     sun	
     and	
     the	
     temperature	
    
  suddenly	
    drops.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     smell	
     of	
     smoke	
     borne	
     upon	
     the	
     breeze	
    
  reaches	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     marsh	
     bird	
     transfixed	
     by	
     a	
     slender	
     arrow	
    
  suddenly	
    falls	
    at	
    the	
    party’s	
    feet.	
    	
    
  78	
    
  The	
    roots	
    of	
    a	
    tree	
    stump	
    hide	
    a	
    nest	
    of	
    swamp	
    
  snakes.	
    The	
    snakes	
    are	
    harmless.	
    	
    
  79	
    
  The	
    distant	
    boom	
    of	
    thunder	
    rolls	
    over	
    the	
    party,	
    
  but	
    the	
    sky	
    does	
    not	
    look	
    stormy.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  Heavy	
     cloud	
     cover	
     brings	
     dusk	
     several	
     hours	
    
  early,	
     possibly	
     catching	
     the	
     party	
     without	
     a	
    
  campsite.	
    
  81	
    
  A	
     large	
     pile	
     of	
     steaming	
     excrement	
     sits	
     on	
     the	
    
  trail.	
    The	
    (large)	
    creature	
    that	
    created	
    it	
    may	
    yet	
    
  lurk	
    nearby.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     javelin	
     arcs	
     out	
     of	
     a	
     nearby	
     thicket	
     of	
     reeds	
    
  and	
    just	
    misses	
    the	
    rearmost	
    party	
    member.	
    
  83	
    
  A	
    half-­‐sunken	
    coracle	
    lies	
    in	
    the	
    water	
    near	
    the	
    
  trail.	
    
  84	
    
  The	
     party	
     discover	
     a	
     section	
     of	
     causeway	
     and	
    
  make	
    good	
    time	
    for	
    the	
    remainder	
    of	
    the	
    day.	
    
  85	
    
  Insects	
    infected	
    with	
    filth	
    fever	
    bite	
    the	
    PCs.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
    sky	
    is	
    completely	
    clear	
    of	
    clouds	
    and	
    the	
    day	
    
  slowly	
    becomes	
    unbearably	
    hot.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    drifting,	
    empty	
    coracle	
    floats	
    nearby	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  88	
    
  The	
    ground	
    gives	
    way	
    at	
    the	
    party’s	
    feet	
    falling	
    
  into	
    a	
    fetid,	
    muddy	
    cavern.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
     faint,	
     luminescent	
     fogs	
     rises	
     from	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  pool.	
    
  90	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    party’s	
    pack	
    animals	
    falls	
    and	
    breaks	
    a	
    
  leg.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    marsh	
    viper	
    bites	
    a	
    pack	
    animal.	
    Panicked,	
    the	
    
  creature	
    flees	
    into	
    the	
    marsh.	
    
  92	
    
  Strong	
    wind	
    and	
    heavy	
    rain	
    combine	
    to	
    make	
    the	
    
  day’s	
    travel	
    a	
    truly	
    miserable	
    experience.	
    
  93	
    
  A	
    fallen	
    tree	
    blocks	
    the	
    trail.	
    Characters	
    climbing	
    
  over	
    it	
    dislodge	
    it	
    and	
    fall	
    flat	
    on	
    their	
    face	
    in	
    the	
    
  mud	
    if	
    they	
    are	
    not	
    agile	
    enough.	
    
  94	
    
  The	
     waters	
     of	
     a	
     deep	
     pool	
     seem	
     to	
     glow	
     from	
    
  within.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  With	
    a	
    splash,	
    a	
    spear	
    lands	
    in	
    a	
    nearby	
    pool.	
    
  96	
    
  The	
    acrid	
    stench	
    of	
    acid	
    reaches	
    the	
    PCs.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  A	
    slender	
    spear	
    lies	
    upon	
    the	
    mud	
    about	
    20	
    ft.	
    
  away.	
     The	
     area	
     is	
     actually	
     riddled	
     with	
    
  quicksand,	
     which	
     may	
     entrap	
     those	
     seeking	
     to	
    
  recover	
    the	
    spear.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    PCs	
    blunder	
    into	
    an	
    area	
    of	
    quicksand.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    party	
    stumbles	
    into	
    an	
    area	
    rank	
    with	
    marsh	
    
  gases	
    and	
    are	
    sickened	
    for	
    1d3	
    hours.	
    
  100	
    
  Many	
    leeches	
    attach	
    themselves	
    to	
    one	
    or	
    more	
    
  characters.	
     Until	
     removed,	
     the	
     leeches	
     slowly	
    
  drain	
    the	
    PC's	
    blood.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  94	
    
  S W A M P S  &  M A R S H E S :  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    swamp	
    through	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    
  of	
     interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    mire	
    smells	
    particularly	
    odious	
    here.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    fallen	
    (and	
    now	
    rotten)	
    tree	
    lies	
    on	
    its	
    side	
    in	
    
  the	
     swamp.	
     Small	
     (harmless)	
     snakes	
     dwell	
    
  among	
    its	
    roots.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    low	
    bank	
    of	
    thick,	
    cloying	
    mud	
    emerges	
    from	
    
  the	
    mire.	
    Animal	
    tracks	
    mar	
    its	
    surface.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
     dirty	
     water	
     hides	
     a	
     deep	
     pool.	
     Characters	
    
  must	
    be	
    very	
    quick	
    or	
    step	
    into	
    it	
    (and	
    likely	
    be	
    
  briefly	
    submerged!)	
    
  5	
    
  A	
     partially	
     collapsed,	
     abandoned	
     hovel	
     squats	
    
  atop	
    a	
    small	
    hillock.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
    faint	
    mist	
    (that	
    does	
    not	
    affect	
    vision)	
    hovers	
    
  above	
    the	
    waters	
    of	
    a	
    deep	
    bog.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    splashing	
    emanates	
    from	
    behind	
    a	
    
  thick	
    tangle	
    of	
    reeds	
    and	
    tall	
    grasses.	
    
  8	
    
  As	
    the	
    PCs	
    pass	
    a	
    tree,	
    a	
    sodden,	
    rotten	
    branch	
    
  gives	
    way	
    and	
    falls.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    hummock	
    of	
    dry	
    land	
    rises	
    above	
    the	
    swamp’s	
    
  waters;	
    several	
    small	
    trees	
    grow	
    atop	
    it.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  An	
     area	
     of	
     deep	
     bog	
     surrounds	
     a	
     large	
     pool	
     of	
    
  brackish	
    water.	
    Many	
    small	
    fish	
    swim	
    therein.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     narrow,	
     raised	
     trail	
     cuts	
     through	
     the	
     swamp	
    
  for	
    about	
    a	
    half-­‐mile.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  The	
     trail	
     drops	
     into	
     a	
     deep	
     pool	
     without	
     any	
    
  warning.	
    
  13	
    
  Drag	
    marks	
    cut	
    across	
    the	
    trail	
    –	
    trackers	
    note	
    a	
    
  large	
    slithering	
    or	
    crawling	
    creature	
    passed	
    this	
    
  way	
    several	
    days	
    ago.	
    	
    
  14	
    
  The	
     rotting,	
     severed	
     head	
     of	
     a	
     lizardfolk	
     lies	
    
  partially	
    obscured	
    in	
    high	
    grass.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
     small	
     hummock	
     is	
     surrounded	
     by	
     light	
    
  vegetation.	
    A	
    built,	
    but	
    unused,	
    campfire	
    stands	
    
  atop	
    the	
    hummock.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     huge	
     tree	
     rises	
     from	
     the	
     mire.	
     Inspection	
    
  reveals	
    a	
    hunter’s	
    blind	
    hidden	
    in	
    its	
    branches.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  The	
     bleached,	
     mouldering	
     bones	
     of	
     some	
     long	
    
  dead	
    animal	
    lie	
    partially	
    buried	
    in	
    the	
    mire.	
    
  18	
    
  The	
    trail	
    passes	
    through	
    a	
    thick	
    growth	
    of	
    reeds,	
    
  in	
    a	
    sodden,	
    low-­‐lying	
    area.	
    
  19	
    
  A	
     single	
     huge	
     footprint	
     from	
     an	
     evidently	
    
  massive	
    clawed	
    creature	
    mars	
    a	
    muddy	
    bank.	
    No	
    
  other	
    tracks	
    are	
    evident.	
    	
    
  20	
    
  The	
     branches	
     of	
     several	
     large	
     trees	
     hang	
     down	
    
  over	
     the	
     trail	
     forming	
     a	
     curtain	
     of	
     sorts	
     and	
    
  obscuring	
    sight	
    of	
    what	
    lies	
    beyond.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     partially	
     uncovered	
     pit	
     trap	
     blocks	
     the	
     path.	
    
  Within,	
    wooden	
    spikes	
    have	
    impaled	
    the	
    rotting	
    
  body	
    of	
    a	
    boggard.	
    
  22	
    
  The	
     PCs	
     discover	
     the	
     skeletonised	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
    
  manticore	
     poking	
     above	
     the	
     fetid	
     waters	
     of	
     a	
    
  deep	
    pool.	
    
  23	
    
  An	
     expanse	
     of	
     4	
     ft.	
     high	
     tall	
     grass	
     stretches	
    
  several	
     hundred	
     feet.	
     Several	
     sluggish	
     streams	
    
  flow	
    through	
    the	
    area.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  An	
    area	
    of	
    thick,	
    viscous	
    sludge	
    slows	
    travel	
    and	
    
  coats	
    travellers	
    in	
    mud.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
     hedgerow	
     of	
     tall,	
     thick	
     grass	
     hides	
     a	
     deep,	
    
  sluggish	
    river.	
    Unwary	
    travellers	
    pushing	
    through	
    
  the	
    hedgerow	
    must	
    be	
    exceedingly	
    quick	
    or	
    fall	
    
  in.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  A	
     jagged	
     tree	
     stump	
     hides	
     within	
     a	
     tangle	
     of	
    
  reeds.	
    Unwary	
    characters	
    must	
    be	
    careful	
    or	
    fall	
    
  and	
     twist	
     their	
     ankle.	
     The	
     injury	
     reduces	
     the	
    
  character’s	
    speed	
    by	
    half	
    for	
    1d3	
    days..	
    
  27	
    
  The	
     rotting	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     rudimentary	
     wooden	
    
  bridge	
    stretch	
    across	
    a	
    deep	
    water	
    channel.	
    
  28	
    
  An	
     overgrown	
     stretch	
     of	
     causeway	
     crosses	
     an	
    
  area	
    of	
    deep	
    bog.	
    
  29	
    
  A	
     rotten	
     tree	
     serves	
     as	
     the	
     home	
     for	
     a	
     large	
    
  colony	
    of	
    ants.	
    
  30	
    
  Two	
     abandoned	
     wooden	
     cabins	
     stand	
     atop	
     a	
    
  long,	
     low	
     hillock.	
     Casual	
     inspection	
     reveals	
    
  bloodstains	
     and	
     suchlike	
     hinting	
     the	
     residents	
    
  may	
    have	
    met	
    a	
    horrible	
    end.	
    
  31	
    
  The	
     jumbled	
     bones	
     of	
     some	
     ancient	
     skirmish	
    
  poke	
    from	
    a	
    muddy	
    bank.	
    Digging	
    into	
    the	
    bank	
    
  reveals	
    nothing	
    more	
    of	
    interest.	
    
  32	
    
  An	
    unoccupied	
    raft	
    of	
    crude	
    manufacture	
    floats	
    
  down	
    a	
    deep	
    water	
    course.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    high	
    conical	
    mound	
    emerges	
    from	
    the	
    mire.	
    A	
    
  Survivalists	
     and	
     engineers	
     note	
     that	
     it	
     is	
     not	
    
  natural.	
    
  34	
    
  An	
    area	
    of	
    deep,	
    sucking	
    mud	
    triples	
    movement	
    
  costs.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
     deceptively	
     shallow	
     pool	
     contains	
     3	
     ft.	
     of	
    
  sludge	
     and	
     slime	
     on	
     its	
     bottom.	
     Characters	
    
  stepping	
    into	
    the	
    pool	
    get	
    a	
    rude	
    surprise.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
    rotting	
    boat	
    is	
    drawn	
    up	
    on	
    a	
    muddy	
    bank.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  A	
    large	
    willow	
    tree	
    grows	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    a	
    
  wide,	
    deep	
    pool.	
    
  38	
    
  Clawed	
     footprints	
     (of	
     lizardfolk,	
     identified	
     by	
    
  trackers])	
    are	
    clearly	
    visible	
    in	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    blackened,	
    lightning	
    blasted	
    tree	
    dominates	
    a	
    
  high,	
    steep-­‐sided	
    hillock.	
    
  40	
    
  Dense	
     reeds	
     hide	
     the	
     entrance	
     to	
     a	
     half-­‐mud-­‐
  filled	
    cavern.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    skull	
    decorated	
    with	
    bird	
    feathers	
    hangs	
    from	
    a	
    
  tree	
     branch.	
     Local	
     folklore	
     reveals	
     this	
     to	
     be	
     a	
    
  Deep	
    Mire	
    tribal	
    marker.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     crude,	
     reed-­‐wreathed	
     burial	
     mound	
     stands	
    
  next	
    to	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  43	
    
  A	
     few	
     stones,	
     half	
     sunken	
     into	
     the	
     mire,	
     are	
    
  suggestive	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    stone	
    wall.	
    
  
  95	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    cluster	
    of	
    several	
    hillocks	
    bound	
    a	
    deep,	
    fetid	
    
  pool.	
    
  45	
    
  The	
     tracks	
     of	
     many	
     birds	
     mar	
     a	
     long,	
     low	
    
  glistening	
    bank	
    of	
    mud.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    barely	
    visible	
    half-­‐rotten	
    lizardfolk	
    corpse	
    lies	
    
  at	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    a	
    deep	
    pool	
    of	
    muddy	
    water.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    clear	
    pool	
    near	
    the	
    path	
    is	
    filled	
    with	
    wriggling	
    
  leaches.	
    
  48	
    
  Dried	
    vomit	
    covers	
    a	
    mossy	
    stone.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  The	
    trail	
    passes	
    under	
    the	
    branches	
    of	
    a	
    weeping	
    
  willow.	
    
  50	
    
  Steep	
     banks	
     of	
     mud	
     surround	
     an	
     obviously	
    
  artificial	
    pool.	
    Many	
    fat	
    fish	
    swim	
    within.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
     game	
     trail	
     intersects	
     the	
     path.	
     It	
     leads	
     to	
     a	
    
  swampy	
    mire.	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    broken,	
    rotting	
    spear	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    path.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  Four	
    spears	
    thrust	
    into	
    the	
    mud	
    are	
    each	
    topped	
    
  by	
    a	
    decomposing	
    head.	
    
  54	
    
  Trackers	
     may	
     note	
     the	
     tracks	
     of	
     a	
     gigantic	
     dire	
    
  crocodile	
    cross	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  55	
    
  Gently	
    jangling	
    wind	
    chimes	
    hang	
    from	
    a	
    tree’s	
    
  branches.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
     tangled	
     mass	
     of	
     roots	
     and	
     reeds	
     hides	
     a	
    
  rotting,	
    empty	
    backpack.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
     sprawling	
     abandoned	
     campsite	
     covers	
     a	
    
  hillock.	
    	
    
  58	
    
  A	
    small	
    wagon	
    lies	
    half	
    sunken	
    in	
    the	
    mire.	
    
  59	
    
  The	
     mutilated	
     body	
     of	
     a	
     beaver	
     hangs	
     from	
     a	
    
  tree.	
    
  60	
    
  The	
    partially	
    inscribed	
    Draconic	
    rune	
    for	
    danger	
    
  has	
    been	
    carved	
    into	
    a	
    tree’s	
    trunk.	
    
  61	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    tree	
    has	
    been	
    partially	
    destroyed	
    by	
    a	
    
  gigantic	
    blast	
    of	
    acid.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     large	
     pool	
     of	
     stagnant	
     water	
     stands	
     near	
     the	
    
  trail.	
    
  63	
    
  The	
    intricate,	
    very	
    lifelike	
    statue	
    of	
    a	
    man	
    –	
    arms	
    
  out	
    stretched	
    –	
    blocks	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  64	
    
  Booted	
     footsteps	
     suddenly	
     start	
     on	
     the	
     trail.	
    
  They	
    continue	
    for	
    30	
    ft.	
    before	
    disappearing.	
    
  65	
    
  A	
     sunken	
     wall	
     yet	
     emerges	
     from	
     the	
     murk.	
     A	
    
  large	
    hole	
    has	
    been	
    dug	
    at	
    its	
    base.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
     half	
     flooded	
     pit	
     blocks	
     the	
     trail.	
     Spikes	
     are	
    
  visible	
    rising	
    above	
    the	
    muddy	
    water	
    within.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     half	
     built	
     wooden	
     shack	
     stands	
     upon	
     a	
     small	
    
  hillock	
    surrounded	
    by	
    deep	
    water.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     huge	
     lily	
     pad	
     floats	
     at	
     the	
     centre	
     of	
     a	
     wide	
    
  pool.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    willow	
    tree	
    grows	
    in	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    the	
    trail.	
    The	
    
  trail	
    around	
    either	
    side	
    is	
    very	
    narrow	
    
  70	
    
  Careful	
     inspection	
     reveals	
     a	
     handful	
     of	
     silver	
    
  coins	
    stamped	
    into	
    the	
    trail’s	
    mud.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     spear	
     with	
     a	
     sign	
     in	
     Draconic	
     reading	
     “Go	
    
  Back”	
    blocks	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  72	
    
  Shallow	
    pools	
    of	
    particularly	
    fetid,	
    muddy	
    water	
    
  bound	
    the	
    trail.	
    
  73	
    
  Tall	
    rushes	
    surround	
    a	
    pool	
    of	
    surprisingly	
    pure	
    
  water.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
    jumbled	
    mass	
    of	
    bones	
    and	
    rotting	
    equipment	
    
  mark	
    the	
    site	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    battle.	
    
  75	
    
  A	
    body	
    lies	
    face	
    down	
    in	
    the	
    muck.	
    	
    
  76	
    
  Bloodstains	
    cover	
    the	
    trail	
    and	
    lead	
    into	
    a	
    nearby	
    
  pool.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     sinkhole	
     pierces	
     the	
     ground.	
     It	
     leads	
     to	
     a	
    
  muddy,	
    sunken	
    cavern.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    steep-­‐sided	
    hillock	
    rises	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    swamp.	
    Its	
    
  zenith	
     provides	
     an	
     excellent	
     vantage	
     point	
     for	
    
  spying	
    out	
    the	
    surrounding	
    area.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     rusting	
     steel	
     shield	
     –	
     it’s	
     straps	
     rotten	
     and	
    
  useless	
    –	
    lies	
    partially	
    hidden	
    by	
    reeds.	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     bale	
     of	
     wood	
     –	
     tied	
     together	
     with	
     sodden	
    
  string	
    –	
    lies	
    discarded	
    by	
    a	
    pool.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  A	
    nearby	
    tree’s	
    trunk	
    has	
    been	
    half	
    cut	
    through	
    
  and	
    consequently	
    the	
    tree	
    stands	
    lopsidedly.	
    	
    
  82	
    
  The	
     trail	
     leads	
     down	
     into	
     a	
     flooded	
     section	
     of	
    
  marsh.	
    
  83	
    
  The	
     party	
     discovers	
     an	
     obviously	
     unnatural	
     hill;	
    
  its	
    sides	
    are	
    of	
    banked	
    earth	
    protected	
    by	
    large	
    
  boulders.	
    	
    
  84	
    
  The	
     mud	
     beneath	
     the	
     party’s	
     feet	
     oozes	
     black	
    
  liquid	
    when	
    trod	
    upon.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  A	
    partially	
    hollowed	
    out	
    log	
    lies	
    near	
    a	
    wide	
    pool.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  Drifting	
    patches	
    of	
    vegetation	
    gently	
    float	
    about	
    
  a	
    large	
    pool.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
    stand	
    of	
    ancient,	
    moss-­‐wreathed	
    willow	
    trees	
    
  dominate	
    a	
    long,	
    low	
    hillock.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  A	
     crude	
     wooden	
     bridge	
     crosses	
     a	
     sluggish	
    
  stream.	
    
  89	
    
  Pretty	
     wildflowers	
     cover	
     a	
     stretch	
     of	
     dry	
     land	
    
  near	
    the	
    trail.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  A	
     large	
     tree	
     has	
     fallen	
     across	
     the	
     trail.	
     The	
    
  characters	
    must	
    either	
    clamber	
    over	
    it	
    or	
    detour	
    
  into	
    the	
    surrounding	
    fetid	
    water.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    great	
    mass	
    of	
    mushrooms	
    grows	
    in	
    the	
    shadow	
    
  of	
    a	
    steep	
    bank.	
    	
    
  92	
    
  Greenish	
    algae	
    cover	
    the	
    water	
    of	
    a	
    nearby	
    pool.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
    trail	
    passes	
    under	
    the	
    outstretched	
    branches	
    
  of	
    several	
    trees.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    crude	
    face	
    has	
    been	
    carved	
    into	
    the	
    trunk	
    of	
    a	
    
  large	
    tree	
    dominating	
    a	
    nearby	
    hillock.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  At	
     night,	
     the	
     algae	
     in	
     a	
     pool	
     near	
     the	
     party’s	
    
  camp	
    are	
    revealed	
    to	
    be	
    phosphorous.	
    
  96	
    
  An	
    empty	
    water	
    flask	
    is	
    half	
    buried	
    in	
    the	
    mud.	
    
  97	
    
  Several	
     thick	
     wooden	
     poles	
     have	
     been	
     set	
     into	
    
  the	
    mud	
    in	
    a	
    rough	
    circle	
    (why	
    is	
    unknown).	
    	
    
  98	
    
  The	
     crumbling	
     ruins	
     of	
     a	
     sunken	
     watchtower	
    
  dominate	
    a	
    low	
    ridge	
    of	
    stone	
    and	
    hard-­‐packed	
    
  earth.	
    
  99	
    
  The	
    reeds	
    near	
    the	
    path	
    are	
    crushed	
    and	
    broken	
    
  as	
    if	
    something	
    huge	
    moved	
    through	
    the	
    area.	
    
  100	
    
  Blazing	
    sunlight	
    suddenly	
    breaks	
    out	
    from	
    behind	
    
  a	
    cloud,	
    briefly	
    dazzling	
    the	
    party.	
    
  	
    
   
  
  96	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  97	
    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  BY SEA 
   
  	
    
   
  
  98	
    
  C O A S T :  M I N O R  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude)	
     for	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    massive	
    flock	
    of	
    seagulls	
    stand	
    on	
    the	
    beach.	
    If	
    
  disturbed	
     by	
     sudden	
     noise	
     or	
     movement,	
     the	
    
  flock	
    takes	
    flight,	
    providing	
    creatures	
    with	
    total	
    
  concealment	
    for	
    three	
    rounds.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    frigate	
    birds	
    are	
    circling	
    a	
    pool	
    of	
    fresh	
    
  water.	
    Every	
    1d6	
    rounds	
    a	
    bird	
    swoops	
    over	
    the	
    
  water	
    to	
    drink	
    before	
    rising	
    back	
    up	
    into	
    the	
    air.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  Two	
     small	
     grey	
     nurse	
     sharks	
     are	
     feeding	
     on	
     a	
    
  school	
    of	
    whiting	
    in	
    the	
    still	
    shallows.	
    
  4	
    
  Swarms	
    of	
    bluebottles	
    float	
    in	
    the	
    water	
    and	
    lie	
    
  trapped	
     on	
     the	
     beach.	
     A	
     creature	
     touching	
     the	
    
  poisonous	
    tentacles	
    of	
    the	
    jellyfish	
    with	
    its	
    bare	
    
  skin	
    must	
    be	
    hardy	
    or	
    receive	
    paralytic	
    twitches.	
    
  5	
    
  Two	
    hundred	
    feet	
    from	
    shore	
    swim	
    a	
    pod	
    of	
    2d4	
    
  humpback	
    whales.	
    The	
    whales	
    breach	
    every	
    3d6	
    
  minutes,	
    and	
    follow	
    any	
    ships	
    they	
    encounter	
    for	
    
  one	
    hour.	
    
  6	
    
  One	
     hundred	
     feet	
     from	
     shore	
     swims	
     a	
     pod	
     of	
    
  2d6	
     dolphins.	
     The	
     dolphins	
     use	
     aid	
     another	
    
  actions	
    to	
    help	
    obviously	
    distressed	
    swimmers.	
    
  7	
    
  This	
    section	
    of	
    shoreline	
    is	
    littered	
    with	
    shallow	
    
  rock	
     pools.	
     There	
     is	
     a	
     10%	
     chance	
     per	
     pool	
    
  investigated	
    that	
    the	
    PCs	
    encounter	
    a	
    venomous	
    
  blue-­‐ringed	
     octopus.	
     PCs	
     handling	
     the	
     creature	
    
  develop	
     a	
     nasty	
     rash	
     that	
     for	
     1	
     day	
     (or	
     until	
    
  cured).	
    	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    sea	
    eagles	
    swoops	
    into	
    the	
    ocean	
    and	
    
  come	
    up	
    with	
    fish	
    in	
    their	
    talons.	
    
  9	
    
  At	
     dusk,	
     3d20	
     fairy	
     penguins	
     waddle	
     up	
     the	
    
  beach	
    in	
    groups	
    of	
    2d4	
    creatures	
    at	
    a	
    time.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    oily,	
    stinking	
    remains	
    of	
    an	
    aboleth	
    lie	
    on	
    the	
    
  beach.	
     Experienced	
     spelunkers	
     can	
     identify	
     the	
    
  creature.	
    2d6	
    doses	
    of	
    mucus	
    can	
    be	
    harvested	
    
  from	
    the	
    corpse,	
    which	
    imitates	
    its	
    mucus	
    cloud	
    
  ability.	
     If	
     not	
     used	
     within	
     two	
     days,	
     the	
     mucus	
    
  becomes	
    inert.	
    	
    
  11	
    
  Out	
     of	
     the	
     nearby	
     sand	
     swarms	
     thousands	
     of	
    
  hand-­‐sized	
    red	
    crabs.	
    The	
    crabs	
    languidly	
    scuttle	
    
  down	
     to	
     the	
     water’s	
     edge	
     to	
     lay	
     eggs	
     before	
    
  returning	
    to	
    land	
    one	
    hour	
    later.	
    
  12	
    
  A	
    60-­‐foot	
    wide	
    volcanic	
    lava-­‐flow	
    meets	
    the	
    sea	
    
  here,	
    throwing	
    up	
    a	
    plume	
    a	
    boiling-­‐hot	
    steam,	
    
  which	
    obscures	
    sight	
    as	
    a	
    120-­‐foot	
    wide	
    swath	
    of	
    
  fog.	
    
  13	
    
  Three	
     boasting	
     fishermen	
     stand	
     on	
     the	
     rocks	
    
  here	
    with	
    their	
    sizable	
    catch.	
    The	
    fishermen	
    are	
    
  will	
    to	
    part	
    with	
    their	
    fish	
    for	
    5	
    sp.	
    
  14	
    
  Burrowing	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    beach	
    and	
    flopping	
    across	
    
  the	
    sand	
    are	
    hundreds	
    of	
    tiny,	
    new-­‐born	
    turtles.	
    
  A	
     cloud	
     of	
     gulls,	
     terns,	
     sea	
     eagles	
     and	
     hawks	
    
  wheel	
     about,	
     plucking	
     up	
     the	
     stragglers	
     before	
    
  they	
    can	
    reach	
    the	
    protective	
    waves.	
    
  15	
    
  2d4	
     bedraggled	
     shipwreck	
     survivors	
     haul	
     their	
    
  small	
    keelboat	
    up	
    onto	
    the	
    beach.	
    Their	
    original	
    
  vessel	
     ran	
     aground	
     on	
     an	
     unmarked	
     reef	
     two	
    
  days	
     ago.	
     The	
     crew	
     now	
     glares	
     at	
     the	
     one	
    
  midshipman	
     who	
     suggested	
     they	
     resort	
     to	
    
  cannibalism	
    six	
    hours	
    into	
    the	
    journey.	
    
  16	
    
  A	
     pack	
     of	
     2d6	
     wreckers	
     lead	
     a	
     train	
     of	
     mules,	
    
  each	
     with	
     lanterns	
     hung	
     about	
     their	
     necks,	
    
  slowly	
     up	
     the	
     beach	
     to	
     fool	
     mariners	
     into	
    
  believing	
     the	
     slow-­‐moving	
     lights	
     are	
     ships.	
     If	
    
  confronted,	
    they	
    flee.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     short	
     jetty	
     juts	
     into	
     this	
     sheltered	
     harbour.	
    
  Stevedores	
    load	
    a	
    small	
    trading	
    cog	
    with	
    bales	
    of	
    
  cotton.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    small	
    skiff	
    draws	
    up	
    to	
    the	
    beach	
    and	
    disgorges	
    
  2d4	
    smugglers.	
    The	
    smugglers	
    attempt	
    to	
    remain	
    
  undetected	
     as	
     they	
     carry	
     off	
     their	
     chests	
     of	
    
  valuables	
    (worth	
    500	
    gp)	
    to	
    avoid	
    local	
    taxation.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  As	
    18	
    above,	
    except	
    the	
    smugglers	
    are	
    trafficking	
    
  human	
     cargo.	
     These	
     wretches	
     may	
     be	
     slaves,	
    
  enemies	
     of	
     the	
     crown	
     or	
     other	
     ne’er-­‐do-­‐wells	
    
  who	
    wish	
    to	
    avoid	
    scrutiny.	
    
  20	
    
  Two	
    large	
    fish	
    collide	
    head-­‐on	
    with	
    one	
    another	
    
  under	
    the	
    clear	
    water.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     dog-­‐sized	
     crayfish	
     swims	
     in	
     a	
     shallow	
     rock	
    
  pool,	
    clawing	
    at	
    clumps	
    of	
    seaweed.	
    
  22	
    
  A	
     school	
     of	
     colourful	
     fish	
     scoot	
     about	
     the	
    
  shallows.	
    A	
    live	
    specimen	
    would	
    fetch	
    5	
    gp	
    from	
    
  the	
    right	
    buyer.	
    
  23	
    
  A	
     200-­‐foot	
     tall	
     sand	
     dune	
     rises	
     in	
     front	
     of	
     the	
    
  party,	
    requiring	
    climbing	
    to	
    traverse.	
    A	
    PC	
    failing	
    
  this	
    slides	
    all	
    the	
    way	
    to	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    the	
    dune.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    strong	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    throws	
    stinging	
    sand	
    and	
    
  salty	
    sea	
    spray	
    at	
    the	
    PCs.	
    Every	
    creature	
    on	
    the	
    
  beach	
     must	
     be	
     careful	
     to	
     not	
     be	
     blinded	
    
  temporarily	
    by	
    sand	
    in	
    the	
    eyes.	
    	
    
  25	
    
  The	
     broken	
     spars	
     and	
     shredded	
     sails	
     of	
     a	
     large	
    
  ship	
    bob	
    sedately	
    in	
    the	
    surf.	
    The	
    bloated	
    corpse	
    
  of	
    a	
    seaman	
    is	
    lashed	
    to	
    a	
    piece	
    of	
    mast.	
    
  26	
    
  Several	
     dozen	
     families	
     of	
     sea	
     lions	
     form	
     a	
    
  rookery	
    on	
    the	
    rocky	
    coastline.	
    If	
    the	
    sea	
    lion	
    are	
    
  disturbed,	
     they	
     rear	
     up	
     threateningly.	
     Sea	
     lions	
    
  use	
    the	
    statistics	
    of	
    wolves	
    with	
    a	
    base	
    speed	
    of	
    
  10	
    feet	
    and	
    a	
    swim	
    speed	
    of	
    50	
    feet.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  A	
    coconut	
    falls	
    on	
    a	
    PC’s	
    head,	
    inflicting	
    damage,	
    
  and	
    perhaps	
    a	
    moment	
    of	
    levity.	
    
  28	
    
  A	
    tiny	
    peasant	
    girl	
    clambers	
    down	
    a	
    cliff	
    face	
    to	
    
  collect	
    sea	
    bird’s	
    eggs	
    from	
    their	
    nests.	
    
  29	
    
  A	
    pelican	
    flies	
    laboriously	
    past,	
    wrestling	
    with	
    a	
    
  small	
    shark	
    in	
    its	
    bulging	
    beak.	
    
  
  99	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     fishing	
     rod	
     ensorcelled	
     to	
     be	
     animated,	
    
  repetitively	
     casts	
     itself	
     into	
     the	
     ocean.	
     A	
    
  staggering	
    pile	
    of	
    fish	
    bones	
    lies	
    beside	
    the	
    rod.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  A	
    very	
    wet	
    and	
    thoroughly	
    miserable-­‐looking	
    dog	
    
  trots	
    along	
    the	
    beach.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     legless	
     zombie	
     draws	
     itself	
     slowly	
     out	
     of	
     the	
    
  pounding	
    surf.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
     polar	
     bear	
     forlornly	
     stands	
     on	
     a	
     passing,	
    
  drifting	
    ice	
    floe.	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    swarm	
    of	
    bats	
    bursts	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    sea	
    cave,	
    
  into	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  35	
    
  A	
    beautifully	
    ringed	
    sea	
    snake	
    undulates	
    through	
    
  the	
    water.	
    
  36	
    
  A	
     faint	
     keening	
     rises	
     over	
     the	
     sound	
     of	
     the	
    
  waves,	
    reaching	
    a	
    crescendo	
    as	
    the	
    waves	
    break	
    
  against	
    the	
    shore.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     flock	
     of	
     cormorants	
     circle	
     a	
     school	
     of	
     fish,	
    
  plunging	
    into	
    the	
    ocean	
    over	
    and	
    over	
    again	
    to	
    
  collect	
    their	
    prey.	
    	
    
  38	
    
  Three	
     salt	
     water	
     crocodiles	
     sun	
     themselves	
     on	
    
  the	
    beach.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
     small	
     octopus	
     coils	
     itself	
     around	
     a	
     rusted	
    
  spyglass	
    in	
    a	
    shallow	
    rock	
    pool.	
    
  40	
    
  A	
     raucous	
     sea	
     gull	
     follows	
     the	
     party	
     as	
     they	
    
  travel,	
     screeching	
     loudly	
     at	
     every	
     opportunity.	
    
  Any	
    attempt	
    to	
    drive	
    off	
    the	
    bird	
    only	
    draws	
    the	
    
  attention	
    of	
    two	
    others.	
    
  41	
    
  Three	
    tiny	
    water	
    elementals	
    slither	
    on	
    the	
    beach,	
    
  touch	
     a	
     lonesome	
     rock	
     at	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
     the	
     high	
    
  tide	
    mark	
    before	
    rushing	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    water.	
    	
    
  42	
    
  A	
    bright	
    blue	
    crab	
    emerges	
    from	
    the	
    sand	
    before	
    
  spotting	
    the	
    PCs	
    and	
    hurriedly	
    burying	
    itself.	
    
  43	
    
  The	
     setting	
     sun	
     reflects	
     off	
     the	
     rippling	
     ocean	
    
  surface,	
    dazzling	
    creatures	
    on	
    the	
    beach.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
    crippled	
    fluffy	
    eaglet	
    limps	
    along	
    the	
    beach,	
    its	
    
  wing	
    broken.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     hermit	
     crab	
     leaves	
     its	
     shell	
     and	
     tries	
     to	
     walk	
    
  away	
    inside	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PC’s	
    belongings	
    (helmet,	
    
  boot,	
    spell	
    component	
    pouch	
    etc.)	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    small	
    fishing	
    boat’s	
    crew	
    are	
    wrestling	
    with	
    a	
    
  mako	
     shark.	
     Their	
     shouts	
     and	
     screams	
     echo	
    
  across	
    the	
    beach.	
    
  47	
    
  Three	
    local	
    halfling	
    children	
    are	
    swimming	
    easily	
    
  in	
    the	
    quiet	
    ocean.	
    
  48	
    
  A	
    burlap	
    sack	
    lies	
    on	
    the	
    beach.	
    It	
    is	
    home	
    to	
    a	
    
  colony	
    of	
    honey	
    ants.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
    small	
    wyrmling	
    bronze	
    dragon	
    wheels	
    over	
    the	
    
  sea	
    cliffs,	
    swooping	
    on	
    a	
    tern’s	
    nest	
    and	
    carrying	
    
  off	
    its	
    eggs.	
    
  50	
    
  Four	
    iguanas	
    leap	
    from	
    the	
    nearby	
    cliffs	
    into	
    the	
    
  frothing	
    sea	
    below.	
    
  51	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    stands	
    on	
    a	
    rotting	
    fish	
    carcass.	
    A	
    
  creature	
    using	
    scent	
    can	
    detect	
    the	
    PC	
    at	
    three	
    
  times	
    the	
    normal	
    distance.	
    
  52	
    
  A	
    freak	
    wave	
    churns	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    sea	
    to	
    knock	
    the	
    
  PCs	
    prone.	
    A	
    particularly	
    strong	
    wave	
    could	
    drag	
    
  the	
    unfortunate	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    sea.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     cavernous	
     shipwreck	
     lies	
     on	
     the	
     beach.	
    
  Investigating	
    the	
    wreck	
    causes	
    it	
    to	
    collapse.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    small	
    iron	
    pot	
    sits	
    over	
    a	
    glowing	
    campfire.	
    The	
    
  pot	
     contains	
     a	
     delicious	
     fish	
     stew.	
     The	
     stew	
     is	
    
  warming	
    and	
    incredibly	
    nourishing.	
    
  55	
    
  Nine	
    sets	
    of	
    footprints	
    trail	
    up	
    the	
    beach.	
    If	
    a	
    PC	
    
  steps	
    on	
    one,	
    he	
    immediately	
    sinks	
    up	
    to	
    his	
    hips	
    
  in	
    the	
    sand.	
    
  56	
    
  The	
    name	
    of	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs	
    is	
    scrawled	
    into	
    the	
    
  sand.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    erase	
    or	
    otherwise	
    tamper	
    with	
    
  the	
    writing,	
    it	
    redraws	
    itself	
    after	
    1	
    round.	
    
  57	
    
  Two	
    wooden	
    grave	
    markers	
    are	
    hammered	
    into	
    
  the	
     beach.	
     A	
     skeletal	
     arm	
     looks	
     to	
     have	
     burst	
    
  from	
    the	
    sandy	
    grave,	
    but	
    is	
    now	
    inanimate.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
    silhouette	
    of	
    a	
    tiger	
    shark	
    can	
    be	
    seen	
    lurking	
    
  amid	
    the	
    breaking	
    surf.	
    	
    
  59	
    
  An	
     orca	
     suddenly	
     breaches	
     the	
     waves	
     like	
     a	
    
  battering	
     ram,	
     snatching	
     a	
     baby	
     seal	
     from	
     the	
    
  stony	
    beach	
    before	
    writhing	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    surf.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
    ghostly	
    orange	
    phosphorescence	
    shimmers	
    on	
    
  the	
     surface	
     of	
     the	
     rippling	
     ocean.	
     Suddenly	
     the	
    
  glow	
    coalesces	
    into	
    a	
    single	
    point	
    of	
    light	
    before	
    
  shooting	
    off	
    towards	
    the	
    distant	
    stars.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  An	
     obese	
     merman	
     gorges	
     on	
     the	
     contents	
     of	
     a	
    
  lobster	
     trap,	
     burps	
     loudly	
     and	
     swims	
     slowly	
    
  away.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     trio	
     of	
     sirens	
     recline	
     on	
     a	
     granite	
     spur	
     in	
     the	
    
  distance.	
     A	
     PC	
     making	
     with	
     keen	
     hearing	
    
  overhears	
    the	
    following	
    snippet	
    of	
    conversation	
    
  “…what	
    a	
    motley	
    lot.	
    It’s	
    not	
    worth	
    the	
    effort	
    to	
    
  lure	
    them	
    over	
    here.”	
    
  63	
    
  Something	
    beneath	
    the	
    water	
    cleanly	
    severs	
    the	
    
  sounding	
     rope	
     as	
     the	
     PC’s	
     ship	
     navigates	
     a	
    
  treacherous	
    shoal.	
    	
    
  64	
    
  The	
    fresh,	
    blustering	
    wind	
    suddenly	
    ceases,	
    and	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    are	
    becalmed	
    for	
    1d6x10	
    minutes.	
    	
    
  65	
    
  A	
    local	
    daredevil	
    leaps	
    from	
    a	
    70-­‐foot	
    high	
    cliff,	
    
  plunging	
     into	
     the	
     ocean	
     below.	
     Rising	
     from	
     the	
    
  depths,	
     the	
     diver	
     gives	
     the	
     PCs	
     a	
     friendly	
     wave	
    
  before	
    swimming	
    back	
    to	
    shore	
    and	
    climbing	
    the	
    
  cliff.	
    
  66	
    
  A	
     scraggly	
     albatross	
     sails	
     over	
     the	
     PCs,	
     letting	
    
  loose	
     a	
     tremendous	
     screech	
     before	
     wheeling	
    
  away	
    over	
    the	
    ocean.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     floating	
     sea	
     chest	
     washes	
     up	
     on	
     shore	
    
  momentarily	
     before	
     being	
     washed	
     out	
     to	
     sea	
    
  again.	
     Good	
     swimmers	
     can	
     recover	
     the	
     chest	
    
  which	
     contains	
     a	
     selection	
     of	
     waterlogged	
    
  women’s	
    clothes.	
    
  68	
    
  A	
    40-­‐foot	
    high	
    column	
    of	
    stone	
    succumbs	
    to	
    the	
    
  elements	
     and	
     slides	
     into	
     the	
     sea	
     with	
     a	
    
  deafening	
     crash.	
     A	
     few	
     moments	
     later,	
     a	
     large	
    
  wave	
    crashes	
    into	
    the	
    shore.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     careless	
     PC	
     catches	
     a	
     foot	
     in	
     a	
     crab	
     trap.	
    
  Several	
    crabs	
    are	
    also	
    caught	
    within.	
    
  70	
    
  A	
    flying	
    fish	
    hurtles	
    from	
    the	
    water	
    and	
    strikes	
    a	
    
  PC	
     painfully	
     in	
     the	
     stomach.	
     The	
     fish	
     flaps	
    
  forlornly	
    at	
    the	
    party’s	
    feet.	
    	
    
  
  100	
    
  71	
    
  A	
     giant	
     clam,	
     revealed	
     by	
     the	
     lowering	
     tide,	
    
  spurts	
    a	
    jet	
    of	
    water	
    20	
    feet	
    into	
    the	
    air.	
    
  72	
    
  Bleached	
     driftwood	
     is	
     arranged	
     into	
     the	
     sigil	
     of	
    
  some	
    dark	
    power.	
    Any	
    PC	
    disturbing	
    the	
    symbol	
    
  is	
    subject	
    to	
    a	
    curse.	
    If	
    the	
    PCs	
    dismantle	
    it	
    and	
    
  consecrate	
    it,	
    they	
    are	
    blessed	
    by	
    a	
    higher	
    power	
    
  for	
    24	
    hours.	
    
  73	
    
  The	
    silhouette	
    of	
    a	
    sea-­‐hawk	
    carrying	
    a	
    thrashing	
    
  fish	
     can	
     be	
     seen	
     in	
     the	
     distance.	
     Very	
     close	
    
  scrutiny	
     reveals	
     the	
     figures	
     are	
     much	
     further	
    
  away	
    than	
    previously	
    imagined	
    –	
    and	
    are	
    actually	
    
  an	
    enormous	
    roc	
    carrying	
    off	
    a	
    huge	
    shark.	
    	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     robber	
     crab	
     is	
     slowly	
     tearing	
     open	
     a	
     green	
    
  coconut,	
    balanced	
    precariously	
    on	
    a	
    palm	
    trunk.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
    PC	
    is	
    tripped	
    by	
    a	
    fishing	
    net	
    buried	
    in	
    the	
    
  sand.	
    The	
    net	
    is	
    old	
    and	
    ripped;	
    it	
    has	
    obviously	
    
  buried	
    for	
    a	
    long	
    time.	
    
  76	
    
  The	
     last	
     10	
     feet	
     of	
     cliff	
     edge	
     collapses	
     into	
     the	
    
  churning	
     sea.	
     Spray	
     and	
     debris	
     are	
     hurled	
     into	
    
  the	
    air	
    before	
    crashing	
    down	
    into	
    the	
    water.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
     70-­‐foot	
     square	
     section	
     of	
     the	
     surf	
     has	
     been	
    
  lowered	
     under	
     the	
     effects	
     of	
     water	
     controlling	
    
  magic	
    revealing	
    the	
    rocky	
    sea	
    floor.	
    The	
    spell	
    has	
    
  2	
    minutes	
    of	
    duration	
    remaining.	
    
  78	
    
  An	
     empty	
     ghost	
     ship	
     follows	
     the	
     PCs	
     as	
     they	
    
  travel	
     along	
     the	
     shore,	
     the	
     wind	
     mysteriously	
    
  changing	
    direction	
    to	
    push	
    the	
    vessel’s	
    tattered	
    
  sails	
     in	
     the	
     same	
     direction	
     as	
     the	
     party	
     are	
    
  travelling.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
    small,	
    10-­‐foot	
    diameter	
    floating	
    slick	
    of	
    whale	
    
  oil	
    is	
    blazing	
    merrily	
    just	
    beyond	
    the	
    breakers.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     swarm	
     of	
     biting	
     sand	
     flies	
     descend	
     on	
     the	
    
  party.	
     Each	
     PC	
     must	
     make	
     a	
     be	
     hardy	
     or	
    
  distracted	
     for	
     1	
     hour	
     as	
     the	
     itchy	
     red	
     welts	
    
  blossom.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  A	
    collection	
    of	
    3d8	
    emptied	
    severed	
    heads	
    floats	
    
  in	
    the	
    surf.	
    They	
    are	
    bloated;	
    fish	
    have	
    nibbled	
    at	
    
  them	
     and	
     all	
     have	
     looks	
     of	
     stark	
     terror	
     etched	
    
  upon	
    their	
    faces.	
    
  82	
    
  As	
     81.	
     above	
     except	
     the	
     eyes	
     have	
     been	
    
  removed,	
     and	
     tallow	
     candles	
     lit	
     in	
     the	
     vacant	
    
  cranium.	
     Somehow,	
     the	
     candles	
     have	
     remained	
    
  lit.	
    
  83	
    
  	
    A	
     beam	
     of	
     light	
     suddenly	
     pierces	
     the	
     darkness	
    
  from	
     a	
     distant	
     lighthouse,	
     tracking	
     the	
     PCs	
     for	
    
  ten	
     minutes	
     before	
     darkening	
     again.	
     If	
     the	
     PCs	
    
  approach	
     the	
     lighthouse,	
     only	
     a	
     decrepit	
     ruin	
    
  stands	
    on	
    the	
    headland.	
    
  84	
    
  The	
    PCs’	
    footprints	
    in	
    this	
    section	
    of	
    beach	
    turn	
    
  black	
    on	
    the	
    white	
    sand.	
    
  85	
    
  Thousands	
     of	
     magically	
     animated	
     limpets	
     leap	
    
  and	
    
  tumble	
    
  from	
    
  rock-­‐to-­‐rock,	
    
  freezing	
    
  whenever	
    the	
    PCs	
    watch	
    them.	
    
  86	
    
  Some	
     large	
     creature	
     burrows	
     beneath	
     the	
     sand	
    
  and	
     pebbles	
     on	
     the	
     beach,	
     its	
     body	
     deforming	
    
  the	
    surface	
    to	
    leave	
    a	
    long	
    hillock.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     swarm	
     of	
     2d100	
     seagulls	
     surround	
     the	
     party,	
    
  seemingly	
    oblivious	
    to	
    any	
    danger.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    human	
    fisherman	
    works	
    within	
    a	
    rickety	
    shack,	
    
  gutting	
    his	
    recent	
    haul	
    of	
    fish,	
    and	
    throwing	
    the	
    
  entrails	
    into	
    the	
    ocean	
    for	
    the	
    circling	
    sharks.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    merfolk	
    hunter	
    works	
    within	
    this	
    ramshackle,	
    
  submerged	
     coral	
     outcrop,	
     gutting	
     his	
     recent	
    
  brace	
    of	
    coneys,	
    and	
    throwing	
    the	
    entrails	
    onto	
    
  the	
    beach	
    for	
    the	
    waiting	
    pack	
    of	
    wolves.	
    
  90	
    
  Several	
    hundred	
    feet	
    up	
    the	
    beach,	
    a	
    whole	
    crew	
    
  of	
     rotting	
     undead	
     seamen	
     shamble	
     out	
     of	
     the	
    
  water	
    and	
    into	
    the	
    nearby	
    forest.	
    When	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  investigate,	
     the	
     apparitions	
     have	
     disappeared	
    
  amid	
    the	
    darkened	
    trees.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
    small	
    gnomish	
    child	
    is	
    flying	
    a	
    complicated	
    kite	
    
  from	
    the	
    cliff	
    edge.	
    She	
    shrieks	
    with	
    excitement	
    
  as	
    the	
    kite	
    dives	
    and	
    wheels	
    in	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
    lightning	
    bolt	
    strikes	
    a	
    tree	
    upon	
    the	
    headland	
    
  dead	
    ahead,	
    starting	
    a	
    small	
    brush	
    fire.	
    The	
    tree	
    
  burns	
    for	
    hours.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  A	
     rolling	
     thunderstorm	
     generates	
     a	
     bright	
     blue	
    
  cascade	
     of	
     St	
     Elmo’s	
     fire	
     across	
     the	
     piers	
     of	
     a	
    
  rotting	
     abandoned	
     wooden	
     jetty.	
     The	
     jetty	
     is	
    
  unstable	
     and	
     collapses	
     if	
     a	
     Medium	
     or	
     larger	
    
  creature	
    weighing	
    over	
    200	
    lbs.	
    steps	
    upon	
    it.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
     foreign	
     ship	
     sails	
     along	
     the	
     coastline	
     on	
     a	
    
  voyage	
    of	
    exploration.	
    There	
    is	
    a	
    10%	
    chance	
    the	
    
  ship	
    is	
    of	
    extraplanar	
    nature.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    small	
    whale,	
    impaled	
    with	
    three	
    harpoons	
    lies	
    
  labouring	
    on	
    the	
    beach.	
    It	
    is	
    not	
    dead,	
    but	
    is	
    in	
    
  considerable	
    pain.	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     small	
     pack	
     of	
     fur	
     seals	
     surrounds	
     the	
     PCs,	
    
  nuzzling	
    them	
    with	
    their	
    wet	
    noses.	
    They	
    are	
    not	
    
  hostile.	
    
  97	
    
  Chalk	
    miners	
    carve	
    away	
    chunks	
    of	
    the	
    towering	
    
  white	
    cliffs.	
    A	
    pile	
    of	
    rubble	
    lies	
    at	
    the	
    foot	
    of	
    the	
    
  cliffs.	
    PCs	
    walking	
    under	
    where	
    they	
    are	
    working	
    
  are	
    at	
    danger	
    of	
    being	
    hit	
    by	
    falling	
    debris.	
    
  98	
    
  An	
    imperious	
    whale	
    shark	
    swims	
    slowly	
    parallel	
    
  to	
    the	
    coastline.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  A	
     sulphurous	
     smell	
     emanates	
     from	
     the	
     sea,	
    
  causing	
     any	
     creatures	
     within	
     60	
     feet	
     to	
     be	
    
  sickened.	
    
  100	
    
  The	
    wet	
    clinging	
    mud	
    of	
    the	
    flats	
    holds	
    fast	
    the	
    
  feet	
     of	
     any	
     travellers	
     crossing	
     it.	
     To	
     move,	
     a	
    
  creature	
    must	
    first	
    escape	
    the	
    mud’s	
    embrace.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  101	
    
  	
    
   
  
  102	
    
  C O A S T :  C O A S T A L  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
    coasts	
    along	
    which	
    the	
    PCs	
    travel	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    devoid	
    of	
    
  interesting,	
     minor	
     features.	
     Use	
     this	
     table	
     to	
     generate	
     such	
    
  features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    party’s	
    
  campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    beach	
    consists	
    of	
    luminously	
    white	
    sand.	
    The	
    
  clean	
     sand	
     squeaks	
     underfoot,	
     making	
     silent	
    
  movement	
    difficult.	
    
  2	
    
  Tiny	
     ammonite	
     fossils	
     decorate	
     the	
     sea	
     cliffs.	
    
  Amongst	
    the	
    fossils	
    is	
    the	
    skull	
    of	
    a	
    giant,	
    primal	
    
  dragon	
    turtle.	
    
  3	
    
  Giant	
     octagonal	
     basalt	
     columns	
     form	
     a	
     stepped	
    
  40-­‐foot	
    high	
    cliff	
    face.	
    The	
    cliff	
    is	
    easily	
    scaled.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  A	
    huge,	
    60-­‐foot	
    high	
    pipi-­‐shell	
    midden	
    lies	
    at	
    one	
    
  end	
    of	
    the	
    beach.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  The	
     limestone	
     cliffs	
     are	
     covered	
     with	
     reddish-­‐
  brown	
     phosphate-­‐rich	
     soil.	
     Lush	
     plants	
     cling	
     to	
    
  the	
    cliffs,	
    scores	
    of	
    sea	
    birds	
    live	
    among	
    them.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     deep	
     collection	
     of	
     sea	
     caves	
     line	
     the	
     cliffs,	
    
  populated	
    by	
    a	
    colony	
    of	
    sea	
    urchins.	
    The	
    caves	
    
  provide	
    an	
    alternate	
    path,	
    opening	
    up	
    again	
    400	
    
  feet	
    along	
    the	
    beach.	
    The	
    height	
    of	
    the	
    water	
    on	
    
  the	
    beach	
    varies	
    with	
    the	
    tides,	
    from	
    ankle	
    deep	
    
  to	
    twice	
    the	
    depth	
    of	
    an	
    adult	
    human.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
     weathered	
     lid	
     of	
     a	
     buried	
     sea	
     chest	
     peaks	
    
  through	
     the	
     sand.	
     The	
     chest	
     disappointingly	
    
  contains	
     only	
     the	
     meagre	
     personal	
     possessions	
    
  of	
    a	
    sailor	
    named	
    Hallrey	
    Gallowes.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  Towering	
    white	
    chalk	
    cliffs,	
    covered	
    with	
    eldritch	
    
  carvings,	
    border	
    the	
    crashing	
    sea.	
    
  9	
    
  A	
    small	
    schooner	
    has	
    run	
    aground	
    on	
    the	
    beach,	
    
  but	
     has	
     been	
     stripped	
     long-­‐ago	
     of	
     anything	
     of	
    
  value.	
    
  10	
    
  An	
    enormous	
    man-­‐o-­‐war	
    has	
    been	
    shipwrecked	
    
  on	
    an	
    off-­‐shore	
    reef.	
    The	
    broken	
    hull	
    of	
    the	
    ship	
    
  still	
     contains	
     the	
     crew’s	
     supplies	
     and	
     pay	
     chest	
    
  containing	
     5,000	
     sp.	
     These	
     can	
     be	
     recovered	
    
  from	
    the	
    crashing	
    waves	
    by	
    superb	
    swimmers.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
     battered	
     trading	
     cog	
     is	
     suspended	
     30	
     feet	
    
  above	
     the	
     ground	
     in	
     the	
     dense	
     wood	
     or	
     jungle	
    
  lining	
     the	
     shore.	
     Superb	
     climbers	
     can	
     recover	
    
  300	
    gp	
    worth	
    of	
    blue	
    dyes	
    stored	
    in	
    fragile	
    clay	
    
  pots.	
    
  12	
    
  Coconuts	
    are	
    arranged	
    to	
    spell	
    “help”	
    in	
    the	
    sand	
    
  and	
    an	
    arrow	
    made	
    of	
    sticks	
    points	
    westwards.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
     violent	
     chain	
     lightning	
     storm	
     riots	
     over	
     the	
    
  distant	
    ocean.	
    
  14	
    
  Brilliantly-­‐coloured	
    
  coral	
    
  has	
    
  formed	
    
  a	
    
  treacherous	
    reef	
    along	
    this	
    stretch	
    of	
    coastline.	
    A	
    
  skilled	
     sailor	
     is	
     required	
     to	
     navigate	
     a	
     ship	
    
  through	
    the	
    shallow	
    channel.	
    
  15	
    
  Hundreds	
     of	
     shallow	
     rock	
     pools,	
     each	
     with	
     its	
    
  own	
     micro-­‐environment	
     of	
     limpets,	
     anemones	
    
  and	
    sea	
    cucumbers,	
    blankets	
    the	
    coast.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
     beach	
     is	
     covered	
     in	
     hundreds	
     of	
     air	
     holes	
    
  from	
     buried	
     crabs.	
     One	
     hole	
     is	
     almost	
     30	
     feet	
    
  wide.	
    
  17	
    
  Heaped	
    piles	
    of	
    thick	
    seaweed	
    strands	
    cover	
    the	
    
  beach.	
    Treat	
    the	
    seaweed	
    as	
    difficult	
    terrain.	
    
  18	
    
  The	
     high-­‐tide	
     mark	
     of	
     the	
     beach	
     is	
     lined	
     with	
    
  sun-­‐bleached	
    driftwood.	
    
  19	
    
  Heavy	
     seas	
     bring	
     12-­‐foot	
     high	
     waves	
     breaking	
    
  against	
     the	
     beach	
     in	
     a	
     tumult	
     of	
     white-­‐water.	
    
  Swimming	
    is	
    difficult	
    here.	
    
  20	
    
  A	
     tall	
     granite	
     lighthouse	
     overlooks	
     the	
     rocky,	
    
  treacherous	
    coastline,	
    making	
    orientation	
    easy.	
    
  21	
    
  A	
     row	
     of	
     ensconced	
     defensive	
     emplacements	
    
  line	
     the	
     cliff-­‐top.	
     Abandoned,	
     weather-­‐beaten	
    
  catapults	
    stand	
    a	
    ghostly	
    vigil	
    on	
    the	
    headlands	
    
  flanking	
    a	
    sheltered	
    bay.	
    
  22	
    
  Fish	
     traps	
     made	
     of	
     heaped	
     stones,	
     designed	
     to	
    
  capture	
    fish	
    at	
    high	
    tide,	
    dot	
    the	
    shoreline.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  Dense	
     mangrove	
     forests	
     filled	
     with	
     thick	
     mud	
    
  stand	
     at	
     the	
     water’s	
     edge.	
     Treat	
     the	
     area	
     as	
    
  difficult	
    terrain.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
    rough,	
    but	
    extensive	
    an	
    impressive	
    sand	
    castle	
    
  dominates	
    the	
    beach.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    stand	
    of	
    coastal	
    pines	
    have	
    been	
    felled	
    here.	
    
  Survivalists	
    note	
    that	
    a	
    makeshift	
    raft	
    has	
    been	
    
  constructed	
    and	
    dragged	
    into	
    the	
    ocean.	
    
  26	
    
  Rows	
    of	
    sun-­‐bleached	
    wooden	
    poles	
    stand	
    guard	
    
  over	
    the	
    entrance	
    to	
    this	
    estuary.	
    Wooden	
    trays	
    
  are	
     suspended	
     between	
     the	
     poles	
     to	
     farm	
    
  saltwater	
    oysters.	
    
  27	
    
  A	
    mile-­‐long	
    algal	
    bloom	
    covers	
    the	
    shoreline	
    in	
    a	
    
  red	
    tide.	
    Creatures	
    swimming	
    in	
    the	
    water	
    must	
    
  be	
    hardy	
    to	
    withstand	
    the	
    toxic	
    algae.	
    
  28	
    
  This	
     treacherous	
     section	
     of	
     water	
     features	
     a	
    
  strong	
     riptide,	
     which	
     drags	
     swimmers	
     3,000	
     ft.	
    
  out	
     to	
     sea	
     at	
     the	
     rate	
     of	
     30	
     feet	
     per	
     round.	
    
  Swimming	
     parallel	
     to	
     the	
     beach	
     for	
     100	
     feet	
    
  frees	
    the	
    swimmer	
    from	
    the	
    riptide.	
    
  29	
    
  While	
    the	
    PCs	
    watch,	
    one	
    of	
    twelve	
    cragged	
    90-­‐
  foot	
    high	
    fingers	
    of	
    rock	
    which	
    pierce	
    the	
    ocean	
    
  collapses	
    into	
    the	
    water.	
    
  30	
    
  A	
     small	
     hole	
     has	
     eroded	
     in	
     the	
     limestone	
     cliff	
    
  edge.	
    During	
    heavy	
    seas,	
    white	
    water	
    fills	
    the	
    sea	
    
  cave	
    beneath,	
    spraying	
    columns	
    of	
    water	
    80	
    feet	
    
  into	
    the	
    air	
    through	
    the	
    blowhole.	
    
  31	
    
  A	
    precarious	
    2-­‐foot	
    wide	
    natural	
    stone	
    arch	
    links	
    
  two	
     plateaus	
     overlooking	
     the	
     ocean.	
     The	
     arch	
    
  can	
    be	
    crossed	
    by	
    balancing	
    on	
    it.	
    
  32	
    
  A	
     towering	
     sand	
     dune,	
     some	
     300	
     feet	
     high,	
    
  dominates	
     the	
     northern	
     end	
     of	
     this	
     beach.	
    
  Characters	
    with	
    a	
    shield	
    or	
    other	
    similar	
    piece	
    of	
    
  equipment	
    may	
    ride	
    it	
    down	
    the	
    dune,	
    coming	
    to	
    
  the	
    bottom	
    at	
    the	
    end	
    of	
    the	
    round.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
    man-­‐made	
    10-­‐foot	
    high	
    break	
    wall	
    of	
    heaped	
    
  boulders	
    shelters	
    this	
    deserted	
    bay.	
    
  
  103	
    
  34	
    
  A	
    fjord	
    opens	
    into	
    the	
    sea.	
    Thousands	
    of	
    carven	
    
  statues	
     of	
     princes,	
     gods	
     and	
     patron	
     animals	
    
  decorate	
    the	
    towering	
    headlands.	
    
  35	
    
  Thousands	
    of	
    complete	
    shells	
    in	
    a	
    kaleidoscope	
    
  of	
    colours	
    litter	
    the	
    beach.	
    
  36	
    
  Two	
    thick	
    iron	
    pipes,	
    brown	
    with	
    rust,	
    run	
    from	
    
  the	
    cliff-­‐side	
    into	
    the	
    ocean.	
    The	
    pipes	
    contain	
    a	
    
  trickle	
    of	
    magical	
    effluent	
    from	
    a	
    nearby	
    wizard’s	
    
  tower.	
     Any	
     creature	
     touching	
     the	
     effluent	
     is	
    
  subject	
    transformation	
    into	
    a	
    creature	
    or	
    object.	
    
  37	
    
  The	
     cracked	
     crown	
     of	
     a	
     buried	
     monument	
     has	
    
  been	
    revealed	
    by	
    the	
    eroding	
    sand.	
    
  38	
    
  This	
    beach	
    is	
    composed	
    of	
    dark,	
    blood-­‐red	
    sand	
    
  which	
    sticks	
    to	
    the	
    PCs’	
    feet.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    field	
    of	
    20-­‐foot	
    wide	
    ice	
    floes	
    stretches	
    to	
    the	
    
  horizon.	
    The	
    ice	
    floes	
    can	
    be	
    ridden	
    by	
    agile	
    PCs.	
    
  Failure	
    
  means	
    
  the	
    
  creature	
    
  is	
    
  dumped	
    
  unceremoniously	
     into	
     the	
     frigid	
     water,	
     taking	
    
  damage	
    from	
    exposure.	
    Such	
    unfortunates	
    suffer	
    
  hypothermia.	
    
  40	
    
  Nine	
     rusted	
     anchors,	
     each	
     as	
     tall	
     as	
     two	
     men,	
    
  stand	
    erect	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    	
    
  41	
    
  The	
    sand	
    of	
    this	
    beach	
    is	
    deathly	
    black	
    and	
    cold	
    
  to	
    the	
    touch,	
    despite	
    the	
    beating	
    hot	
    sun.	
    
  42	
    
  A	
     thick	
     bramble	
     of	
     lantana	
     covers	
     the	
     upper	
    
  dunes	
    of	
    this	
    beach.	
    The	
    lantana	
    can	
    be	
    hacked	
    
  through	
    at	
    a	
    rate	
    of	
    5	
    feet	
    per	
    round.	
    
  43	
    
  100	
    feet	
    out	
    to	
    sea,	
    a	
    rusting	
    iron	
    ladder	
    stands	
    
  suspended	
     in	
     the	
     water,	
     reaching	
     from	
     the	
    
  surface	
    to	
    the	
    sea	
    floor.	
    
  44	
    
  An	
    80-­‐foot	
    wide	
    crater	
    has	
    been	
    blasted	
    into	
    the	
    
  beach	
    here,	
    fusing	
    the	
    tortured	
    sand	
    into	
    thick,	
    
  rippling	
    glass.	
    
  45	
    
  Waist-­‐deep	
     sea	
     foam	
     overwhelms	
     this	
     entire	
    
  section	
     of	
     beach.	
     The	
     foam	
     does	
     not	
     impede	
    
  movement,	
     but	
     any	
     creature	
     crouching	
     in	
     the	
    
  foam	
    gains	
    concealment.	
    
  46	
    
  This	
     beach	
     is	
     blanketed	
     in	
     millions	
     of	
     smooth	
    
  grey	
     pebbles.	
     They	
     are	
     suitable	
     for	
     use	
     as	
     sling	
    
  stones.	
    
  47	
    
  Ninety	
    pumice	
    stones	
    of	
    massive	
    size	
    have	
    rolled	
    
  onto	
    this	
    beach	
    from	
    some	
    cataclysmic	
    volcanic	
    
  eruption.	
     Each	
     of	
     these	
     20-­‐foot	
     wide	
     spherical	
    
  stones	
    are	
    light	
    enough	
    to	
    be	
    moved	
    with	
    some	
    
  effort.	
    
  48	
    
  This	
    beach	
    is	
    made	
    entirely	
    from	
    shattered	
    bone	
    
  shards.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     row	
     of	
     mangrove	
     trees	
     with	
     carved,	
     leering	
    
  human	
    faces	
    stands	
    vigil	
    over	
    the	
    seething	
    surf.	
    
  50	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     wooden	
     planks	
     buried	
     in	
     the	
     sand	
    
  make	
     a	
     winding	
     path	
     through	
     the	
     dunes.	
     The	
    
  path,	
     unlike	
     the	
     surrounding	
     sand,	
     does	
     not	
    
  count	
    as	
    difficult	
    terrain.	
    	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    vertigo-­‐inducing	
    steep	
    staircase	
    is	
    carved	
    into	
    
  the	
    crumbling	
    cliff-­‐side.	
    Despite	
    its	
    appearances,	
    
  the	
    stairway	
    is	
    safe	
    to	
    traverse.	
    
  52	
    
  A	
     rough	
     stack	
     of	
     hollowed	
     sea	
     shells	
     forms	
     a	
    
  cairn	
    over	
    a	
    long-­‐bleached	
    skeleton.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
    cart	
    has	
    careened	
    over	
    the	
    sea	
    cliff	
    here,	
    and	
    
  lies	
     smashed	
     into	
     a	
     thousand	
     splintered	
     pieces.	
    
  There	
     is	
     no	
     sign	
     of	
     the	
     horses,	
     drivers	
     or	
    
  passengers.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
     mountainous	
     glacier	
     snakes	
     its	
     way	
     into	
     the	
    
  sea.	
    Inside	
    the	
    clear	
    ice	
    are	
    the	
    frozen	
    figures	
    of	
    
  three	
    woolly	
    mammoths.	
    
  55	
    
  Three	
    empty	
    white	
    rowboats	
    are	
    drawn	
    up	
    in	
    a	
    
  sheltered	
    cove.	
    
  56	
    
  A	
     tall	
     wooden	
     platform	
     stands	
     some	
     300	
     feet	
    
  from	
    the	
    shore.	
    Pearl	
    divers	
    use	
    the	
    platform	
    as	
    
  a	
    base	
    to	
    explore	
    the	
    depths	
    below.	
    
  57	
    
  A	
    200-­‐foot	
    long	
    jetty,	
    its	
    ancient	
    planks	
    creaking	
    
  in	
     the	
     wind,	
     juts	
     out	
     into	
     the	
     ocean.	
     It	
     is	
    
  surprisingly	
    sturdy.	
    
  58	
    
  A	
     small	
     village	
     of	
     pretty	
     whitewashed	
     stone	
    
  houses	
    clings	
    to	
    the	
    cliff	
    side.	
    	
    
  59	
    
  A	
    field	
    of	
    grass	
    ripples	
    in	
    the	
    wind,	
    mirroring	
    the	
    
  waves	
    on	
    the	
    ocean.	
    
  60	
    
  A	
     waterfall	
     of	
     fresh	
     water	
     plummets	
     from	
     a	
    
  natural	
    spring	
    in	
    the	
    cliff	
    above.	
    
  61	
    
  Tracks	
    of	
    some	
    six-­‐legged	
    beast	
    meander	
    up	
    the	
    
  beach.	
    
  62	
    
  A	
     darkened,	
     ruined	
     church	
     crouches	
     atop	
     the	
    
  headland,	
    as	
    if	
    judging	
    those	
    who	
    abandoned	
    it.	
    	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    giant	
    lizardfolk	
    face	
    is	
    carved	
    into	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    a	
    
  mountainous	
    cape.	
    The	
    cape’s	
    peak	
    issues	
    forth	
    
  a	
    grumbling	
    cloud	
    of	
    volcanic	
    vapours.	
    
  64	
    
  A	
     paved	
     roadway	
     parallels	
     the	
     coastline	
     for	
     a	
    
  time	
    before	
    turning	
    inland.	
    
  65	
    
  The	
     beach	
     is	
     made	
     from	
     glowing	
     diamonds,	
    
  varying	
    from	
    the	
    size	
    of	
    a	
    pinhead	
    to	
    a	
    dragon’s	
    
  egg.	
     If	
     a	
     diamond	
     is	
     lifted	
     from	
     the	
     ground	
     it	
    
  immediately	
    collapses	
    into	
    a	
    fine	
    grey	
    dust.	
    
  66	
    
  The	
     sea	
     has	
     retreated	
     over	
     a	
     mile	
     due	
     to	
     an	
    
  unnaturally	
     low	
     tide.	
     Drowning	
     fish	
     flop	
     about	
    
  desperately	
    in	
    the	
    remaining	
    shallow	
    puddles.	
    
  67	
    
  A	
     coconut	
     tree	
     has	
     been	
     bent	
     over	
     almost	
    
  double	
     and	
     tied	
     with	
     an	
     elaborate	
     knot.	
     Two	
    
  hundred	
     feet	
     down	
     the	
     beach,	
     a	
     series	
     of	
    
  concentric	
    circles	
    have	
    been	
    drawn	
    in	
    the	
    sand.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     life-­‐like	
     statues	
     formed	
     out	
     of	
     sand	
    
  fight	
     a	
     stilled	
     battle.	
     The	
     statues	
     crumble	
     if	
    
  touched,	
    but	
    are	
    impressively	
    detailed	
    and	
    stand	
    
  above	
    the	
    high	
    tide	
    mark.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
    set	
    of	
    bleached	
    shark’s	
    jaws,	
    still	
    biting	
    down	
    
  on	
    a	
    human	
    femur,	
    lie	
    on	
    the	
    sand.	
    	
    
  70	
    
  Three	
    long	
    dangling	
    vines	
    have	
    been	
    entwined	
    to	
    
  form	
    a	
    makeshift	
    rope	
    up	
    the	
    side	
    of	
    a	
    cliff.	
    
  71	
    
  A	
    shallow	
    sea	
    cave	
    holds	
    primitive	
    carvings	
    and	
    
  paintings	
    which	
    seem	
    to	
    depict	
    likenesses	
    of	
    the	
    
  PCs...and	
     a	
     giant	
     tentacled	
     sea	
     monster	
     pulling	
    
  them	
    down	
    to	
    a	
    watery	
    grave.	
    
  72	
    
  An	
     empty	
     turtle	
     shell,	
     carved	
     with	
     fish-­‐symbols	
    
  has	
     been	
     abandoned	
     here	
     and	
     contains	
     fresh	
    
  tropical	
     fruits	
     and	
     coconuts.	
     The	
     fruits	
     are	
     yet	
    
  fresh.	
    
  
  104	
    
  73	
    
  A	
    verdigris-­‐covered	
    bronze	
    spyglass	
    is	
    bolted	
    to	
    a	
    
  stone	
     plinth	
     on	
     this	
     headland.	
     Anyone	
     looking	
    
  into	
     the	
     spyglass	
     sees	
     a	
     vista	
     from	
     a	
     continent	
    
  several	
    thousand	
    miles	
    away.	
    
  74	
    
  A	
     stand	
     of	
     tall	
     pine	
     trees	
     has	
     been	
     fitted	
     with	
    
  ship’s	
     sails.	
     When	
     they	
     catch	
     the	
     breeze,	
     the	
    
  ground	
    seems	
    to	
    shift	
    as	
    if	
    the	
    land	
    were	
    moving.	
    
  75	
    
  When	
    seen	
    from	
    above,	
    this	
    atoll	
    has	
    an	
    uncanny	
    
  resemblance	
     to	
     a	
     bitten	
     apple,	
     including	
     the	
    
  jetty-­‐stalk	
    and	
    a	
    reef	
    shaped	
    like	
    a	
    leaf.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    thick	
    wooden	
    post	
    is	
    fixed	
    into	
    the	
    sand.	
    A	
    torn	
    
  set	
     of	
     leather	
     bindings	
     lies	
     in	
     a	
     pool	
     of	
     rapidly-­‐
  diluting	
     blood.	
     The	
     sand	
     about	
     the	
     post	
     is	
    
  churned	
    up	
    as	
    if	
    by	
    a	
    struggle.	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    single	
    white	
    plume	
    of	
    smoke	
    rises	
    lazily	
    from	
    a	
    
  headland	
    on	
    the	
    horizon.	
    
  78	
    
  A	
    ruined	
    temple,	
    constructed	
    within	
    the	
    mighty	
    
  rib-­‐bones	
     of	
     a	
     blue	
     whale,	
     lurks	
     at	
     the	
     water’s	
    
  edge.	
    Within	
    the	
    structure	
    are	
    a	
    dozen	
    sahuagin	
    
  skeletons	
     clustered	
     around	
     a	
     white	
     water-­‐filled	
    
  rock	
    pool.	
    	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     copse	
     of	
     twisted	
     trees,	
     shaped	
     by	
     the	
     wind,	
    
  stand	
    at	
    the	
    top	
    of	
    the	
    cliff,	
    their	
    gnarled	
    roots	
    
  partially	
    exposed	
    to	
    the	
    elements.	
    One	
    odd	
    tree	
    
  leans	
    into	
    the	
    wind.	
    
  80	
    
  Lying	
     curled	
     up	
     in	
     the	
     wet	
     sand	
     is	
     a	
     sodden,	
    
  ragged	
    ensign.	
    People	
    versed	
    in	
    geography	
    know	
    
  it	
    belongs	
    to	
    a	
    far-­‐distant	
    nation.	
    
  81	
    
  The	
    sea	
    spray	
    crowning	
    the	
    boiling	
    surf	
    languidly	
    
  forms	
     misty	
     figures	
     of	
     dancing	
     dolphins	
     before	
    
  collapsing	
    back	
    into	
    the	
    seething	
    water.	
    
  82	
    
  A	
     lonely	
     velvet	
     tri-­‐corn	
     hat	
     tumbles	
     down	
     the	
    
  beach,	
    driven	
    by	
    the	
    wind.	
    It	
    is	
    bloodstained	
    and	
    
  tattered.	
    	
    
  83	
    
  A	
     glass	
     bottle,	
     containing	
     a	
     rolled-­‐up	
     note,	
    
  washes	
     ashore.	
     The	
     note	
     is	
     waterlogged	
     and	
    
  indecipherable.	
    
  84	
    
  As	
    83	
    above	
    except	
    the	
    note	
    contains	
    child-­‐like	
    
  scribbles	
    and	
    a	
    poorly-­‐drawn	
    ship.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  The	
     guano-­‐enriched	
     cliff-­‐top	
     here	
     grows	
     bush	
    
  pumpkins,	
    mangoes,	
    papayas	
    and	
    other	
    tropical	
    
  fruits.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  A	
     looming	
     waterspout	
     forms	
     200	
     feet	
     off	
     the	
    
  coast,	
    travelling	
    at	
    20	
    feet	
    per	
    round	
    in	
    a	
    random	
    
  direction	
     before	
     collapsing	
     again	
     after	
     several	
    
  minutes.	
    
  87	
    
  The	
    fine	
    seaweed	
    on	
    the	
    rocks	
    here	
    is	
    slippery,	
    
  but	
    it	
    is	
    also	
    safe	
    to	
    eat.	
    	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    massive	
    kelp	
    bed,	
    over	
    a	
    square	
    mile	
    in	
    area,	
    
  adjoins	
     the	
     beach	
     here.	
     Swimming	
     through	
     the	
    
  kelp	
    bed	
    is	
    hard.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
     recently	
     doused	
     campfire	
     smoulders	
     on	
     the	
    
  beach.	
     The	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
     cooked	
     and	
     eaten	
    
  bream	
    lie	
    at	
    the	
    fire’s	
    side.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  If	
    the	
    PCs	
    follow	
    the	
    coast,	
    it	
    circles	
    around	
    in	
    a	
    
  progressively	
     tighter	
     spiral	
     until	
     the	
     island	
     is	
    
  nothing	
    more	
    than	
    a	
    sandy,	
    featureless	
    atoll	
    30	
    
  feet	
    across.	
    
  91	
    
  The	
    shattered	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    stone	
    fortress	
    lies	
    at	
    
  the	
    bottom	
    of	
    a	
    cliff	
    that	
    has	
    obviously	
    collapsed	
    
  onto	
     the	
     beach	
     long	
     ago.	
     The	
     ruins	
     are	
     worn	
    
  smooth	
     by	
     the	
     sea,	
     but	
     here	
     and	
     there	
     the	
    
  remains	
     of	
     strange,	
     unidentifiable	
     carvings	
     can	
    
  just	
    about	
    be	
    made	
    out.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     half-­‐constructed	
     warship	
     stands	
     on	
     an	
    
  impressive	
    dry-­‐dock.	
    The	
    structure	
    has	
    been	
    long	
    
  abandoned,	
     and	
     the	
     warship	
     is	
     seemingly	
     sized	
    
  for	
    some	
    kind	
    of	
    giant.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  A	
     small	
     niche	
     is	
     carved	
     in	
     the	
     cliff	
     here,	
    
  supporting	
     a	
     miniature	
     wooden	
     ship.	
     The	
     niche	
    
  and	
    surrounds	
    are	
    covered	
    with	
    both	
    fresh	
    and	
    
  withered	
     flower	
     petals.	
     A	
     narrow,	
     perilous	
     and	
    
  hard	
    to	
    climb	
    pathway	
    leads	
    up	
    to	
    the	
    niche.	
    
  94	
    
  Twelve	
    corpses,	
    recently	
    drowned	
    and	
    dressed	
    in	
    
  pure	
     white	
     robes,	
     lie	
     in	
     a	
     mournful	
     row	
     at	
     the	
    
  water’s	
    edge,	
    the	
    gentle	
    waves	
    reverently	
    caress	
    
  their	
     feet	
     before	
     receding.	
     Each	
     has	
     had	
     its	
    
  throat	
    cut.	
    
  95	
    
  Something	
    has	
    hacked	
    a	
    path	
    through	
    the	
    trees	
    
  at	
     the	
     water’s	
     edge,	
     creating	
     a	
     trail	
     heading	
    
  directly	
     inland.	
     Worryingly,	
     the	
     trail	
     is	
     15	
     ft.	
    
  wide;	
     as	
     well	
     as	
     bushes,	
     several	
     small	
     saplings	
    
  lies	
    crush	
    and	
    broken	
    along	
    its	
    length.	
    
  96	
    
  This	
     island,	
     or	
     section	
     of	
     coastline,	
     has	
     a	
     single	
    
  permanent	
     structure	
     at	
     its	
     centre	
     –	
     a	
     hastily-­‐
  constructed	
     gallows.	
     The	
     rotting	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
    
  human	
    swings	
    gently	
    in	
    the	
    breeze.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
     beating	
     sun	
     is	
     obscured	
     for	
     an	
     hour	
     by	
     a	
    
  partial	
     lunar	
     eclipse,	
     reducing	
     the	
     illumination	
    
  level	
    to	
    dim	
    light.	
    
  98	
    
  Sharp,	
     jagged	
     coral	
     makes	
     up	
     this	
     shoreline,	
    
  tearing	
     up	
     the	
     feet	
     of	
     those	
     walking	
     on	
     it	
    
  barefoot.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
     small	
     whaler’s	
     hut	
     stands	
     here	
     defiantly	
    
  against	
    the	
    wind.	
    A	
    thin	
    smoke	
    trail	
    rises	
    from	
    its	
    
  chimney	
     and	
     an	
     inviting	
     warmth	
     glows	
     from	
    
  inside.	
    
  100	
    
  This	
    rocky	
    peninsula	
    is	
    shaped	
    like	
    an	
    enormous	
    
  human	
    finger,	
    down	
    to	
    the	
    swirls	
    of	
    a	
    fingerprint	
    
  at	
    the	
    tip.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  105	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  106	
    
  S E A  V O Y A G E S :  S H I P B O A R D  E V E N T S  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  use	
     it	
     as	
     inspiration	
     (or	
     possibly	
     the	
     prelude	
     to)	
     a	
     larger	
    
  encounters.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
    crewman	
    tries	
    to	
    steal	
    a	
    small,	
    mundane	
    item	
    
  from	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    PCs.	
    	
    
  2	
    
  A	
    landlubber	
    clings	
    to	
    the	
    main	
    mast,	
    moaning.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  Two	
    burly	
    sailors	
    man	
    the	
    ship’s	
    wheel.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  Storage	
     boxes	
     slide	
     about	
     on	
     deck	
     as	
     the	
     ship	
    
  lists	
    to	
    one	
    side.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  An	
     outbreak	
     of	
     dysentery	
     wreaks	
     havoc	
     among	
    
  the	
    passengers.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     passenger	
     goes	
     to	
     great	
     lengths	
     to	
     keep	
    
  himself	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    weather.	
    	
    
  7	
    
  The	
     body	
     of	
     a	
     crewman	
     is	
     found	
     stuffed	
     in	
     the	
    
  bilge.	
    His	
    throat	
    has	
    been	
    slashed.	
    	
    	
    
  8	
    
  Two	
    of	
    the	
    crew,	
    who	
    are	
    identical	
    twins,	
    display	
    
  full	
    body	
    dragon	
    tattoos.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  A	
     passenger	
     who	
     is	
     dressed	
     in	
     aristocratic	
    
  clothes,	
     but	
     is	
     blind,	
     wanders	
     about	
     the	
     deck	
    
  followed	
    by	
    a	
    balding	
    manservant.	
    	
    
  10	
    
  Several	
    rats	
    scurry	
    among	
    crates	
    of	
    cargo.	
    
  11	
    
  A	
    ship’s	
    officer	
    bellows	
    at	
    a	
    crewman	
    and	
    lashes	
    
  him	
    violently	
    for	
    insubordination.	
    	
    
  12	
    
  The	
     call	
     to	
     man	
     the	
     pumps	
     breaks	
     the	
     calm	
     of	
    
  the	
    noonday	
    sun.	
    
  13	
    
  An	
     order	
     is	
     given	
     to	
     “bare	
     the	
     poles!”	
     In	
    
  dangerously	
     strong	
     winds,	
     sailors	
     scramble	
     to	
    
  take	
    in	
    the	
    sails.	
    
  14	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    sneaks	
    about	
    deck	
    early	
    in	
    the	
    
  morning.	
    	
    
  15	
    
  Fluttering	
    to	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    upper	
    deck	
    handrail	
    is	
    a	
    
  small,	
    emerald-­‐green	
    and	
    red-­‐feathered	
    parrot.	
    	
    
  16	
    
  A	
    strange,	
    rotten	
    smell	
    wafts	
    up	
    from	
    the	
    bilge.	
    	
    
  17	
    
  After	
     fishing	
     for	
     several	
     hours,	
     three	
     crewmen	
    
  haul	
    a	
    small	
    squid	
    on-­‐board.	
    
  18	
    
  A	
    quick	
    look	
    spots	
    a	
    small	
    bottle	
    marked	
    with	
    a	
    
  skull	
    and	
    crossbones	
    tucked	
    into	
    a	
    coil	
    of	
    rope.	
    	
    
  19	
    
  The	
     sun	
     beats	
     down	
     on	
     the	
     deck,	
     baking	
     all	
     in	
    
  sweltering	
    heat.	
    	
    
  20	
    
  Much	
    of	
    the	
    food	
    on	
    board	
    goes	
    bad.	
    	
    
  21	
    
  The	
     “Old	
     Man”	
     or	
     captain	
     walks	
     the	
     deck	
    
  mumbling	
     in	
     a	
     disconcerting	
     tone.	
     The	
     crew	
    
  whisper	
    in	
    worried	
    tones,	
    behind	
    his	
    back.	
    	
    
  22	
    
  A	
    sailor	
    carves	
    a	
    serpent	
    into	
    the	
    handrail	
    of	
    the	
    
  starboard	
    bow.	
    	
    
  23	
    
  As	
     the	
     wind	
     picks	
     up	
     the	
     order	
     to	
     “chock-­‐a-­‐
  block”	
     rings	
     out	
     loud	
     and	
     clear.	
     The	
     sails	
     are	
    
  pulled	
    tight	
    to	
    the	
    rigging.	
    	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     passenger	
     dies	
     of	
     tuberculosis.	
     Many	
     of	
     the	
    
  crew	
    avoid	
    the	
    remaining	
    passengers	
    as	
    a	
    result.	
    
  25	
    
  Two	
    very	
    rough-­‐looking	
    passengers	
    play	
    mumble	
    
  peg	
    with	
    a	
    large	
    kitchen	
    knife.	
    	
    
  26	
    
  Two	
     crewmen	
     begin	
     to	
     argue.	
     A	
     fight	
     soon	
    
  breaks	
    out.	
    	
    
  27	
    
  Children	
    are	
    entertained	
    by	
    the	
    comedy	
    antics	
    of	
    
  a	
    passenger.	
    	
    
  28	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     freak	
     wave	
     heaves	
     a	
     wash	
     of	
     water	
    
  across	
    the	
    deck.	
    Characters	
    must	
    be	
    agile	
    or	
    be	
    
  knocked	
    into	
    the	
    ship’s	
    rail.	
    	
    
  29	
    
  A	
    female	
    passenger	
    is	
    seen	
    talking	
    intently,	
    but	
    
  quietly,	
    with	
    the	
    ship's	
    captain.	
    	
    
  30	
    
  The	
    PCs’	
    clothes	
    become	
    infested	
    with	
    fleas.	
    	
    
  31	
    
  A	
     careful	
     look	
     reveal	
     the	
     portside	
     handrail	
     has	
    
  been	
    sawn	
    through	
    in	
    several	
    spots.	
    	
    
  32	
    
  Several	
     sailors	
     are	
     making	
     scrimshaws	
     out	
     of	
    
  whale	
    teeth.	
    	
    
  33	
    
  No	
     wind	
     blows	
     for	
     the	
     whole	
     day;	
     the	
     ship	
     is	
    
  becalmed.	
    	
    
  34	
    
  Crewmen	
     are	
     moving	
     barrels	
     of	
     rum	
     above-­‐
  board	
     to	
     amidships.	
     The	
     captain	
     stands	
     atop	
     a	
    
  small	
    crate	
    supervising.	
    	
    
  35	
    
  At	
     midday,	
     a	
     thin	
     man	
     in	
     loose	
     robes	
     plays	
     a	
    
  strange	
     flute	
     to	
     a	
     large	
     cobra	
     as	
     it	
     sways	
     back	
    
  and	
    forth.	
    	
    
  36	
    
  Careful	
    scrutiny	
    reveals	
    several	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    have	
    
  deep,	
    pink	
    scars	
    on	
    both	
    sides	
    of	
    their	
    neck.	
    	
    
  37	
    
  A	
     fellow	
     passenger	
     asks	
     for	
     help	
     in	
     persuading	
    
  the	
    captain	
    to	
    change	
    course	
    to	
    a	
    nearby	
    island.	
    
  38	
    
  During	
     a	
     storm,	
     lightning	
     strikes	
     the	
     mainmast	
    
  setting	
    it	
    ablaze.	
    	
    
  39	
    
  Investigation	
     reveals	
     a	
     rope	
     tied	
     low,	
     out-­‐of-­‐
  place,	
    on	
    the	
    handrail	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    mast.	
    	
    
  40	
    
  Below	
     decks,	
     it	
     is	
     particular	
     hot	
     and	
     fetid.	
     The	
    
  crew	
    are	
    in	
    a	
    bad	
    mood	
    and	
    many	
    have	
    taken	
    to	
    
  sleeping	
    on	
    deck.	
    
  41	
    
  One	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    invites	
    a	
    gullible-­‐looking	
    PC	
    to	
    a	
    
  dice	
    game	
    later	
    that	
    day.	
    
  42	
    
  Just	
     by	
     a	
     sailor’s	
     actions	
     the	
     PCs	
     can	
     tell	
     he	
    
  “doesn’t	
    have	
    both	
    oars	
    in	
    the	
    water.”	
    
  43	
    
  Some	
     of	
     the	
     crew	
     and	
     passengers	
     develop	
     bad	
    
  coughs,	
    overnight.	
    
  44	
    
  In	
     the	
     morning,	
     a	
     bloody	
     hex	
     mark	
     is	
     found	
     on	
    
  the	
    captain’s	
    cabin	
    door.	
    	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     seagulls	
     assails	
     several	
     crewmen	
     as	
    
  they	
    climb	
    the	
    mizzenmast.	
    	
    
  46	
    
  The	
     damp	
     air	
     has	
     made	
     the	
     ship's	
     deck	
     very	
    
  slippery;	
    movement	
    is	
    halved.	
    	
    
  47	
    
  The	
    wind	
    carries	
    away	
    the	
    sheet	
    music	
    of	
    a	
    bard	
    
  practising	
     his	
     craft	
     on	
     deck.	
     The	
     sheets	
     are	
    
  marked	
    with	
    arcane	
    marks.	
    	
    
  48	
    
  Dark	
     mutterings	
     of	
     discontent	
     circulate	
     among	
    
  the	
    crew.	
    	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     drunken	
     trader	
     bumps	
     into	
     a	
     PC,	
     and	
     then	
    
  accuses	
    them	
    of	
    thievery.	
    
  50	
    
  It	
    is	
    too	
    hot	
    and	
    smelly	
    to	
    sleep	
    below	
    deck.	
    	
    
  
  107	
    
  51	
    
  Each	
     day	
     at	
     noon,	
     the	
     crew	
     salute	
     the	
    
  quarterdeck	
    where	
    a	
    small	
    altar	
    is	
    kept.	
    	
    
  52	
    
  Worms	
     and	
     grubs	
     are	
     discovered	
     to	
     have	
    
  infested	
    some	
    of	
    the	
    food.	
    	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     weather-­‐worn	
     sailor	
     blocks	
     a	
     PC’s	
     descent	
    
  through	
    the	
    companion	
    way.	
    
  54	
    
  A	
    zigzag	
    hex	
    mark	
    is	
    found	
    burnt	
    into	
    the	
    main	
    
  hold’s	
    door.	
    	
    
  55	
    
  At	
    sunset,	
    the	
    crew	
    play	
    musical	
    instruments	
    and	
    
  sing	
    shanties	
    while	
    working.	
    	
    
  56	
    
  Suddenly	
    the	
    helmsman	
    yells	
    as	
    the	
    wheel	
    spins	
    
  free.	
    	
    
  57	
    
  One	
    sailor	
    offers	
    to	
    pierce	
    a	
    PC’s	
    ears	
    for	
    good	
    
  luck	
    on	
    the	
    trip.	
    	
    
  58	
    
  Just	
     before	
     dawn,	
     a	
     ghostly	
     shape	
     is	
     seen	
     near	
    
  the	
    masthead.	
    	
    
  59	
    
  The	
     sounds	
     of	
     shifting	
     rock	
     come	
     from	
     the	
    
  ballast	
    hold.	
    	
    
  60	
    
  The	
     crew	
     whisper	
     among	
     themselves	
     about	
     an	
    
  unmarked	
    crate	
    below	
    deck.	
    	
    
  61	
    
  The	
    last	
    full	
    water	
    barrel	
    is	
    brought	
    up	
    carefully	
    
  from	
    below.	
    	
    	
    
  62	
    
  Several	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    start	
    suffering	
    from	
    scurvy.	
    	
    
  63	
    
  A	
     step	
     gives	
     way	
     as	
     a	
     careless	
     PC	
     descends	
     a	
    
  ladder.	
    
  64	
    
  As	
     the	
     ship	
     comes	
     about	
     to	
     catch	
     the	
     wind,	
     a	
    
  yard-­‐arm	
    snaps	
    under	
    the	
    stress.	
    	
    
  65	
    
  Crewmen	
    begin	
    setting	
    out	
    buckets	
    of	
    sand.	
    The	
    
  ship	
     is	
     heading	
     into	
     pirate	
     waters,	
     and	
     the	
    
  captain	
    wants	
    to	
    be	
    prepared.	
    	
    
  66	
    
  The	
    crew	
    swab	
    the	
    deck.	
    	
    
  67	
    
  Many	
     of	
     the	
     passengers	
     are	
     obviously	
     new	
     to	
    
  sailing	
    and	
    suffer	
    from	
    violent	
    sea	
    sickness.	
    	
    
  68	
    
  A	
     quick	
     look	
     check	
     reveals	
     a	
     cloaked	
     figure	
    
  sneaking	
    through	
    the	
    hold.	
    	
    
  69	
    
  During	
     heavy	
     winds,	
     many	
     of	
     the	
     ropes	
     tying	
     a	
    
  sail	
     down	
     come	
     loose.	
     One	
     strikes	
     a	
     nearby	
    
  passenger	
    knocking	
    them	
    unconscious.	
    	
    
  70	
    
  The	
     crew	
     gather	
     expectantly	
     on	
     deck	
     in	
    
  preparation	
    for	
    payday.	
    
  71	
    
  Several	
     crewman	
     are	
     lowered	
     over	
     the	
     side	
     in	
    
  boatswain	
    chairs	
    to	
    paint	
    the	
    hull.	
    	
    	
    
  72	
    
  Several	
    crewmen	
    are	
    playing	
    cards	
    and	
    laughing	
    
  loudly.	
    	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     strong	
     wind	
     blows	
     up,	
     increasing	
     the	
    
  ship’s	
    speed	
    by	
    half.	
    
  74	
    
  On	
     a	
     night	
     with	
     no	
     moon	
     the	
     eyes	
     of	
     the	
    
  catheads	
     to	
     either	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     figurehead	
     glow	
    
  light	
    blue.	
    	
    
  75	
    
  The	
     ship	
     yaws	
     back	
     and	
     forth	
     between	
     large	
    
  waves.	
    
  Characters	
    
  without	
    
  sea	
    
  legs	
    
  risk	
    
  becoming	
    sick.	
    	
    
  76	
    
  A	
     knot	
     of	
     crewmen	
     on	
     the	
     poop	
     deck	
     argues	
    
  heatedly	
    with	
    the	
    captain.	
    	
    
  77	
    
  A	
    quick	
    look	
    spots	
    a	
    trail	
    of	
    wide,	
    wet	
    footprints	
    
  leading	
    away	
    from	
    a	
    porthole.	
    
  78	
    
  One	
     passenger	
     is	
     a	
     tradesman	
     and	
     approaches	
    
  the	
     party,	
     attempting	
     to	
     sell	
     his	
     wares.	
     He	
     is	
    
  extremely	
    persistent.	
    
  79	
    
  A	
     crewman	
     asks	
     a	
     PC	
     if	
     he	
     fancies	
     a	
     spot	
     of	
    
  fishing	
    in	
    one	
    of	
    the	
    ship’s	
    longboats.	
    	
    
  80	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     sailors	
     gather	
     suspiciously	
     near	
     the	
    
  gig.	
    The	
    captain’s	
    personal	
    boat	
    is	
    the	
    centre	
    of	
    
  attention.	
    	
    
  81	
    
  Wild	
    yarns	
    are	
    spun	
    as	
    the	
    sailors	
    gather	
    for	
    the	
    
  evening	
    meal.	
    
  82	
    
  The	
    muffled	
    sound	
    of	
    dice	
    rolling	
    can	
    be	
    heard	
    
  from	
    behind	
    a	
    stack	
    of	
    crates.	
    	
    
  83	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    squall	
    soaks	
    everyone	
    on	
    deck.	
    
  84	
    
  All	
    the	
    ship’s	
    lanterns	
    flames	
    suddenly	
    turn	
    the	
    
  green	
    colour	
    of	
    baleful	
    witch	
    fire.	
    	
    
  85	
    
  The	
     body	
     of	
     one	
     of	
     the	
     ship's	
     riggers	
     is	
     found	
    
  dead.	
    Ring-­‐like	
    markings	
    cover	
    his	
    neck.	
    	
    
  86	
    
  An	
    accidental	
    fire	
    breaks	
    out	
    on	
    deck.	
    	
    
  87	
    
  Several	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    take	
    great	
    steps	
    to	
    avoid	
    the	
    
  party,	
    for	
    no	
    apparent	
    reason.	
    
  88	
    
  A	
    quick	
    look	
    reveals	
    the	
    ropes	
    connected	
    to	
    the	
    
  capstan	
    are	
    dangerously	
    frayed.	
    
  89	
    
  A	
    cold	
    northern	
    wind	
    blows	
    across	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  90	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    galley	
    seems	
    oddly	
    quiet	
    right	
    before	
    
  mealtime.	
    	
    
  91	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    gathering	
    sea	
    gulls	
    wakes	
    the	
    PCs	
    
  as	
    dawn	
    breaks.	
    
  92	
    
  A	
     few	
     sailors	
     exchange	
     small	
     pucks	
     of	
     chewing	
    
  tobacco	
    covertly.	
    	
    
  93	
    
  A	
     crewman	
     is	
     wearing	
     his	
     clothes	
     inside	
     out.	
     If	
    
  asked	
     why,	
     he	
     states	
     he	
     is	
     warding	
     off	
     the	
     bad	
    
  luck	
    that	
    has	
    been	
    plaguing	
    him.	
    	
    
  94	
    
  The	
    captain	
    bursts	
    from	
    his	
    cabin	
    and	
    shouts	
    his	
    
  astrolabe	
    and	
    other	
    navigational	
    tools	
    have	
    been	
    
  stolen.	
    	
    
  95	
    
  The	
     foremast	
     looks	
     as	
     if	
     the	
     rigging	
     has	
     been	
    
  sabotaged.	
    	
    
  96	
    
  A	
    sailor	
    falls	
    from	
    the	
    upper	
    rigging	
    into	
    the	
    sea.	
    	
    
  97	
    
  The	
     ship’s	
     compass	
     spins	
     wildly	
     and	
     points	
     in	
    
  random	
    directions.	
    
  98	
    
  As	
    the	
    crew	
    perform	
    maintenance	
    they	
    discover	
    
  extensive	
    rotting	
    in	
    the	
    hull.	
    	
    
  99	
    
  Several	
     sailors	
     grumble	
     under	
     their	
     breath	
     as	
    
  they	
    swab	
    the	
    deck.	
    
  100	
    
  As	
     the	
     ship	
     settles	
     for	
     the	
     night	
     a	
     spectral,	
    
  human	
    outline	
    is	
    seen	
    looking	
    into	
    the	
    distance	
    
  from	
    the	
    starboard	
    bow.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  108	
    
  S E A  V O Y A G E S :  O M E N S  
  Sailors	
     are	
     a	
     superstitious	
     lot	
     –	
     many	
     seemingly	
     innocuous	
    
  events	
     can	
     be	
     interpreted	
     as	
     an	
     omen	
     (of	
     either	
     fair	
     or	
     foul	
    
  future	
    events).	
    
  D%	
    
  TYPE	
    
  OMEN	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Black	
    travelling	
    bags	
    are	
    found	
    below	
    
  deck.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  Bad	
    Luck	
    
  An	
    unannounced	
    woman	
    is	
    found.	
    	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  During	
    a	
    calm	
    day,	
    a	
    mop	
    or	
    bucket	
    is	
    
  lost	
    overboard.	
    	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Large	
    sea	
    turtles	
    are	
    seen	
    in	
    the	
    clear	
    
  water	
    near	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  As	
    the	
    clouds	
    part,	
    the	
    ship	
    is	
    bathed	
    
  in	
    the	
    warm	
    rays	
    of	
    the	
    sun.	
    	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Among	
    the	
    clouds	
    a	
    herd	
    of	
    pegasus	
    
  glide	
    in	
    circles.	
    	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
     crewman	
     falls	
     down	
     a	
     ladder	
     and	
    
  breaks	
    a	
    leg.	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  The	
     shape	
     of	
     a	
     ship	
     is	
     seen	
     in	
     the	
    
  clouds	
    flying	
    nearby.	
    	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Rigging	
     to	
     the	
     mainmast	
     yard-­‐arm	
    
  snaps	
    in	
    a	
    light	
    breeze.	
    	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  One	
    sailor	
    accuses	
    another	
    of	
    talking	
    
  with	
     a	
     red-­‐haired	
     person	
     before	
     the	
    
  voyage.	
    	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     figurehead	
     of	
     a	
     naked	
     woman	
     is	
    
  mounted	
    to	
    the	
    front	
    of	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  All	
     the	
     sailors	
     have	
     very	
     long	
     nails	
    
  and	
    hair.	
    	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  The	
     setting	
     sun	
     turns	
     the	
     horizon	
     a	
    
  dark	
    red.	
    	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     fresh	
     tree	
     is	
     found	
     adrift	
     in	
     the	
    
  ocean.	
    	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  The	
    ship	
    is	
    weighing	
    anchor	
    as	
    three	
    
  orange	
    and	
    black	
    butterflies	
    land	
    on	
    
  the	
    capstan.	
    	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    mascot	
    is	
    a	
    family	
    of	
    black	
    
  cats.	
    They	
    are	
    playing	
    happily.	
    	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  As	
     the	
     ship	
     sails	
     from	
     port,	
     church	
    
  bells	
    ring	
    out.	
    	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Bad	
    Luck	
    
  An	
     albatross	
     with	
     a	
     broken	
     wing	
    
  lands	
    on	
    the	
    main	
    deck	
    of	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
    single	
    cloud	
    rings	
    the	
    full	
    moon	
    all	
    
  night.	
    	
    	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  An	
    albatross	
    lands	
    on	
    the	
    deck.	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    seabirds	
    circle	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
     strange,	
     luminescent	
     (but	
     non-­‐
  damaging)	
     fire	
     wreaths	
     a	
     sailor's	
    
  head.	
    	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    fishing	
    nets	
    are	
    “salted	
    in.”	
    	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     silver-­‐tailed	
     shooting	
     star	
     streaks	
    
  across	
    the	
    night	
    sky.	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     silver	
     coin	
     is	
     found	
     nailed	
     to	
     the	
    
  masthead.	
    It	
    is	
    as	
    bright	
    and	
    shiny	
    as	
    
  when	
    it	
    was	
    minted.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  The	
     lookout	
     sights	
     a	
     curlew	
     flying	
    
  north.	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    bell	
    suddenly	
    starts	
    loudly	
    
  ringing.	
    	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     seagull	
     defecates	
     on	
     a	
     crew	
    
  member’s	
    head.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Fresh	
     evergreen	
     branches	
     bump	
    
  against	
    the	
    ship’s	
    hull	
    in	
    the	
    swell.	
    	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     pod	
     of	
     humpback	
     whales	
     travel	
    
  alongside	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Three	
    white	
    rats	
    are	
    found	
    on-­‐board	
    
  the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
    
  passenger	
    
  says	
    
  the	
    
  word	
    
  “drowned”	
    at	
    sea.	
    	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  The	
    rising	
    sun	
    turns	
    the	
    morning	
    sky	
    
  blood-­‐red.	
    	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Six	
    sparrows	
    flutter	
    about	
    the	
    mast.	
    	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Right	
     before	
     the	
     ship	
     takes	
     sail	
     the	
    
  crew	
     pour	
     wine	
     on	
     the	
     deck	
     of	
     the	
    
  ship.	
    	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  Dolphins	
    ride	
    high	
    in	
    the	
    wake	
    of	
    the	
    
  ship.	
    	
    	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
    trident	
    of	
    strange	
    design	
    is	
    spotted	
    
  embedded	
     in	
     the	
     ship’s	
     prow	
     just	
    
  above	
    the	
    waterline.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Three	
    days	
    of	
    net	
    fishing	
    result	
    in	
    no	
    
  caught	
    fish.	
    	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
    shower	
    of	
    shooting	
    star	
    crosses	
    the	
    
  sky	
    just	
    before	
    sunrise.	
    	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Several	
     ropes	
     securing	
     one	
     of	
     the	
    
  ship’s	
     sails	
     unravel	
     for	
     no	
     apparent	
    
  reason.	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  The	
     ship	
     sails	
     passed	
     a	
     whale’s	
    
  rotting	
    corpse.	
    	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
    two-­‐headed	
    gull	
    has	
    nested	
    in	
    the	
    
  masthead.	
    	
    	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Light	
    clouds	
    form	
    a	
    tight	
    rein	
    around	
    
  the	
    moon	
    –	
    a	
    sure	
    sign	
    rain	
    is	
    coming.	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     group	
     of	
     white-­‐tailed	
     black	
     doves	
    
  roost	
    in	
    the	
    crow's	
    nest.	
    	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
     rat	
     –	
     its	
     back	
     broken	
     –	
     is	
     found	
    
  lying	
    before	
    the	
    mast.	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
    dead	
    gull	
    falls	
    onto	
    the	
    deck.	
    	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Bad	
    Luck	
    
  A	
     shark	
     follows	
     the	
     ship.	
     The	
     sailors	
    
  see	
    this	
    as	
    a	
    sign	
    of	
    inevitable	
    death.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    gust	
    of	
    wind	
    blows	
    out	
    all	
    
  the	
    torches	
    on	
    deck.	
    	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Bad	
    luck	
    
  Several	
    crewmen	
    sight	
    a	
    cormorant.	
    	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  Good	
    luck	
    
  A	
     small	
     group	
     of	
     mermaids	
     swim	
    
  alongside	
     the	
     ship	
     and	
     blow	
     the	
    
  sailors	
    kisses.	
    
  	
    
   
  
  109	
    
  S E A  V O Y A G E S :  M I N O R  E N C O U N T E R S  
  Ships	
    often	
    encounter	
    other	
    vessels,	
    floating	
    wreckage	
    and	
    so	
    on	
    
  when	
    sailing	
    the	
    ocean	
    waves.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    such	
    
  minor	
    encounters	
    of	
    interest.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  The	
    ship	
    passes	
    the	
    wreckage	
    of	
    another	
    vessel	
    
  that	
    has	
    been	
    burnt	
    down	
    to	
    the	
    waterline.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  A	
    passing	
    ship	
    seems	
    suspiciously	
    under-­‐crewed,	
    
  and	
    refuses	
    all	
    attempts	
    at	
    contact.	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  The	
    sinuous	
    humps	
    of	
    some	
    huge	
    creature	
    break	
    
  the	
    waves	
    far	
    off	
    to	
    port.	
    Mariners	
    may	
    identify	
    
  it	
    as	
    a	
    gigantic	
    sea	
    serpent	
    the	
    size	
    of	
    a	
    galleon.	
    	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  From	
     the	
     crow’s-­‐nest	
     the	
     lookout	
     spots	
     a	
     ship	
    
  flying	
    a	
    “plague	
    flag.”	
    	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  The	
    ship	
    is	
    caught	
    in	
    a	
    heavy	
    rainstorm.	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  A	
    half	
    sunk	
    chest	
    bobs	
    in	
    the	
    waves.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  A	
     massive	
     storm	
     wall	
     is	
     spotted	
     far	
     off.	
     Grey	
    
  sheets	
    of	
    rain	
    splatter	
    the	
    crew.	
    	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  An	
    unconscious	
    survivor	
    adrift	
    in	
    a	
    longboat.	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  A	
    sudden	
    rogue	
    wave	
    hits	
    the	
    ship.	
    Everyone	
    is	
    
  battered	
    and	
    thrown	
    about.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Thick	
    fog	
    cloaks	
    the	
    ship	
    for	
    days.	
    	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  A	
    fishing	
    sailor	
    discovers	
    a	
    strange	
    amulet	
    in	
    the	
    
  belly	
    of	
    a	
    gutted	
    fish.	
    	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  The	
    flotsam	
    and	
    jetsam	
    of	
    a	
    wrecked	
    ship	
    drift	
    in	
    
  the	
    ocean’s	
    waves.	
    	
    	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  The	
    passengers	
    and	
    crew	
    of	
    a	
    sinking	
    vessel	
    are	
    
  abandoning	
    ship	
    in	
    lifeboats.	
    	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  The	
    coastline	
    is	
    thickly	
    packed	
    with	
    a	
    sargasso	
    of	
    
  seaweed.	
    Movement	
    slows	
    to	
    one-­‐quarter.	
    	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  	
    A	
     light	
     wind	
     that	
     does	
     not	
     blow	
     steadily	
     from	
    
  any	
    one	
    direction	
    buffets	
    the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  The	
    huge	
    fin	
    of	
    a	
    dire	
    shark	
    is	
    spotted	
    following	
    
  the	
    ship,	
    as	
    a	
    mariner	
    can	
    identify.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  The	
    sea	
    steams	
    and	
    bubbles	
    as	
    if	
    about	
    to	
    boil.	
    	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  A	
     broken	
     mast	
     trailing	
     a	
     sail	
     bumps	
     into	
     the	
    
  ship’s	
    hull.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  An	
    oncoming	
    storm	
    darkens	
    the	
    horizon.	
    	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  The	
    ship	
    crests	
    a	
    particularly	
    large	
    swell	
    (caused	
    
  by	
    a	
    far	
    away	
    storm).	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  In	
     the	
     distance,	
     an	
     armada	
     of	
     ships	
     sails	
     across	
    
  the	
    horizon.	
    	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  The	
    lookout	
    spots	
    a	
    strange	
    fin	
    atop	
    an	
    unusual	
    
  humpback	
    creature.	
    	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Distant	
    figures	
    mounted	
    on	
    sea	
    horses	
    ride	
    the	
    
  waves,	
    off	
    to	
    the	
    west.	
    	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Giant	
     clams	
     are	
     found	
     among	
     the	
     reef	
     of	
     a	
    
  shallow	
    cove	
    when	
    the	
    ship	
    takes	
    on	
    fresh	
    water.	
    	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  An	
    abandoned	
    wreck	
    sits	
    forlornly	
    high	
    and	
    dry	
    
  on	
    a	
    hidden	
    reef.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  A	
     ship	
     moves	
     extremely	
     slowly	
     and	
     flies	
     a	
     red	
    
  and	
    yellow	
    striped	
    flag.	
    It	
    has	
    a	
    broken	
    mast	
    and	
    
  is	
    dragging	
    its	
    anchor.	
    	
    	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  The	
     captain	
     gives	
     orders	
     to	
     give	
     a	
     beautiful,	
    
  seemingly	
    deserted	
    island	
    a	
    wide	
    berth.	
    	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  A	
    massive	
    iceberg	
    passes	
    the	
    ship	
    to	
    starboard.	
    	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Two	
     caravels	
     move	
     across	
     each	
     other’s	
     wake,	
    
  jockeying	
     for	
     position.	
     Their	
     crews	
     brandish	
    
  weapons.	
    	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  A	
     sounding	
     reveals	
     the	
     water	
     is	
     surprisingly	
    
  shallow.	
    	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  As	
     the	
     ship	
     approaches	
     the	
     coast,	
     cliffs	
    
  pockmarked	
    with	
    sea	
    caves	
    come	
    into	
    view.	
    	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  A	
    massive	
    cloud	
    of	
    phosphorescent	
    sea	
    anemone	
    
  bob	
     through	
     the	
     water	
     below	
     the	
     ship,	
     late	
     at	
    
  night.	
    	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  A	
     ship	
     with	
     no	
     crew,	
     but	
     under	
     full	
     sail,	
     passes	
    
  close	
    by.	
    	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  A	
    single,	
    rocky	
    island	
    is	
    visible	
    on	
    the	
    horizon.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  A	
     single	
     bare	
     mount	
     of	
     rock	
     rises	
     above	
     the	
    
  ocean	
    waves.	
    	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  A	
     ship’s	
     longboat	
     bumps	
     into	
     the	
     hull.	
     The	
    
  corpses	
    of	
    three	
    sailors	
    sprawl	
    within.	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  The	
     ship	
     enters	
     an	
     unusual	
     stretch	
     of	
     opaque,	
    
  cloudy	
    water.	
    	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  A	
     small	
     cutter	
     is	
     spotted	
     off	
     to	
     the	
     north.	
     It	
     is	
    
  wreathed	
    in	
    fire	
    and	
    smoke.	
    	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Far	
    off	
    to	
    the	
    east,	
    a	
    carrack	
    is	
    spotted	
    moving	
    
  fast.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  A	
     floundering	
     ship	
     sits	
     very	
     low	
     in	
     the	
     water.	
    
  People	
     on	
     deck	
     can	
     be	
     seen	
     frantically	
     bailing	
    
  and	
    call	
    for	
    help.	
    	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  An	
    adult	
    humpback	
    whale	
    rises	
    from	
    the	
    waves	
    
  with	
    a	
    giant	
    squid	
    wrapped	
    around	
    it.	
    	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  A	
     pod	
     of	
     dolphins	
     swims	
     alongside	
     the	
     ship	
     for	
    
  half	
    a	
    day.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  A	
     large	
     swath	
     of	
     dead	
     fish	
     drift	
     slowly	
     on	
     the	
    
  ocean	
    currents.	
    	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  A	
    group	
    of	
    sahuagin	
    are	
    spotted	
    passing	
    beneath	
    
  the	
    ship.	
    	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  The	
    twisted	
    circulations	
    of	
    a	
    large	
    whirlpool	
    are	
    
  seen	
    from	
    the	
    crow's	
    nest.	
    	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  The	
    sound	
    of	
    beautiful	
    singing	
    reaches	
    the	
    ship	
    
  on	
    the	
    wind.	
    	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Dark	
     shapes	
     move	
     in	
     the	
     cold	
     water	
     of	
     a	
     thick	
    
  kelp	
    forest.	
    	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  A	
    flock	
    of	
    seagulls	
    swarm	
    the	
    vessel.	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  A	
     sudden	
     strong	
     wind,	
     heavy	
     with	
     the	
     scent	
     of	
    
  death	
    and	
    decay,	
    blows	
    up	
    from	
    the	
    south.	
    	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  The	
    ship	
    enters	
    an	
    area	
    in	
    which	
    many	
    rocks	
    lurk	
    
  just	
    below	
    the	
    ocean	
    waves.	
    	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  	
    
   
  
  110	
    
  S H I P W R E C K S :  T H E  W R E C K  
  The	
    PCs’	
    travels	
    should	
    not	
    be	
    boring	
    affairs	
    wherein	
    either	
    they	
    
  encounter	
    no	
    one	
    of	
    note	
    or	
    they	
    end	
    up	
    fighting	
    everyone	
    they	
    
  meet.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    minor	
    shipwrecks	
    of	
    interest	
    or	
    
  as	
    inspiration	
    (or	
    possibly	
    the	
    prelude)	
    for	
    a	
    larger	
    encounter.	
    	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  A	
    three-­‐masted	
    schooner	
    has	
    a	
    large	
    hole	
    in	
    its	
    
  hull,	
    likely	
    the	
    result	
    of	
    a	
    goring	
    attack	
    by	
    some	
    
  enormous	
    sea	
    monster.	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  The	
    rotted	
    hulk	
    of	
    a	
    vast	
    warship	
    has	
    had	
    all	
    its	
    
  wooden	
     sections	
     removed,	
     almost	
     as	
     if	
     it	
     had	
    
  been	
     intentionally	
     stripped	
     of	
     anything	
     that	
    
  might	
    burn	
    prior	
    to	
    sinking.	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  This	
     barge	
     is	
     filled	
     nearly	
     to	
     overflowing	
     with	
    
  intact	
     crates	
     and	
     boxes,	
     though	
     their	
     contents	
    
  are	
    mysteriously	
    gone.	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  The	
     remnants	
     of	
     a	
     vast	
     floating	
     palace	
     seem	
    
  more	
    like	
    a	
    seaside	
    manor	
    that	
    has	
    slipped	
    under	
    
  the	
    waves	
    than	
    any	
    reasonable	
    ship’s	
    grave.	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  The	
     deck	
     of	
     this	
     vessel	
     is	
     awash	
     and	
     fire	
     yet	
    
  smoulders	
    in	
    the	
    rigging.	
    Great	
    holes	
    pierce	
    the	
    
  ship’s	
     bow.	
     This	
     ship	
     has	
     clearly	
     only	
     recently	
    
  been	
    wrecked.	
    	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  This	
    dragon-­‐headed	
    longship	
    has	
    been	
    snapped	
    
  completely	
     and	
     cleanly	
     in	
     half	
     across	
     an	
    
  undersea	
    chasm.	
    No	
    bodies	
    are	
    evident.	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  This	
     whale	
     skin	
     has	
     been	
     stretched	
     over	
     a	
    
  wooden	
     frame	
     to	
     create	
     the	
     equivalent	
     of	
     a	
    
  massive	
    canoe,	
    though	
    it	
    has	
    obviously	
    seen	
    the	
    
  attention	
    of	
    undersea	
    scavengers.	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  The	
     paddlewheel	
     of	
     this	
     large	
     steamboat	
     lies	
    
  nearby,	
     broken	
     and	
     scattered	
     debris	
     around	
    
  making	
     it	
     seem	
     as	
     if	
     it	
     had	
     been	
     wrenched	
    
  forcibly	
     from	
     its	
     place	
     at	
     the	
     ship’s	
     side	
     as	
     the	
    
  ship	
    went	
    down.	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  This	
    wooden	
    hull	
    is	
    so	
    covered	
    in	
    barnacles	
    and	
    
  coral	
    it	
    is	
    nearly	
    impossible	
    to	
    discern	
    what	
    the	
    
  original	
     ship	
     could	
     have	
     been.	
     Great	
     stands	
     of	
    
  seaweed	
    further	
    hide	
    the	
    wreck.	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  The	
     deck	
     of	
     this	
     sunken	
     junk	
     is	
     covered	
     in	
    
  tarnished	
    brass	
    objects	
    of	
    every	
    shape	
    and	
    size,	
    
  many	
     of	
     which	
     seem	
     to	
     be	
     obscure	
     in	
     their	
    
  origins	
    and	
    use.	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  This	
     merchantman	
     has	
     a	
     row	
     of	
     holes	
     just	
    
  beneath	
     its	
     waterline,	
     likely	
     the	
     cause	
     of	
     its	
    
  current	
    state	
    of	
    rest	
    at	
    the	
    bottom	
    of	
    the	
    sea.	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  This	
     ship	
     appears	
     to	
     be	
     carved	
     entirely	
     out	
     of	
    
  stone,	
    though	
    whether	
    it	
    was	
    able	
    to	
    float	
    in	
    this	
    
  state	
    or	
    was	
    petrified	
    later	
    remains	
    unclear.	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Bright	
     red	
     paint	
     and	
     gilded	
     sculptures	
     of	
    
  monsters	
    locked	
    in	
    mortal	
    combat	
    decorate	
    the	
    
  sides	
    of	
    this	
    remarkably	
    intact	
    sunken	
    ship.	
    	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  This	
     large	
     ship	
     teeters	
     on	
     the	
     edge	
     of	
     an	
    
  undersea	
     shelf,	
     rocking	
     back	
     and	
     forth	
     ever	
     so	
    
  slightly	
    in	
    the	
    tides.	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  A	
     veritable	
     fleet	
     of	
     sunken	
     wrecks	
     are	
     twisted	
    
  and	
     mangled	
     together	
     forming	
     a	
     mazelike	
    
  structure.	
     Evidence	
     of	
     damage	
     to	
     the	
     ships	
    
  suggests	
     they	
     were	
     part	
     of	
     a	
     massive	
     naval	
    
  conflict,	
     though	
    
  no	
    
  evidence	
    
  remains	
    
  to	
    
  determine	
    to	
    which	
    nations	
    they	
    once	
    belonged.	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  This	
     large	
     flat-­‐bottomed	
     ship	
     looks	
     like	
     it	
     once	
    
  had	
     a	
     glass	
     window	
     in	
     the	
     deck.	
     It	
     is	
     now	
     a	
    
  rectangular	
     hole	
     filled	
     with	
     shards	
     of	
     sparkling	
    
  broken	
    glass.	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  A	
     large	
     boulder	
     pins	
     this	
     delicate	
     canvas	
     and	
    
  wooden	
     ship	
     resembling	
     nothing	
     so	
     much	
     as	
     a	
    
  crushed	
     butterfly,	
     complete	
     with	
     resplendently	
    
  colourful	
    wings,	
    to	
    the	
    seabed.	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  The	
    blackened	
    and	
    skeletal	
    ship’s	
    hulk	
    makes	
    it	
    
  look	
    as	
    though	
    it	
    had	
    been	
    destroyed	
    long	
    before	
    
  it	
    came	
    to	
    rest	
    here.	
    Skeletal	
    humanoids	
    are	
    still	
    
  chained	
    to	
    its	
    oars.	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  This	
    moderate-­‐sized	
    ship	
    is	
    strangely	
    covered	
    in	
    
  ice,	
    frost	
    and	
    snow;	
    though	
    no	
    such	
    thing	
    should	
    
  be	
    possible,	
    even	
    in	
    the	
    frigid	
    water	
    it	
    is	
    found.	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  This	
     ship	
     has	
     been	
     twisted	
     and	
     bent,	
     an	
    
  obviously	
    magical	
    effect	
    warping	
    its	
    planks	
    until	
    
  it	
    could	
    no	
    longer	
    be	
    seaworthy,	
    and	
    is	
    only	
    held	
    
  together	
    by	
    a	
    smattering	
    of	
    nails.	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     spear	
     has	
     been	
     run	
     through	
     the	
    
  hull	
     of	
     this	
     large	
     merchant	
     vessel,	
     below	
     the	
    
  waterline.	
     It	
     is	
     long	
     enough	
     to	
     have	
     pierced	
    
  completely	
    through	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  A	
    spire	
    of	
    rock	
    has	
    pierced	
    upward	
    through	
    the	
    
  heart	
    of	
    this	
    frigate,	
    though	
    it	
    seems	
    as	
    though	
    
  the	
     ship	
     had	
     been	
     pushed	
     down	
     onto	
     it—no	
    
  other	
    damage	
    is	
    present.	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  The	
     smouldering	
     skeleton	
     of	
     this	
     warship	
     still	
    
  burns	
    
  with	
    
  blue-­‐green	
    
  magical	
    
  flames,	
    
  presumably	
    the	
    remains	
    of	
    the	
    attack	
    that	
    sunk	
    
  the	
    vessel.	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  A	
    few	
    chunks	
    of	
    battered	
    hull	
    and	
    a	
    mostly	
    intact	
    
  mast	
    indicate	
    this	
    was	
    likely	
    once	
    a	
    ship,	
    though	
    
  so	
    little	
    of	
    it	
    remains	
    that	
    it	
    is	
    nigh	
    impossible	
    to	
    
  determine	
    the	
    ship’s	
    identity.	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Streams	
     of	
     rainbow-­‐hued	
     liquid	
     pour	
     from	
     a	
    
  gaping	
     hole	
     in	
     the	
     hull	
     of	
     this	
     barge-­‐like	
     ship,	
    
  contaminating	
    the	
    nearby	
    waters.	
    Dead	
    fish	
    float	
    
  on	
    the	
    surface	
    of	
    the	
    sea.	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Chains	
     of	
     dangling	
     skulls	
     hang	
     from	
     iron	
     spikes	
    
  along	
    the	
    rails	
    of	
    this	
    midnight	
    black	
    monstrosity	
    
  and	
     chatter	
     and	
     clatter	
     incessantly,	
     though	
    
  whether	
    from	
    the	
    tides	
    or	
    some	
    nefarious	
    magic	
    
  is	
    unknown.	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  This	
    massive	
    ship	
    has	
    been	
    turned	
    upside	
    down	
    
  by	
    some	
    great	
    force.	
    Its	
    mostly	
    flooded	
    decks	
    still	
    
  contain	
     a	
     few	
     pockets	
     of	
     air	
     to	
     aid	
     would-­‐be	
    
  explorers.	
    A	
    few	
    empty	
    ship’s	
    boats	
    bob	
    nearby	
    
  on	
    the	
    swell.	
    
  
  111	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  This	
    murky	
    green-­‐brown	
    ship	
    has	
    the	
    tatters	
    of	
    
  deep	
     blue	
     sails	
     hanging	
     from	
     its	
     two	
     masts,	
    
  causing	
     it	
     to	
     blend	
     almost	
     seamlessly	
     into	
     the	
    
  ocean	
    floor.	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Bizarre	
    eldritch	
    runes	
    coat	
    every	
    surface	
    of	
    this	
    
  nearly	
     intact	
     ship,	
     their	
     cerulean	
     shapes	
    
  seemingly	
    twitching	
    and	
    shifting.	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Only	
     the	
     front	
     half	
     of	
     this	
     schooner	
     lies	
    
  submerged,	
    a	
    clean	
    line	
    cut	
    diagonally	
    across	
    its	
    
  hull	
    that	
    sheared	
    its	
    mass	
    in	
    two	
    the	
    only	
    clue	
    as	
    
  to	
    the	
    ship’s	
    fate.	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Hideous	
     leering	
     faces	
     with	
     gaping	
     mouths	
    
  surround	
     each	
     porthole	
     of	
     this	
     leisure	
     ship;	
     its	
    
  many	
     rooms	
     dedicated	
     to	
     the	
     most	
     luxurious	
    
  tortures	
    ever	
    fathomed.	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  This	
    “ship”	
    seems	
    to	
    have	
    been	
    constructed	
    from	
    	
    
  scraps	
    of	
    wood	
    and	
    canvas.	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  This	
    ship’s	
    deck	
    has	
    collapsed	
    in	
    on	
    itself,	
    leaving	
    
  a	
     tattered	
     series	
     of	
     platforms	
     hanging	
     from	
     its	
    
  broken	
    sides,	
    linked	
    in	
    a	
    few	
    places	
    by	
    segments	
    
  of	
    rotten	
    stairs.	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Fragments	
    of	
    volcanic	
    glass	
    make	
    up	
    the	
    outline	
    
  of	
     a	
     ship-­‐like	
     object,	
     though	
     whether	
     or	
     not	
     it	
    
  was	
    once	
    an	
    actual	
    ship	
    is	
    difficult	
    to	
    determine.	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Rusted	
    chains	
    form	
    an	
    iron	
    web	
    covering	
    nearly	
    
  every	
     surface	
     on	
     this	
     evil-­‐looking	
     two-­‐masted	
    
  schooner.	
    A	
    few	
    surprisingly	
    fresh-­‐looking	
    bodies	
    
  are	
    still	
    tangled	
    within.	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  This	
     massive,	
     wood-­‐and-­‐canvas	
     swan-­‐like	
     shape	
    
  was	
     obviously	
     once	
     a	
     sea-­‐faring	
     vessel.	
     It	
     now	
    
  lies	
    rent	
    and	
    torn	
    amidst	
    a	
    maze	
    of	
    sharp	
    rocks.	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  This	
    deep	
    crimson	
    wood	
    and	
    iron	
    monstrosity	
    is	
    
  easily	
    twice	
    the	
    size	
    of	
    a	
    typical	
    warship;	
    it	
    defies	
    
  logic	
    this	
    juggernaut	
    could	
    have	
    been	
    laid	
    low	
    by	
    
  any	
    mortal	
    means.	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  This	
     small	
     two-­‐deck	
     schooner	
     is	
     laden	
     with	
    
  crates,	
     most	
     of	
     which	
     have	
     been	
     opened	
     or	
    
  otherwise	
     damaged,	
     spilling	
     their	
     contents	
    
  across	
    the	
    wreckage.	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Oddly,	
     this	
     ship	
     has	
     been	
     split	
     lengthwise	
     into	
    
  two	
    nearly	
    equal	
    halves,	
    though	
    the	
    edges	
    of	
    the	
    
  split	
    are	
    neat,	
    as	
    if	
    it	
    had	
    been	
    carefully	
    cut	
    with	
    
  an	
    enormous	
    saw.	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  This	
    large	
    ship	
    has	
    been	
    inverted	
    and	
    still	
    holds	
    
  pockets	
     of	
     stale	
     air	
     that	
     have	
     radically	
     changed	
    
  the	
    eco-­‐system	
    of	
    what	
    has	
    been	
    able	
    to	
    survive	
    
  within.	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  This	
     luxurious	
     vessel	
     still	
     has	
     much	
     of	
     its	
    
  furnishings	
     –	
     rich	
     woods	
     and	
     lavish	
     drapery	
    
  speaking	
     of	
     expensive	
     oversea	
     journeys	
     in	
    
  excessive	
    comfort.	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  The	
    deck	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    lies	
    hundreds	
    of	
    feet	
    away	
    
  from	
    the	
    rest	
    of	
    its	
    hull,	
    sheared	
    at	
    the	
    waterline	
    
  by	
     what	
     must	
     have	
     been	
     a	
     tremendously	
    
  powerful	
    force.	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     small,	
     carefully	
     drilled	
     holes	
     below	
    
  the	
     waterline	
     speak	
     of	
     sabotage	
     on	
     this	
     stately	
    
  twenty-­‐six	
    foot	
    pleasure	
    yacht.	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Black	
     sails	
     and	
     a	
     tattered	
     skull-­‐and-­‐bones	
     flag	
    
  denote	
     the	
     former	
     career	
     of	
     this	
     two-­‐masted	
    
  ship.	
     Its	
     deck	
     and	
     hull	
     are	
     riddled	
     with	
     holes	
    
  likely	
    caused	
    by	
    large	
    siege	
    weaponry.	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  This	
     large	
     ship	
     is	
     pinned	
     beneath	
     the	
     massive	
    
  stone	
    arm	
    of	
    an	
    ancient	
    monument.	
    There	
    is	
    no	
    
  sign	
    of	
    the	
    vast	
    statue	
    from	
    which	
    it	
    would	
    have	
    
  fallen.	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  This	
     ship	
     seems	
     to	
     have	
     been	
     made	
     from	
     a	
    
  handful	
     of	
     smaller	
     crafts	
     joined	
     almost	
     at	
    
  random	
    to	
    form	
    a	
    conglomeration	
    which	
    would	
    
  have	
    been	
    more	
    floating	
    village	
    than	
    ship.	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  This	
    black	
    iron	
    hulk	
    looks	
    like	
    it	
    could	
    only	
    have	
    
  floated	
    if	
    the	
    sea	
    refused	
    to	
    drown	
    it.	
    It	
    is	
    rusted	
    
  and	
    encrusted	
    with	
    barnacles	
    at	
    the	
    waterline.	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  This	
    ornate	
    ship	
    could	
    once	
    have	
    been	
    a	
    floating	
    
  cathedral,	
    complete	
    with	
    intricate	
    gothic	
    arches	
    
  and	
     pointed	
     windows.	
     Inside	
     is	
     a	
     decadent	
    
  chamber	
    complete	
    with	
    a	
    holy	
    altar.	
    	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  This	
     ship	
     is	
     heavily	
     laden	
     with	
     extra	
     rigging;	
    
  modifications	
     to	
     make	
     it	
     swifter	
     and	
     more	
    
  manoeuvrable	
     in	
     combat	
     seemingly	
     provided	
    
  inadequate	
    in	
    its	
    final	
    encounter.	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  A	
     simple	
     wooden	
     schooner	
     has	
     beached	
     itself	
    
  here	
    against	
    a	
    reef.	
    Red	
    fluid	
    lazily	
    pours	
    from	
    a	
    
  jagged	
    hole	
    in	
    its	
    breached	
    hull	
    like	
    blood	
    from	
    
  an	
    open	
    wound.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  112	
    
  S H I P W R E C K S :  S H I P W R E C K  D R E S S I N G  
  The	
     shipwreck	
     through	
     which	
     the	
     PCs	
     travel	
     should	
     not	
     be	
    
  devoid	
    of	
    interesting,	
    minor	
    features.	
    Use	
    this	
    table	
    to	
    generate	
    
  such	
    features	
    as	
    desired,	
    possibly	
    using	
    them	
    to	
    add	
    detail	
    to	
    a	
    
  party’s	
    campsite	
    or	
    to	
    break	
    up	
    an	
    otherwise	
    uninteresting	
    day’s	
    
  travel.	
    
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  A	
     beautifully	
     sculpted	
     figurehead	
     bears	
     the	
    
  likeness	
    of	
    a	
    fantastical	
    creature.	
    
  2	
    
  A	
     worn	
     nameplate	
     has	
     only	
     a	
     visible	
     single	
    
  character	
    in	
    a	
    strange	
    alien	
    alphabet.	
    
  3	
    
  A	
    school	
    of	
    benign	
    fish	
    swim	
    about	
    the	
    wreck.	
    
  4	
    
  An	
    eerie	
    ghostly	
    green	
    lantern	
    casts	
    light	
    across	
    
  the	
    deck.	
    
  5	
    
  A	
    well-­‐used	
    catapult	
    dominates	
    the	
    aft	
    deck.	
    
  6	
    
  A	
     chest	
     of	
     coins	
     has	
     spilled	
     across	
     the	
     deck,	
    
  many	
    of	
    them	
    are	
    rusted	
    or	
    tarnished.	
    
  7	
    
  An	
    iron	
    telescope	
    has	
    rusted	
    in	
    place,	
    seemingly	
    
  pointing	
    back	
    at	
    the	
    captain’s	
    cabin.	
    
  8	
    
  A	
    series	
    of	
    coral	
    sculptures	
    have	
    been	
    cultivated	
    
  within	
    the	
    wreckage.	
    
  9	
    
  Dried	
    blood	
    covers	
    the	
    ship’s	
    rail	
    in	
    several	
    spots.	
    
  10	
    
  A	
    skeletal	
    figure	
    is	
    staked	
    out	
    on	
    the	
    deck	
    of	
    this	
    
  ship,	
    a	
    wooden	
    sign	
    around	
    its	
    neck	
    proclaiming	
    
  him,	
    “Mutineer.”	
    
  11	
    
  Schools	
    of	
    luminescent	
    fish	
    prowl	
    the	
    submerged	
    
  holds	
    and	
    cabins.	
    
  12	
    
  Enormous	
    tendrils	
    of	
    seaweed	
    grasp	
    the	
    ship	
    like	
    
  the	
    fingers	
    of	
    a	
    giant	
    hand.	
    
  13	
    
  A	
    number	
    of	
    bird	
    corpses	
    are	
    strewn	
    throughout	
    
  the	
    wreck,	
    seemingly	
    trapped	
    within	
    as	
    it	
    sank.	
    
  14	
    
  The	
     entire	
     ship	
     is	
     covered	
     in	
     a	
     greasy,	
    
  translucent	
    green	
    slime.	
    
  15	
    
  A	
    pair	
    of	
    animated,	
    sodden	
    corpses	
    are	
    locked	
    in	
    
  a	
     choking	
     embrace,	
     circling	
     the	
     deck	
     like	
    
  macabre	
    dance	
    partners.	
    
  16	
    
  The	
     masthead	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     is	
     a	
     wooden	
     maiden	
    
  that	
    appears	
    to	
    be	
    screaming	
    in	
    horror.	
    
  17	
    
  A	
     battered	
     flag	
     denoting	
     a	
     long-­‐lost	
     kingdom	
    
  droops	
    from	
    the	
    top	
    of	
    the	
    highest	
    mast.	
    
  18	
    
  The	
     anchor	
     of	
     this	
     wreck	
     is	
     still	
     in	
     excellent	
    
  condition	
    and	
    gleams	
    as	
    though	
    newly	
    forged.	
    
  19	
    
  Frozen	
     shapes	
     dot	
     the	
     deck	
     of	
     this	
     wreck,	
     as	
    
  though	
    its	
    crew	
    were	
    flash-­‐frozen.	
    
  20	
    
  The	
    bodies	
    of	
    dozens	
    of	
    fish	
    litter	
    this	
    beached	
    
  vessel,	
    some	
    in	
    seemingly	
    impossible	
    places	
    like	
    
  the	
    crow’s	
    nest.	
    
  21	
    
  The	
    sides	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    have	
    been	
    covered	
    in	
    crude	
    
  fetishes	
    –	
    the	
    bodies	
    of	
    small	
    animals	
    nailed	
    to	
    it	
    
  seemingly	
    at	
    random.	
    
  22	
    
  The	
     ship’s	
     rails	
     are	
     of	
     a	
     single	
     piece,	
     though	
    
  whether	
    sculpted	
    by	
    hand	
    or	
    magic	
    is	
    unclear.	
    
  23	
    
  Coloured	
     glass	
     windows	
     may	
     have	
     once	
     held	
    
  works	
    of	
    art,	
    but	
    now	
    lie	
    broken	
    across	
    the	
    deck.	
    
  24	
    
  A	
     latticework	
     of	
     rope,	
     likely	
     once	
     the	
     rigging,	
    
  entangles	
    the	
    wreck.	
    
  25	
    
  A	
    single	
    rotting	
    tentacle	
    from	
    an	
    enormous	
    squid	
    
  or	
    octopus	
    is	
    lazily	
    draped	
    about	
    the	
    main	
    mast.	
    
  26	
    
  Dozens	
    of	
    candle	
    stubs	
    are	
    affixed	
    to	
    the	
    railings	
    
  of	
    this	
    ship.	
    
  27	
    
  Lanterns	
    have	
    been	
    hung	
    from	
    every	
    conceivable	
    
  corner	
    of	
    this	
    ship.	
    
  28	
    
  Tattered	
    and	
    sodden	
    paper	
    has	
    been	
    stuffed	
    into	
    
  the	
    hull’s	
    every	
    nook	
    and	
    cranny.	
    
  29	
    
  Intricate	
     sculpted	
     demonic	
     visages	
     feature	
     on	
    
  the	
    hardware	
    holding	
    this	
    ship	
    together.	
    
  30	
    
  An	
    
  angelic	
    
  figure	
    
  provides	
    
  a	
    
  gorgeous	
    
  figurehead;	
     the	
     flaking	
     gold	
     leaf	
     only	
     slightly	
    
  diminishing	
    its	
    beauty.	
    
  31	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    rails	
    display	
    magnificent	
    sculpted	
    leaf	
    
  detail,	
    with	
    green	
    men	
    prominently	
    displayed.	
    
  32	
    
  Bright	
    
  blue	
    
  paint,	
    
  obviously	
    
  a	
    
  recent	
    
  modification,	
    has	
    mostly	
    chipped	
    off.	
    
  33	
    
  A	
     rusted	
     cage	
     still	
     holds	
     the	
     remains	
     of	
     a	
    
  dangerous	
    animal.	
    
  34	
    
  The	
    mast	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    has	
    seemingly	
    returned	
    to	
    
  life,	
    appearing	
    as	
    a	
    massive	
    tree.	
    
  35	
    
  The	
    crow’s	
    nest	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    juts	
    out	
    of	
    the	
    water,	
    
  having	
    become	
    a	
    literal	
    nest	
    for	
    crows.	
    
  36	
    
  The	
     captain’s	
     cabin	
     remains	
     well-­‐appointed,	
    
  though	
     its	
     furnishings	
     have	
     been	
     jostled	
     and	
    
  overturned,	
     spilling	
     personal	
     belongings	
     about	
    
  the	
    room.	
    
  37	
    
  An	
     enormous	
     arrow,	
     from	
     a	
     giant’s	
     bow	
     or	
     a	
    
  ballista,	
    pierces	
    the	
    hull	
    of	
    this	
    ship.	
    
  38	
    
  The	
    bodies	
    of	
    dozens	
    of	
    frogs	
    litter	
    the	
    hold	
    of	
    
  this	
     vessel,	
     slowly	
     spinning	
     where	
     they	
     float	
     in	
    
  the	
    water.	
    
  39	
    
  A	
    severed	
    limb	
    still	
    bears	
    a	
    few	
    lost	
    shark’s	
    teeth	
    
  in	
    its	
    flesh.	
    
  40	
    
  The	
    deck	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    has	
    been	
    painted	
    with	
    an	
    
  incredibly	
     accurate	
     star	
     map,	
     though	
     from	
     the	
    
  opposite	
    hemisphere.	
    
  41	
    
  A	
    strange	
    idol	
    sits	
    on	
    the	
    steering	
    wheel	
    post,	
    a	
    
  leering	
    grin	
    on	
    its	
    face.	
    
  42	
    
  An	
    arcane	
    symbol,	
    seemingly	
    a	
    summoning	
    circle	
    
  of	
    some	
    kind,	
    has	
    been	
    scribed	
    on	
    the	
    deck.	
    
  43	
    
  Fishnets	
    tangled	
    on	
    the	
    sides	
    of	
    this	
    wreck	
    hold	
    
  the	
    bones	
    of	
    a	
    bizarre	
    creature.	
    
  44	
    
  A	
     manacle	
     on	
     the	
     rowing	
     deck	
     contains	
     a	
    
  severed	
    foot.	
    
  45	
    
  A	
     fully	
     laid	
     out	
     meal	
     sits	
     intact	
     in	
     the	
     captain’s	
    
  quarters,	
    though	
    the	
    wine	
    has	
    spilled.	
    
  46	
    
  A	
    smashed	
    clock	
    displays	
    the	
    time	
    as	
    midday.	
    
  47	
    
  A	
    faded	
    and	
    worn	
    nameplate	
    on	
    the	
    rear	
    barely	
    
  still	
    reads	
    “Terror.”	
    
  48	
    
  A	
    skeletal	
    figure	
    is	
    lashed	
    to	
    the	
    mainmast.	
    
  49	
    
  A	
     series	
     of	
     rope	
     ladders	
     have	
     made	
     the	
     wreck	
    
  considerably	
    more	
    accessible.	
    
  
  113	
    
  50	
    
  All	
     of	
     the	
     ship’s	
     boats	
     still	
     lie	
     secured	
     –	
     no	
    
  attempts	
    at	
    evacuation	
    were	
    made.	
    
  51	
    
  A	
    skeleton	
    of	
    what	
    was	
    presumably	
    the	
    captain	
    
  is	
     chained	
     to	
     the	
     outside	
     of	
     a	
     cauldron	
     on	
     the	
    
  poop	
    deck.	
    
  52	
    
  The	
     twisted	
     horn	
     of	
     an	
     enormous	
     narwhal	
     still	
    
  impales	
    the	
    hull.	
    
  53	
    
  A	
     startlingly	
     lifelike	
     stone	
     gargoyle	
     sits	
     perched	
    
  over	
    the	
    captain’s	
    quarters.	
    
  54	
    
  Sturdy	
     bunk	
     beds	
     have	
     replaced	
     the	
     usual	
    
  hammocks	
    in	
    the	
    crew	
    lodgings.	
    
  55	
    
  Crystalline	
    tracery	
    ornaments	
    the	
    rails	
    and	
    doors	
    
  of	
    this	
    ship.	
    
  56	
    
  The	
     doorknob	
     on	
     the	
     captain’s	
     cabin	
     is	
     an	
    
  enormous	
    gemstone,	
    gleaming	
    with	
    hundreds	
    of	
    
  well-­‐cut	
    facets.	
    
  57	
    
  Tangled	
    in	
    the	
    rigging	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    is	
    what	
    must	
    
  be	
    a	
    full	
    school	
    of	
    salmon.	
    
  58	
    
  The	
     dried-­‐out	
     husk	
     of	
     a	
     sahuagin	
     has	
     been	
    
  crudely	
     preserved,	
     standing	
     at	
     attention	
     with	
    
  trident	
    in	
    hand.	
    
  59	
    
  A	
     large	
     trout	
     on	
     a	
     wall	
     mount	
     proudly	
     watches	
    
  over	
    the	
    ship’s	
    mess.	
    
  60	
    
  An	
     ornamental	
     half-­‐sized	
     version	
     of	
     the	
     ship’s	
    
  wheel	
    sits	
    next	
    to	
    the	
    ship’s	
    actual	
    wheel.	
    
  61	
    
  This	
     ship’s	
     anchor	
     is	
     a	
     brass	
     statue	
     of	
     a	
     squat	
    
  demonic	
    figure.	
    
  62	
    
  Ribbons	
    of	
    red	
    and	
    green	
    spiral	
    around	
    the	
    mast.	
    
  63	
    
  A	
    trunk	
    at	
    the	
    base	
    of	
    the	
    mast	
    contains	
    a	
    dozen	
    
  flags,	
    each	
    from	
    a	
    different	
    nation.	
    
  64	
    
  The	
     mast	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     is	
     carved	
     with	
     intricate	
    
  sculptures,	
    making	
    it	
    an	
    easy	
    climb.	
    
  65	
    
  Scattered	
     boards,	
     nails	
     and	
     hammers	
     show	
     a	
    
  desperate	
     repair	
     must	
     have	
     been	
     attempted	
    
  even	
    as	
    the	
    ship	
    was	
    sinking.	
    
  66	
    
  Scraps	
     of	
     leftover	
     meals	
     indicate	
     this	
     ship	
     has	
    
  been	
    inhabited	
    since	
    its	
    wrecking.	
    
  67	
    
  Tooth	
     and	
     claw	
     marks	
     alongside	
     scuffs	
     and	
    
  notches	
     show	
     the	
     crew	
     must	
     have	
     fought	
    
  something	
    monstrous	
    on	
    the	
    deck.	
    
  68	
    
  All	
    of	
    the	
    belaying	
    pins	
    have	
    been	
    removed	
    from	
    
  the	
    rails,	
    perhaps	
    to	
    aid	
    a	
    hasty	
    defence.	
    
  69	
    
  A	
     massive	
     chain	
     and	
     collar	
     indicates	
     a	
     large	
    
  animal	
    was	
    attached	
    to	
    the	
    mast.	
    
  70	
    
  Gilded	
     work	
     on	
     the	
     railings	
     and	
     mast	
     speak	
     of	
    
  the	
    ship’s	
    one-­‐time	
    prosperity.	
    
  71	
    
  All	
    of	
    the	
    doors	
    and	
    portals	
    in	
    the	
    wreckage	
    are	
    
  sealed	
    with	
    heavy	
    iron	
    chains	
    and	
    rusted	
    locks.	
    
  72	
    
  A	
    miraculously	
    untouched	
    cache	
    of	
    rum	
    still	
    lies	
    
  in	
    the	
    hold.	
    
  73	
    
  A	
     barrel	
     of	
     pickled	
     fish	
     has	
     spilled,	
     leaving	
     the	
    
  hold	
     slick	
     with	
     brine	
     and	
     thick	
     with	
     a	
     reeking	
    
  stench	
    off	
    burgeoning	
    decay.	
    
  74	
    
  The	
     deck	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     has	
     been	
     torn	
     up	
     into	
     a	
    
  shattered	
    and	
    dangerous	
    mess.	
    
  75	
    
  The	
     mast	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     has	
     cracked	
     and	
     fallen,	
    
  trapping	
    several	
    birds	
    in	
    the	
    sails.	
    
  76	
    
  A	
    golden	
    statuette	
    of	
    a	
    rooster	
    stands	
    proudly	
    on	
    
  the	
    bow	
    railing.	
    
  77	
    
  The	
     figurehead	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     is	
     a	
     remarkably	
    
  lifelike	
     mermaid;	
     it	
     is	
     possibly	
     the	
     result	
     	
     of	
    
  taxidermy.	
    
  78	
    
  The	
    deck	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    has	
    been	
    covered	
    with	
    an	
    
  elaborate	
     mosaic	
     depicting	
     a	
     man	
     meeting	
     a	
    
  strange	
    being	
    from	
    the	
    sky.	
    
  79	
    
  Someone	
     has	
     laid	
     crude	
     bear	
     traps	
     across	
     the	
    
  deck	
    of	
    this	
    ship,	
    though	
    it	
    is	
    unclear	
    whether	
    it	
    
  was	
    pre-­‐	
    or	
    post-­‐wreck.	
    
  80	
    
  One	
     side	
     of	
     the	
     hull	
     of	
     this	
     ship	
     is	
     an	
     intact	
    
  stained	
    glass	
    window,	
    obviously	
    reinforced	
    with	
    
  magic.	
    
  81	
    
  Pig	
    pens	
    create	
    a	
    muddy	
    mess	
    in	
    the	
    hold.	
    
  82	
    
  What	
    once	
    might	
    have	
    been	
    a	
    barrel	
    of	
    apples	
    is	
    
  now	
    nothing	
    more	
    than	
    rot	
    and	
    mulch.	
    
  83	
    
  An	
    arms	
    locker’s	
    worth	
    of	
    cutlasses	
    and	
    axes	
    is	
    
  scattered	
     around	
     this	
     wreck,	
     though	
     no	
     bodies	
    
  are	
    evident.	
    
  84	
    
  Dozens	
     of	
     red-­‐fletched	
     arrows	
     pepper	
     every	
    
  surface	
    of	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  85	
    
  The	
    rails	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    still	
    have	
    a	
    number	
    of	
    bodies	
    
  lashed	
     to	
     them,	
     souls	
     that	
     tried	
     to	
     avoid	
     being	
    
  thrown	
     overboard	
     as	
     the	
     ship	
     fought	
     a	
     terrible	
    
  storm.	
    
  86	
    
  The	
    captain’s	
    cabin	
    contains	
    an	
    ornately	
    detailed	
    
  brass	
     globe,	
     compass	
     and	
     other	
     navigational	
    
  equipment.	
    
  87	
    
  A	
     length	
     of	
     rope	
     has	
     been	
     carefully	
     wound	
    
  around	
    the	
    entire	
    length	
    of	
    the	
    ship’s	
    rail.	
    
  88	
    
  Cheap	
     lead	
     telescopes	
     provide	
     viewing	
     points	
    
  from	
    around	
    the	
    deck;	
    some	
    are	
    still	
    intact.	
    
  89	
    
  An	
     axe	
     is	
     planted	
     in	
     the	
     deck	
     next	
     to	
     where	
    
  someone	
    has	
    cut	
    down	
    the	
    mast.	
    
  90	
    
  Strands	
     of	
     gold,	
     woven	
     like	
     rope,	
     encircle	
     the	
    
  captain’s	
    porthole.	
    
  91	
    
  A	
     severed	
     claw	
     from	
     something	
     like	
     a	
     giant	
    
  lobster	
    still	
    clings	
    to	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  92	
    
  Crude	
     brass	
     nails	
     hold	
     the	
     doors	
     and	
     portholes	
    
  shut.	
    
  93	
    
  The	
    claw	
    of	
    a	
    vast	
    bird	
    is	
    embedded	
    in	
    the	
    upper	
    
  deck.	
    
  94	
    
  A	
    pile	
    of	
    feathers	
    is	
    all	
    that	
    remains	
    of	
    a	
    chicken.	
    
  95	
    
  A	
    dead	
    albatross	
    is	
    nailed	
    to	
    the	
    mast.	
    
  96	
    
  A	
     pair	
     of	
     skeletal	
     hands	
     yet	
     clutches	
     the	
     ship’s	
    
  wheel.	
    
  97	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    sails	
    are	
    charred	
    and	
    burnt.	
    
  98	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    name	
    has	
    been	
    deliberately	
    effaced.	
    
  99	
    
  A	
     mass	
     of	
     splintered	
     wood	
     floats	
     in	
     the	
     water	
    
  around	
    the	
    wreck.	
    
  100	
    
  A	
     bloated	
     corpse	
     –	
     lashed	
     to	
     the	
     mast	
     –	
     yet	
    
  occupies	
    the	
    crow’s	
    next.	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  114	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P S :  D E S I G N I N G  A  P I R A T E  S H I P  
  Using	
    the	
    material	
    in	
    this	
    section	
    enables	
    a	
    GM	
    to	
    quickly	
    create	
    
  the	
     basic	
     details	
     of	
     a	
     pirate	
     ship.	
     While	
     this	
     material	
     doesn’t	
    
  determine	
     every	
     last	
     detail	
     of	
     a	
     ship,	
     it	
     provides	
     the	
     basic	
    
  information	
    required	
    to	
    get	
    a	
    GM’s	
    creative	
    juices	
    going.	
    For	
    a	
    
  ship	
    merely	
    glimpsed	
    on	
    the	
    horizon	
    or	
    one	
    floating	
    at	
    anchor	
    
  amid	
    a	
    busy	
    harbour,	
    the	
    information	
    here	
    is	
    all	
    a	
    GM	
    needs.	
    If	
    
  the	
    PCs	
    plan	
    to	
    interact	
    with	
    the	
    vessel	
    and	
    its	
    crew	
    more,	
    the	
    
  GM	
    should	
    determine	
    additional	
    information	
    as	
    appropriate.	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P  N A M E  
  Every	
    pirate	
    ship	
    should	
    have	
    a	
    distinctive,	
    flavoursome	
    name.	
    
  Pirates	
    often	
    give	
    their	
    ships	
    an	
    intimidating	
    name	
    designed	
    to	
    
  strike	
     fear	
     into	
     their	
     targets’	
     hearts.	
     These	
     names	
     can	
     simply	
    
  sound	
     malevolent,	
     be	
     named	
     for	
     some	
     facet	
     of	
     the	
     captain’s	
    
  personality	
    or	
    proclaim	
    allegiance	
    to	
    a	
    greater	
    power.	
    
  	
    
  To	
     randomly	
     determine	
     a	
     name,	
     use	
     Table	
     A	
     (Subject)	
     in	
    
  conjunction	
     with	
     Table	
     B	
     (Descriptor).	
     Some	
     combinations	
     will	
    
  make	
    little	
    or	
    no	
    sense	
    and	
    should	
    be	
    discarded.	
    A	
    GM	
    can	
    place	
    
  the	
    two	
    words	
    in	
    any	
    order	
    and	
    may	
    have	
    to	
    add	
    extra	
    words	
    so	
    
  the	
     name	
     makes	
     sense.	
     Alternatively,	
     a	
     GM	
     can	
     simply	
     take	
     a	
    
  single	
     word	
     from	
     either	
     list	
     as	
     the	
     ship’s	
     name;	
     for	
     example,	
    
  Indomitable,	
    Avenger	
    and	
    Dauntless.	
    
  	
    
  Example:	
    The	
    GM	
    rolls	
    26	
    (Devil)	
    on	
    Table	
    A	
    
  and	
     73	
     (Scream)	
     on	
     Table	
     B.	
     He	
     names	
     the	
    
  vessel,	
    Screaming	
    Devil.	
    
  	
    
  Example:	
     The	
     GM	
     rolls	
     87	
     (Storm)	
     on	
     Table	
     A	
     and	
     49	
    
  (Hunter)	
    on	
    Table	
    B.	
    The	
    resultant	
    name	
    doesn’t	
    work	
    for	
    him	
    so	
    
  he	
     discards	
     Table	
     B’s	
     result	
     and	
     rerolls	
     getting	
     6	
     (Black).	
     The	
    
  Black	
    Storm	
    sounds	
    cool	
    and	
    he	
    keeps	
    the	
    result.	
    	
    
  	
    
  Campaign-­‐Specific	
    Name:	
    In	
    many	
    cases,	
    a	
    vessel	
    
  might	
     be	
     named	
     for	
     a	
     specific	
     individual,	
     perhaps	
    
  the	
    captain’s	
    lover	
    or	
    lord.	
    Such	
    a	
    vessel	
    could	
    be	
    
  named	
     The	
     Queen	
     Relann,	
     for	
     example.	
     Such	
    
  names	
     require	
     the	
     GM’s	
     input	
     in	
     choosing	
     a	
    
  specific	
    NPC	
    to	
    name	
    the	
    ship	
    after	
    and	
    are	
    
  not	
    covered	
    by	
    these	
    tables.	
    	
    
  S A M P L E  S H I P  N A M E S  
  Alternatively,	
     the	
     GM	
     may	
     be	
     very	
     pressed	
     for	
     time.	
     For	
     this	
    
  eventuality,	
    page	
    116	
    presents	
    50	
    ready-­‐to-­‐use	
    ship	
    names.	
    
  C A P T A I N ’ S  N A M E  
  Every	
     pirate	
     ship	
     needs	
     a	
     feared	
     pirate	
     to	
     captain	
     her	
     to	
    
  profitable	
    pillage.	
    Page	
    117	
    presents	
    20	
    male	
    captain	
    names	
    and	
    
  20	
    female	
    captain’s	
    names.	
    A	
    GM	
    can	
    also	
    use	
    these	
    names	
    for	
    
  the	
    first	
    mate,	
    other	
    notable	
    crewmember	
    or	
    even	
    for	
    a	
    simple	
    
  pirate.	
    If	
    the	
    GM	
    wants	
    to	
    add	
    an	
    epithet	
    to	
    the	
    pirate’s	
    name,	
    
  he	
    need	
    look	
    no	
    further	
    than	
    page	
    10	
    which	
    presents	
    a	
    list	
    of	
    50	
    
  to	
    choose	
    from.	
    
  K N O W L E D G E  
  Of	
    course,	
    when	
    the	
    PCs	
    see	
    a	
    pirate	
    ship	
    on	
    the	
    horizon	
    they	
    
  are	
    going	
    to	
    want	
    to	
    learn	
    more	
    about	
    it.	
    That’s	
    why	
    pages	
    118	
    
  and	
    119	
    present	
    information	
    on	
    the	
    ship,	
    its	
    captain	
    and	
    crew	
    
  and	
    their	
    exploits.	
    	
    
  F L A G S  &  F I G U R E H E A D S  
  These	
    tables	
    (page	
    10)	
    each	
    present	
    fifty	
    unique	
    options	
    to	
    
  further	
    customise	
    the	
    pirate	
    ship.	
    With	
    just	
    two	
    die	
    rolls,	
    a	
    
  GM	
    can	
    determine	
    what	
    kind	
    of	
    flag	
    the	
    ship	
    flies	
    and	
    
  what	
    its	
    figurehead	
    depicts.	
    	
    
  
  115	
    
  	
    
  	
    
  
  116	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P S :  S H I P ’ S  N A M E  ( S U B J E C T )  
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Abyssal	
    
  2	
    
  Acheron	
    
  3	
    
  Admiral	
    
  4	
    
  Arachne	
    
  5	
    
  Asmodeus	
    
  6	
    
  Banshee	
    
  7	
    
  Baron/Baroness	
    
  8	
    
  Barracuda	
    
  9	
    
  Bastard/Bitch	
    
  10	
    
  Bear	
    
  11	
    
  Beast	
    
  12	
    
  Betrayed/Betrayer	
    
  13	
    
  Black	
    Dog	
    
  14	
    
  Black	
    Prince	
    
  15	
    
  Blackguard	
    
  16	
    
  Brawler	
    
  17	
    
  Bull	
    
  18	
    
  Champion	
    
  19	
    
  Chimera	
    
  20	
    
  Cobra	
    
  21	
    
  Comet	
    
  22	
    
  Conqueror	
    
  23	
    
  Cyclops	
    
  24	
    
  Dark	
    King/Queen	
    
  25	
    
  Demon	
    
  26	
    
  Devil	
    
  27	
    
  Dragon	
    
  28	
    
  Eagle	
    
  29	
    
  Eel	
    
  30	
    
  Executioner	
    
  31	
    
  Fiend	
    
  32	
    
  Ghast	
    
  33	
    
  Ghost	
    
  34	
    
  Ghoul	
    
  35	
    
  Gorgon	
    
  36	
    
  Gull	
    
  37	
    
  Hades	
    
  38	
    
  Hero	
    
  39	
    
  Inquisitor	
    
  40	
    
  Iron/Ironfist	
    
  41	
    
  Jackal	
    
  42	
    
  Killer	
    
  43	
    
  King/Queen	
    
  44	
    
  Knave	
    
  45	
    
  Kraken	
    
  46	
    
  Lamashtu	
    
  47	
    
  Leviathan	
    
  48	
    
  Lion/Lioness	
    
  49	
    
  Lord/Lady	
    
  50	
    
  Magician	
    
  51	
    
  Mariner	
    
  52	
    
  Mermaid	
    
  53	
    
  Meteor	
    
  54	
    
  Minotaur	
    
  55	
    
  Mongrel	
    
  56	
    
  Murderer	
    
  57	
    
  Myrmidon	
    
  58	
    
  Night	
    
  59	
    
  Noble	
    
  60	
    
  Nymph	
    
  61	
    
  Ocean	
    
  62	
    
  Orcus	
    
  63	
    
  Pazuzu	
    
  64	
    
  Phoenix	
    
  65	
    
  Pirate	
    
  66	
    
  Plunderer	
    
  67	
    
  Prince/Princess	
    
  68	
    
  Raider	
    
  69	
    
  Rain	
    
  70	
    
  Raven	
    
  71	
    
  Reaper/Reaver	
    
  72	
    
  Sahuagin	
    
  73	
    
  Sea	
    
  74	
    
  Sea	
    Devil	
    
  75	
    
  Sea	
    Hawk	
    
  76	
    
  Sea	
    Wolf	
    
  77	
    
  Seahorse	
    
  78	
    
  Serpent	
    
  79	
    
  Servant	
    
  80	
    
  Shadow	
    
  81	
    
  Shark	
    
  82	
    
  Siren	
    
  83	
    
  Sorcerer	
    
  84	
    
  Soul	
    
  85	
    
  Spectral/Spectre	
    
  86	
    
  Steel	
    
  87	
    
  Storm	
    
  88	
    
  Tiger/Tigress	
    
  89	
    
  Usurper	
    
  90	
    
  Vampire	
    
  91	
    
  Viper	
    
  92	
    
  Vixen	
    
  93	
    
  Vulture	
    
  94	
    
  Warlock	
    
  95	
    
  Warrior	
    
  96	
    
  Whore	
    
  97	
    
  Witch	
    
  98	
    
  Wolf/Wolverine	
    
  99	
    
  Wyrm	
    
  100	
    
  Zephyr	
    
   
  S A M P L E  S H I P  N A M E S  
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Avenger	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  Avenging	
    Beast	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Barnacled	
    Eel	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  Black	
    Prince	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Blazing	
    Doom	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Blood	
    and	
    Thunder	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Bloody	
    Prince	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  Briny	
    Beast	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Comet	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Conqueror	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Crimson	
    Ghoul	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Crimson	
    Warlock	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Cruel	
    Sea	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  Cursed	
    Phoenix	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Damned	
    Mermaid	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Dark	
    Gorgon	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Dauntless	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Dirty	
    Raven	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  Dread	
    Cyclops	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Eagle’s	
    Talon	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Executioner	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Furious	
    Kraken	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Gray	
    Eagle	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Hade’s	
    Hammer	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Hateful	
    Soul	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Hell’s	
    Avenger	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Hell’s	
    Herald	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  Howl	
    of	
    the	
    Sea	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Implacable	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Indefatigable	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Indomitable	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Lamashtu’s	
    Whore	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Meteor	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Ocean’s	
    Bitch	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Pazuzu’s	
    Scourge	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Rage	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Red	
    Prince	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Salty	
    Devil	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Scarlet	
    Corsair	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Screaming	
    Demon	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Screaming	
    Wyrm	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  Sea	
    Hunter	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Siren’s	
    Voice	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Slimy	
    Doom	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Slimy	
    Minotaur	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Spectral	
    Serpent	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Swift	
    Shadow	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  Taloned	
    Witch	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Tireless	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  Vampire’s	
    Heart	
    
  
  117	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P S :  S H I P ’ S  N A M E  ( D E S C R I P T O R )  
  D%	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Adventurous	
    
  2	
    
  Avenger	
    
  3	
    
  Bane	
    
  4	
    
  Barnacle	
    
  5	
    
  Bite	
    
  6	
    
  Black	
    
  7	
    
  Blight	
    
  8	
    
  Bloody	
    
  9	
    
  Briny	
    
  10	
    
  Cheat	
    
  11	
    
  Clean	
    
  12	
    
  Crimson	
    
  13	
    
  Cruel	
    
  14	
    
  Cursed	
    
  15	
    
  Cutlass	
    
  16	
    
  Cutter	
    
  17	
    
  Dagger	
    
  18	
    
  Damned	
    
  19	
    
  Dark	
    
  20	
    
  Dauntless	
    
  21	
    
  Deadly	
    
  22	
    
  Dire	
    
  23	
    
  Dirty	
    
  24	
    
  Diseased	
    
  25	
    
  Dreaded	
    
  26	
    
  Drunken	
    
  27	
    
  Eye	
    
  28	
    
  Faithless	
    
  29	
    
  Fearful	
    
  30	
    
  Fell	
    
  31	
    
  Fiendish	
    
  32	
    
  Filthy	
    
  33	
    
  Forgotten	
    
  34	
    
  Formidable	
    
  35	
    
  Foul	
    
  36	
    
  Furious	
    
  37	
    
  Gale	
    
  38	
    
  Glory/Glorious	
    
  39	
    
  Gray	
    
  40	
    
  Hammer	
    
  41	
    
  Hated	
    
  42	
    
  Hateful	
    
  43	
    
  Heart	
    
  44	
    
  Hellish	
    	
    
  45	
    
  Honourable	
    
  46	
    
  Hook	
    
  47	
    
  Horror	
    
  48	
    
  Howl	
    
  49	
    
  Hunter	
    
  50	
    
  Hurricane	
    
  51	
    
  Implacable	
    
  52	
    
  Indefatigable	
    	
    
  53	
    
  Indomitable	
    
  54	
    
  Infernal	
    
  55	
    
  Just	
    
  56	
    
  Lame	
    
  57	
    
  Mad	
    	
    
  58	
    
  Nightmare	
    
  59	
    
  Pride	
    	
    
  60	
    
  Rage	
    
  61	
    
  Rapacious	
    
  62	
    
  Rapier	
    
  63	
    
  Ravager	
    
  64	
    
  Ravenous	
    
  65	
    
  Reaper	
    
  66	
    
  Red	
    
  67	
    
  Revenge	
    
  68	
    
  Sabre	
    
  69	
    
  Salty	
    
  70	
    
  Savage	
    
  71	
    
  Scimitar	
    
  72	
    
  Scourge	
    
  73	
    
  Scream	
    
  74	
    
  Screaming	
    
  75	
    
  Scythe	
    
  76	
    
  Sea	
    Devil	
    
  77	
    
  Sea	
    Hawk	
    
  78	
    
  Shameful	
    
  79	
    
  Siren	
    
  80	
    
  Slayer	
    
  81	
    
  Slimy	
    
  82	
    
  Spectral	
    
  83	
    
  Splintered	
    
  84	
    
  Swift	
    
  85	
    
  Sword	
    
  86	
    
  Talon	
    
  87	
    
  Tenacious	
    
  88	
    
  Terrible	
    
  89	
    
  Tireless	
    
  90	
    
  Tyrant	
    
  91	
    
  Unholy	
    
  92	
    
  Vile	
    
  93	
    
  Wandering	
    
  94	
    
  Wave	
    
  95	
    
  Wet	
    
  96	
    
  Whip	
    
  97	
    
  Wicked	
    
  98	
    
  Wild	
    	
    
  99	
    
  Wind	
    
  100	
    
  Withered	
    
   
   S A M P L E  M A L E  C A P T A I N  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Aaro	
    Nikula	
    
  2	
    
  Acair	
    Meallain	
    
  3	
    
  Atte	
    Laurila	
    
  4	
    
  Cullen	
    Baire	
    
  5	
    
  Dorrell	
    Banain	
    
  6	
    
  Einar	
    Ahola	
    
  7	
    
  Feandan	
    Deorain	
    
  8	
    
  Gleann	
    Duinn	
    
  9	
    
  Iomhair	
    Fianna	
    
  10	
    
  Jorma	
    Hautala	
    
  11	
    
  Kai	
    Sirvio	
    
  12	
    
  Luthias	
    Doinn	
    
  13	
    
  Omni	
    Elo	
    
  14	
    
  Oskari	
    Ilmola	
    
  15	
    
  Peadair	
    Maolain	
    
  16	
    
  Seoras	
    Grada	
    
  17	
    
  Tarmo	
    Ukkola	
    
  18	
    
  Tearlach	
    Riain	
    
  19	
    
  Toivo	
    Laiho	
    
  20	
    
  Urmas	
    Yrjonen	
    
   
  S A M P L E  F E M A L E  C A P T A I N  
  D20	
    
  	
    
  1	
    
  Annys	
    Broin	
    
  2	
    
  Arja	
    Supinen	
    
  3	
    
  Brae	
    Murchadha	
    
  4	
    
  Coira	
    Doinn	
    
  5	
    
  Fia	
    Carthaigh	
    
  6	
    
  Hilja	
    Parras	
    
  7	
    
  Iada	
    Rantala	
    
  8	
    
  	
    Inkeri	
    Voutilainen	
    
  9	
    
  Iona	
    Burca	
    
  10	
    
  Janina	
    Saario	
    
  11	
    
  Katja	
    Lumme	
    
  12	
    
  Katri	
    Erola	
    
  13	
    
  Lorna	
    Cinneide	
    
  14	
    
  Muirne	
    Gerailt	
    
  15	
    
  Sima	
    Dalaigh	
    
  16	
    
  Sorcha	
    Briain	
    
  17	
    
  Taina	
    Nurmi	
    
  18	
    
  Ulpu	
    Hakkinen	
    
  19	
    
  Vika	
    Riain	
    
  20	
    
  Virpi	
    Takala	
    
  	
    
  
  118	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P S :  K N O W L E D G E  
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    sight	
    a	
    pirate	
    vessel,	
    they	
    may	
    research	
    to	
    learn	
    
  more	
     about	
     the	
     vessel,	
     its	
     notable	
     crew	
     members	
     and	
     past	
    
  exploits.	
    Use	
    the	
    tables	
    below	
    to	
    determine	
    what	
    they	
    discover.	
    
  Of	
    course,	
    not	
    all	
    the	
    information	
    below	
    needs	
    to	
    be	
    correct;	
    the	
    
  entries	
    simply	
    portray	
    the	
    generally	
    accepted	
    information	
    about	
    
  a	
    ship.	
    
  T H E  S H I P  
  When	
     the	
     PCs	
     make	
     an	
     inquiry	
     into	
     local	
     lore,	
     randomly	
    
  determine	
    what	
    they	
    know	
    of	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  One	
    of	
    this	
    crew’s	
    past	
    victims	
    haunts	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    black	
    timbers	
    are	
    particularly	
    tough.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    vessel	
    is	
    particularly	
    swift.	
    
  4	
    
  On	
    moonlit	
    nights,	
    spectral	
    forms	
    are	
    often	
    seen	
    
  flitting	
    about	
    the	
    ship’s	
    rigging.	
    
  5	
    
  This	
    ship	
    is	
    said	
    to	
    be	
    cursed.	
    
  6	
    
  This	
    vessel	
    has	
    had	
    many	
    different	
    names	
    over	
    
  the	
    last	
    few	
    years.	
    No	
    captain	
    has	
    been	
    able	
    to	
    
  hold	
    her	
    for	
    long.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    blood-­‐red	
    sails	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    are	
    dyed	
    with	
    the	
    
  blood	
    of	
    its	
    victims.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    crew	
    tie	
    the	
    mouldering	
    heads	
    of	
    their	
    
  victims	
    to	
    the	
    ship’s	
    rigging.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    captain	
    hangs	
    particularly	
    troublesome	
    
  captives	
    from	
    his	
    rigging	
    and	
    allows	
    seabirds	
    to	
    
  peck	
    them	
    to	
    death.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    ragged	
    black	
    sails	
    are	
    made	
    from	
    the	
    
  very	
    stuff	
    of	
    the	
    Abyss.	
    
  	
    
  When	
     the	
     PCs	
     make	
     an	
     inquiry	
     into	
     local	
     lore,	
     randomly	
    
  determine	
    what	
    they	
    know	
    of	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    ship	
    is	
    poorly	
    constructed	
    and	
    has	
    almost	
    
  sunk	
    several	
    times.	
    
  2	
    
  This	
    ship	
    has	
    a	
    small	
    hidden	
    cargo	
    hold	
    used	
    for	
    
  storing	
    valuables	
    and	
    wealthy	
    captives.	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    figurehead	
    has	
    magical	
    powers.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    figurehead	
    is	
    actually	
    a	
    bound	
    
  creature	
    of	
    the	
    appropriate	
    type.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    blood	
    of	
    so	
    many	
    creatures	
    has	
    been	
    spilt	
    on	
    
  the	
    ship’s	
    deck	
    that	
    the	
    very	
    boards	
    have	
    taken	
    
  on	
    a	
    terrible,	
    malign	
    sentience.	
    
  6	
    
  This	
    ship	
    was	
    once	
    The	
    Sceptre	
    but	
    was	
    captured	
    
  four	
    years	
    ago.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    figurehead	
    has	
    a	
    secret	
    compartment.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    ship	
    has	
    an	
    underwater	
    ram	
    at	
    the	
    prow.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    vessel	
    has	
    a	
    double	
    hull.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    ship’s	
    figurehead	
    animates	
    to	
    defend	
    the	
    
  vessel.	
    
  C A P T A I N  &  C R E W  
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    make	
    an	
    inquiry	
    into	
    local	
    lore	
    or	
    the	
    movers	
    and	
    
  shakers,	
     randomly	
     determine	
     what	
     they	
     know	
     of	
     the	
     ship’s	
    
  captain	
    and	
    crew.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    captain’s	
    cruelty	
    is	
    legendary.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    captain	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    is	
    renowned	
    for	
    her	
    
  hatred	
    of	
    sahuagin.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  Several	
    undead	
    serve	
    among	
    the	
    crew.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    captain	
    is	
    a	
    particularly	
    skilled	
    sailor.	
    He	
    
  knows	
    of	
    several	
    isolated	
    islands	
    on	
    which	
    he	
    
  stores	
    treasures.	
    	
    
  5	
    
  For	
    a	
    pirate,	
    the	
    captain	
    is	
    scrupulously	
    honest	
    
  and	
    abides	
    by	
    the	
    letter	
    of	
    any	
    agreement	
    he	
    
  makes.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    captain	
    loves	
    watching	
    his	
    captives	
    fight	
    to	
    
  the	
    death	
    for	
    the	
    privilege	
    of	
    joining	
    his	
    crew.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    captain	
    worships	
    sea	
    demons	
    and	
    keelhauls	
    
  his	
    captives	
    as	
    sacrifices	
    to	
    his	
    briny	
    masters.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    captain	
    is	
    known	
    as	
    the	
    “The	
    Whoreson.”	
    He	
    
  has	
    a	
    prodigious	
    capacity	
    for	
    ale	
    and	
    song.	
    	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    captain	
    was	
    once	
    a	
    noble	
    of	
    a	
    far-­‐off	
    realm,	
    
  but	
    murder	
    forced	
    her	
    to	
    flee	
    her	
    kin.	
    They	
    
  search	
    for	
    her	
    still.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    captain	
    is	
    wildly	
    paranoid.	
    Few	
    serve	
    on	
    his	
    
  vessel	
    long.	
    
  	
    
  When	
    the	
    PCs	
    make	
    an	
    inquiry	
    into	
    local	
    lore	
    or	
    the	
    movers	
    and	
    
  shakers,	
     randomly	
     determine	
     what	
     they	
     know	
     of	
     the	
     ship’s	
    
  captain	
    and	
    crew.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    first	
    mate	
    of	
    this	
    ship	
    is	
    a	
    monstrous,	
    mute	
    
  minotaur.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    captain	
    is	
    a	
    drunk;	
    in	
    reality	
    his	
    first	
    mate	
    
  runs	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  3	
    
  Several	
    infamous	
    pirates	
    (Mad	
    Ilmonen	
    Harron	
    
  and	
    Geral	
    Dolphin	
    Bane)	
    serve	
    aboard	
    the	
    ship.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    captain	
    was	
    once	
    a	
    simple	
    merchant	
    who	
    
  grew	
    tired	
    of	
    being	
    the	
    prey.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    captain	
    wears	
    outlandish	
    wigs	
    made	
    from	
    
  the	
    hair	
    of	
    his	
    victims.	
    
  6	
    
  Several	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    of	
    this	
    vessel	
    are	
    sahuagin	
    
  and	
    they	
    eat	
    the	
    flesh	
    of	
    the	
    fallen.	
    
  7	
    
  The	
    crew	
    contain	
    several	
    renegade	
    aquatic	
    elves.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    crew	
    are	
    deranged	
    cannibals.	
    Sometimes	
    
  when	
    they	
    are	
    in	
    port,	
    they	
    kidnap	
    and	
    eat	
    those	
    
  wandering	
    too	
    close	
    to	
    their	
    vessel.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    crew	
    are	
    drug	
    addicts	
    and	
    when	
    under	
    the	
    
  influence	
    immune	
    to	
    pain	
    and	
    reason.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    crew	
    have	
    sworn	
    a	
    dark	
    pact	
    with	
    an	
    elder	
    
  thing	
    dwelling	
    in	
    the	
    briny	
    deeps.	
    
  
  119	
    
  P A S T  E X P L O I T S  
  When	
     the	
     PCs	
     make	
     an	
     inquiry	
     into	
     history,	
     randomly	
    
  determine	
    what	
    they	
    know	
    of	
    the	
    crew’s	
    past	
    exploits.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  The	
    crew	
    have	
    sunk	
    many	
    merchantmen	
    in	
    the	
    
  last	
    year,	
    but	
    seemingly	
    remain	
    impoverished.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    crew	
    took	
    the	
    merchantman	
    
  OceanSwiftthrough	
    treachery	
    and	
    duplicity.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  Rivals	
    with	
    the	
    Devil’sFork.	
    The	
    two	
    crews	
    attack	
    
  each	
    other	
    on	
    sight.	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    crew	
    have	
    an	
    alliance	
    with	
    a	
    tribe	
    of	
    
  sahuagin	
    who	
    guard	
    their	
    treasure.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    vessel	
    occasionally	
    transports	
    legitimate	
    
  goods	
    and	
    travellers.	
    
  6	
    
  Two	
    years	
    ago,	
    the	
    crew	
    rose	
    in	
    mutiny	
    and	
    
  disembowelled	
    their	
    captain.	
    
  7	
    
  A	
    year	
    ago	
    the	
    crew	
    were	
    becalmed	
    for	
    several	
    
  weeks;	
    rumours	
    tell	
    they	
    turned	
    to	
    cannibalism	
    
  to	
    survive.	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    captain	
    recently	
    slew	
    a	
    sea	
    serpent	
    single-­‐
  handed.	
    Some	
    of	
    the	
    crew	
    now	
    wield	
    shields	
    
  crafted	
    from	
    its	
    gigantic	
    scales.	
    
  9	
    
  It	
    is	
    better	
    to	
    die	
    or	
    flee	
    in	
    an	
    open	
    boat	
    than	
    to	
    
  fall	
    into	
    the	
    hands	
    of	
    this	
    crew.	
    
  10	
    
  Not	
    only	
    pirates,	
    this	
    crew	
    are	
    also	
    slavers.	
    They	
    
  kill	
    the	
    old,	
    infirm	
    and	
    very	
    young	
    before	
    
  transporting	
    the	
    survivors	
    to	
    distant	
    ports.	
    
  When	
     the	
     PCs	
     make	
     an	
     inquiry	
     into	
     history,	
     randomly	
    
  determine	
    what	
    they	
    know	
    of	
    the	
    crew’s	
    past	
    exploits.	
    
  D10	
    
  INFORMATION	
    KNOWN	
    
  1	
    
  Occasionally	
    smugglers	
    as	
    well	
    as	
    pirates,	
    the	
    
  crew	
    have	
    contacts	
    with	
    the	
    thieves’	
    guilds	
    of	
    
  several	
    ports.	
    
  2	
    
  The	
    crew	
    know	
    of	
    an	
    isolated	
    island	
    upon	
    which	
    
  sits	
    a	
    ruined	
    donjon.	
    They	
    hide	
    their	
    treasure	
    
  deep	
    within	
    its	
    cellars.	
    	
    
  3	
    
  The	
    crew	
    massacred	
    a	
    trading	
    mission	
    of	
    aquatic	
    
  elves	
    last	
    year.	
    	
    
  4	
    
  The	
    crew	
    looted	
    several	
    merchantmen	
    last	
    year	
    
  and	
    left	
    the	
    survivors	
    on	
    a	
    deserted	
    island.	
    
  5	
    
  The	
    crew	
    occasionally	
    hire	
    themselves	
    out	
    as	
    
  mercenaries.	
    
  6	
    
  The	
    captain	
    enjoys	
    keelhauling	
    captives.	
    He	
    
  forces	
    captives	
    to	
    fight	
    among	
    themselves	
    for	
    
  the	
    privilege	
    of	
    escaping	
    that	
    fate.	
    
  7	
    
  On	
    their	
    last	
    cruise,	
    the	
    vessel	
    discovered	
    the	
    
  rotting	
    body	
    of	
    some	
    kind	
    of	
    elder	
    tentacled	
    
  being.	
    	
    
  8	
    
  The	
    crew	
    enjoy	
    hurling	
    their	
    captives	
    into	
    the	
    
  maws	
    of	
    the	
    sharks	
    that	
    often	
    trail	
    their	
    vessel.	
    
  9	
    
  The	
    crew	
    are	
    reputed	
    to	
    be	
    making	
    a	
    new	
    sail	
    for	
    
  their	
    ship	
    made	
    from	
    the	
    stretched	
    and	
    tanned	
    
  skins	
    of	
    those	
    they	
    slay.	
    
  10	
    
  The	
    crew	
    often	
    prey	
    on	
    fellow	
    pirates;	
    waiting	
    
  out	
    to	
    sea	
    they	
    attack	
    vessels	
    returning	
    to	
    port	
    
  after	
    a	
    successful	
    foray.	
    
  	
    
   
  
  120	
    
  P I R A T E  S H I P S :  F L A G S  A N D  F I G U R E H E A D S  
  D%	
    
  FLAG	
    	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Black	
    dragon	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  Black	
    wolf	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Bloated	
    corpse	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  Bloodied	
    axe	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Bloodied	
    hawk	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Blue	
    wyvern	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Broken	
    anchor	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  Broken	
    oar	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Burning	
    sail	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Cracked	
    hourglass	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Cracked	
    skull	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Crimson	
    shield	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Crossed	
    scythes	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  Devil	
    holding	
    a	
    scythe	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Eye	
    pierced	
    by	
    a	
    dagger	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Flaming	
    devil	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Flaming	
    moon	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Flaming	
    sun	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  Gouged	
    eye	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Grinning	
    demon	
    head	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Headless	
    skeleton	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Holy	
    symbol	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Jagged	
    blade	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Kraken	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Lightning	
    bolt	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Lion	
    head	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Moon	
    dripping	
    blood	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  Mystical	
    symbol	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Octopus’	
    tentacles	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Pierced	
    heart	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Plain	
    black	
    	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Plain	
    scarlet	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Ragged	
    wing	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Rampant	
    demon	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Reaper	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Red	
    skeleton	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Red	
    spot	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Scarlet	
    eye	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Scarlet	
    wave	
    	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Shark’s	
    jaw	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Skeletal	
    hand	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  Skull	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Smashed	
    	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Smashed	
    bones	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Snake	
     entwined	
     about	
     a	
    
  sword	
    	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Snake’s	
    head	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Three	
    skulls	
    arranged	
    in	
    a	
    
  diamond	
    formation	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  Thunderbolt	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Twisted	
    worm	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  White	
    circle	
    
  D%	
    
  FIGUREHEAD	
    	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Albatross	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  Black	
    dog	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Cockatrice	
    head	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  Cresting	
    wave	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Dragon	
    turtle	
    head	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Dragon’s	
    head	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Eagle’s	
    head	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  Famous	
    personality	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Ferocious	
    devil	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Five-­‐headed	
    hydra	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Giant	
    hand	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Giant	
    mosquito	
    head	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Golem’s	
    head	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  Gorgon	
    head	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Griffon	
    head	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Grinning	
    demon	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Grinning	
    ghoul	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Grinning	
    skull	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  Hag’s	
    head	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Harpy	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Hawk’s	
    head	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Headless	
    woman	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Hippogriff’s	
    head	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Hunk	
    of	
    charred	
    wood	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Infamous	
    personality	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Kraken’s	
    head	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Lightning	
    bolt	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  Lion	
    head	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Mail-­‐clad	
    female	
    warrior	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Mail-­‐clad	
    warrior	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Manticore’s	
    tail	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Raven’s	
    head	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Roaring	
    lion	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Serpent	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Shark’s	
    head	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Specific	
    deity	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Specific	
    demon	
    or	
    devil	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Striking	
    cobra	
    head	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Three-­‐headed	
    chimera	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Three-­‐headed	
    dogs	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  Tiger	
    head	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  Unicorn	
    head	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  Vulture’s	
    head	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  Wolf	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  Writhing	
    snakes	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  Writhing	
    tentacles	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Wyvern’s	
    head	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  No	
    figurehead	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Bizarre	
     combination	
     of	
    
  two	
    heads	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  Bizarre	
     combination	
     of	
    
  three	
    heads	
    
  P I R A T E  E P I T H E T S  
  D%	
    
  	
    
  01-­‐02	
    
  Admiral	
    
  03-­‐04	
    
  Black	
    Leg	
    
  05-­‐06	
    
  Blackbeard	
    
  07-­‐08	
    
  Blessed	
    
  09-­‐10	
    
  Brother/Sister	
    
  11-­‐12	
    
  Chopper	
    
  13-­‐14	
    
  Clean	
    Shaven	
    
  15-­‐16	
    
  Crazed	
    
  17-­‐18	
    
  Crimson	
    
  19-­‐20	
    
  Cursed	
    
  21-­‐22	
    
  Dark	
    King	
    
  23-­‐24	
    
  Devil’s	
    Bitch/Bastard	
    
  25-­‐26	
    
  Ebon-­‐tongue	
    
  27-­‐28	
    
  Ferocious	
    
  29-­‐30	
    
  Fire	
    Fist	
    
  31-­‐32	
    
  Foul	
    Mouth	
    
  33-­‐34	
    
  Gouger	
    
  35-­‐36	
    
  Greybeard	
    
  37-­‐38	
    
  Iron	
    Mace	
    
  39-­‐40	
    
  Longshanks	
    
  41-­‐42	
    
  Lord	
    of	
    the	
    Waves	
    
  43-­‐44	
    
  Lucky	
    
  45-­‐46	
    
  Mad	
    Dog	
    
  47-­‐48	
    
  Merciless	
    
  49-­‐50	
    
  Nails	
    
  51-­‐52	
    
  Ocean	
    Terror	
    
  53-­‐54	
    
  Ocean’s	
    Scourge	
    
  55-­‐56	
    
  One-­‐eye	
    
  57-­‐58	
    
  Pitiless	
    
  59-­‐60	
    
  Red	
    
  61-­‐62	
    
  Red-­‐hair	
    
  63-­‐64	
    
  Salt	
    Beard	
    
  65-­‐66	
    
  Scarlett	
    
  67-­‐68	
    
  Scarlett	
    Falcon	
    
  69-­‐70	
    
  Sea	
    Knight	
    
  71-­‐72	
    
  Sea	
    Dog	
    
  73-­‐74	
    
  Sea	
    Reaper	
    
  75-­‐76	
    
  Shark	
    Face	
    
  77-­‐78	
    
  Slasher	
    
  79-­‐80	
    
  Snake	
    
  81-­‐82	
    
  The	
    Executioner	
    
  83-­‐84	
    
  The	
    Lion	
    
  85-­‐86	
    
  The	
    Mad	
    
  87-­‐88	
    
  The	
    Sea	
    Wolf	
    
  89-­‐90	
    
  The	
    Swift	
    
  91-­‐92	
    
  The	
    Walrus	
    
  93-­‐94	
    
  Tiger	
    of	
    the	
    Sea	
    
  95-­‐96	
    
  Two-­‐chins	
    
  97-­‐98	
    
  Unlucky	
    
  99-­‐100	
    
  White	
    Death	
    
  
  121	
    
  	
    
  A D  
  	
    
   
  	
    
  SUPPORT RAGING SWAN ON 
  PATREON, AND I WON’T EAT 
  YOU…PROMISE 
  
  122	
    
  T H E  L O N E L Y  C O A S T  
  A	
    Pathfinder	
    Roleplaying	
    Game	
    compatible	
    mini-­‐campaign	
    setting	
    by	
    Creighton	
    Broadhurst	
    
  	
    
  The	
    furthest	
    flung	
    outpost	
    of	
    a	
    mighty	
    kingdom,	
    turbulent	
    waters	
    and	
    forbidding,	
    trackless	
    forests	
    separate	
    the	
    folk	
    of	
    the	
    Lonely	
    Coast	
    
  from	
    the	
    gaudy	
    lights	
    of	
    civilisation.	
    Pirates	
    and	
    slavers	
    ply	
    the	
    southern	
    storm-­‐tossed	
    waters	
    while	
    goblins	
    and	
    other	
    foul	
    things	
    creep	
    
  through	
    the	
    gloom	
    of	
    the	
    Tangled	
    Wood	
    that	
    seemingly	
    chokes	
    the	
    forgotten	
    holds	
    and	
    sacred	
    places	
    of	
    the	
    Old	
    People.	
    Deep	
    within	
    the	
    
  forest,	
    a	
    narrow,	
    rock-­‐choked	
    defile	
    piled	
    deep	
    with	
    shadow	
    cuts	
    through	
    a	
    nameless	
    range	
    of	
    rugged,	
    tree-­‐shrouded	
    hills	
    birthing	
    dark,	
    
  fearsome	
    legends	
    of	
    terrifying	
    monsters	
    and	
    glittering,	
    doom-­‐laden	
    treasures.	
    The	
    perils	
    of	
    the	
    Lonely	
    Coast	
    are	
    legion	
    and	
    thus	
    there	
    is	
    
  always	
    a	
    need	
    for	
    those	
    with	
    stout	
    hearts	
    and	
    skill	
    with	
    blade	
    and	
    spell	
    or	
    for	
    those	
    merely	
    hungry	
    for	
    glory	
    to	
    defend	
    humanity’s	
    most	
    
  tenuous	
    enclave.	
    
  	
    
  “...this	
    PDF	
    does	
    a	
    remarkable	
    job	
    of	
    walking	
    the	
    edge	
    between	
    ease	
    of	
    implementation	
    into	
    a	
    given	
    setting	
    and	
    conveying	
    it's	
    very	
    own	
    
  atmosphere...”	
    
  Endzeitgeist	
    (five	
    stars)	
    
  	
    
  	
    “A	
    perfect	
    starting	
    area	
    for	
    a	
    new	
    campaign,	
    small	
    enough	
    to	
    be	
    dropped	
    into	
    just	
    about	
    any	
    GM’s	
    campaign.”	
    
  Kevin	
    Ray	
    (five	
    stars)	
    
  	
    “Download	
    this	
    PDF	
    for	
    free	
    and	
    you	
    will	
    get	
    a	
    taste	
    of	
    how	
    great	
    their	
    products	
    generally	
    are.”	
    
  Darren	
    Ehlers	
    (five	
    stars)	
    
  	
    
  Available	
    in	
    print	
    and	
    as	
    a	
    free	
    download.	
    
  www.ragingswan.com	
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  TITLE 
  Visit us at ragingswan.com 
  
SOURCE: textdata/thevault/Raging Swan - Gloamhold/Raging Swan GM's Miscellany Wilderness/Raging Swan GM's Miscellany Wilderness [screen].pdf